JP6741116B2 - Amusement machine - Google Patents

Amusement machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP6741116B2
JP6741116B2 JP2019087300A JP2019087300A JP6741116B2 JP 6741116 B2 JP6741116 B2 JP 6741116B2 JP 2019087300 A JP2019087300 A JP 2019087300A JP 2019087300 A JP2019087300 A JP 2019087300A JP 6741116 B2 JP6741116 B2 JP 6741116B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
divided body
state
wall member
lower plate
ball
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2019087300A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2019115854A (en
Inventor
良和 本庄
良和 本庄
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd filed Critical Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd
Priority to JP2019087300A priority Critical patent/JP6741116B2/en
Publication of JP2019115854A publication Critical patent/JP2019115854A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6741116B2 publication Critical patent/JP6741116B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Description

本発明は、パチンコ機などの遊技機に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

パチンコ機等の遊技機において、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠に配設され球を貯留する貯留部材とを備える遊技機が知られている。特許文献1には、貯留部材(下皿)の貯留領域を拡大または縮小可能とする構造が開示される。 2. Description of the Related Art In gaming machines such as pachinko machines, there is known a gaming machine including a front frame that can be opened and closed , and a storage member that is arranged in the front frame and stores a ball. Patent Document 1, enlarged or reduced can and to that structure the reservoir region of the storage member (lower tray) is disclosed.

特開2007−136095号公報JP 2007-136095 A

しかしながら、上述した従来の遊技機では、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させることが困難であるという問題点があった。 However, the above-mentioned conventional gaming machine has a problem that it is difficult to uniformly disperse the spheres in the entire storage area .

本発明は、上記例示した問題点を解決するためになされたものであり、貯留部材の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくできる遊技機を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine in which spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage member .

この目的を達成するために請求項1記載の遊技機は、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材と、その貯留部材の貯留領域へ球を流入させる流入口とを備えたものであり、前記流入口側の一端から他端へ向けて球を送球し前記貯留領域へ球が流入可能な通路として前記貯留領域の前記流入口が形成される側の側面に形成され、前記一端が前記流入口の下面の側方に連なる連通路を備え、前記貯留領域の底面が前記流入口の下面よりも下方に位置し、前記連通路は、前記貯留領域の前記流入口側の側面を凹設した凹溝として形成され、前記流入口の下面の前方側は、前記貯留領域の前記流入口が形成される側の側面を介して前記貯留領域の底面に連なり、前記流入口の下面の前方側から流下された球が前記貯留領域へ流下されるように形成され、前記連通路の一端側における前記貯留領域と反対側の側面は、前記流入口に向かうに従い前記貯留領域から離間される。
In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine according to claim 1, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing balls. And an inflow port for allowing the sphere to flow into the storage region of the storage member, and as a passage through which the sphere is sent from one end on the inlet side toward the other end so that the sphere can flow into the storage region. The storage region is provided on a side surface on the side where the inflow port is formed, and the one end includes a communication passage that is continuous to a side of a lower surface of the inflow port, and a bottom surface of the storage region is lower than a lower surface of the inflow port. And the communication passage is formed as a groove in which the side surface of the storage area on the inlet side is recessed, and the front side of the lower surface of the inlet is formed with the inlet of the storage area. Is connected to the bottom surface of the storage area via a side surface of the storage area, and is formed so that a sphere that has flowed down from the front side of the lower surface of the inflow port flows down to the storage area, and the storage area on one end side of the communication passage and the opposite side is toward the said inlet Ru spaced from the reservoir region.

請求項1記載の遊技機によれば、貯留部材の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly over the entire storage member .

第1実施形態におけるパチンコ機の正面図である。It is a front view of the pachinko machine in the first embodiment. パチンコ機の遊技盤の正面図である。It is a front view of the game board of the pachinko machine. パチンコ機の背面図である。It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. パチンコ機の電気的構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. 内枠および下皿の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate. 内枠および下皿の分解正面斜視図である。It is an exploded front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate. (a)及び(b)は、縮小状態における下皿の正面斜視図である。(A) And (b) is a front perspective view of the lower plate in a contracted state. (a)及び(b)は、拡大状態における下皿の正面斜視図である。(A) And (b) is a front perspective view of the lower plate in an expansion state. 下皿の分解正面斜視図である。It is an exploded front perspective view of a lower plate. (a)は、縮小された状態における側壁部材の上面図であり、(b)は、拡大された状態における側壁部材の上面図である。(A) is a top view of the side wall member in the reduced state, and (b) is a top view of the side wall member in the enlarged state. 図10(a)の矢印A方向視における側壁部材の分解正面斜視図である。FIG. 11 is an exploded front perspective view of the side wall member as viewed in the direction of arrow A in FIG. 図10(a)の矢印A方向視における側壁部材の分解正面斜視図である。FIG. 11 is an exploded front perspective view of the side wall member as viewed in the direction of arrow A in FIG. 図10(a)の矢印A方向視における側壁部材の分解正面斜視図である。FIG. 11 is an exploded front perspective view of the side wall member as viewed in the direction of arrow A in FIG. 図10(a)の矢印B方向視における側壁部材の分解正面斜視図である。FIG. 11 is an exploded front perspective view of the side wall member as viewed in the direction of arrow B in FIG. 図10(a)の矢印B方向視における側壁部材の分解正面斜視図である。FIG. 11 is an exploded front perspective view of the side wall member as viewed in the direction of arrow B in FIG. 図10(a)の矢印B方向視における側壁部材の分解正面斜視図である。FIG. 11 is an exploded front perspective view of the side wall member as viewed in the direction of arrow B in FIG. 側壁部材の下面視における分解下面斜視図である。It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view in a lower surface view of a side wall member. 側壁部材の下面視における分解下面斜視図である。It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view in a lower surface view of a side wall member. 側壁部材の下面視における分解下面斜視図である。It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view in a lower surface view of a side wall member. (a)は、図10(a)のXXa−XXa線における側壁部材の断面図であり、(b)は、図10(b)のXXb−XXb線における側壁部材の断面図である。10A is a cross-sectional view of the sidewall member taken along the line XXa-XXa in FIG. 10A, and FIG. 10B is a cross-sectional view of the sidewall member taken along the line XXb-XXb in FIG. 10B. 図10(a)のXXI−XXI線における側壁部材の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the side wall member in the XXI-XXI line of FIG.10(a). (a)は、縮小状態における側壁部材の上面図であり、(b)から(d)は、第1状態から第3状態における側壁部材の上面図である。(A) is a top view of the side wall member in a contracted state, and (b) to (d) are top views of the side wall member in the first state to the third state. (a)及び(b)は、第4状態および第5状態における側壁部材の上面図であり、(c)は、拡大状態における側壁部材の上面図である。(A) And (b) is a top view of the side wall member in a 4th state and a 5th state, (c) is a top view of the side wall member in an expansion state. 縮小状態における側壁部材の側断面図である。It is a side sectional view of a side wall member in a contracted state. 第1状態における側壁部材の側断面図である。It is a sectional side view of a side wall member in a 1st state. 第2状態における側壁部材の側断面図である。It is a sectional side view of a side wall member in a 2nd state. 第3状態における側壁部材の側断面図である。It is a sectional side view of a side wall member in a 3rd state. 第4状態における側壁部材の側断面図である。It is a side sectional view of a side wall member in the 4th state. 第5状態における側壁部材の側断面図である。It is a sectional side view of a side wall member in the 5th state. 拡大状態における側壁部材の側断面図である。It is a sectional side view of a side wall member in an expanded state. 第1分割体の分解正面斜視図である。It is an exploded front perspective view of a 1st division object. 縮小状態における側壁部材の上面図である。It is a top view of the side wall member in a contracted state. (a)及び(b)は、図32の矢印XXXIII方向視における側壁部材の側面図である。(A) And (b) is a side view of a side wall member in arrow XXXIII direction view of FIG. (a)は、拡大状態における側壁部材の上面図であり、(b)は、(a)の矢印XXXIVb方向視における側壁部材の側面図である。(A) is a top view of the side wall member in an enlarged state, and (b) is a side view of the side wall member as viewed in the direction of arrow XXXIVb in (a). 第2実施形態における下皿であって、縮小状態における下皿の正面斜視図である。It is a lower plate in 2nd Embodiment, Comprising: It is a front perspective view of the lower plate in a contracted state. 拡大状態における下皿の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of the lower plate in an enlarged state. 下皿の分解正面斜視図である。It is an exploded front perspective view of a lower plate. 内壁部材の背面斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view of an inner wall member. 側壁部材の分解正面斜視図である。It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. 側壁部材の分解正面斜視図である。It is a disassembled front perspective view of a side wall member. 側壁部材の分解下面斜視図である。It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view of a side wall member. 側壁部材の分解下面斜視図である。It is a disassembled lower surface perspective view of a side wall member. 拡大状態における下皿の背面斜視図である。It is a rear perspective view of the lower plate in an enlarged state. (a)は、縮小状態における下皿の上面図であり、(b)から(d)は、第1状態から第3状態における下皿の上面図であり、(e)は、拡大状態における下皿の上面図である。(A) is a top view of the lower tray in the contracted state, (b) to (d) are top views of the lower tray in the first to third states, and (e) is a bottom view in the enlarged state. It is a top view of a plate. (a)は、縮小状態における下皿の側断面図であり、(b)及び(c)は、第1状態および第2状態における下皿の側断面図である。(A) is a side sectional view of the lower tray in the contracted state, and (b) and (c) are side sectional views of the lower tray in the first state and the second state. (a)は、第3状態における下皿の側断面図であり、(b)は、拡大状態における下皿の側断面図である。(A) is a side sectional view of the lower tray in the third state, and (b) is a side sectional view of the lower tray in an enlarged state. 第3実施形態における内枠及び下皿の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate in a 3rd embodiment. (a)は、内枠及び下皿の上面図であり、(b)は、(a)のXLVIIIb−XLVIIIb線における内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is a sectional view of an inner frame and a lower tray along line XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb in (a). (a)は、内枠及び下皿の上面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is a sectional view of an inner frame and a lower plate. (a)は、内枠及び下皿の上面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower plate, (b) is a sectional view of an inner frame and a lower plate. (a)は、第4実施形態における内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、(a)のLIb−LIb線における内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 4th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the LIb-LIb line of (a). (a)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (a)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (a)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (a)は、第5実施形態における内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、(a)のLVb−LVb線における内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 5th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in LVb-LVb line of (a). (a)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (a)は、第6実施形態における内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図57(a)のLVIIb−LVIIb線における内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray in 6th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray in the LVIIb-LVIIb line of FIG. 57 (a). (a)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (a)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray. (a)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(c)は、(b)のLXc−LXc線における内枠の断面図である。(A) is a sectional view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is a sectional view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (c) is a sectional view of the inner frame taken along line LXc-LXc of (b). It is a figure. (a)は、第7実施形態における内枠及び下皿の上面図であり、(b)は、(a)のLXIb−LXIb線における内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(c)は、(a)のLXIc−LXIc線における内枠の断面図である。(A) is a top view of the inner frame and lower plate in the seventh embodiment, (b) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and lower plate taken along line LXIb-LXIb of (a), and (c) is. , (A) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame taken along the line LXIc-LXIc. (a)は、内枠及び下皿の上面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(c)は、内枠の断面図である。(A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is a sectional view of an inner frame and a lower tray, and (c) is a sectional view of an inner frame. (a)は、内枠及び下皿の上面図であり、(b)は、内枠及び下皿の断面図であり、(c)は、内枠の断面図である。(A) is a top view of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is a sectional view of an inner frame and a lower tray, and (c) is a sectional view of an inner frame. 第8実施形態における内枠及び下皿の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate in an 8th embodiment. (a)は、第9実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図65(a)のLXVb−LXVb線における内枠および下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 9th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in LXVb-LXVb line of FIG. 65 (a). 内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. 内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower plate. 連動機構の模式図である。It is a schematic diagram of an interlocking mechanism. 連動機構の模式図である。It is a schematic diagram of an interlocking mechanism. 下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of a lower plate. 下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of a lower plate. (a)は、第10実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図72(a)のLXXIIb−LXXIIb線における内枠および下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 10th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the line LXXIIb-LXXIIb of FIG. 72 (a). 図72(a)のLXXIIb−LXXIIb線における内枠および下皿の断面図である。FIG. 72 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower dish taken along the line LXXIIb-LXXIIb in FIG. 72(a). 第11実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 11th Embodiment. (a)は、図74(a)に示す下皿の拡大状態における解除機構の部分拡大模式図であり、(b)は、図74(b)に示す下皿の縮小状態における解除機構の部分拡大模式図である。74A is a partially enlarged schematic view of the release mechanism in the enlarged state of the lower plate shown in FIG. 74A, and FIG. 74B is a portion of the release mechanism in the reduced state of the lower plate shown in FIG. 74B. It is an expansion schematic diagram. 解除機構の部分拡大模式図である。It is a partially expanded schematic diagram of a release mechanism. 解除機構の部分拡大模式図である。It is a partially expanded schematic diagram of a release mechanism. (a)は、第12実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図78(a)のLXXVIIIb−LXXVIIIb線における内枠および下皿の部分拡大断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 12th Embodiment, (b) is a partial expanded sectional view of the inner frame and lower plate in the line LXXVIIIb-LXXVIIIb of FIG. 78 (a). (a)は、内枠および下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図79(a)のLXXIXb−LXXIXb線における内枠および下皿の部分拡大断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray, (b) is a partial expanded sectional view of an inner frame and a lower tray in the LXXIXb-LXXIXb line of FIG. 79 (a). (a)は、内枠および下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図80(a)のLXXXb−LXXXb線における内枠および下皿の部分拡大断面図である。80A is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower tray, and FIG. 80B is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower tray along the line LXXXb-LXXXb in FIG. 80A. 第13実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 13th Embodiment. 第14実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 14th Embodiment. 第15実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 15th Embodiment. 図83(a)のLXXXIVa−LXXXIVa線における内枠および下皿の断面図である。FIG. 84 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower plate taken along the line LXXXIVa-LXXXIVa in FIG. 83(a). (a)は、図83(a)の矢印LXXXV方向視における下皿の側面図であり、(b)は、締結ねじの締結を緩めた状態における下皿の側面図である。FIG. 83A is a side view of the lower plate as viewed in the direction of the arrow LXXXV in FIG. 83A, and FIG. 83B is a side view of the lower plate in a state where the fastening screws are loosened. 挿入工程における下皿の側面図である。It is a side view of the lower plate in an insertion process. (a)は、治具が挿入される前における下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、治具が挿入される後における下皿の断面図である。(A) is a sectional view of the lower tray before the jig is inserted, and (b) is a sectional view of the lower tray after the jig is inserted. 治具が挿入された状態における下皿の上面図である。It is a top view of the lower tray in the state which the jig was inserted. 第16実施形態における下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the lower plate in 16th Embodiment. 上皿の上面図である。It is a top view of an upper plate. 第17実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 17th Embodiment. 第18実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 18th Embodiment. 第19実施形態における下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the lower plate in 19th Embodiment. (a)は、第20実施形態における下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図94(a)のXCIVb−XCIVb線における下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the lower tray in 20th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the lower tray in the XCIVb-XCIVb line of FIG. 94 (a). 下皿の拡大状態における断面図である。It is sectional drawing in the enlarged state of a lower plate. 第21実施形態における内枠および下皿の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate in a 21st embodiment. 第22実施形態における内枠および下皿の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate in a 22nd embodiment. 第23実施形態における下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the lower plate in 23rd Embodiment. (a)は、図98のXCIXa−XCIXa線における下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図98のXCIXb−XCIXb線における下皿の断面図である。98A is a sectional view of the lower plate taken along line XCIXa-XCIXa in FIG. 98, and FIG. 98B is a sectional view of the lower plate taken along line XCIXb-XCIXb in FIG. 98. (a)は、第24実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図100(a)のCb−Cb線における内枠および下皿の断面図である。(A) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 24th Embodiment, (b) is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in the Cb-Cb line of FIG. 100 (a). (a)は、図100(a)のCI−CI線における内枠および下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図101(a)に示す状態から変位壁部が所定の後退位置まで後退された状態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。(A) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame and the lower plate taken along the line CI-CI of FIG. 100(a), and (b) is a state in which the displacement wall portion reaches a predetermined retracted position from the state shown in FIG. 101(a). It is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray in the retracted state. (a)は、第25実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図であり、(b)は、図102(a)に示す状態から変位壁部が所定の後退位置まで後退された状態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。(A) is a sectional view of an inner frame and a lower plate in the twenty-fifth embodiment, and (b) is an inner view in a state where the displacement wall portion is retracted to a predetermined retracted position from the state shown in FIG. 102(a). It is a sectional view of a frame and a lower plate. 第26実施形態における内枠および下皿の正面斜視図である。It is a front perspective view of an inner frame and a lower plate in a 26th embodiment. (a)は、図103の矢印CIIIa方向視における下皿の内側面図であり、(b)は、図104(a)のCIIIb−CIIIb線における下皿の部分拡大断面図である。103A is an inner side view of the lower plate as viewed in the direction of arrow CIIIa in FIG. 103, and FIG. 104B is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the lower plate taken along the line CIIIb-CIIIb in FIG. 第27実施形態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the inner frame and lower plate in 27th Embodiment. (a)は、治具の上面図であり、(b)は、図106(a)の矢印CVIb方向視における治具の正面図である。106A is a top view of the jig, and FIG. 106B is a front view of the jig as viewed in the direction of arrow CVIb in FIG. 106A. 下皿が拡大位置を越えて開放された状態における内枠および下皿の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of an inner frame and a lower tray in the state which the lower tray was opened beyond the expansion position.

以下、本発明の実施形態について、添付図面を参照して説明する。まず、図1から図34を参照し、第1実施形態として、本発明をパチンコ遊技機(以下、単に「パチンコ機」という)10に適用した場合の一実施形態について説明する。図1は、第1実施形態におけるパチンコ機10の正面図であり、図2はパチンコ機10の遊技盤13の正面図であり、図3はパチンコ機10の背面図である。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 34, one embodiment in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) 10 will be described as a first embodiment. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of a game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

図1に示すように、パチンコ機10は、略矩形状に組み合わせた木枠により外殻が形成される外枠11と、その外枠11と略同一の外形形状に形成され外枠11に対して開閉可能に支持された内枠12とを備えている。外枠11には、内枠12を支持するために正面視(図1参照)左側の上下2カ所に金属製のヒンジ18が取り付けられ、そのヒンジ18が設けられた側を開閉の軸として内枠12が正面手前側へ開閉可能に支持されている。 As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape and an outer frame 11 having an outer shape substantially the same as that of the outer frame 11. And an inner frame 12 that is openably and closably supported. To support the inner frame 12, metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower positions on the left side in a front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided serves as an opening/closing shaft. The frame 12 is supported openably and closably on the front side.

内枠12には、多数の釘や入賞口63,64等を有する遊技盤13(図2参照)が裏面側から着脱可能に装着される。この遊技盤13の前面を球(遊技球)が流下することにより弾球遊技が行われる。なお、内枠12には、球を遊技盤13の前面領域に発射する球発射ユニット112a(図4参照)やその球発射ユニット112aから発射された球を遊技盤13の前面領域まで誘導する発射レール(図示せず)等が取り付けられている。 A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails, winning holes 63, 64, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 12 from the back side. A ball (gaming ball) flows down on the front surface of the game board 13 to play a ball game. In addition, in the inner frame 12, a ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 4) that launches a ball to the front area of the game board 13 and a launch that guides the ball launched from the ball launch unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. Rails (not shown) and the like are attached.

内枠12の前面側には、その前面上側を覆う前面枠14と、その下側を覆う下皿ユニット15とが設けられている。前面枠14及び下皿ユニット15を支持するために正面視(図1参照)左側の上下2カ所に金属製のヒンジ19が取り付けられ、そのヒンジ19が設けられた側を開閉の軸として前面枠14及び下皿ユニット15が正面手前側へ開閉可能に支持されている。なお、内枠12の施錠と前面枠14の施錠とは、シリンダ錠20の鍵穴21に専用の鍵を差し込んで所定の操作を行うことでそれぞれ解除される。 On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to two upper and lower parts on the left side in a front view (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinge 19 is provided serves as an opening/closing shaft. The lower plate unit 14 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported openably and closably on the front side. The inner frame 12 and the front frame 14 are unlocked by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

前面枠14は、装飾用の樹脂部品や電気部品等を組み付けたものであり、その略中央部には略楕円形状に開口形成された窓部14cが設けられている。前面枠14の裏面側には2枚の板ガラスを有するガラスユニット16が配設され、そのガラスユニット16を介して遊技盤13の前面がパチンコ機10の正面側に視認可能となっている。 The front frame 14 is assembled with a decorative resin component, an electrical component, and the like, and a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two glass plates is arranged on the back surface side of the front frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front surface side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

前面枠14には、球を貯留する上皿17が前方へ張り出して上面を開放した略箱状に形成されており、この上皿17に賞球や貸出球などが排出される。上皿17の底面は正面視(図1参照)右側に下降傾斜して形成され、その傾斜により上皿17に投入された球が球発射ユニット112a(図4参照)へと案内される。また、上皿17の上面には、枠ボタン22が設けられている。この枠ボタン22は、例えば、第3図柄表示装置81(図2参照)で表示される演出のステージを変更したり、スーパーリーチの演出内容を変更したりする場合などに、遊技者により操作される。 On the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface protruding to the front, and prize balls, rental balls, etc. are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed so as to descend to the right in a front view (see FIG. 1), and the ball thrown into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 4) by the inclination. A frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player, for example, when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 2) or when changing the effect contents of the super reach. It

前面枠14には、その周囲(例えばコーナー部分)に各種ランプ等の発光手段が設けられている。これら発光手段は、大当たり時や所定のリーチ時等における遊技状態の変化に応じて、点灯又は点滅することにより発光態様が変更制御され、遊技中の演出効果を高める役割を果たす。窓部14cの周縁には、LED等の発光手段を内蔵した電飾部29〜33が設けられている。パチンコ機10においては、これら電飾部29〜33が大当たりランプ等の演出ランプとして機能し、大当たり時やリーチ演出時等には内蔵するLEDの点灯や点滅によって各電飾部29〜33が点灯または点滅して、大当たり中である旨、或いは大当たり一歩手前のリーチ中である旨が報知される。また、前面枠14の正面視(図1参照)左上部には、LED等の発光手段が内蔵され賞球の払い出し中とエラー発生時とを表示可能な表示ランプ34が設けられている。 The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front frame 14 (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means change the light emission mode by lighting or blinking according to the change of the game state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach, and play a role of enhancing the effect effect during the game. On the periphery of the window portion 14c, there are provided electric decoration portions 29 to 33 having a built-in light emitting means such as an LED. In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination parts 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as a jackpot lamp, and during a jackpot or reach effect, the illumination parts 29 to 33 are turned on by turning on or blinking the built-in LED. Alternatively, it flashes to notify that the jackpot is in progress, or that the reach before the jackpot is in progress. Further, in the upper left portion of the front face frame 14 when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), a light emitting means such as an LED is provided and a display lamp 34 capable of displaying during payout of a prize ball and when an error occurs is provided.

また、右側の電飾部32下側には、前面枠14の裏面側を視認できるように裏面側より透明樹脂を取り付けて小窓35が形成され、遊技盤13前面の貼着スペースK1(図2参照)に貼付される証紙等がパチンコ機10の前面から視認可能とされている。また、パチンコ機10においては、より煌びやかさを醸し出すために、電飾部29〜33の周りの領域にクロムメッキを施したABS樹脂製のメッキ部材36が取り付けられている。 In addition, a small window 35 is formed on the lower side of the right-side illumination portion 32 so that the back side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized, and a small window 35 is formed. The certificate or the like attached to (see 2) is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, a plating member 36 made of ABS resin, which is plated with chrome, is attached to a region around the electric decorations 29 to 33 in order to bring out more glitter.

窓部14cの下方には、貸球操作部40が配設されている。貸球操作部40には、度数表示部41と、球貸しボタン42と、返却ボタン43とが設けられている。パチンコ機10の側方に配置されるカードユニット(球貸しユニット)(図示せず)に紙幣やカード等を投入した状態で貸球操作部40が操作されると、その操作に応じて球の貸出が行われる。具体的には、度数表示部41はカード等の残額情報が表示される領域であり、内蔵されたLEDが点灯して残額情報として残額が数字で表示される。球貸しボタン42は、カード等(記録媒体)に記録された情報に基づいて貸出球を得るために操作されるものであり、カード等に残額が存在する限りにおいて貸出球が上皿17に供給される。返却ボタン43は、カードユニットに挿入されたカード等の返却を求める際に操作される。なお、カードユニットを介さずに球貸し装置等から上皿17に球が直接貸し出されるパチンコ機、いわゆる現金機では貸球操作部40が不要となるが、この場合には、貸球操作部40の設置部分に飾りシール等を付加して部品構成は共通のものとしても良い。カードユニットを用いたパチンコ機と現金機との共通化を図ることができる。 A ball rental operating unit 40 is arranged below the window 14c. The ball rental operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball rental operation unit 40 is operated in a state in which bills, cards, etc. are inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is operated according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the balance information of a card or the like is displayed, and the built-in LED lights up to display the balance as a number as the balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a loan ball based on the information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the loan ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as the card or the like has a balance. To be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting return of a card or the like inserted in the card unit. It should be noted that the ball rental operation unit 40 is not needed in a so-called cash machine, which is a pachinko machine in which balls are lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without using a card unit. It is also possible to add a decorative seal or the like to the installation portion of to make the parts configuration common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

上皿17の下側に位置する下皿ユニット15には、その左側に上皿17に貯留しきれなかった球を貯留するための下皿50が上面を開放した略箱状に形成されている。下皿50の右側には、球を遊技盤13の前面へ打ち込むために遊技者によって操作される操作ハンドル51が配設される。 In the lower plate unit 15 located below the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed on the left side of the lower plate unit 15 in a substantially box shape having an open upper surface. .. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by the player to drive the ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is provided.

操作ハンドル51の内部には、球発射ユニット112aの駆動を許可するためのタッチセンサ51aと、押下操作している期間中には球の発射を停止する発射停止スイッチ51bと、操作ハンドル51の回動操作量(回動位置)を電気抵抗の変化により検出する可変抵抗器(図示せず)などが内蔵されている。操作ハンドル51が遊技者によって右回りに回動操作されると、タッチセンサ51aがオンされると共に可変抵抗器の抵抗値が回動操作量に対応して変化し、その可変抵抗器の抵抗値に対応した強さ(発射強度)で球が発射され、これにより遊技者の操作に対応した飛び量で遊技盤13の前面へ球が打ち込まれる。また、操作ハンドル51が遊技者により操作されていない状態においては、タッチセンサ51aおよび発射停止スイッチ51bがオフとなっている。 Inside the operation handle 51, a touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the ball firing unit 112a, a firing stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball during the pressing operation, and a rotation of the operation handle 51. A variable resistor (not shown) that detects a dynamic operation amount (rotational position) by a change in electric resistance is built in. When the player turns the operation handle 51 clockwise, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the turning operation amount. The ball is fired with the strength (firing strength) corresponding to, and thereby the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with the jump amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the firing stop switch 51b are off.

下皿50の正面下方部には、下皿50に貯留された球を下方へ排出する際に操作するための球抜きレバー52が設けられている。この球抜きレバー52は、常時、正面方向に付勢されており、その付勢に抗して背面方向へスライドさせることにより、下皿50の底面に形成された底面口が開口して、その底面口から球が自然落下して排出される。この球抜きレバー54bの操作は、通常、下皿50の下方に下皿50から排出された球を受け取る箱(一般に「千両箱」と称される)を置いた状態で行われる。 At the lower part of the front surface of the lower plate 50, there is provided a ball removing lever 52 for operating when the balls stored in the lower plate 50 are discharged downward. This ball-pulling lever 52 is always biased in the front direction, and by sliding it in the back direction against the bias, the bottom opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 opens, The ball spontaneously falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 54b is usually performed in a state in which a box (generally referred to as a "thousand box") for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50.

図2に示すように、遊技盤13は、正面視略正方形状に切削加工したベース板60に、球案内用の多数の釘(図示せず)や風車の他、レール61,62、一般入賞口63、第1入賞口64、第2入賞口640、可変入賞装置65、スルーゲート67、可変表示装置ユニット80等を組み付けて構成され、その周縁部が内枠12(図1参照)の裏面側に取り付けられる。ベース板60は光透過性の樹脂材料からなり、その正面側からベース板60の背面側に配設された各種構造体を遊技者に視認させることが可能に形成される。一般入賞口63、第1入賞口64、第2入賞口640、可変入賞装置65、可変表示装置ユニット80は、ルータ加工によってベース板60に形成された貫通穴に配設され、遊技盤13の前面側からタッピングネジ等により固定されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 includes a base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails (not shown) for guiding a ball, a windmill, rails 61, 62, and general prizes. The mouth 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, the through gate 67, the variable display device unit 80 and the like are assembled, and the peripheral portion thereof is the back surface of the inner frame 12 (see FIG. 1). Mounted on the side. The base plate 60 is made of a light-transmissive resin material, and is formed so that the player can visually recognize various structural bodies arranged on the back side of the base plate 60 from the front side. The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the second winning opening 640, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing, and are provided on the game board 13. It is fixed by tapping screws from the front side.

遊技盤13の前面中央部分は、前面枠14の窓部14c(図1参照)を通じて内枠12の前面側から視認することができる。以下に、主に図2を参照して、遊技盤13の構成について説明する。 The central portion of the front surface of the game board 13 can be seen from the front surface side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. The configuration of the game board 13 will be described below mainly with reference to FIG.

遊技盤13の前面には、帯状の金属板を略円弧状に屈曲加工して形成した外レール62が植立され、その外レール62の内側位置には外レール62と同様に帯状の金属板で形成した円弧状の内レール61が植立される。この内レール61と外レール62とにより遊技盤13の前面外周が囲まれ、遊技盤13とガラスユニット16(図1参照)とにより前後が囲まれることにより、遊技盤13の前面には、球の挙動により遊技が行われる遊技領域が形成される。遊技領域は、遊技盤13の前面であって2本のレール61,62とレール間を繋ぐ樹脂製の外縁部材73とにより区画して形成される領域(入賞口等が配設され、発射された球が流下する領域)である。 On the front surface of the game board 13, an outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted, and inside the outer rail 62, a strip-shaped metal plate similar to the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed in step 1 is planted. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 surround the outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13, and the front and rear are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1), so that the front surface of the game board 13 has a ball. A game area where a game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is an area formed by partitioning two rails 61 and 62 on the front surface of the game board 13 and a resin outer edge member 73 that connects the rails (a winning opening or the like is provided and fired). The area where the sphere flows down).

2本のレール61,62は、球発射ユニット112a(図4参照)から発射された球を遊技盤13上部へ案内するために設けられたものである。内レール61の先端部分(図2の左上部)には戻り球防止部材68が取り付けられ、一旦、遊技盤13の上部へ案内された球が再度球案内通路内に戻ってしまうといった事態が防止される。外レール62の先端部(図2の右上部)には、球の最大飛翔部分に対応する位置に返しゴム69が取り付けられ、所定以上の勢いで発射された球は、返しゴム69に当たって、勢いが減衰されつつ中央部側へ跳ね返される。 The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 4) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip portion (upper left portion of FIG. 2) of the inner rail 61 to prevent a situation in which the ball guided to the upper part of the game board 13 returns to the ball guide passage again. To be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right portion in FIG. 2) at a position corresponding to the maximum flight portion of the ball, and the ball fired with a force of a predetermined amount or more hits the return rubber 69 to generate momentum. Is attenuated and is bounced back toward the central part.

遊技領域の正面視左側下部(図2の左側下部)には、発光手段である複数のLED及び7セグメント表示器を備える第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bが配設されている。第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bは、主制御装置110(図4参照)で行われる各制御に応じた表示がなされるものであり、主にパチンコ機10の遊技状態の表示が行われる。本実施形態では、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bは、球が、第1入賞口64へ入賞したか、第2入賞口640へ入賞したかに応じて使い分けられるように構成されている。具体的には、球が、第1入賞口64へ入賞した場合には、第1図柄表示装置37Aが作動し、一方で、球が、第2入賞口640へ入賞した場合には、第1図柄表示装置37Bが作動するように構成されている。 The first symbol display device 37A, 37B including a plurality of LEDs, which are light emitting means, and a 7-segment display is disposed on the lower left side of the game area when viewed from the front (lower left side of FIG. 2). The first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are displays according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 4), and mainly display the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In the present embodiment, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B are configured to be used properly according to whether the ball has won the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640. Specifically, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64, the first symbol display device 37A operates, while when the ball wins the second winning opening 640, the first winning The symbol display device 37B is configured to operate.

また、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bは、LEDにより、パチンコ機10が確変中か時短中か通常中であるかを点灯状態により示したり、変動中であるか否かを点灯状態により示したり、停止図柄が確変大当たりに対応した図柄か普通大当たりに対応した図柄か外れ図柄であるかを点灯状態により示したり、保留球数を点灯状態により示すと共に、7セグメント表示装置により、大当たり中のラウンド数やエラー表示を行う。なお、複数のLEDは、それぞれのLEDの発光色(例えば、赤、緑、青)が異なるよう構成され、その発光色の組み合わせにより、少ないLEDでパチンコ機10の各種遊技状態を示唆することができる。 Further, the first symbol display device 37A, 37B, by the LED, indicates whether the pachinko machine 10 is in positive change, shortening time, or normal by a lighting state, or by indicating whether it is changing or not by a lighting state. , The stop symbol indicates whether it is a symbol corresponding to the probability variation jackpot, a symbol corresponding to the ordinary jackpot or a symbol that is out of sync with the lighting state, and the number of reserved balls is indicated by the lighting state, and the 7-segment display device gives a round during the jackpot. Display numbers and errors. In addition, the plurality of LEDs are configured such that the respective LEDs have different emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue), and the combination of the emission colors can suggest various game states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. it can.

尚、本パチンコ機10では、第1入賞口64及び第2入賞口640へ入賞があったことを契機として抽選が行われる。パチンコ機10は、その抽選において、大当たりか否かの当否判定(大当たり抽選)を行うと共に、大当たりと判定した場合はその大当たり種別の判定も行う。ここで判定される大当たり種別としては、15R確変大当たり、4R確変大当たり、15R通常大当たりが用意されている。第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bには、変動終了後の停止図柄として抽選の結果が大当たりであるか否かが示されるだけでなく、大当たりである場合はその大当たり種別に応じた図柄が示される。 In the pachinko machine 10, a lottery is performed when the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 are won. In the lottery, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not it is a big hit (big hit lottery), and when it is a big hit, also makes a determination of the big hit type. As the types of jackpots determined here, 15R certainty variation jackpots, 4R certainty variation jackpots, and 15R regular jackpots are prepared. The first symbol display devices 37A, 37B not only show whether or not the result of the lottery is a big hit as a stop symbol after the end of variation, but if it is a big hit, a symbol according to the big hit type is shown. ..

ここで、「15R確変大当たり」とは、最大ラウンド数が15ラウンドの大当たりの後に高確率状態へ移行する確変大当たりのことであり、「4R確変大当たり」とは、最大ラウンド数が4ラウンドの大当たりの後に高確率状態へ移行する確変大当たりのことである。また、「15R通常大当たり」は、最大ラウンド数が15ラウンドの大当たりの後に、低確率状態へ移行すると共に、所定の変動回数の間(例えば、100変動回数)は時短状態となる大当たりのことである。 Here, "15R probability variation jackpot" is a probability variation jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds shifts to a high probability state after jackpot of 15 rounds, and "4R probability variation jackpot" is a jackpot with a maximum round number of 4 rounds. It is a probability change jackpot that shifts to a high probability state after. In addition, "15R normal jackpot" is a jackpot that shifts to a low-probability state after the jackpot with a maximum round number of 15 rounds and becomes a shortened state for a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations). is there.

また、「高確率状態」とは、大当たり終了後に付加価値としてその後の大当たり確率がアップした状態、いわゆる確率変動中(確変中)の時をいい、換言すれば、特別遊技状態へ移行し易い遊技の状態のことである。本実施形態における高確率状態(確変中)は、後述する第2図柄の当たり確率がアップして第2入賞口640へ球が入賞し易い遊技の状態を含む。「低確率状態」とは、確変中でない時をいい、大当たり確率が通常の状態、即ち、確変の時より大当たり確率が低い状態をいう。また、「低確率状態」のうちの時短状態(時短中)とは、大当たり確率が通常の状態であると共に、大当たり確率がそのままで第2図柄の当たり確率のみがアップして第2入賞口640へ球が入賞し易い遊技の状態のことをいう。一方、パチンコ機10が通常中とは、確変中でも時短中でもない遊技の状態(大当たり確率も第2図柄の当たり確率もアップしていない状態)である。 Also, the "high probability state" is a state in which the jackpot probability increases after the jackpot as an added value, that is, when the probability is changing (probably changing), in other words, a game that easily transitions to a special game state. It is the state of. The high-probability state (probably changing) in the present embodiment includes a game state in which the probability of hitting a second symbol, which will be described later, increases and the ball easily wins the second winning opening 640. The "low probability state" refers to a state when the probability of big jackpot is not in progress, and a state where the jackpot probability is normal, that is, a state where the jackpot probability is lower than that during the probability variation. In addition, the short-time state (the time-shortening state) of the “low probability state” is a state in which the jackpot probability is a normal state, the jackpot probability remains the same, and only the hit probability of the second symbol is increased to the second winning opening 640. It is a game state in which the ball is easy to win. On the other hand, when the pachinko machine 10 is in the normal state, it is a state of the game which is neither probable change nor time saving (state in which neither the big hit probability nor the second symbol hit probability is improved).

確変中や時短中は、第2図柄の当たり確率がアップするだけではなく、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aが開放される時間も変更され、通常中と比して長い時間が設定される。電動役物640aが開放された状態(開放状態)にある場合は、その電動役物640aが閉鎖された状態(閉鎖状態)にある場合と比して、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞しやすい状態となる。よって、確変中や時短中は、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞し易い状態となり、大当たり抽選が行われる回数を増やすことができる。 During the probability change or shortening of time, not only the probability of hitting the second symbol is increased, but also the time during which the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened is changed, which is a longer time than in the normal case. Is set. When the electric accessory 640a is in the open state (open state), a ball is won in the second winning opening 640 as compared with the case where the electric accessory 640a is in the closed state (closed state). It becomes easy. Therefore, during the probability change or shortening of time, it becomes easy for the ball to win the second winning opening 640, and the number of times of the jackpot lottery can be increased.

なお、確変中や時短中において、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aの開放時間を変更するのではなく、または、その開放時間を変更することに加えて、1回の当たりで電動役物640aが開放する回数を通常中よりも増やす変更を行うものとしてもよい。また、確変中や時短中において、第2図柄の当たり確率は変更せず、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aが開放される時間および1回の当たりで電動役物640aが開放する回数の少なくとも一方を変更するものとしてもよい。また、確変中や時短中において、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aが開放される時間や、1回の当たりで電動役物640aを開放する回数はせず、第2図柄の当たり確率だけを、通常中と比してアップするよう変更するものであってもよい。 It should be noted that, during the probable change or shortening of time, the opening time of the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is not changed, or in addition to changing the opening time, the electric power is changed by one hit. The number of times that the accessory 640a is opened may be changed to be larger than that in the normal state. Also, during the probability change or shortening of time, the winning probability of the second symbol is not changed, and the electric accessory 640a opens at the time and once when the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is opened. At least one of the numbers of times may be changed. In addition, during the probability change or shortening of time, the time when the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning opening 640 is opened or the number of times the electric accessory 640a is opened per hit is not adjusted, and the second symbol is hit. Only the probability may be changed so as to be higher than that in the normal state.

遊技領域には、球が入賞することにより5個から15個の球が賞球として払い出される複数の一般入賞口63が配設されている。また、遊技領域の中央部分には、可変表示装置ユニット80が配設されている。可変表示装置ユニット80には、第1入賞口64及び第2入賞口640への入賞(始動入賞)をトリガとして、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bにおける変動表示と同期させながら、第3図柄の変動表示を行う液晶ディスプレイ(以下単に「表示装置」と略す)で構成された第3図柄表示装置81と、スルーゲート67の球の通過をトリガとして第2図柄を変動表示するLEDで構成される第2図柄表示装置(図示せず)とが設けられている。 In the game area, a plurality of general winning openings 63 are provided in which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls are won. A variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the center of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is triggered by the winning (starting winning) to the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 (starting winning), while synchronizing with the variable display in the first symbol displaying devices 37A and 37B. It is composed of a third symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as “display device”) that performs variable display, and an LED that variably displays the second symbol triggered by passage of the ball of the through gate 67. A second symbol display device (not shown) is provided.

また、可変表示装置ユニット80には、第3図柄表示装置81の外周を囲むようにして、センターフレーム86が配設されている。このセンターフレーム86の中央に開口される開口部から第3図柄表示装置81が視認可能とされる。 Further, the variable display device unit 80 is provided with a center frame 86 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81. The third symbol display device 81 is visible through an opening formed in the center of the center frame 86.

第3図柄表示装置81は9インチサイズの大型の液晶ディスプレイで構成されるものであり、表示制御装置114(図4参照)によって表示内容が制御されることにより、例えば上、中及び下の3つの図柄列が表示される。各図柄列は複数の図柄(第3図柄)によって構成され、これらの第3図柄が図柄列毎に横スクロールして第3図柄表示装置81の表示画面上にて第3図柄が可変表示されるようになっている。本実施形態の第3図柄表示装置81は、主制御装置110(図4参照)の制御に伴った遊技状態の表示が第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bで行われるのに対して、その第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bの表示に応じた装飾的な表示を行うものである。なお、表示装置に代えて、例えばリール等を用いて第3図柄表示装置81を構成するようにしても良い。 The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a large 9-inch liquid crystal display, and the display contents are controlled by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 4), for example, upper, middle and lower 3 Two symbol columns are displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols (third symbol), these third symbols are horizontally scrolled for each symbol column, and the third symbol is variably displayed on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. It is like this. In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the display of the game state accompanied by the control of the main controller 110 (see FIG. 4) is performed on the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, whereas the first A decorative display corresponding to the display of the symbol display devices 37A and 37B is performed. Instead of the display device, for example, a reel or the like may be used to configure the third symbol display device 81.

第2図柄表示装置は、球がスルーゲート67を通過する毎に表示図柄(第2図柄(図示せず))としての「○」の図柄と「×」の図柄とを所定時間交互に点灯させる変動表示を行うものである。パチンコ機10では、球がスルーゲート67を通過したことが検出されると、当たり抽選が行われる。その当たり抽選の結果、当たりであれば、第2図柄表示装置において、第2図柄の変動表示後に「○」の図柄が停止表示される。また、当たり抽選の結果、外れであれば、第2図柄表示装置において、第3図柄の変動表示後に「×」の図柄が停止表示される。 The second symbol display device alternately turns on the symbol "O" and the symbol "X" as the display symbol (second symbol (not shown)) every time the ball passes through the through gate 67 for a predetermined time. It is a variable display. In the pachinko machine 10, when it is detected that the ball has passed through the through gate 67, a winning lottery is performed. As a result of the winning lottery, if it is a win, the symbol “◯” is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the second symbol on the second symbol display device. Moreover, if the result of the winning lottery is out of alignment, the symbol "x" is stopped and displayed after the variable display of the third symbol on the second symbol display device.

パチンコ機10は、第2図柄表示装置における変動表示が所定図柄(本実施形態においては「○」の図柄)で停止した場合に、第2入賞口640に付随された電動役物640aが所定時間だけ作動状態となる(開放される)よう構成されている。 In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device is stopped by a predetermined symbol (in the present embodiment, a symbol "○"), the electric accessory 640a attached to the second winning opening 640 is for a predetermined time. It is configured to be activated (opened) only.

第2図柄の変動表示にかかる時間は、遊技状態が通常中の場合よりも、確変中または時短中の方が短くなるように設定される。これにより、確変中および時短中は、第2図柄の変動表示が短い時間で行われるので、当たり抽選を通常中よりも多く行うことができる。よって、当たり抽選において当たりとなる機会が増えるので、第2入賞口640の電動役物640aが開放状態となる機会を遊技者に多く与えることができる。よって、確変中および時短中は、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞しやすい状態とすることができる。 The time required for variable display of the second symbol is set to be shorter during the probability change or during the time saving than when the game state is normal. As a result, during the probability change and the time reduction, the variable display of the second symbol is performed in a short time, so that the winning lottery can be performed more than usual. Therefore, the chances of winning in the winning lottery increase, so that the player can be given many opportunities to open the electric prize 640a of the second winning opening 640. Therefore, the ball can easily enter the second winning opening 640 during the probability change and the shortened working hours.

なお、確変中または時短中において、当たり確率を高める、1回に当たりに対する電動役物640aの開放時間や開放回数を増やすなど、その他の方法によっても、確変中または時短中に第2入賞口640へ球が入賞しやすい状態としている場合は、第2図柄の変動表示にかかる時間を遊技状態にかかわらず一定としてもよい。一方、第2図柄の変動表示にかかる時間を、確変中または時短中において通常中よりも短く設定する場合は、当たり確率を遊技状態にかかわらず一定にしてもよいし、また、1回の当たりに対する電動役物640aの開放時間や開放回数を遊技状態にかかわらず一定にしてもよい。 In addition, during the probability change or shortening time, the winning probability is increased, and the opening time and the number of times of opening the electric accessory 640a per hit are increased. When the ball is in a state of easy winning, the time required for variable display of the second symbol may be constant regardless of the gaming state. On the other hand, when the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is set shorter than the normal during the probability change or the time reduction, the hit probability may be constant regardless of the gaming state, or one hit. The opening time and the number of times of opening the electric accessory 640a may be constant regardless of the game state.

スルーゲート67は、可変表示装置ユニット80の下側の領域における右方において遊技盤に組み付けられ、遊技盤に発射された球のうち、遊技盤の右方を流下する球の一部が通過可能に構成されている。スルーゲート67を球が通過すると、第2図柄の当たり抽選が行われる。当たり抽選の後、第2図柄表示装置にて変動表示を行い、当たり抽選の結果が当たりであれば、変動表示の停止図柄として「○」の図柄を表示し、当たり抽選の結果が外れであれば、変動表示の停止図柄として「×」の図柄を表示する。 The through gate 67 is attached to the game board on the right side in the lower area of the variable display device unit 80, and among the balls emitted to the game board, a part of the ball flowing down on the right side of the game board can pass through. Is configured. When the ball passes through the through gate 67, a winning lottery for the second symbol is performed. After the winning lottery, the variable display is performed on the second symbol display device, and if the result of the winning lottery is a win, the symbol "○" is displayed as the stop symbol of the variable display, and the result of the winning lottery is out. For example, the symbol "x" is displayed as the variable display stop symbol.

球のスルーゲート67の通過回数は、合計で最大4回まで保留され、その保留球数が上述した第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bにより表示されると共に第2図柄保留ランプ(図示せず)においても点灯表示される。第2図柄保留ランプは、最大保留数分の4つ設けられ、第3図柄表示装置81の下方に左右対称に配設されている。 The number of times the ball passes through the through gate 67 is held up to a maximum of four times in total, and the number of holding balls is displayed by the above-mentioned first symbol display devices 37A and 37B and at the second symbol holding lamp (not shown). Is also lit. Four second design holding lamps are provided for the maximum number of holdings, and are symmetrically arranged below the third design display device 81.

なお、第2図柄の変動表示は、本実施形態のように、第2図柄表示装置において複数のランプの点灯と非点灯を切り換えることにより行うものの他、第1図柄表示装置37A,37B及び第3図柄表示装置81の一部を使用して行うようにしても良い。同様に、第2図柄保留ランプの点灯を第3図柄表示装置81の一部で行うようにしても良い。また、スルーゲート67の球の通過に対する最大保留球数は4回に限定されるものでなく、3回以下、又は、5回以上の回数(例えば、8回)に設定しても良い。また、スルーゲート67の組み付け数は1つに限定されるものではなく、複数(例えば、2つ)であっても良い。また、スルーゲート67の組み付け位置は可変表示装置ユニット80の右方に限定されるものではなく、例えば、可変表示装置ユニット80の左方でも良い。また、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bにより保留球数が示されるので、第2図柄保留ランプにより点灯表示を行わないものとしてもよい。 The variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching the lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device as in the present embodiment, as well as the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third symbol. It may be performed by using a part of the symbol display device 81. Similarly, the second symbol holding lamp may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of retained balls for the passage of the ball through the through gate 67 is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (e.g., eight times). Further, the number of through gates 67 to be assembled is not limited to one, but may be plural (for example, two). Further, the mounting position of the through gate 67 is not limited to the right side of the variable display device unit 80, and may be, for example, the left side of the variable display device unit 80. Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, it is possible not to perform the lighting display by the second symbol reservation lamp.

可変表示装置ユニット80の下方には、球が入賞し得る第1入賞口64が配設されている。この第1入賞口64へ球が入賞すると遊技盤13の裏面側に設けられる第1入賞口スイッチ(図示せず)がオンとなり、その第1入賞口スイッチのオンに起因して主制御装置110(図4参照)で大当たりの抽選がなされ、その抽選結果に応じた表示が第1図柄表示装置37Aで示される。 Below the variable display device unit 80, a first winning opening 64 through which a ball can win is arranged. When a ball wins the first winning opening 64, a first winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the turning on of the first winning opening switch. (Refer to FIG. 4) A big hit lottery is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37A.

一方、第1入賞口64の正面視右方には、球が入賞し得る第2入賞口640が配設されている。この第2入賞口640へ球が入賞すると遊技盤13の裏面側に設けられる第2入賞口スイッチ(図示せず)がオンとなり、その第2入賞口スイッチのオンに起因して主制御装置110(図4参照)で大当たりの抽選がなされ、その抽選結果に応じた表示が第1図柄表示装置37Bで示される。 On the other hand, to the right of the first winning opening 64 in a front view, a second winning opening 640 in which a ball can win is arranged. When a ball wins the second winning opening 640, a second winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the main controller 110 is caused by the turning on of the second winning opening switch. (Refer to FIG. 4) A big hit lottery is made, and a display corresponding to the lottery result is shown on the first symbol display device 37B.

また、第1入賞口64および第2入賞口640は、それぞれ、球が入賞すると5個の球が賞球として払い出される入賞口の1つにもなっている。なお、本実施形態においては、第1入賞口64へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数と第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数とを同じに構成したが、第1入賞口64へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数と第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数とを異なる数、例えば、第1入賞口64へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数を3個とし、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合に払い出される賞球数を5個として構成してもよい。 Each of the first winning opening 64 and the second winning opening 640 is also one of the winning openings through which five balls are paid out as prize balls when a ball wins. In addition, in the present embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the first winning opening 64 and the number of prize balls paid out when the balls enter the second winning opening 640 are the same. , The number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball is won in the first winning opening 64 and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball is winning in the second winning opening 640, for example, a ball to the first winning opening 64 The number of prize balls to be paid out when a prize is won may be set to 3, and the number of prize balls to be paid out when a ball is won to the second winning port 640 may be set to 5.

第2入賞口640には電動役物640aが付随されている。この電動役物640aは開閉可能に構成されており、通常は電動役物640aが閉鎖状態(縮小状態)となって、球が第2入賞口640へ入賞しにくい状態となっている。一方、スルーゲート67への球の通過を契機として行われる第2図柄の変動表示の結果、「○」の図柄が第2図柄表示装置に表示された場合、電動役物640aが開放状態(拡大状態)となり、球が第2入賞口640へ入賞しやすい状態となる。 An electric accessory 640a is attached to the second winning opening 640. The electric accessory 640a is configured to be openable and closable, and normally the electric accessory 640a is in a closed state (reduced state), and it is difficult for a ball to enter the second winning opening 640. On the other hand, as a result of the variable display of the second symbol that is performed upon the passage of the ball to the through gate 67, when the symbol "○" is displayed on the second symbol display device, the electric accessory 640a is in the open state (enlarged). State), and the ball is in a state where it is easy to enter the second winning opening 640.

上述した通り、確変中および時短中は、通常中と比して第2図柄の当たり確率が高く、また、第2図柄の変動表示にかかる時間も短いので、第2図柄の変動表示において「○」の図柄が表示され易くなって、電動役物640aが開放状態(拡大状態)となる回数が増える。更に、確変中および時短中は、電動役物640aが開放される時間も、通常中より長くなる。よって、確変中および時短中は、通常時と比して、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞しやすい状態を作ることができる。 As described above, the probability of hitting the second symbol is higher than that in the normal state during the probability change and the shortening of the time period, and the time required for the variable display of the second symbol is short, so that in the variable display of the second symbol, “○” is displayed. Is easily displayed, and the number of times the electric accessory 640a is in the open state (enlarged state) increases. Further, the time during which the electric accessory 640a is opened during the probability change and the shortening of time is longer than that during the normal time. Therefore, during the probability change and the shortened working hours, it is possible to create a state in which a ball is more likely to win the second winning opening 640 than in the normal time.

ここで、第1入賞口64に球が入賞した場合と第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合とで、大当たりとなる確率は、低確率状態であっても高確率状態でも同一である。しかしながら、大当たりとなった場合に選定される大当たりの種別として15R確変大当たりとなる確率は、第2入賞口640へ球が入賞した場合のほうが第1入賞口64へ球が入賞した場合よりも高く設定されている。一方、第1入賞口64は、第2入賞口640にあるような電動役物は有しておらず、球が常時入賞可能な状態となっている。 Here, the probability of being a big hit is the same in both the low-probability state and the high-probability state, when the ball wins the first winning opening 64 and when the ball wins the second winning opening 640. However, when the jackpot is a big jackpot, the probability that the 15R probability variation jackpot will be selected as the jackpot type is higher when the ball is won at the second winning port 640 than when the ball is won at the first winning port 64. It is set. On the other hand, the first winning opening 64 does not have an electric accessory like the second winning opening 640, and the ball is always ready for winning.

よって、通常中においては、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物が閉鎖状態にある場合が多く、第2入賞口640に入賞しづらいので、電動役物のない第1入賞口64へ向けて、可変表示装置ユニット80の左方を球が通過するように球を発射し(所謂「左打ち」)、第1入賞口64への入賞によって大当たり抽選の機会を多く得て、大当たりとなることを狙った方が、遊技者にとって有利となる。 Therefore, during normal operation, the electric winning object associated with the second winning opening 640 is often closed, and it is difficult to win the second winning opening 640. Then, the ball is fired so that the ball passes the left side of the variable display device unit 80 (so-called "left hitting"), and a lot of chances of the big hit lottery are obtained by winning the prize in the first winning a prize port 64, which is a big hit. It is advantageous for the player to aim for that.

一方、確変中や時短中は、スルーゲート67に球を通過させることで、第2入賞口640に付随する電動役物640aが開放状態となりやすく、第2入賞口640に入賞しやすい状態であるので、第2入賞口640へ向けて、可変表示装置80の右方を球が通過するように球を発射し(所謂「右打ち」)、スルーゲート67を通過させて電動役物を開放状態にすると共に、第2入賞口640への入賞によって15R確変大当たりとなることを狙った方が、遊技者にとって有利となる。 On the other hand, during a sudden change or a reduction in working hours, by passing a ball through the through gate 67, the electric accessory 640a associated with the second winning port 640 is likely to be opened, and the second winning port 640 is easily won. Therefore, the ball is fired toward the second winning opening 640 so that the ball passes the right side of the variable display device 80 (so-called “right hit”), and the electric accessory is opened by passing through the through gate 67. At the same time, it is more advantageous for the player to aim for the 15R certainty variation jackpot by winning the second winning opening 640.

このように、本実施形態のパチンコ機10は、パチンコ機10の遊技状態(確変中であるか、時短中であるか、通常中であるか)に応じて、遊技者に対し、球の発射の仕方を「左打ち」と「右打ち」とに変えさせることができる。よって、遊技者に対して、球の打ち方に変化をもたらすことができるので、遊技を楽しませることができる。 In this way, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment shoots a ball at the player according to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 (whether it is in a sudden change, in a short time, or in a normal state). Can be changed to "left-handed" and "right-handed". Therefore, the player can be changed in how to hit the ball, and the game can be enjoyed.

第1入賞口64の上方右側には可変入賞装置65が配設されており、その略中央部分に横長矩形状の特定入賞口(大開放口)65aが設けられている。パチンコ機10においては、第1入賞口64又は第2入賞口640への入賞に起因して行われた大当たり抽選が大当たりとなると、所定時間(変動時間)が経過した後に、大当たりの停止図柄となるよう第1図柄表示装置37A又は第1図柄表示装置37Bを点灯させると共に、その大当たりに対応した停止図柄を第3図柄表示装置81に表示させて、大当たりの発生が示される。その後、球が入賞し易い特別遊技状態(大当たり)に遊技状態が遷移する。この特別遊技状態として、通常時には閉鎖されている特定入賞口65aが、所定時間(例えば、30秒経過するまで、或いは、球が10個入賞するまで)開放される。 A variable winning device 65 is arranged on the upper right side of the first winning opening 64, and a horizontally-long rectangular specific winning opening (large opening) 65a is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the jackpot lottery performed due to the winning of the first winning opening 64 or the second winning opening 640 becomes a big hit, after a predetermined time (variable time) has passed, a big hit stop symbol and The first symbol display device 37A or the first symbol display device 37B is turned on so that the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and the occurrence of the jackpot is shown. After that, the game state transitions to a special game state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. In this special game state, the specific winning opening 65a which is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds elapse or 10 balls are won).

この特定入賞口65aは、所定時間が経過すると閉鎖され、その閉鎖後、再度、その特定入賞口65aが所定時間開放される。この特定入賞口65aの開閉動作は、最高で例えば15回(15ラウンド)繰り返し可能にされている。この開閉動作が行われている状態が、遊技者にとって有利な特別遊技状態の一形態であり、遊技者には、遊技上の価値(遊技価値)の付与として通常時より多量の賞球の払い出しが行われる。 The specific winning opening 65a is closed after a lapse of a predetermined time, and after the closing, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening/closing operation of the specific winning opening 65a can be repeated, for example, 15 times (15 rounds) at the maximum. The state in which this opening/closing operation is performed is one form of a special game state that is advantageous to the player, and the player is paid out a larger amount of award balls than usual in order to give a game value (game value). Is done.

可変入賞装置65は、具体的には、特定入賞口65aを覆う横長矩形状の開閉板と、その開閉板の下辺を軸として前方側に開閉駆動するための大開放口ソレノイド(図示せず)とを備えている。特定入賞口65aは、通常時は、球が入賞できないか又は入賞し難い閉状態になっている。大当たりの際には大開放口ソレノイドを駆動して開閉板を前面下側に傾倒し、球が特定入賞口65aに入賞しやすい開状態を一時的に形成し、その開状態と通常時の閉状態との状態を交互に繰り返すように作動する。 The variable winning device 65 is, specifically, a horizontally long rectangular opening/closing plate that covers the specific winning opening 65a, and a large opening solenoid (not shown) for driving the opening/closing on the front side with the lower side of the opening/closing plate as an axis. It has and. The specific winning opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which the ball cannot be won or is difficult to win. At the time of a big hit, the large opening solenoid is driven to tilt the opening/closing plate to the lower side of the front surface to temporarily form an open state in which the ball easily wins the specific winning opening 65a, and the open state and the normally closed state. The state and the state operate alternately.

なお、上記した形態に特別遊技状態は限定されるものではない。特定入賞口65aとは別に開閉される大開放口を遊技領域に設け、第1図柄表示装置37A,37Bにおいて大当たりに対応したLEDが点灯した場合に、特定入賞口65aが所定時間開放され、その特定入賞口65aの開放中に、球が特定入賞口65a内へ入賞することを契機として特定入賞口65aとは別に設けられた大開放口が所定時間、所定回数開放される遊技状態を特別遊技状態として形成するようにしても良い。また、特定入賞口65aは1つに限るものではなく、1つ若しくは2以上の複数(例えば3つ)配置しても良く、また配置位置も第1入賞口64の上方右側に限らず、例えば、可変表示装置ユニット80の左方でも良い。 The special game state is not limited to the above-mentioned form. A large opening which is opened and closed separately from the specific winning opening 65a is provided in the game area, and when the LED corresponding to the big hit in the first symbol display device 37A, 37B is turned on, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, During the opening of the specific winning opening 65a, when the ball wins into the specific winning opening 65a, a large opening provided separately from the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times in a special game state. It may be formed as a state. Further, the specific winning opening 65a is not limited to one, and one or a plurality of two or more (for example, three) may be arranged, and the arrangement position is not limited to the upper right side of the first winning opening 64. Alternatively, it may be on the left side of the variable display device unit 80.

遊技盤13の下側における右隅部には、証紙や識別ラベル等を貼着するための貼着スペースK1が設けられ、貼着スペースK1に貼られた証紙等は、前面枠14の小窓35(図1参照)を通じて視認することができる。 At the lower right corner of the game board 13, a sticking space K1 for sticking a stamp or an identification label is provided, and the sticker or the like stuck to the sticking space K1 is a small window of the front frame 14. 35 (see FIG. 1).

遊技盤13には、第1アウト口71が設けられている。遊技領域を流下する球であって、いずれの入賞口63,64,65a,640,にも入賞しなかった球は、第1アウト口71を通って図示しない球排出路へと案内される。第1アウト口71は、第1入賞口64の下方に配設される。 The game board 13 is provided with a first outlet 71. Balls flowing down the game area that have not won any of the winning openings 63, 64, 65a, 640 are guided to a ball discharging path (not shown) through the first out opening 71. The first outlet 71 is arranged below the first winning opening 64.

遊技盤13には、球の落下方向を適宜分散、調整等するために多数の釘が植設されているとともに、風車等の各種部材(役物)とが配設されている。 In the game board 13, a large number of nails are planted in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the balls, and various members (features) such as a wind turbine are arranged.

図3に示すように、パチンコ機10の背面側には、制御基板ユニット90,91と、裏パックユニット94とが主に備えられている。制御基板ユニット90は、主基板(主制御装置110)と音声ランプ制御基板(音声ランプ制御装置113)と表示制御基板(表示制御装置114)とが搭載されてユニット化されている。制御基板ユニット91は、払出制御基板(払出制御装置111)と発射制御基板(発射制御装置112)と電源基板(電源装置115)とカードユニット接続基板116とが搭載されてユニット化されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control device 110), a voice lamp control board (voice lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a firing control board (firing control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

裏パックユニット94は、保護カバー部を形成する裏パック92と払出ユニット93とがユニット化されている。また、各制御基板には、各制御を司る1チップマイコンとしてのMPU、各種機器との連絡をとるポート、各種抽選の際に用いられる乱数発生器、時間計数や同期を図る場合などに使用されるクロックパルス発生回路等が、必要に応じて搭載されている。 The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 forming a protective cover and a payout unit 93 as a unit. Also, each control board is used for MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for communicating with various devices, a random number generator used in various lottery, time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generating circuit and the like are installed as needed.

なお、主制御装置110、音声ランプ制御装置113及び表示制御装置114、払出制御装置111及び発射制御装置112、電源装置115、カードユニット接続基板116は、それぞれ基板ボックス100〜104に収納されている。基板ボックス100〜104は、ボックスベースと該ボックスベースの開口部を覆うボックスカバーとを備えており、そのボックスベースとボックスカバーとが互いに連結されて、各制御装置や各基板が収納される。 The main control device 110, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. .. The board boxes 100 to 104 each include a box base and a box cover that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other to house each control device and each board.

また、基板ボックス100(主制御装置110)及び基板ボックス102(払出制御装置111及び発射制御装置112)は、ボックスベースとボックスカバーとを封印ユニット(図示せず)によって開封不能に連結(かしめ構造による連結)している。また、ボックスベースとボックスカバーとの連結部には、ボックスベースとボックスカバーとに亘って封印シール(図示せず)が貼着されている。この封印シールは、脆性な素材で構成されており、基板ボックス100,102を開封するために封印シールを剥がそうとしたり、基板ボックス100,102を無理に開封しようとすると、ボックスベース側とボックスカバー側とに切断される。よって、封印ユニット又は封印シールを確認することで、基板ボックス100,102が開封されたかどうかを知ることができる。 Further, in the board box 100 (main controller 110) and the board box 102 (payout controller 111 and launch controller 112), a box base and a box cover are connected in an unopenable manner by a sealing unit (not shown) (caulking structure). (Consolidated by). In addition, a seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover, extending over the box base and the box cover. The seal sticker is made of a brittle material, and if the seal sticker is peeled off to open the board boxes 100 and 102 or if the board boxes 100 and 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are closed. Cut to the side and to. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened.

払出ユニット93は、裏パックユニット94の最上部に位置して上方に開口したタンク130と、タンク130の下方に連結され下流側に向けて緩やかに傾斜するタンクレール131と、タンクレール131の下流側に縦向きに連結されるケースレール132と、ケースレール132の最下流部に設けられ、払出モータ216(図4参照)の所定の電気的構成により球の払出を行う払出装置133とを備えている。タンク130には、遊技ホールの島設備から供給される球が逐次補給され、払出装置133により必要個数の球の払い出しが適宜行われる。タンクレール131には、当該タンクレール131に振動を付加するためのバイブレータ134が取り付けられている。 The payout unit 93 is located at the uppermost part of the back pack unit 94 and opens upward, a tank rail 131 that is connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and gently inclines toward the downstream side, and a downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 that is vertically connected to the side, and a payout device 133 that is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and that pays out the balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 4). ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with the balls supplied from the island facility of the game hall, and the required number of balls are appropriately dispensed by the dispensing device 133. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

また、払出制御装置111には状態復帰スイッチ120が設けられ、発射制御装置112には可変抵抗器の操作つまみ121が設けられ、電源装置115にはRAM消去スイッチ122が設けられている。状態復帰スイッチ120は、例えば、払出モータ216(図4参照)部の球詰まり等、払出エラーの発生時に球詰まりを解消(正常状態への復帰)するために操作される。操作つまみ121は、発射ソレノイドの発射力を調整するために操作される。RAM消去スイッチ122は、パチンコ機10を初期状態に戻したい場合に電源投入時に操作される。 Further, the payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated to eliminate the ball clogging (return to a normal state) when a dispensing error occurs such as a ball clogging of the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 4). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when it is desired to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

次に、図4を参照して、本パチンコ機10の電気的構成について説明する。図4は、パチンコ機10の電気的構成を示すブロック図である。 Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

主制御装置110には、演算装置である1チップマイコンとしてのMPU201が搭載されている。MPU201には、該MPU201により実行される各種の制御プログラムや固定値データを記憶したROM202と、そのROM202内に記憶される制御プログラムの実行に際して各種のデータ等を一時的に記憶するためのメモリであるRAM203と、そのほか、割込回路やタイマ回路、データ送受信回路などの各種回路が内蔵されている。主制御装置110では、MPU201によって、大当たり抽選や第1図柄表示装置37A,37B及び第3図柄表示装置81における表示の設定、第2図柄表示装置における表示結果の抽選といったパチンコ機10の主要な処理を実行する。 The main control unit 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and other various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit are built in. In the main controller 110, by the MPU 201, the main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as jackpot lottery, setting of the display on the first symbol display devices 37A, 37B and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of the display result on the second symbol display device. To execute.

なお、払出制御装置111や音声ランプ制御装置113などのサブ制御装置に対して動作を指示するために、主制御装置110から該サブ制御装置へ各種のコマンドがデータ送受信回路によって送信されるが、かかるコマンドは、主制御装置110からサブ制御装置へ一方向にのみ送信される。 Note that various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control devices by the data transmission/reception circuit in order to instruct the sub control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113 to operate. Such a command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device only in one direction.

RAM203は、各種エリア、カウンタ、フラグのほか、MPU201の内部レジスタの内容やMPU201により実行される制御プログラムの戻り先番地などが記憶されるスタックエリアと、各種のフラグおよびカウンタ、I/O等の値が記憶される作業エリア(作業領域)とを有している。なお、RAM203は、パチンコ機10の電源の遮断後においても電源装置115からバックアップ電圧が供給されてデータを保持(バックアップ)できる構成となっており、RAM203に記憶されるデータは、すべてバックアップされる。 The RAM 203 stores various areas, counters, and flags, as well as a stack area in which the contents of internal registers of the MPU 201 and return addresses of control programs executed by the MPU 201 are stored, various flags and counters, I/O, and the like. And a work area (work area) in which values are stored. The RAM 203 is configured to be able to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. ..

停電などの発生により電源が遮断されると、その電源遮断時(停電発生時を含む。以下同様)のスタックポインタや、各レジスタの値がRAM203に記憶される。一方、電源投入時(停電解消による電源投入を含む。以下同様)には、RAM203に記憶される情報に基づいて、パチンコ機10の状態が電源遮断前の状態に復帰される。RAM203への書き込みはメイン処理(図示せず)によって電源遮断時に実行され、RAM203に書き込まれた各値の復帰は電源投入時の立ち上げ処理(図示せず)において実行される。なお、MPU201のNMI端子(ノンマスカブル割込端子)には、停電等の発生による電源遮断時に、停電監視回路252からの停電信号SG1が入力されるように構成されており、その停電信号SG1がMPU201へ入力されると、停電時処理としてのNMI割込処理(図示せず)が即座に実行される。 When the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the RAM 203 stores the stack pointer at the time of the power shutdown (including the occurrence of a power failure. The same applies to the following) and the value of each register. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including turning on the power by eliminating the power failure. The same applies to the following), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was turned off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by a main process (not shown) when the power is cut off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed by a startup process (not shown) when the power is turned on. The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 is configured so that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input when the power is shut off due to a power failure or the like, and the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201. When input to, the NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

主制御装置110のMPU201には、アドレスバス及びデータバスで構成されるバスライン204を介して入出力ポート205が接続されている。入出力ポート205には、払出制御装置111、音声ランプ制御装置113、第1図柄表示装置37A,37B、第2図柄表示装置、第2図柄保留ランプ、特定入賞口65aの開閉板の下辺を軸として前方側に開閉駆動するための大開放口ソレノイドや電動役物を駆動するためのソレノイドなどからなるソレノイド209が接続され、MPU201は、入出力ポート205を介してこれらに対し各種コマンドや制御信号を送信する。 An input/output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. In the input/output port 205, the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, the first symbol display devices 37A and 37B, the second symbol display device, the second symbol holding lamp, the lower side of the opening/closing plate of the specific winning opening 65a is an axis. Is connected to a solenoid 209 including a large opening solenoid for opening/closing driving forward and a solenoid for driving an electric accessory, and the MPU 201 sends various command and control signals to them via an input/output port 205. To send.

また、入出力ポート205には、図示しないスイッチ群およびスライド位置検出センサSや回転位置検出センサRを含むセンサ群などからなる各種スイッチ208、電源装置115に設けられた後述のRAM消去スイッチ回路253が接続され、MPU201は各種スイッチ208から出力される信号や、RAM消去スイッチ回路253より出力されるRAM消去信号SG2に基づいて各種処理を実行する。 Further, the input/output port 205 includes various switches 208 including a switch group (not shown) and a sensor group including the slide position detecting sensor S and the rotational position detecting sensor R, and a RAM erasing switch circuit 253 described later provided in the power supply device 115. Are connected, and the MPU 201 executes various processes based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

払出制御装置111は、払出モータ216を駆動させて賞球や貸出球の払出制御を行うものである。演算装置であるMPU211は、そのMPU211により実行される制御プログラムや固定値データ等を記憶したROM212と、ワークメモリ等として使用されるRAM213とを有している。 The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to perform payout control of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is a computing device, has a ROM 212 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory and the like.

払出制御装置111のRAM213は、主制御装置110のRAM203と同様に、MPU211の内部レジスタの内容やMPU211により実行される制御プログラムの戻り先番地などが記憶されるスタックエリアと、各種のフラグおよびカウンタ、I/O等の値が記憶される作業エリア(作業領域)とを有している。RAM213は、パチンコ機10の電源の遮断後においても電源装置115からバックアップ電圧が供給されてデータを保持(バックアップ)できる構成となっており、RAM213に記憶されるデータは、すべてバックアップされる。なお、主制御装置110のMPU201と同様、MPU211のNMI端子にも、停電等の発生による電源遮断時に停電監視回路252から停電信号SG1が入力されるように構成されており、その停電信号SG1がMPU211へ入力されると、停電時処理としてのNMI割込処理(図示せず)が即座に実行される。 The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal register of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. , I/O, and the like are stored in a work area (work area). The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Note that, like the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to receive the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, and the power failure signal SG1 is input. When input to the MPU 211, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

払出制御装置111のMPU211には、アドレスバス及びデータバスで構成されるバスライン214を介して入出力ポート215が接続されている。入出力ポート215には、主制御装置110や払出モータ216、発射制御装置112などがそれぞれ接続されている。また、図示はしないが、払出制御装置111には、払い出された賞球を検出するための賞球検出スイッチが接続されている。なお、該賞球検出スイッチは、払出制御装置111に接続されるが、主制御装置110には接続されていない。 An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main controller 110, the payout motor 216, the firing controller 112, etc. are connected to the input/output port 215, respectively. Although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch for detecting the paid prize balls. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111 but not to the main control device 110.

発射制御装置112は、主制御装置110により球の発射の指示がなされた場合に、操作ハンドル51の回動操作量に応じた球の打ち出し強さとなるよう球発射ユニット112aを制御するものである。球発射ユニット112aは、図示しない発射ソレノイドおよび電磁石を備えており、その発射ソレノイドおよび電磁石は、所定条件が整っている場合に駆動が許可される。具体的には、遊技者が操作ハンドル51に触れていることをタッチセンサ51aにより検出し、球の発射を停止させるための発射停止スイッチ51bがオフ(操作されていないこと)を条件に、操作ハンドル51の回動操作量(回動位置)に対応して発射ソレノイドが励磁され、操作ハンドル51の操作量に応じた強さで球が発射される。 The firing control device 112 controls the ball firing unit 112a so that when the main control device 110 issues an instruction to fire a sphere, the sphere launching unit 112a has a launching strength corresponding to the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51. .. The ball firing unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet, which are not shown, and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when a predetermined condition is satisfied. Specifically, the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the firing stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited according to the amount of rotation operation (rotational position) of the handle 51, and a ball is emitted with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

音声ランプ制御装置113は、音声出力装置(図示しないスピーカなど)226における音声の出力、ランプ表示装置(電飾部29〜33、表示ランプ34など)227における点灯および消灯の出力、変動演出(変動表示)や予告演出といった表示制御装置114で行われる第3図柄表示装置81の表示態様の設定などを制御するものである。演算装置であるMPU221は、そのMPU221により実行される制御プログラムや固定値データ等を記憶したROM222と、ワークメモリ等として使用されるRAM223とを有している。 The voice lamp control device 113 outputs a voice in a voice output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, outputs a light and a light in a lamp display device (such as the illumination units 29 to 33 and the display lamp 34) 227, and produces a variation (variation). It is for controlling the setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81, which is performed by the display control device 114 such as display) and notice production. The MPU 221 which is an arithmetic unit has a ROM 222 which stores a control program executed by the MPU 221 and fixed value data, and a RAM 223 which is used as a work memory.

音声ランプ制御装置113のMPU221には、アドレスバス及びデータバスで構成されるバスライン224を介して入出力ポート225が接続されている。入出力ポート225には、主制御装置110、表示制御装置114、音声出力装置226、ランプ表示装置227、その他装置228、枠ボタン22などがそれぞれ接続されている。 An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the display control device 114, the audio output device 226, the lamp display device 227, the other device 228, the frame button 22, and the like are connected to the input/output port 225.

音声ランプ制御装置113は、主制御装置110から受信した各種のコマンド(変動パターンコマンド、停止種別コマンド等)に基づいて、第3図柄表示装置81の表示態様を決定し、決定した表示態様をコマンド(表示用変動パターンコマンド、表示用停止種別コマンド等)によって表示制御装置114へ通知する。また、音声ランプ制御装置113は、枠ボタン22からの入力を監視し、遊技者によって枠ボタン22が操作された場合は、第3図柄表示装置81で表示されるステージを変更したり、スーパーリーチ時の演出内容を変更したりするように、表示制御装置114へ指示する。ステージが変更される場合は、変更後のステージに応じた背面画像を第3図柄表示装置81に表示させるべく、変更後のステージに関する情報を含めた背面画像変更コマンドを表示制御装置114へ送信する。ここで、背面画像とは、第3図柄表示装置81に表示させる主要な画像である第3図柄の背面側に表示される画像のことである。表示制御装置114は、この音声ランプ制御装置113から送信されるコマンドに従って、第3図柄表示装置81に各種の画像を表示する。 The voice lamp control device 113 determines the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 based on various commands (variation pattern command, stop type command, etc.) received from the main control device 110, and commands the determined display mode. The display control device 114 is notified by (display variation pattern command, display stop type command, etc.). Further, the voice lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, the stage displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is changed or the super reach is performed. The display control device 114 is instructed to change the contents of the effect at that time. When the stage is changed, in order to display the rear image according to the changed stage on the third symbol display device 81, a rear image change command including information about the changed stage is transmitted to the display control device 114. .. Here, the back image is an image displayed on the back side of the third symbol which is the main image displayed on the third symbol display device 81. The display control device 114 displays various images on the third symbol display device 81 according to the command transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113.

また、音声ランプ制御装置113は、表示制御装置114から第3図柄表示装置81の表示内容を表すコマンド(表示コマンド)を受信する。音声ランプ制御装置113では、表示制御装置114から受信した表示コマンドに基づき、第3図柄表示装置81の表示内容に合わせて、その表示内容に対応する音声を音声出力装置226から出力し、また、その表示内容に対応させてランプ表示装置227の点灯および消灯を制御する。 Further, the voice lamp control device 113 receives a command (display command) indicating the display content of the third symbol display device 81 from the display control device 114. In the voice lamp control device 113, based on the display command received from the display control device 114, in accordance with the display content of the third symbol display device 81, a voice corresponding to the display content is output from the voice output device 226, and, Lighting and extinguishing of the lamp display device 227 are controlled in accordance with the displayed contents.

表示制御装置114は、音声ランプ制御装置113及び第3図柄表示装置81が接続され、音声ランプ制御装置113より受信したコマンドに基づいて、第3図柄表示装置81における第3図柄の変動演出などの表示を制御するものである。また、表示制御装置114は、第3図柄表示装置81の表示内容を通知する表示コマンドを適宜音声ランプ制御装置113へ送信する。音声ランプ制御装置113は、この表示コマンドによって示される表示内容にあわせて音声出力装置226から音声を出力することで、第3図柄表示装置81の表示と音声出力装置226からの音声出力とをあわせることができる。 The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, such as a variation effect of the third symbol in the third symbol display device 81. It controls the display. Further, the display control device 114 appropriately transmits a display command for notifying the display content of the third symbol display device 81 to the voice lamp control device 113. The voice lamp control device 113 outputs the voice from the voice output device 226 in accordance with the display content indicated by this display command, thereby matching the display of the third symbol display device 81 and the voice output from the voice output device 226. be able to.

電源装置115は、パチンコ機10の各部に電源を供給するための電源部251と、停電等による電源遮断を監視する停電監視回路252と、RAM消去スイッチ122(図3参照)が設けられたRAM消去スイッチ回路253とを有している。電源部251は、図示しない電源経路を通じて、各制御装置110〜114等に対して各々に必要な動作電圧を供給する装置である。その概要としては、電源部251は、外部より供給される交流24ボルトの電圧を取り込み、各種スイッチ208などの各種スイッチや、ソレノイド209などのソレノイド、モータ等を駆動するための12ボルトの電圧、ロジック用の5ボルトの電圧、RAMバックアップ用のバックアップ電圧などを生成し、これら12ボルトの電圧、5ボルトの電圧及びバックアップ電圧を各制御装置110〜114等に対して必要な電圧を供給する。 The power supply device 115 is provided with a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each unit of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 that monitors power interruption due to a power failure, etc., and a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3). And an erase switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies a necessary operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As its outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of AC 24 V supplied from the outside, and a voltage of 12 V for driving various switches such as various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, and motors, A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and the 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage, and backup voltage are supplied to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like as necessary.

停電監視回路252は、停電等の発生による電源遮断時に、主制御装置110のMPU201及び払出制御装置111のMPU211の各NMI端子へ停電信号SG1を出力するための回路である。停電監視回路252は、電源部251から出力される最大電圧である直流安定24ボルトの電圧を監視し、この電圧が22ボルト未満になった場合に停電(電源断、電源遮断)の発生と判断して、停電信号SG1を主制御装置110及び払出制御装置111へ出力する。停電信号SG1の出力によって、主制御装置110及び払出制御装置111は、停電の発生を認識し、NMI割込処理を実行する。なお、電源部251は、直流安定24ボルトの電圧が22ボルト未満になった後においても、NMI割込処理の実行に充分な時間の間、制御系の駆動電圧である5ボルトの電圧の出力を正常値に維持するように構成されている。よって、主制御装置110及び払出制御装置111は、NMI割込処理(図示せず)を正常に実行し完了することができる。 The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is shut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the voltage of DC stable 24V which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power cut, power cut) occurs when this voltage becomes less than 22V. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. Note that the power supply unit 251 outputs the voltage of 5 V, which is the drive voltage of the control system, for a sufficient time to execute the NMI interrupt process even after the voltage of DC stable 24 V becomes less than 22 V. Is maintained at a normal value. Therefore, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (not shown).

RAM消去スイッチ回路253は、RAM消去スイッチ122(図3参照)が押下された場合に、主制御装置110へ、バックアップデータをクリアさせるためのRAM消去信号SG2を出力するための回路である。主制御装置110は、パチンコ機10の電源投入時に、RAM消去信号SG2を入力した場合に、バックアップデータをクリアすると共に、払出制御装置111においてバックアップデータをクリアさせるための払出初期化コマンドを払出制御装置111に対して送信する。 The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 3) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, the main controller 110 clears the backup data, and the payout controller 111 issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data. It is transmitted to the device 111.

次いで、図5から図34を参照して、下皿50について説明する。まず、下皿50の全体構成について、図5から図9を参照して説明する。図5は、内枠12及び下皿50の正面斜視図であり、図6は、内枠12及び下皿50の分解正面斜視図である。 Next, the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 34. First, the overall configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 9. FIG. 5 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower tray 50, and FIG. 6 is an exploded front perspective view of the inner frame 12 and the lower tray 50.

図5及び図6に示すように、内枠12の下方左側には、正面視矩形の開口として形成される払出口23が配設され、その払出口23に対応する位置(即ち、払出口23から払い出された球を受け入れ可能な位置)に下皿50が配設される。上皿17に貯留しきれなかった球は、払出口23から下皿50へ払い出され、下皿50の貯留領域に貯留される。 As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, on the lower left side of the inner frame 12, a payout opening 23 formed as a rectangular opening in front view is disposed, and a position corresponding to the payout opening 23 (that is, payout opening 23 The lower plate 50 is arranged at a position where the balls dispensed from can be received. The balls that cannot be stored in the upper plate 17 are delivered to the lower plate 50 through the outlet 23 and stored in the storage area of the lower plate 50.

下皿50は、正面視において、貯留領域の左側に払出口23が偏って位置すると共に、底壁部材54が払出口23の下面よりも下方に位置する姿勢で、内枠12に配設される。よって、払出口23から払い出された球は、初期段階では、下皿50の底壁部材54を、正面視左側から右側へ向けて流動しつつ貯留されると共に、底壁部材54全体に球が広がる程度に球が貯留されると、払出口23近傍に山を形成する態様で貯留される。下皿50に所定量の球が貯留されると、遊技者は、球抜きレバー54bを操作して、下皿50の下方に配置された箱(いわゆる千両箱)へ球を排出する。 The lower plate 50 is arranged in the inner frame 12 in a posture in which the outlet 23 is biased to the left side of the storage region and the bottom wall member 54 is positioned below the lower surface of the outlet 23 in a front view. It Therefore, in the initial stage, the balls delivered from the outlet 23 are stored while flowing in the bottom wall member 54 of the lower plate 50 from the left side to the right side when viewed from the front, and the balls are delivered to the entire bottom wall member 54. When the balls are stored to such an extent that they spread, the balls are stored in the form of forming a mountain near the outlet 23. When a predetermined amount of balls are stored in the lower plate 50, the player operates the ball removing lever 54b to eject the balls into a box (so-called 1,000 boxes) arranged below the lower plate 50.

ここで、本実施形態では、下皿50の側壁部材55が前後に変位可能に形成され、かかる側壁部材55を前方へ張り出させる又は後方へ後退させることで、貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小することができる(図7及び図8参照)。よって、貯留領域の大きさが拡大できることで、下皿50からの球抜き操作の頻度を減らすことができ、その分、遊技者が遊技に集中できる状態とすることができる。一方、貯留領域の大きさが縮小できることで、前面枠14の開放時に隣のパチンコ機10に下皿50(張り出された側壁部材55)が干渉することや搬送時の外形が大型化することを抑制できる。かかる下皿50の拡大および縮小の構造について、以下に詳細を説明する。 Here, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 55 of the lower tray 50 is formed so as to be displaceable in the front-rear direction, and the side wall member 55 is projected forward or retracted rearward to enlarge the size of the storage region or It can be reduced (see FIGS. 7 and 8). Therefore, since the size of the storage area can be increased, the frequency of ball removal operations from the lower plate 50 can be reduced, and the player can concentrate on the game accordingly. On the other hand, since the size of the storage area can be reduced, the lower tray 50 (the overhanging side wall member 55) interferes with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 when the front frame 14 is opened, and the outer shape during transportation becomes large. Can be suppressed. The structure for enlarging and reducing the lower plate 50 will be described in detail below.

図7(a)及び図7(b)は、縮小状態における下皿50の正面斜視図であり、図8(a)及び図8(b)は、拡大状態における下皿50の正面斜視図である。また、図9は、下皿50の分解正面斜視図である。なお、図9では、縮小状態における下皿50の分解状態が図示される。 7(a) and 7(b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 8(a) and 8(b) are front perspective views of the lower plate 50 in the expanded state. is there. Further, FIG. 9 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower plate 50. Note that FIG. 9 illustrates the disassembled state of the lower plate 50 in the contracted state.

図7から図9に示すように、下皿50は、貯留領域の底面を形成する底壁部材54と、その底壁部材54から立設され貯留領域の側面を形成する側壁部材55及び内壁部材56と、側壁部材55を底壁部材54に回転可能に軸支するための軸支ピン57及び軸支板58とを主に備える。 As shown in FIGS. 7 to 9, the lower plate 50 includes a bottom wall member 54 that forms the bottom surface of the storage area, and side wall members 55 and inner wall members that stand from the bottom wall member 54 and form the side surfaces of the storage area. 56, a shaft support pin 57 and a shaft support plate 58 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 55 on the bottom wall member 54.

底壁部材54は、前方へ向けて略水平に張り出した姿勢で内枠12の前面に配設される板状の部材であり、下皿50の貯留領域から球を排出するための開口である球抜き穴54aと、その球抜き穴54aを開放させる際に遊技者に操作される球抜きレバー54bとを備える。球抜き穴54aは、底壁部材54の上面視において、下皿50の貯留領域の右側(払出口23と反対側)に偏って配設され、底壁部材54の上面は、四方から球抜き穴54aへ向けて下降傾斜する形態に形成される。 The bottom wall member 54 is a plate-shaped member that is disposed on the front surface of the inner frame 12 in a posture of projecting substantially horizontally toward the front, and is an opening for discharging a ball from the storage area of the lower plate 50. The ball-draining hole 54a and the ball-draining lever 54b operated by the player when opening the ball-draining hole 54a are provided. The ball-draining holes 54a are arranged so as to be biased to the right side of the storage area of the lower plate 50 (the side opposite to the outlet 23) in a top view of the bottom wall member 54, and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 54 is ball-drained from four sides. It is formed so as to be inclined downward toward the hole 54a.

側壁部材55は、上面視略L字形状に形成され、その略L字形状の長辺部分(第1片551X〜557X、図11〜図19参照)の一端側および短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y、図11〜図19参照)の他端側を前面枠12の正面へ向けることで、L字形状の屈曲部分を前面枠12の前方へ突出させた姿勢に配設される。よって、前面枠12の前面には、側壁部材55によって上面視略三角形状の空間が区画される。側壁部材55は、上面視略L字形状の長辺部分の一端(正面視左側、即ち、前面枠14が開閉可能に軸支される側と同じ側の端部)が、軸支ピン57及び取付板58により底壁部材54に回転可能に軸支される。 The side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and one end side and a short side portion (second piece) of the substantially L-shaped long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X, see FIGS. 11 to 19). 551Y to 557Y (see FIGS. 11 to 19 ), the other end side is directed to the front surface of the front frame 12, so that the L-shaped bent portion is arranged to project to the front of the front frame 12. Therefore, the side wall member 55 defines a substantially triangular space in a top view on the front surface of the front frame 12. In the side wall member 55, one end (the left side in front view, that is, the end on the same side as the side on which the front frame 14 is openably and closably pivotally supported) of the long side portion of the substantially L shape in a top view has a shaft support pin 57 and The mounting plate 58 rotatably supports the bottom wall member 54.

なお、側壁部材55は、上面視略L字形状の複数(本実施形態では7個)の分割体(第1分割体551から第7分割体557、図11から図19参照)を、回転軸(軸支ピン57)の軸方向に沿って重ね合わせて形成される。これら各分割体551〜557は、軸支ピン57を回転中心として回転されると、上層側の分割体ほど外方へ大きく変位されることで、階段形状を形成し、下皿50の貯留領域を拡大させる。よって、底壁部材54における球抜き穴54a(図9参照)の配置の自由度を確保できる。 The side wall member 55 includes a plurality of (in the present embodiment, seven) divided bodies (first divided body 551 to seventh divided body 557, see FIGS. 11 to 19) having a substantially L-shape when viewed from the top of the rotary shaft. It is formed by stacking along the axial direction of the (shaft support pin 57). When each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is rotated about the shaft support pin 57, the divided bodies on the upper layer side are displaced outwardly more to form a staircase shape, and the storage area of the lower plate 50 is formed. To expand. Therefore, it is possible to secure the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the ball hole 54a (see FIG. 9) in the bottom wall member 54.

即ち、底壁部および側壁部を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、貯留領域を拡大または縮小する構造では、固定側の底壁部とスライド側の底壁部との重なり部分には球抜き穴を配置することができず、その配置の自由度が低下する。 That is, in the structure in which the bottom wall portion and the side wall portion are slidably displaced back and forth by the player's operation to enlarge or reduce the storage region, the fixed side bottom wall portion and the slide side bottom wall portion are overlapped with each other. Is unable to place a ball hole, and the degree of freedom of its placement is reduced.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、上下に重ね合わせた各分割体551〜557が変位して階段形状を形成することで貯留領域を拡大する構造であり、貯留領域の拡大または縮小のために変位する部位(各分割体551〜557)と底壁部材54との間に重なり代が形成されない。よって、底壁部材54の任意の位置に球抜き穴54aを配置することができ、その配置の自由度を確保できる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, each of the divided bodies 551 to 557, which are vertically stacked, is displaced to form a staircase shape, thereby expanding the storage area, and for expanding or reducing the storage area. No overlap margin is formed between the portion (each divided body 551 to 557) displaced to the bottom wall member 54. Therefore, the ball hole 54a can be arranged at an arbitrary position of the bottom wall member 54, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement can be secured.

また、側壁部材55は、上層側の分割体ほど外方へ大きく変位されることで、階段形状に拡大される(図8参照)。即ち、上層側の分割体ほど遊技者から視て手前側に張り出されるので、上皿17との間の間隔を狭めることなく、かつ、手前側の開口が広くされた状態で、貯留領域を拡大するので、遊技者の手を下皿50内へ入れやすくすることができる。言い換えれば、その分、上皿17を大型化することができる。また、このように、側壁部材55が遊技者から視て手前側に張り出されることで、下皿50が拡大状態にあることを遊技者に認識させやすくすることができる。 Further, the side wall member 55 is expanded in a stepwise shape by being displaced outwardly as it goes to the upper layer side divided body (see FIG. 8 ). That is, since the upper layer side divided body is projected to the front side when viewed from the player, the storage area is expanded without narrowing the space between the upper plate 17 and the front side opening. Since it is enlarged, the player's hand can be easily put in the lower plate 50. In other words, the upper plate 17 can be increased in size accordingly. Further, as described above, the side wall member 55 is projected to the front side when viewed from the player, so that the player can easily recognize that the lower plate 50 is in the enlarged state.

内壁部材56は、底壁部材54から立設される板状の部材であり、側壁部材55の上面視略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)の内側(貯留領域側)に配設され、下皿50の貯留領域における側面の一部を形成する。即ち、下皿50の貯留領域における側面は、縮小状態では、内枠12と、側壁部材55の上面視略L字形状の長辺部分(第1片551X〜557X)と、内壁部材56とにより形成され、拡大状態では、側壁部材55の上面視略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)がこれに加わる。 The inner wall member 56 is a plate-shaped member that is erected from the bottom wall member 54, and is inside (a storage area side) of a short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the side wall member 55 that is substantially L-shaped in a top view. And forms a part of the side surface of the storage area of the lower plate 50. That is, the side surface of the storage area of the lower plate 50 is formed by the inner frame 12, the long side portion (first piece 551X to 557X) of the side wall member 55 having a substantially L shape in a top view, and the inner wall member 56 in the contracted state. In the formed and expanded state, the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the side wall member 55 having a substantially L shape in a top view are added thereto.

ここで、側壁部材55の上面視略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)は、それぞれ長さ寸法が異なる。そのため、縮小状態では、それぞれの端部が互いに異なる位置に配設され、短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)の長手方向に沿って複数の段差が形成される。よって、かかる短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)により下皿50の貯留領域における側面が形成されると、例えば、遊技を終了する際に下皿50に残った1乃至数個の球を取り出す際に、球が段差に引っ掛かり、取り出し難い。 Here, the short-side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the side wall member 55 that are substantially L-shaped in a top view have different length dimensions. Therefore, in the contracted state, the respective end portions are arranged at different positions, and a plurality of steps are formed along the longitudinal direction of the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y). Therefore, when the side surface in the storage area of the lower plate 50 is formed by the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y), for example, one to several balls remaining on the lower plate 50 when the game is finished are removed. When taking it out, the ball gets caught in the step and it is difficult to take out.

即ち、下皿50の上方には上皿17が配設され、スペースが狭いため、下皿50内の球を指で摘み上げることは困難である。そのため、左手の指で球を下皿50の貯留領域における向かって右側(ハンドル51側)の側面に押し付けつつ手前側に転がして取り出すこととなる。この場合に、上述した段差が形成されていると、球が段差に引っ掛かり、取り出し難くなる。 That is, since the upper plate 17 is arranged above the lower plate 50 and the space is small, it is difficult to pick up the ball in the lower plate 50 with a finger. Therefore, the ball is rolled out and taken out while pressing the ball with the finger of the left hand against the side surface on the right side (handle 51 side) in the storage area of the lower plate 50. In this case, if the above-mentioned step is formed, the ball catches on the step and is difficult to take out.

これに対し、本実施形態では、皿50の貯留領域における向かって右側(ハンドル51側)の側面は、縮小状態では、内壁部材56により形成され、平坦面状に形成される。即ち、短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)による段差を、内壁部材56により隠すことができる。その結果、左手の指で球を下皿50の貯留領域における向かって右側(ハンドル51側)の側面に押し付けつつ手前側に転がすことで、容易に取り出すことができる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the side surface on the right side (handle 51 side) in the storage area of the dish 50 is formed by the inner wall member 56 and has a flat surface shape in the contracted state. That is, the step due to the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) can be hidden by the inner wall member 56. As a result, the ball can be easily taken out by pressing the ball against the side surface of the lower plate 50 on the right side (handle 51 side) in the storage area of the lower plate 50 and rolling it toward the front side.

このように、本実施形態では、内壁部材56が貯留領域の内壁の一部を形成し、図7に示す縮小状態では、各分割体551〜557の略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)を内壁部材56の背面側に配置し、図8に示す拡大状態では、各分割体551〜557の略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)を内壁部材56の側方に並設させ、かかる略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)と内壁部材56との両者により貯留領域の内壁の一部を形成する。これにより、略L字形状の短辺部分の長さ寸法を短縮化して、その分、略L字形状の短辺部分の移動のために必要なスペースを抑制することができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the inner wall member 56 forms a part of the inner wall of the storage region, and in the reduced state shown in FIG. 7, the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second portion) of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is (The pieces 551Y to 557Y) are arranged on the back side of the inner wall member 56, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, the substantially L-shaped short side portions (the second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 are the inner wall members. 56 are arranged side by side, and both the short sides (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the substantially L shape and the inner wall member 56 form a part of the inner wall of the storage region. As a result, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be shortened, and the space required for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion can be suppressed accordingly.

即ち、内壁部材56を設けない場合には、貯留領域が縮小された状態においてのみでなく、貯留領域が拡大された状態においても、各分割体551〜557の略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)が貯留領域の内壁の一部となる必要があるため、略L字形状の短辺部分の長さ寸法として、内壁部材56に相当する長さ寸法と貯留領域(内壁)の拡大分に相当する長さ寸法とを加算した寸法が必要となる。 That is, when the inner wall member 56 is not provided, not only in the state where the storage region is reduced, but also in the state where the storage region is enlarged, the short side portion of the substantially L-shape of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 ( Since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y) need to be a part of the inner wall of the storage area, the length dimension of the short side portion of the substantially L-shape and the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member 56 and the storage area (inner wall). ) And the length corresponding to the expanded amount are added.

そのため、略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)の移動のために必要なスペースが大きくなり、かかるスペースの一部を、内枠12の内部空間に確保する必要がある。即ち、略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)の他端側を、図7に示す縮小状態において、内枠12の内部空間に収容させる必要が生じる。 Therefore, the space required for the movement of the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) becomes large, and it is necessary to secure a part of the space in the internal space of the inner frame 12. That is, the other end side of the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) needs to be housed in the internal space of the inner frame 12 in the reduced state shown in FIG. 7.

これに対し、内壁部材56を設けることで、拡大状態においてのみ、略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)が貯留領域の内壁となれば良いので、略L字形状の短辺部分の長さ寸法を、拡大分に相当する長さ寸法に抑制することができる(内壁部材56に相当する長さ寸法を不要とできる)。その結果、略L字形状の短辺部分の移動のために必要なスペースを抑制でき、そのスペースの一部を内枠12の内部空間に確保することを不要とできる。 On the other hand, by providing the inner wall member 56, the substantially L-shaped short side portions (the second pieces 551Y to 557Y) may serve as the inner wall of the storage region only in the expanded state, and thus the substantially L-shaped short side portion. The length of the side portion can be suppressed to the length corresponding to the enlarged portion (the length corresponding to the inner wall member 56 can be eliminated). As a result, it is possible to suppress the space required for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion, and it is not necessary to secure a part of the space in the inner space of the inner frame 12.

内壁部材56の背面側には、規制部56aが突設され、その規制部56aは、側壁部材55の上面視略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y)の上面に重なる。よって、球の重量を受けた側壁部材55が下方へ倒れ込もうとすると、規制部56aが側壁部材55(短辺部分)の上面を押圧して、その浮き上がりを抑制できるので、側壁部材55の下方への倒れ込みを抑制することができる。また、規制部56aは、側壁部材55のストッパ部551S1に当接可能とされるので、側壁部材55の拡大方向への回転を規制して張出位置(図9参照)に保持することができる。 A restricting portion 56a is provided on the back side of the inner wall member 56, and the restricting portion 56a overlaps the upper surface of the short side portion (second piece 551Y) of the side wall member 55 that is substantially L-shaped in a top view. Therefore, when the side wall member 55 that receives the weight of the sphere tries to fall down, the restricting portion 56a presses the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (short side portion), so that the rising of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed. It is possible to suppress falling down. Further, since the restricting portion 56a can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55, it is possible to restrict the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the expanding direction and hold it at the projecting position (see FIG. 9). ..

この場合、各分割体551〜557は、上側の分割体ほど略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)の長さ寸法が大きくされ(図11から図19参照)、図8に示す拡大状態が形成されると、上側の分割体ほど外方へ張り出されると共に、略L字形状の短辺部分の端面(拡大方向と反対側、図8右側)がそれぞれ面一に配置されるので(図8参照)、各分割体551〜557の略L字形状の短辺部分どうしの重なり代を確保して、球の重量に対する撓みを抑制しつつ、略L字形状の短辺部分の長さを抑制して、部品コストの抑制を図ることができる。 In this case, in each of the divided bodies 551 to 557, the length of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) is made larger toward the upper divided body (see FIGS. 11 to 19 ), and FIG. When the enlarged state shown in FIG. 6 is formed, the upper divided body is projected outward, and the end faces of the substantially L-shaped short side portions (opposite the enlargement direction, the right side in FIG. 8) are arranged flush with each other. (See FIG. 8), the margin for overlapping the substantially L-shaped short sides of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is ensured to suppress the deflection of the sphere with respect to the weight of the sphere, and the substantially L-shaped short sides. By suppressing the length of the part, the cost of parts can be suppressed.

即ち、図8に示す拡大状態では、各分割体551〜557において、上側の分割体よりも下側の分割体における略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)の端面が突出されていたとしても、その突出分は、隣接する短辺部分に対して撓みの抑制には寄与できない。一方、図7に示す縮小状態では、各分割体551〜557の略L字形状の短辺部分どうしの重なり代が減少されるが、球の重量は内壁部材56に作用され、略L字形状の短辺部分には直接的には作用されない。よって、本構成が有効となる。 That is, in the expanded state shown in FIG. 8, in each of the divided bodies 551 to 557, the end faces of the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) in the divided body on the lower side than the upper divided body protrude. Even if it is formed, the protruding portion cannot contribute to the suppression of bending of the adjacent short side portions. On the other hand, in the contracted state shown in FIG. 7, the overlapping margin of the substantially L-shaped short side portions of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is reduced, but the weight of the sphere is acted on the inner wall member 56 and the substantially L-shaped shape. Is not directly acted on the short side of. Therefore, this configuration is effective.

また、内壁部材56の規制部56は、図8に示す拡大状態において、それぞれ面一に配置された略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)の端面側の端部における上面に重なる。即ち、後述するように、貯留領域は、縮小状態、第1状態から第5状態および拡大状態の7段階で拡大または縮小されるところ(図22及び図23参照)、そのいずれの状態においても、全ての分割体(第1〜第7分割体551〜557)の略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)と上面視において重なることができる位置に配置される。よって、貯留領域の拡大の程度(7段階のうちのいずれの段階であるか)に関わらず、各分割体551〜557の略L字形状の短辺部分を最適な支点位置で支えることができ、側壁部材55の撓みを抑制できる。 Further, the restricting portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 is, in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 8, an upper surface at the end portion on the end surface side of the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) arranged flush with each other. Overlap with. That is, as will be described later, the storage area is enlarged or reduced in seven stages of the reduced state, the first state to the fifth state, and the enlarged state (see FIGS. 22 and 23), and in any of the states, All the divided bodies (first to seventh divided bodies 551 to 557) are arranged at positions where they can overlap the substantially L-shaped short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) in a top view. Therefore, regardless of the degree of expansion of the storage area (which of the seven stages), the short sides of the substantially L-shaped portions of the divided bodies 551 to 557 can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position. The bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

更に、内壁部材56の規制部56は、側壁部材55(第1分割体551)のストッパ部551S1に当接可能となることで、側壁部材55の拡大方向への回転を規制することができる。即ち、規制部56aは、側壁部材55(第1分割体551)の略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y)の上面を支持して撓みを抑制する役割だけでなく、各分割体551〜557の拡大方向への回転を規制するストッパとしての役割も兼用するので、その分、部品点数を削減して、製品コストの低減を図ることができる。 Further, the restriction portion 56 of the inner wall member 56 can contact the stopper portion 551S1 of the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551), so that the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the expanding direction can be restricted. That is, the restriction portion 56a not only has a role of supporting the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 551Y) of the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551) and suppressing the bending, but also each divided body. Since it also serves as a stopper that restricts the rotation of 551 to 557 in the expansion direction, the number of parts can be reduced by that amount, and the product cost can be reduced.

ここで、下皿50がその貯留領域を拡大または縮小可能に形成される場合には、複数のパチンコ機10が並設されたホールにおいて、下皿50が拡大された状態のままで前面枠14が不用意に開放されると、拡大された下皿50が隣のパチンコ機10に接触して破損するおそれがある。 Here, when the lower plate 50 is formed such that its storage area can be expanded or contracted, the front plate 14 is left in the expanded state of the lower plate 50 in a hole in which a plurality of pachinko machines 10 are arranged in parallel. If is opened carelessly, the enlarged lower plate 50 may come into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 and be damaged.

これに対し、本実施形態では、下皿50の回転軸(軸支ピン57)が、前面枠14を開閉可能に軸支する軸(図示せず)と平行であって、幅方向において同じ側(正面視左側)に配設されるので、下皿50が拡大されたまま前面枠14が開放され、隣に設置されたパチンコ機10に下皿50が接触したとしても、側壁部材55を縮小方向に回転させることができるので、下皿50が破損することを抑制することができる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 57) of the lower plate 50 is parallel to the shaft (not shown) that supports the front frame 14 so as to be openable and closable, and the same side in the width direction. Since it is arranged on the left side in the front view, the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 50 is enlarged, and even if the lower plate 50 comes into contact with the pachinko machine 10 installed next to it, the side wall member 55 is reduced. Since it can be rotated in the direction, it is possible to prevent the lower plate 50 from being damaged.

特に、本実施形態では、側壁部材55が上面視略L字形状に形成され、側壁部材55が内枠12の前面から突出する突出量は、回転軸(軸支ピン57)から離間するに従って大きくされ、上面視略L字形状の屈曲部分で最大とされるので、拡大された下皿50が前面枠14の開放により隣のパチンコ機10に接触した際には、その接触により側壁部材55に作用される押圧力を、側壁部材55を回転軸まわりに回転させるトルクを形成しやすい向きで側壁部材55(長辺部分)に作用させることができる。よって、側壁部材55を縮小方向に回転させやすくして、下皿50が破損することを抑制することができる。 In particular, in this embodiment, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and the amount of protrusion of the side wall member 55 from the front surface of the inner frame 12 increases as the distance from the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 57) increases. When the enlarged lower plate 50 comes into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 due to the opening of the front frame 14, the side wall member 55 is contacted by the contact when the enlarged lower plate 50 is opened. The applied pressing force can be applied to the side wall member 55 (long side portion) in such a direction as to easily generate the torque for rotating the side wall member 55 around the rotation axis. Therefore, it is possible to easily rotate the side wall member 55 in the contracting direction and prevent the lower tray 50 from being damaged.

更に、側壁部材55は、上面視略L字形状の長辺部分(第1片551X〜557X)が外方へ凸の円弧状に湾曲して形成されるので、拡大された下皿50が前面枠14の開放により隣のパチンコ機10に接触した際には、側壁部材55(長辺部分の外周面)に沿って相手部材を摺動させ、両者が引っ掛かることを抑制できる。よって、側壁部材55を縮小方向にスムーズに回転させることができ、その結果、下皿50が破損することを抑制することができる。 Further, the side wall member 55 is formed such that the long side portion (first pieces 551X to 557X) of the substantially L-shape in a top view is curved outward in a circular arc shape so that the enlarged lower plate 50 is in front. When the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is contacted by opening the frame 14, the mating member can be slid along the side wall member 55 (the outer peripheral surface of the long side portion) to prevent the both members from being caught. Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the contraction direction, and as a result, the lower tray 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

また、側壁部材55は、上面視略L字形状の短辺部分(第1片551Y〜557Y)が、後述するように、回転軸(軸支ピン57)を中心とする円弧状に湾曲して形成されるので、拡大された下皿50が前面枠14の開放により隣のパチンコ機10に接触した際には、側壁部材55の短辺部分が相手部材に接触することを抑制できる。即ち、相手部材が側壁部材55の短辺部分に接触して、側壁部材55の縮小方向への回転が阻害されることを抑制できる。その結果、下皿50が破損することを抑制することができる。 Further, in the side wall member 55, a short side portion (first pieces 551Y to 557Y) having a substantially L shape in a top view is curved in an arc shape with a rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 57) as a center, as described later. Since it is formed, when the enlarged lower plate 50 comes into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 due to the opening of the front frame 14, it is possible to prevent the short side portion of the side wall member 55 from coming into contact with the mating member. That is, it is possible to prevent the counterpart member from contacting the short side portion of the side wall member 55 and inhibiting the rotation of the side wall member 55 in the contraction direction. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower plate 50 from being damaged.

なお、本実施形態では、下皿50(第1分割体551)がハンドル51と同じ高さ位置に配設される。よって、回転軸(軸支ピン57)と隣接するパチンコ機10のハンドル51との間の間隔(水平方向の距離)が、第1分割体551の第1片551Yの水平方向寸法よりも小さい場合には、下皿50が拡大された状態のままで前面枠14が開放されると、拡大された下皿50が隣のパチンコ機10のハンドル51に接触される。 In the present embodiment, the lower plate 50 (first divided body 551) is arranged at the same height position as the handle 51. Therefore, when the interval (horizontal distance) between the rotating shaft (the pivot pin 57) and the adjacent handle 51 of the pachinko machine 10 is smaller than the horizontal dimension of the first piece 551Y of the first split body 551. When the front frame 14 is opened while the lower plate 50 is still in the enlarged state, the enlarged lower plate 50 is brought into contact with the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10.

この場合、ハンドル51は、球状に形成されるため、拡大された下皿50が前面枠14の開放により隣のパチンコ機10のハンドル51に接触した際には、側壁部材55(第1片551Yの外周面)に沿って摺動させ、両者が引っ掛かることを抑制できる。よって、側壁部材55を縮小方向にスムーズに回転させることができ、その結果、下皿50が破損することを抑制することができる。 In this case, since the handle 51 is formed in a spherical shape, when the enlarged lower plate 50 comes into contact with the handle 51 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 due to the opening of the front frame 14, the side wall member 55 (first piece 551Y). It is possible to prevent both from being caught by sliding along the outer peripheral surface). Therefore, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly rotated in the contraction direction, and as a result, the lower tray 50 can be prevented from being damaged.

次いで、下皿50の詳細構成について、図10から図34を参照して説明する。図10(a)は、縮小された状態における側壁部材55の上面図であり、図10(b)は、拡大された状態における側壁部材55の上面図である。図11から図13は、図10(a)の矢印A方向視における側壁部材55の分解正面斜視図であり、図14から図16は、図10(a)の矢印B方向視における側壁部材55の分解正面斜視図である。また、図17から図19は、側壁部材55の下面視における分解下面斜視図である。 Next, the detailed configuration of the lower plate 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 34. FIG. 10A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in a reduced state, and FIG. 10B is a top view of the side wall member 55 in an enlarged state. 11 to 13 are exploded front perspective views of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow A of FIG. 10A, and FIGS. 14 to 16 are side wall members 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow B of FIG. 10A. FIG. 3 is an exploded front perspective view of FIG. 17 to 19 are exploded bottom perspective views of the side wall member 55 in bottom view.

なお、図11、図14及び図17の(a)及び(b)には第1分割体551及び第2分割体552が、図12、図15及び図18の(a)及び(b)には第3分割体553及び第4分割体554が、図13、図16及び図19の(a)、(b)及び(c)には第5分割体555、第6分割体556及び第7分割体557が、それぞれ図示される。 Note that the first divided body 551 and the second divided body 552 are shown in FIGS. 11, 14 and 17 (a) and (b), and in FIGS. 12, 15 and 18 (a) and (b). The third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are the fifth divided body 555, the sixth divided body 556, and the seventh divided body 555 in FIGS. 13, 16 and 19(a), (b) and (c). Dividers 557 are each shown.

図10に示すように、側壁部材55は、上面視略L字形状に形成され、回転軸(軸支ピン57、図9参照)の軸方向に沿って重ね合わされた複数(本実施形態では7個)の分割体(第1分割体551から第7分割体557)から形成される。各分割体551〜557は、上面視において重なる形状(略同一の形状)に樹脂材料から形成される。 As shown in FIG. 10, the side wall member 55 is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view, and a plurality of (7 in the present embodiment, 7 are stacked on each other along the axial direction of the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 57, see FIG. 9 ). Individual divided bodies (first divided body 551 to seventh divided body 557). Each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is formed of a resin material so as to have an overlapping shape (substantially the same shape) in a top view.

具体的には、側壁部材55は、第1分割体551により最上層が形成され、第1分割体551の下面(図10(a)紙面奥側の面)に第2分割体552から第6分割体556がそれぞれ順に配設され、第6分割体556の下面に配設された第7分割体557により最下層が形成される。なお、最下層の第7分割体557は、側壁部材55(図9参照)に締結固定される。 Specifically, the uppermost layer of the side wall member 55 is formed by the first divided body 551, and the second divided body 552 through the sixth divided body 552 are formed on the lower surface of the first divided body 551 (the surface on the back side of the paper in FIG. 10A). The divided bodies 556 are arranged in order, and the bottom layer is formed by the seventh divided body 557 arranged on the lower surface of the sixth divided body 556. The seventh divided body 557 of the lowermost layer is fastened and fixed to the side wall member 55 (see FIG. 9).

図11から図19に示すように、第1分割体551から第7分割体557は、一端側に軸支孔551a〜557aが穿設され上面視略L字形状の長辺部分を形成する第1片551X〜557Xと、その第1片551X〜557Xの他端側に連設され上面視略L字形状の短辺部分を形成する第2片551Y〜557Yとから形成される。 As shown in FIGS. 11 to 19, in the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557, shaft supporting holes 551a to 557a are formed at one end side to form a long side portion having a substantially L shape in a top view. It is formed of one piece 551X to 557X and second pieces 551Y to 557Y that are connected to the other end side of the first piece 551X to 557X and that form a short side portion that is substantially L-shaped in a top view.

第1片551X〜557Xは、貯留領域となる側が凹(即ち、外方へ凸)となる円弧状に、第2片551Y〜557Yは、軸支孔551a〜557aを中心とし且つ略同径の円弧状に、それぞれ上面視形状(軸支孔551a〜557aの軸方向視形状)が湾曲して形成される。 The first pieces 551X to 557X have an arc shape in which the side serving as the storage region is concave (that is, outwardly convex), and the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are centered on the shaft support holes 551a to 557a and have substantially the same diameter. The top view shape (the axial view shape of the shaft support holes 551a to 557a) is curved and formed in an arc shape.

第1片551X〜557Xが外方へ凸となる円弧状に湾曲されることで、貯留領域の大きさを確保できるだけでなく、上述したように、下皿50が拡大されたまま前面枠14が開放され隣のパチンコ機10等に衝突した際に、下皿50(側壁部材55)を閉じやすくできる。また、第2片551Y〜557Yが軸支孔551a〜557aを中心とする円弧状に湾曲されることで、側壁部材55の拡大および縮小の各状態において、周方向に重なり合う状態を維持可能とし、後述するように、側壁部材55の剛性を高め、球の重量によって撓むことを抑制できる。 Since the first pieces 551X to 557X are curved in an arc shape that is convex outward, not only can the size of the storage region be secured, but as described above, the front plate 14 can be maintained while the lower plate 50 is enlarged. The lower tray 50 (side wall member 55) can be easily closed when it is opened and collides with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 or the like. Further, since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are curved in an arc shape with the shaft support holes 551a to 557a as the center, it is possible to maintain the circumferentially overlapping state in each state of expansion and contraction of the side wall member 55, As will be described later, the rigidity of the side wall member 55 can be increased and the bending of the side wall member 55 due to the weight of the ball can be suppressed.

第2分割体552から第7分割体557の第1片552X〜557Xの上面には、第1片552X〜557Xの長手方向に沿って延設され断面矩形状の突起として突設される突起部552b〜557bが配設される(図11から図16参照)。一方、第1分割体551から第6分割体556の第1片551X〜556Xの下面には、第1片551X〜556Xの長手方向に沿って延設され断面凹状の凹溝として凹設される規制溝551c〜556cが配設される(図17から図19参照)。 Protrusions that extend along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X and project as protrusions having a rectangular cross section on the upper surfaces of the first pieces 552X to 557X of the second to fifth divided bodies 552 to 557. 552b to 557b are provided (see FIGS. 11 to 16). On the other hand, on the lower surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 556X of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556, the first pieces 551X to 556X are provided along the longitudinal direction and are formed as concave grooves having a concave cross section. Restriction grooves 551c to 556c are provided (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

各分割体551〜557が上下に重ね合わされると、第2分割体552から第7分割体557の突起部552b〜557bが、第1分割体551から第6分割体556の規制溝551c〜556c内に配設(収納)され、各分割体551〜556が軸支ピン57を中心として回転される際には、突起部552b〜557bが規制溝551c〜556cの内壁面に当接されることで、各分割体551〜557の可動(回転)範囲が規定される(図20参照)。 When the divided bodies 551 to 557 are vertically overlapped with each other, the protrusions 552b to 557b of the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are formed. When the divided bodies 551 to 556 are arranged (stored) inside and are rotated about the pivot pin 57, the protrusions 552b to 557b are brought into contact with the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. Then, the movable (rotation) range of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is defined (see FIG. 20).

突起部552b〜557bは、貯留領域となる側が凹(即ち、外方へ凸)となる円弧状に上面視形状(軸支孔552a〜557aの軸方向視形状)が湾曲して形成され、軸支孔552a〜557aから第2片552Y〜557Yへ向かうに従って貯留領域と反対側(外方側)に位置する姿勢で配設される。即ち、突起部552b〜557bは、第1片552X〜557Xの長手方向に対して傾斜して延設される。 The projections 552b to 557b are formed by curving the top view shape (the axial view shape of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a) in an arc shape in which the side to be the storage region is concave (that is, outwardly convex). It is arranged such that it is located on the opposite side (outside) from the storage area as it goes from the support holes 552a to 557a toward the second pieces 552Y to 557Y. That is, the protrusions 552b to 557b are provided so as to be inclined with respect to the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 552X to 557X.

規制溝551c〜556cの互いに対向する一対の内壁面は、その下面視形状が、突起部552b〜557bの上面視形状と略同一の円弧状に湾曲して形成され、一方の内壁面は、貯留領域側における第1片552X〜557Xの縁部に沿って配設されると共に、他方の内壁面は、軸支孔551a〜556aから第2片551Y〜556Yへ向かうに従って貯留領域と反対側(外方側)に位置する姿勢で配設される。即ち、規制溝551c〜556cの溝幅は、軸支孔551a〜556aから第2片551Y〜556Yへ向かうに従って漸次拡大される。 The pair of inner wall surfaces of the restricting grooves 551c to 556c facing each other are formed such that the shape in a bottom view thereof is curved in an arc shape substantially the same as the shape in a top view of the protrusions 552b to 557b, and one inner wall surface is reserved. The inner wall surface is arranged along the edges of the first pieces 552X to 557X on the area side, and the other inner wall surface is opposite to the storage area (outer side) from the shaft support holes 551a to 556a toward the second pieces 551Y to 556Y. It is arranged in a posture of being located on one side. That is, the groove widths of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are gradually expanded from the shaft support holes 551a to 556a toward the second pieces 551Y to 556Y.

第2分割体552から第5分割体557の第2片552Y〜555Yは、第1片552X〜555Xに平行に連なる第1水平部552e〜555eと、その第1水平部552eの外縁部(軸支孔552a〜555aからの距離が遠い側の縁部)から軸支孔552a〜555aの軸方向に沿って立設される立設部552f〜555fと、その立設部552f〜555fの立設先端から外方(軸支孔552a〜555aから離間する方向)へ向けて第1片552X〜555Xと平行に延設される第2水平部552g〜555gとを備えて形成される。 The second pieces 552Y to 555Y of the second divided body 552 to the fifth divided body 557 include first horizontal portions 552e to 555e that are continuous in parallel with the first pieces 552X to 555X, and an outer edge portion (shaft) of the first horizontal portion 552e. Standing portions 552f to 555f, which are erected along the axial direction of the shaft supporting holes 552a to 555a from the edge portions on the side farther from the supporting holes 552a to 555a, and the standing portions of the standing portions 552f to 555f. The second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are formed so as to extend from the tip end to the outside (the direction away from the shaft support holes 552a to 555a) and the first horizontal pieces 552X to 555X and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g.

第6分割体556及び第7分割体557の第2片556Y,557Yは、第1片556Y,557Yに平行に連なる第1水平部556e,557eと、その第1水平部556e,557eの外縁部(軸支孔556aからの距離が遠い側の縁部)から軸支孔556a,557aの軸方向に沿って立設される立設部556f,557fと備えて形成される。即ち、第6分割体556及び第7分割体557では、第2水平部が省略される。なお、第7分割体557の立設部557fには、後述するロック機構77のロック片773(図32及び図33参照)が係合される側面と反対側の側面に傾斜面557f1が形成される。 The second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557 are first horizontal portions 556e and 557e that are continuous in parallel with the first pieces 556Y and 557Y, and outer edge portions of the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e. It is provided with standing portions 556f and 557f that are erected from the (edge portion on the side far from the shaft supporting hole 556a) along the axial direction of the shaft supporting holes 556a and 557a. That is, in the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, the second horizontal portion is omitted. In the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, an inclined surface 557f1 is formed on a side surface opposite to a side surface with which a lock piece 773 (see FIGS. 32 and 33) of a lock mechanism 77 described later is engaged. It

第1水平部552e〜557eは、内縁部の半径(軸支孔552a〜557aの軸からの距離)が同一に設定されると共に、外縁部の半径が上側(第1分割体551側)に位置するものほど小さな値に設定される。そのため、第1水平部552e〜557eの外縁部から立設される立設部552f〜557fは、上側(第1分割体551側)に位置するものほど第1水平部552e〜557eの内縁部側(軸支孔552a〜557a側)に位置される。また、立設部552f〜557fは、その立設高さが上側(第1分割体551側)に位置するものほど小さな値に設定されると共に、第2水平部552g〜555gは、幅寸法(内縁部と外縁部との間の距離)が上側(第1分割体551側)に位置するものほど小さな値に設定される。 In the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the radii of the inner edges (the distances from the axes of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a) are set to be the same, and the radii of the outer edges are located on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side). The more you do, the smaller the value will be set. Therefore, as for the standing portions 552f to 557f that are erected from the outer edge portions of the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, those that are located on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) are closer to the inner edge portions of the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e. It is located on the side of the shaft support holes 552a to 557a. Further, the standing portions 552f to 557f are set to a smaller value as the standing height is located on the upper side (on the side of the first divided body 551), and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g have a width dimension ( The distance between the inner edge portion and the outer edge portion) is set to a smaller value as it is located on the upper side (first divided body 551 side).

よって、第1分割体551から第7分割体557を上下に重ね合わせた状態では、上側(第1分割体551側)に位置するものほど貯留領域側(軸支孔551a〜557a側)に位置させつつ、第2片552Y〜557Yにおける第1水平部552e〜557e、立設部552f〜557f及び第2水平部552g〜555gを互いに重ね合わせることができる(図21参照)。この重ね合わせにより、後述するように、第2片551Y〜557Yの剛性の向上を図ることができる。また、第2片551Y〜557Yの幅寸法の抑制により、貯留領域を確保することができる。 Therefore, in the state where the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 are vertically stacked, the one located on the upper side (the first divided body 551 side) is positioned on the storage region side (the shaft support holes 551a to 557a side). While doing so, the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y can be overlapped with each other (see FIG. 21). This superposition can improve the rigidity of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y, as will be described later. Further, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y.

第2分割体552から第4分割体554の第2片552Y〜554Yには、その第2水平部552g〜554gに、上面視L字状の開口部552m〜554mが開口形成されると共に、この開口部552m〜554mの開口形成に伴って、第2片552Y〜554Yの長手方向に沿って延びる係合片552n〜554nが形成される。係合片552n〜554nは、先端が自由端とされる片持ちの弾性片として形成され、その先端上面には、断面半円状の突部552n1〜554n1が突設される。 The second pieces 552Y to 554Y of the second divided body 552 to the fourth divided body 554 are formed with L-shaped opening portions 552m to 554m in a top view at the second horizontal portions 552g to 554g thereof. With the formation of the openings 552m to 554m, engagement pieces 552n to 554n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 552Y to 554Y are formed. The engagement pieces 552n to 554n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces having free ends, and projections 552n1 to 554n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided on the top surface of the ends.

一方、第5分割体552及び第6分割体556の第2片555Y,556Yには、その第1水平部555e,556eに、上面視コ字状の開口部555m,556mが開口形成されると共に、この開口部555m,556mの開口形成に伴って、第2片555,556の長手方向に沿って延びる係合片555n,556nが形成される。係合片555n,556nは、先端が自由端とされる片持ちの弾性片として形成され、その先端上面には、断面半円状の突部555n1,556n1が突設される。 On the other hand, in the second pieces 555Y and 556Y of the fifth divided body 552 and the sixth divided body 556, the first horizontal portions 555e and 556e are formed with opening portions 555m and 556m having a U-shape in a top view. With the formation of the openings 555m and 556m, engagement pieces 555n and 556n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 555 and 556 are formed. The engagement pieces 555n and 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces whose tips are free ends, and projections 555n1 and 556n1 having a semicircular cross section are provided on the top surfaces of the tips.

また、第6分割体556及び第7分割体557の第2片556Y,557Yには、その第1水平部556e,557eの上面に、規制突部556r、557rが突設される。一方、第4分割体554及び第5分割体555の第2片554Y,555Yには、その第1水平部554e,555eの下面に、係合凹部554t、555tが凹設される。 Further, on the second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the sixth divided body 556 and the seventh divided body 557, restriction protrusions 556r and 557r are provided so as to protrude from the upper surfaces of the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e. On the other hand, in the second pieces 554Y, 555Y of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555, engaging recesses 554t, 555t are provided on the lower surfaces of the first horizontal portions 554e, 555e.

第2分割体552の係合片552n(突部552n1)は、第1分割体551の係合壁551jに係合可能に形成され(図24参照)、かかる係合により第1分割体551に対する第2分割体552の一方向への相対変位を規制することができると共に、係合片552nの弾性変形により係合壁551jとの係合が解除されることで、一方向への相対変位を許容することができると共に他方向への相対変位を規制することができる(図30参照)。 The engagement piece 552n (projection 552n1) of the second divided body 552 is formed so as to be engageable with the engagement wall 551j of the first divided body 551 (see FIG. 24), and the engagement is performed with respect to the first divided body 551. The relative displacement in one direction of the second divided body 552 can be regulated, and the elastic deformation of the engagement piece 552n releases the engagement with the engagement wall 551j, so that the relative displacement in one direction is prevented. It can be allowed and the relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (see FIG. 30).

第3分割体553及び第4分割体554の係合片553n,554n(突部553n1,554n1)は、第2分割体552及び第3分割体553の開口部552m,553mに係合可能に形成され、かかる係合により第2分割体552及び第3分割体553に対する第3分割体553及び第4分割体554の一方向への相対変位を規制することができると共に、係合片553n,554nの弾性変形により開口部552m,553mとの係合が解除されることで、一方向への相対変位を許容することができると共に他方向への相対変位を規制することができる(図28参照)。 Engagement pieces 553n and 554n (projections 553n1 and 554n1) of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 are formed to be engageable with the openings 552m and 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553. By this engagement, relative displacement of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554 in one direction with respect to the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 can be restricted, and the engaging pieces 553n, 554n can be restrained. By being disengaged from the openings 552m and 553m by the elastic deformation of, the relative displacement in one direction can be permitted and the relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (see FIG. 28). ..

第5分割体555及び第6分割体556の係合片555n,556n(突部555n1,556n1)は、第4分割体554及び第5分割体555の係合凹部554t、555tに係合可能に形成され、かかる係合により第4分割体554及び第5分割体555に対する第5分割体555及び第6分割体556の一方向への相対変位を規制することができると共に、係合片555n,556nの弾性変形により係合凹部554t,555tとの係合が解除されることで、一方向への相対変位を許容することができると共に他方向への相対変位を規制することができる(図26参照)。 The engagement pieces 555n and 556n (projections 555n1 and 556n1) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 can be engaged with the engagement recesses 554t and 555t of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555. By this engagement, relative displacement in one direction of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 can be regulated, and the engaging pieces 555n, Since the engagement with the engagement recesses 554t and 555t is released by the elastic deformation of 556n, relative displacement in one direction can be permitted and relative displacement in the other direction can be regulated (FIG. 26). reference).

即ち、係合片552n〜556n等は、重ね合わされた各分割体551〜557どうしの相対移動を規定する規定手段として機能する部位であり、側壁部材55が遊技者の操作により拡大または縮小される場合に、各分割体551〜557の回転が許容される順序を規定する。これにより、後述するように、各分割体551〜557それぞれの回転の順序を一定として、貯留領域の拡大または縮小の形態を一意とすることができる(図22及び図23参照)。 That is, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n and the like are portions that function as a regulation unit that regulates the relative movement of the overlapping divided bodies 551 to 557, and the side wall member 55 is enlarged or reduced by the operation of the player. In this case, the order in which rotation of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is allowed is defined. As a result, as will be described later, the rotation order of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 can be made constant, and the form of expansion or contraction of the storage region can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

次いで、図20を参照して、側壁部材55の第1分割体551から第7分割体557における第1片551X〜557Xどうしの関係について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 20, the relationship between the first pieces 551X to 557X of the first to seventh divided bodies 551 to 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described.

図20(a)は、図10(a)のXXa−XXa線における側壁部材55の断面図であり、図20(b)は、図10(b)のXXb−XXb線における側壁部材55の断面図である。 20A is a cross-sectional view of the sidewall member 55 taken along line XXa-XXa in FIG. 10A, and FIG. 20B is a cross-section of the sidewall member 55 taken along line XXb-XXb in FIG. 10B. It is a figure.

図20(a)及び図20(b)に示すように、第1分割体551から第7分割体557の第1片551X〜557Xどうしの合せ面には、一方の合せ面(第2分割体552から第7分割体557の第1片552X〜557Xの上面)に突起部552b〜557bが突設されると共に(図11から図16参照)、他方の合せ面(第1分割体551から第6分割体556の第1片551X〜556Xの下面)に突起部552b〜557bを受け入れる規制溝551c〜556cが凹設される(図17から図19参照)。 As shown in FIGS. 20(a) and 20(b), one mating surface (the second mating body) is formed on the mating surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 557X of the first to seventh bodies 551 to 557X. From 552 to the first pieces 552X to 557X of the seventh divided body 557, projecting portions 552b to 557b are projected (see FIGS. 11 to 16), and the other mating surface (from the first divided body 551 to the first divided body 551). Restriction grooves 551c to 556c that receive the projections 552b to 557b are provided on the lower surface of the first pieces 551X to 556X of the six-divided body 556 (see FIGS. 17 to 19).

よって、側壁部材55が遊技者により押し込まれて貯留領域が縮小された状態では(図10(a)及び図20(a)参照)、突起部552b〜557bが、規制溝551c〜556cの互いに対向する一対の内壁面のうちの一方の内壁面(貯留領域と反対側に位置する内壁面、図20(a)左側)にそれぞれ当接されるので、第1分割体551から第6分割体556が縮小方向(図20(a)右方向)へ変位(回転)することを規制することができる。 Therefore, in the state where the side wall member 55 is pushed in by the player and the storage area is reduced (see FIG. 10A and FIG. 20A), the protrusions 552b to 557b face each other in the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. The first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are brought into contact with one of the pair of inner wall surfaces (the inner wall surface located on the side opposite to the storage region, the left side in FIG. 20A). Can be restricted from displacing (rotating) in the contracting direction (rightward in FIG. 20A).

また、側壁部材55が遊技者により引き出されて貯留領域が拡大された状態では(図10(b)及び図20(b)参照)、突起部552b〜557bが、規制溝551c〜556cの互いに対向する一対の内壁面のうちの他方の内壁面(貯留領域側に位置する内壁面、図20(b)右側)にそれぞれ当接されるので、第1分割体551から第6分割体556が拡大方向(図20(b)左方向)へ変位(回転)することを規制することができる。 Further, in the state where the side wall member 55 is pulled out by the player and the storage area is expanded (see FIG. 10B and FIG. 20B), the protrusions 552b to 557b face each other in the restriction grooves 551c to 556c. Since the other inner wall surface of the pair of inner wall surfaces (the inner wall surface located on the storage region side, the right side in FIG. 20B) is abutted, the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are enlarged. The displacement (rotation) in the direction (left direction in FIG. 20B) can be restricted.

この場合、上下に重なり合う各分割体551〜557は、突起部552b〜557bと規制溝551c〜556cの内壁とが係合されるので、拡大された状態および縮小された状態において、側壁部材55(各分割体551〜557が重なり合わされた構造体)全体としての剛性を確保できる。よって、側壁部材55が球の重量により撓むことを抑制できる。 In this case, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the inner walls of the restricting grooves 551c to 556c are engaged with each other in the vertically overlapping divided bodies 551 to 557, the side wall member 55 (in the expanded state and the reduced state). It is possible to secure the rigidity of the structure as a whole in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 55 from bending due to the weight of the sphere.

更に、突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556cは、上下に重ね合わされる各分割体551〜557の合せ面(上面または下面)にそれぞれ突設または凹設される。即ち、デッドスペースとなる合せ面(各分割体551の内部空間)を利用して突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556cを配設するので、その分、側壁部材55を小型化でき、その分、貯留領域の容量を確保できる。 Further, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are respectively provided in a protruding manner or a concave shape on a mating surface (upper surface or lower surface) of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 that are vertically stacked. That is, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are arranged by utilizing the mating surface (internal space of each divided body 551) that becomes a dead space, the side wall member 55 can be downsized by that amount. Therefore, the capacity of the storage area can be secured.

特に、本実施形態では、突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556cが、各回転体551〜557の第1片551X〜557Xに形成されるので、突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556cを有効に機能させることができる。即ち、第1片551X〜557Xは、貯留領域を拡大または縮小させる際に遊技者に操作(押し込み操作および引き出し操作)される部位であるので、その操作力を突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556cの係合により直接的に受け止めることができる。よって、操作力により各分割体551〜557どうしが離間されることを抑制し、これら各分割体551〜557が一体に維持された状態で操作させることができるので、遊技者の操作感の向上を図ることができる。 Particularly, in the present embodiment, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c are formed on the first pieces 551X to 557X of the respective rotating bodies 551 to 557, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the regulation grooves 551c to 556c. Can function effectively. That is, since the first pieces 551X to 557X are the parts that the player operates (push-in operation and pull-out operation) when enlarging or reducing the storage area, the operating force thereof is the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction groove 551c. It can be directly received by the engagement of ~556c. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the divided bodies 551 to 557 from being separated from each other by the operation force, and it is possible to operate the divided bodies 551 to 557 in an integrally maintained state, which improves the operation feeling of the player. Can be planned.

ここで、第1片551X〜557Xは、上側ほど外方へ張り出す階段状に拡大される部位であるので(図10(b)参照)、球の重量によって撓みやすい。これに対し、本実施形態では、突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556cが、各回転体551〜557の第1片551X〜557Xに形成されるので、かかる第1片551X〜557Xの剛性を集中的に向上させることができる。よって、階段状に拡大された状態において、球の重量で撓むことを抑制できる。 Here, since the first pieces 551X to 557X are portions that expand outward in a stepwise manner as they extend upward (see FIG. 10B), the first pieces 551X to 557X easily bend due to the weight of the sphere. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are formed on the first pieces 551X to 557X of the respective rotating bodies 551 to 557, so that the rigidity of the first pieces 551X to 557X is high. Can be improved intensively. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the bending of the sphere due to the weight of the sphere in the stepwise expanded state.

この場合、突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556cは、第1片551X〜557Xの長手方向に沿って連続して延設される凸条および凹溝として形成されるので(図11〜図19参照)、突起部552b〜557bと規制溝551c〜556cの内壁面との係合面積を確保して、側壁部材55(分割体551〜557が重なり合わされた構造体)全体としての剛性の向上を図ることができる。 In this case, since the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c are formed as a ridge and a groove that are continuously extended along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 551X to 557X (FIGS. 11 to 11). 19), securing the engagement area between the projections 552b to 557b and the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c, and improving the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) as a whole. Can be planned.

特に、凸条および凹溝として連続して延設される突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556cを、一端が軸支ピン57(図9参照)に軸支される第1片551X〜557Xに沿って形成するので、遊技者の操作や球の重量による荷重の方向を、凸条および凹溝(突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556c)の係合領域に対して直交させることができる。よって、かかる荷重に対する側壁部材55(第1片551〜557)の撓みを抑制できる。 In particular, the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c, which are continuously extended as the ridges and the concave grooves, have the first pieces 551X to 557X whose one end is axially supported by the shaft support pin 57 (see FIG. 9). Since it is formed along with, the direction of the load due to the operation of the player or the weight of the ball can be made orthogonal to the engaging region of the convex stripes and the concave grooves (projections 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c). it can. Therefore, the bending of the side wall member 55 (first pieces 551 to 557) against the applied load can be suppressed.

また、突起部552b〜557bと、規制溝551c〜556cの互いに対向する一対の内壁面とは、上面視(軸支孔551a〜557aの軸方向視)において互いに同一の形状であって、第1片551X〜557Xと同方向(即ち、貯留領域と反対側となる外方)へ向けて凸の円弧状に湾曲して形成されるので、突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556c(内壁面)の延設長さを、第1片551X〜557Xの合せ面の範囲(面積)内において最大限大きくすることができる。よって、凸突起部552b〜557bと規制溝551c〜556c部の内壁面との係合面積を最大とでき、その結果、側壁部材55(第1片551X〜557X)全体としての剛性の向上を図ることができると共に、突起部552b〜557b及び規制溝551c〜556cの負担を低減して、その耐久性の向上を図ることができる。 Further, the projections 552b to 557b and the pair of inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c facing each other have the same shape in a top view (viewing in the axial direction of the shaft support holes 551a to 557a), and have the first shape. Since the projections 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c (inner wall surface) are formed by being curved in a convex arc shape in the same direction as the pieces 551X to 557X (that is, the outer side opposite to the storage region). ), the extension length can be maximized within the range (area) of the mating surfaces of the first pieces 551X to 557X. Therefore, the engagement area between the convex projections 552b to 557b and the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 551c to 556c can be maximized, and as a result, the rigidity of the sidewall member 55 (first pieces 551X to 557X) as a whole is improved. In addition, the load on the protrusions 552b to 557b and the restriction grooves 551c to 556c can be reduced, and the durability thereof can be improved.

次いで、図21を参照して、側壁部材55の第1分割体551から第7分割体557における第2片551Y〜557Yどうしの関係について説明する。図21は、図10(a)のXXI−XXI線における側壁部材55の断面図である。 Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the relationship between the second pieces 551Y to 557Y in the first divided body 551 to the seventh divided body 557 of the side wall member 55 will be described. 21 is a cross-sectional view of the side wall member 55 taken along the line XXI-XXI of FIG.

側壁部材55は、上述したように、各分割体551〜557の第2片551Y〜557Yが、軸支孔551a〜557a(軸支ピン57、図9参照)を中心とする同径の円弧状にそれぞれ形成されるので、各分割体551〜557が軸支孔551a〜557aを中心に回転される際には、第2片551Y〜557Yの軌跡を互いに一致させることができる(図10参照)。よって、第2片551Y〜557Yが常に重なるので、側壁部材55(各分割体551〜557が重なり合わされた構造体)の剛性を確保でき、球の重量で撓むことを抑制できる。 As described above, in the side wall member 55, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y of the respective divided bodies 551 to 557 are arc-shaped with the same diameter centered on the shaft support holes 551a to 557a (the shaft support pin 57, see FIG. 9). Since each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 is rotated around the shaft supporting holes 551a to 557a, the loci of the second pieces 551Y to 557Y can be matched with each other (see FIG. 10). .. Therefore, since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are always overlapped with each other, the rigidity of the side wall member 55 (the structure in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are overlapped) can be ensured, and the bending of the weight of the sphere can be suppressed.

図21に示すように、この場合、側壁部材55は、第2分割体552から第5分割体557の第2片552Y〜555Yが、第1水平部552e〜555eと、その第1水平部552eから立設される立設部552f〜555fと、その立設部552f〜555fの立設先端から延設される第2水平部552g〜555gとを備えると共に、第6分割体556及び第7分割体557の第2片556Y,557Yが、第1水平部556e,557eと、その第1水平部556e,557eから立設される立設部556f,557fと備え、これら第1水平部552e〜557e、立設部552f〜557f及び第2水平部552g〜555gどうしが互いに重ね合わされる。 As shown in FIG. 21, in this case, in the side wall member 55, the second pieces 552Y to 555Y of the second divided body 552 to the fifth divided body 557 are the first horizontal portions 552e to 555e and the first horizontal portion 552e thereof. And the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g extending from the standing tips of the standing portions 552f to 555f, and the sixth split body 556 and the seventh split body. The second pieces 556Y and 557Y of the body 557 are provided with first horizontal portions 556e and 557e and upright portions 556f and 557f standing upright from the first horizontal portions 556e and 557e, and these first horizontal portions 552e to 557e. The standing portions 552f to 557f and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are superposed on each other.

よって、貯留領域に多数の球が貯留された場合でも、側壁部材55(各分割体551〜557)に作用する球の重量を、重ね合わされた第1水平部552e〜557e、立設部552f〜557f及び第2水平部552g〜555gの相互作用により効果的に支えることができ、その結果、側壁部材55の撓みを抑制できる。 Therefore, even when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage area, the weights of the spheres that act on the side wall member 55 (each of the divided bodies 551 to 557) are set to the overlapped first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the standing portion 552f to. The interaction between the 557f and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g can effectively support it, and as a result, the bending of the sidewall member 55 can be suppressed.

具体的には、第2片551Y〜557Yは、第1水平部552e〜557e及び第2水平部552g〜555gがそれぞれ上下に重ね合わされると共に、立設部552f〜557fが左右方向(図31左右方向)に重ね合わされ、各第2水平部552g〜555gの延設先端が立設部556fと上下方向(図21上下方向)に重なる位置(立設部556fの立設先端に載置される位置)まで延設される。 Specifically, in the second pieces 551Y to 557Y, the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are vertically stacked, respectively, and the standing portions 552f to 557f are arranged in the left-right direction (Fig. 31, left-right direction). Direction), and the extending tips of the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g overlap with the upright portions 556f in the up-down direction (the up-down direction in FIG. 21) (positions placed on the upright tips of the upstanding portions 556f). ) Is extended.

これにより、側壁部材55が拡大された状態において(図10(b)参照)、貯留領域に多数の球が貯留されると、側壁部材55が下方(図10紙面奥側)へ撓む(倒れ込む)おそれがあるところ、第1水平部552e〜557e、立設部552f〜557f及び第2水平部552g〜555gが上方(即ち、側壁部材55を下方へ撓ませる方向への変位)へ変位することを、自身よりも上側に位置するものによって互いに規制させ合うことができる。その結果、側壁部材55の下方への撓みを抑制できる。 As a result, when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage area in the state where the side wall member 55 is enlarged (see FIG. 10B), the side wall member 55 bends downward (backward in the plane of FIG. 10) (falls down). ) Where there is a possibility that the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are displaced upward (that is, the displacement in the direction in which the side wall member 55 is bent downward). Can be regulated from each other by those positioned above themselves. As a result, downward bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

また、貯留された球から受ける水平方向(側壁部材55を外方へ押し広げようとする方向、図21左方向)への荷重に対しては、立設部552f〜557fが立設先端側を外方(図21左側)へ変位させるように斜めに倒れ込むところ、かかる傾れ込みを、自身よりも外方に位置するものによって互いに規制させ合うことができる。特に、立設部552f〜557fには、第2水平部552g〜555gが連設されており、立設部552f〜555fが外方へ倒れ込むと、第2水平部552g〜555gが自身よりも下側に位置するものを押し下げようとするところ、かかる押し下げる動作を、立設部552f〜557fにより支えて規制することができる。その結果、側壁部材55の外方への撓みを抑制できる。 In addition, with respect to the load in the horizontal direction (the direction in which the side wall member 55 is outwardly widened, the leftward direction in FIG. 21) received from the stored spheres, the standing portions 552f to 557f move the standing tip side toward the standing tip side. When tilting obliquely so as to be displaced outward (left side in FIG. 21 ), such tilting can be mutually regulated by those positioned outside of itself. In particular, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are continuously provided on the upright portions 552f to 557f, and when the upright portions 552f to 555f fall outward, the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are lower than themselves. When an object located on the side is pushed down, the pushing operation can be restricted by being supported by the standing portions 552f to 557f. As a result, outward bending of the side wall member 55 can be suppressed.

なお、第2片551Yは、貯留領域側の側壁部551hが、第1水平部552eに上下方向で重なる位置(側壁部551hの下端面が第1水平部552eに載置される位置)まで延設されると共に立設部552fに左右方向で重ね合わされ、第2片551Yの上面を形成する部位から垂下するリブ部551iが、第2水平部552gに上下方向で重なる位置(リブ部551iの下端面が第2水平部552gに載置される位置)まで延設される。これにより、第2片551Yの側壁部551h及びリブ部551iを、第2片552Y〜557Yの第1水平部552e〜557e、立設部552f〜557f及び第2水平部552g〜555gと相互に作用させることができ、上述の通り、側壁部材55の下方および外方への撓みを抑制できる。 The second piece 551Y extends to the position where the side wall portion 551h on the storage region side vertically overlaps the first horizontal portion 552e (the position where the lower end surface of the side wall portion 551h is placed on the first horizontal portion 552e). The rib portion 551i, which is provided and overlaps with the standing portion 552f in the left-right direction, and which hangs from a portion that forms the upper surface of the second piece 551Y, vertically overlaps with the second horizontal portion 552g (below the rib portion 551i. The end face is extended to a position where it is placed on the second horizontal portion 552g. Thereby, the side wall portion 551h and the rib portion 551i of the second piece 551Y interact with the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y. Therefore, as described above, the bending of the side wall member 55 downward and outward can be suppressed.

特に、第2片551Yの上面には、上述したように、内壁部材56の規制部56aが配設され(図7及び図8参照)、貯留された球の重量を受けて、側壁部材55が下方へ倒れ込もうとする際には、規制部56aが側壁部材55(第2片551Y)の上面を押圧して、第2片551Yの浮き上がりを抑制できる。よって、第2片551Yに、側壁部551h及びリブ部551iを設け、第2片552Yの第1水平部552e及び第2水平部552gに上下で重なるように形成することが、側壁部材55の下方への撓みを抑制することに対して特に有効となる。 In particular, as described above, the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 is disposed on the upper surface of the second piece 551Y (see FIGS. 7 and 8), and the side wall member 55 receives the weight of the stored sphere. When trying to fall down, the restricting portion 56a can press the upper surface of the side wall member 55 (second piece 551Y) to suppress the lifting of the second piece 551Y. Therefore, it is possible to form the side wall portion 551h and the rib portion 551i on the second piece 551Y so as to vertically overlap the first horizontal portion 552e and the second horizontal portion 552g of the second piece 552Y. It is particularly effective for suppressing the bending to the.

また、このように、第2片551Y〜557Yが互いに重なって配設されることで、球の重量で側壁部材55が撓んでいる場合であっても、第2片551Y〜557Yがガイドとなって、側壁部材55を拡大状態から縮小状態へスムーズに移行させることができる。よって、球が貯留された下皿50が拡大状態のままで、前面枠14が不用意に開放された場合でも、下皿50(側壁部材55)を縮小方向へ変位させることができるので、その破損を抑制できる。 Further, since the second pieces 551Y to 557Y are arranged so as to overlap each other in this way, even when the side wall member 55 is bent by the weight of the sphere, the second pieces 551Y to 557Y serve as guides. Thus, the side wall member 55 can be smoothly moved from the enlarged state to the contracted state. Therefore, the lower tray 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the contracting direction even if the front tray 14 inadvertently opens while the lower tray 50 in which the balls are stored remains in the expanded state. Damage can be suppressed.

なお、立設部552f〜557fは、左右に隣り合うものどうしの間に所定の隙間を有する間隔で配設される。よって、側壁部材55に水平方向(側壁部材55を外方へ押し広げようとする方向)の荷重が作用される場合には、立設部552f〜557fが倒れ込むことで、隣り合うものどうしの隙間が埋められて接触されるので、互いの作用により倒れ込みを規制させ合うことができる一方、貯留領域(下皿50)を拡大または縮小させる方向へ遊技者の操作により側壁部材55(各分割体551〜557)が回転される際には、隣り合うものどうしの間の隙間の分、摺動抵抗を低減して、操作性の向上を図ることができる。 The upright portions 552f to 557f are arranged at intervals with a predetermined gap between the left and right adjacent portions. Therefore, when a load is applied to the side wall member 55 in the horizontal direction (the direction in which the side wall member 55 is outwardly expanded), the standing portions 552f to 557f fall down, thereby causing a gap between adjacent ones. Since they are buried and contacted with each other, it is possible to regulate the collapse by mutual action, while the side wall member 55 (each divided body 551) is operated by the player in the direction of enlarging or reducing the storage area (lower plate 50). ~557) are rotated, the sliding resistance can be reduced by the amount of the gap between adjacent ones, and the operability can be improved.

ここで、第2片552Y〜557Yは、上側(図21上側)に位置するものほど第1水平部552e〜557eの幅寸法(図21左右方向寸法)が小さくされると共に第2水平部552g〜555gの幅寸法が大きくされる。これにより、第1水平部552e〜557e、立設部552f〜557f及び第2水平部552g〜555gを、隣接する第2片552Y〜557Yどうしで重ね合わせた場合でも、第2片552Y〜557Y全体としての幅寸法(図21左右方向寸法)を抑制することができる。即ち、重ね合わせることによる第2片552Y〜557Yの剛性の向上を図りつつ、第2片552Y〜557Y全体としての幅寸法の抑制により、貯留領域を確保することができる。また、第2片552Y〜557Yの外方への張り出しを抑制して、その分、他の部材の配設スペースを確保できる。 Here, the second pieces 552Y to 557Y are located on the upper side (the upper side in FIG. 21), and the width dimensions (the horizontal dimension in FIG. 21) of the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e are reduced, and the second horizontal portions 552g to The width dimension of 555 g is increased. Thereby, even when the first horizontal portions 552e to 557e, the standing portions 552f to 557f, and the second horizontal portions 552g to 555g are overlapped with the adjacent second pieces 552Y to 557Y, the entire second pieces 552Y to 557Y are overlapped. The width dimension (dimension in the horizontal direction in FIG. 21) can be suppressed. That is, the storage area can be secured by suppressing the width dimension of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole while improving the rigidity of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y by overlapping. Further, it is possible to suppress the outward protrusion of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y, and to secure the space for disposing other members by that amount.

特に、外方に位置する第2片556Y,557Yでは、第2水平部の形成が省略されるので、立設部556f,557fの作用により、側壁部材55の外方および下方への撓みの抑制を図る効果を維持しつつ、第2片552Y〜557Y全体としての幅寸法を抑制することができる。 In particular, in the second pieces 556Y and 557Y located on the outer side, the formation of the second horizontal portion is omitted, so that the action of the standing portions 556f and 557f suppresses the outward and downward deflection of the side wall member 55. The width dimension of the second pieces 552Y to 557Y as a whole can be suppressed while maintaining the effect of achieving the above.

次いで、図22から図30を参照して、側壁部材55が遊技者に操作され、下皿50の貯留領域が拡大または縮小される際に、分割体551〜557が変位(回転)される順序について説明する。 Next, referring to FIGS. 22 to 30, when the side wall member 55 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower plate 50 is expanded or contracted, the division bodies 551 to 557 are displaced (rotated) in the order. Will be described.

図22(a)は、縮小状態における側壁部材55の上面図であり、図22(b)から図22(d)は、第1状態から第3状態における側壁部材55の上面図である。図23(a)及び図23(b)は、第4状態および第5状態における側壁部材55の上面図であり、図23(c)は、拡大状態における側壁部材55の上面図である。 22A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 22B to 22D are top views of the side wall member 55 in the first state to the third state. 23A and 23B are top views of the side wall member 55 in the fourth state and the fifth state, and FIG. 23C is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the enlarged state.

また、図24は、縮小状態における側壁部材55の側断面図であり、図25から図29は、第1状態から第5状態における側壁部材55の側断面図であり、図30は、拡大状態における側壁部材55の側断面図である。 24 is a side sectional view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, FIGS. 25 to 29 are side sectional views of the side wall member 55 in the first to fifth states, and FIG. 30 is an enlarged state. 3 is a side sectional view of a side wall member 55 in FIG.

なお、図24から図30では、分割体551〜557どうしの相対変位の規制または解除の状態の理解を容易とするために、係合片552n〜556nが視認可能となるように、分割体551〜557が複数の平面で切断された状態が図示される。 In addition, in FIGS. 24 to 30, in order to facilitate understanding of a state in which the relative displacement between the divided bodies 551 to 557 is restricted or released, the divided body 551 is made visible so that the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can be visually recognized. ~555 is shown cut in multiple planes.

図22(a)及び図24に示すように、縮小状態(分割体551〜557が押し込まれ、貯留領域が最少とされる状態)では、第1分割体551の係合壁551jに第2分割体552の係合片552n(突部552n1)が係合されると共に、第2分割体552及び第3分割体553の開口部552m,553mの内壁面に第3分割体553及び第4分割体554の係合片553n,554n(突部553n1,554n1)がそれぞれ係合される。 As shown in FIG. 22A and FIG. 24, in the contracted state (the state where the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized), the engagement wall 551j of the first divided body 551 is divided into the second division. The engagement piece 552n (projection 552n1) of the body 552 is engaged, and the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body are formed on the inner wall surfaces of the openings 552m, 553m of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553. The engaging pieces 553n and 554n (projections 553n1 and 554n1) of 554 are engaged with each other.

第2分割体552及び第3分割体553の係合片552n,553nは、その下面側に第3分割体553及び第4分割体554の係合片553n,554nが配置されることで、第4分割体554の係合片554nは、その下面側に第5分割体555の第2水平部555gが配置されることで、それぞれ下方(即ち、突部552n1,553n1,554n1が抜け出る方向、図24下側)への弾性変形が規制される。 The engagement pieces 552n and 553n of the second divided body 552 and the third divided body 553 are arranged on the lower surface side of the engagement pieces 553n and 554n of the third divided body 553 and the fourth divided body 554, respectively. The engagement piece 554n of the four-divided body 554 is arranged on the lower surface side thereof with the second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555, so that the engagement piece 554n is located downward (that is, in the direction in which the protrusions 552n1, 553n1, 554n1 come out, respectively). 24) The elastic deformation to the lower side is restricted.

これにより、第1分割体551、第2分割体552及び第3分割体553に対する第2分割体552、第3分割体553及び第4分割体554の相対変位(軸支ピン57を中心とする回転)がそれぞれ規制される。 Thereby, relative displacement of the second divided body 552, the third divided body 553, and the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the first divided body 551, the second divided body 552, and the third divided body 553 (with the pivot pin 57 as the center). Rotation) is regulated.

また、第4分割体554及び第5分割体555の係合凹部554t,555tの内壁面に第5分割体555及び第6分割体556の係合片555n,556n(突部555n1,556n1)がそれぞれ係合される。 In addition, engagement pieces 555n and 556n (protrusions 555n1 and 556n1) of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556 are formed on the inner wall surfaces of the engagement concave portions 554t and 555t of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555. Respectively engaged.

第4分割体554及び第5分割体555の係合片554n,555nは、その下面側に第5分割体555及び第6分割体556の規制突部556r,557rがそれぞれ配置されることで、下方(即ち、突部554n1,555n1が抜け出る方向、図24下側)への弾性変形が規制される。 The engagement pieces 554n, 555n of the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 are arranged with the restricting protrusions 556r, 557r of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 556, respectively, on the lower surface side thereof. The elastic deformation in the downward direction (that is, the direction in which the protrusions 554n1 and 555n1 come out, the lower side in FIG. 24) is restricted.

これにより、第4分割体554及び第5分割体555に対する第5分割体555及び第6分割体5564の相対変位(軸支ピン57を中心とする回転)がそれぞれ規制される。 As a result, the relative displacement of the fifth divided body 555 and the sixth divided body 5564 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 and the fifth divided body 555 (rotation around the pivot pin 57) is regulated, respectively.

以上のように、縮小状態では、第1分割体551から第6分割体556の互いの相対変位(回転)が規制され、これら第1分割体551から第6分割体556が一体とされた構造体が形成される。 As described above, in the contracted state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 is restricted, and the first divided body 551 to the sixth divided body 556 are integrated. The body is formed.

この場合、かかる一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)は、後述するように、第1分割体551に配設されるロック機構77のロック片773aが第7分割体557の立設部557fに係合されることで、第7分割体557に対する一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)の拡大方向(図22(a)下方向、図24左方向)への相対変位(回転)が規制される(図33(a)参照)。また、縮小方向への相対変位(回転)は、上述したように、第6分割体556の規制溝556cの内壁面に第7分割体557の突起部557bが係合することで、規制される(図20(a)参照)。 In this case, in the integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556), the lock piece 773a of the lock mechanism 77 arranged in the first divided body 551 is arranged in the seventh divided body 557, as described later. By engaging with the upright portion 557f of the above, the expansion direction (FIG. 22(a) downward direction, FIG. 24 left) of the integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 is increased. Relative displacement (rotation) in the direction) is regulated (see FIG. 33A). Further, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the contracting direction is regulated by engaging the protrusion 557b of the seventh divided body 557 with the inner wall surface of the regulation groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556. (See FIG. 20(a)).

よって、第1分割体551のロック片773aと第7分割体557の立設部557fとの係合が解除されることで(図33(b)参照)、第7分割体557に対する一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)の拡大方向への変位(回転)が可能となる。 Therefore, the lock piece 773a of the first divided body 551 and the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 are disengaged (see FIG. 33(b)), and the structure integrated with the seventh divided body 557 is formed. It is possible to displace (rotate) the body (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the expansion direction.

即ち、ロック機構77が解除操作された状態で、側壁部材55(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向(図22(a)下側、図24左側)へ変位されると、図22(b)及び図25に示すように、底壁部材54(図9参照)に固定される第7分割体557に対して一体の構造体(各分割体551〜556)が拡大方向へ変位され、第1状態が形成される。 That is, in the state where the lock mechanism 77 is released, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the expansion direction (downward in FIG. 22A, left side in FIG. 24) by the player's operation. 22B and FIG. 25, an integral structure (each divided body 551 to 556) is enlarged with respect to the seventh divided body 557 fixed to the bottom wall member 54 (see FIG. 9). Is displaced in the direction, and the first state is formed.

なお、第1状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、上述したように、第6分割体556の規制溝556cの内壁面に第7分割体557の突起部557bが係合されることで、規制される(図20(b)参照)。 In the first state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction causes the protrusion 557b of the seventh divided body 557 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 556c of the sixth divided body 556. Therefore, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

図22(b)及び図25に示すように、第7分割体557に対して一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)が拡大方向(図22(b)下側、図25左側)へ変位(回転)された状態(第1状態)では、第7分割体557の規制突部557rが、第6分割体556の係合片556nの下面から縮小方向(図25右側)へ退避される。これにより、第6分割体556の係合片556nの下方に空間が形成され、かかる係合片556nの下方(即ち、突部556n1が係合凹部555tから抜け出る方向、図25下側)への弾性変形が可能な状態となる。 As shown in FIG. 22B and FIG. 25, the structure (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) integrated with the seventh divided body 557 is in the expansion direction (lower side in FIG. 22B, FIG. 25 left side) (displaced (rotated)) (first state), the restricting protrusion 557r of the seventh divided body 557 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 (right side in FIG. 25). Is evacuated to. As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556, and the space is formed below the engagement piece 556n (that is, in the direction in which the protrusion 556n1 comes out of the engagement recess 555t, the lower side in FIG. 25). It becomes elastically deformable.

よって、図22(b)及び図25に示す状態(第1状態)から、側壁部材55(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向(図22(b)下側、図25左側)へ変位されると、第5分割体555(第1水平部555e)が、その係合凹部555tの内壁面で第6分割体556の係合片556nの突部556n1を下方へ押し下げつつ、拡大方向へ変位され、係合凹部555tの内壁面が突部556n1を乗り越えることで、図22(c)及び図26に示すように、第2状態が形成される。 Therefore, from the state (first state) shown in FIGS. 22B and 25, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 22B lower side, FIG. 25 left side), the fifth division body 555 (first horizontal portion 555e) pushes down the protrusion 556n1 of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth division body 556 by the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 555t. At the same time, it is displaced in the expansion direction, and the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 555t rides over the protrusion 556n1, thereby forming the second state as shown in FIGS. 22(c) and 26.

なお、第2状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、上述したように、第5分割体555の規制溝555cの内壁面に第6分割体556の突起部556bが係合されることで、規制される(図20(b)参照)。 In the second state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction causes the protrusion 556b of the sixth divided body 556 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the regulation groove 555c of the fifth divided body 555 as described above. Therefore, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

また、第2状態では、第6分割体556の係合片556nの突部556n1が第5分割体555の第1水平部555eの下面に当接され、第6分割体556の係合片556nが下方(図26下側)へ弾性変形された状態とされる。これにより、第6分割体556の係合片556nの先端が、第7分割体557の規制突部557rの外壁面に係合され、第7分割体557に対する第6分割体556の縮小方向(図22(c)上側、図26右側)への相対変位(回転)が規制される。 Further, in the second state, the protrusion 556n1 of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 555e of the fifth divided body 555, and the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is contacted. Is elastically deformed downward (downward in FIG. 26). As a result, the tip end of the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 557r of the seventh divided body 557, and the reduction direction of the sixth divided body 556 with respect to the seventh divided body 557 ( Relative displacement (rotation) toward the upper side of FIG. 22C and the right side of FIG. 26 is restricted.

図22(c)及び図26に示すように、第7分割体557及び第6分割体556に対して一体の構造体(第1〜第5分割体551〜555)が拡大方向(図22(c)下側、図26左側)へ変位(回転)された状態(第2状態)では、第6分割体556の規制突部556rが、第5分割体555の係合片555nの下面から縮小方向(図26右側)へ退避される。これにより、第5分割体555の係合片555nの下方に空間が形成され、かかる係合片555nの下方(即ち、突部555n1が係合凹部554tから抜け出る方向、図26下側)への弾性変形が可能な状態となる。 As shown in FIG. 22C and FIG. 26, the structure (first to fifth divided bodies 551 to 555) integrated with the seventh divided body 557 and the sixth divided body 556 is expanded (see FIG. c) In the state (second state) displaced (rotated) to the lower side, the left side in FIG. 26, the restricting protrusion 556r of the sixth divided body 556 contracts from the lower surface of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555. Direction (right side in FIG. 26). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555, and the space is formed below the engagement piece 555n (that is, in the direction in which the protrusion 555n1 comes out of the engagement recess 554t, the lower side in FIG. 26). It becomes elastically deformable.

よって、図22(c)及び図26に示す状態(第2状態)から、側壁部材55(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向(図22(c)下側、図26左側)へ変位されると、第4分割体554(第1水平部554e)が、その係合凹部554tの内壁面で第5分割体555の係合片555nの突部555n1を下方へ押し下げつつ、拡大方向へ変位され、係合凹部554tの内壁面が突部555n1を乗り越えることで、図22(d)及び図27に示すように、第3状態が形成される。 Therefore, from the state (second state) shown in FIGS. 22C and 26, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 22C lower side, FIG. 26 left side), the fourth division body 554 (first horizontal portion 554e) pushes down the protrusion 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth division body 555 by the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 554t. On the other hand, when the inner wall surface of the engagement recess 554t is displaced in the expansion direction and gets over the protrusion 555n1, the third state is formed as shown in FIGS.

なお、第3状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、上述したように、第4分割体554の規制溝554cの内壁面に第5分割体555の突起部555bが係合されることで、規制される(図20(b)参照)。 In the third state, as described above, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction causes the protrusion 555b of the fifth divided body 555 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 554c of the fourth divided body 554. Therefore, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

また、第3状態では、第5分割体555の係合片555nの突部555n1が第4分割体554の第1水平部554eの下面に当接され、第5分割体555の係合片555nが下方(図27下側)へ弾性変形された状態とされる。これにより、第5分割体555の係合片555nの先端が、第6分割体556の規制突部556rの外壁面に係合され、第6分割体556に対する第5分割体555の縮小方向(図22(d)上側、図27右側)への相対変位(回転)が規制される。 In the third state, the protrusion 555n1 of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the first horizontal portion 554e of the fourth divided body 554, and the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is contacted. Is elastically deformed downward (downward in FIG. 27). As a result, the tip end of the engagement piece 555n of the fifth divided body 555 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 556r of the sixth divided body 556, and the reduction direction of the fifth divided body 555 with respect to the sixth divided body 556 ( Relative displacement (rotation) toward the upper side of FIG. 22D and the right side of FIG. 27 is restricted.

図22(d)及び図27に示すように、第7分割体557、第6分割体556及び第5分割体555に対して一体の構造体(第1〜第4分割体551〜554)が拡大方向(図22(d)下側、図27左側)へ変位(回転)された状態(第3状態)では、第5分割体555の第2水平部555gが、第4分割体554の係合片554nの下面から縮小方向(図27右側)へ退避される。これにより、第4分割体554の係合片554nの下方に空間が形成され、かかる係合片554nの下方(即ち、突部554n1が開口部553mから抜け出る方向、図27下側)への弾性変形が可能な状態となる。 As shown in FIGS. 22D and 27, a structure (first to fourth divided bodies 551 to 554) integrated with the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, and the fifth divided body 555 is formed. In the state (third state) displaced (rotated) in the expanding direction (lower side in FIG. 22(d), left side in FIG. 27), the second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555 causes the engagement of the fourth divided body 554. It is retracted from the lower surface of the joint piece 554n in the contracting direction (right side in FIG. 27). As a result, a space is formed below the engaging piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554, and elasticity toward the lower side of the engaging piece 554n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 554n1 comes out of the opening 553m, the lower side in FIG. 27). It becomes possible to deform.

よって、図22(d)及び図27に示す状態(第3状態)から、側壁部材55(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向(図22(d)下側、図27左側)へ変位されると、第3分割体553(第2水平部553g)が、その開口部553mの内壁面で第4分割体554の係合片554nの突部554n1を下方へ押し下げつつ、拡大方向へ変位され、開口部553mの内壁面が突部554n1を乗り越えることで、図23(a)及び図28に示すように、第4状態が形成される。 Therefore, from the state (third state) shown in FIGS. 22D and 27, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 22D lower side, FIG. When it is displaced to the left side (27 left side), the third divisional body 553 (second horizontal portion 553g) pushes down the protrusion 554n1 of the engaging piece 554n of the fourth divisional body 554 with the inner wall surface of the opening 553m thereof. , And the inner wall surface of the opening 553m moves over the protrusion 554n1 to form the fourth state, as shown in FIGS. 23A and 28.

なお、第4状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、上述したように、第3分割体553の規制溝553cの内壁面に第4分割体554の突起部554bが係合されることで、規制される(図20(b)参照)。 In the fourth state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction causes the protrusion 554b of the fourth divided body 554 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 553c of the third divided body 553 as described above. Therefore, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

また、第4状態では、第4分割体554の係合片554nの突部554n1が第3分割体553の第2水平部553gの下面に当接され、第4分割体554の係合片554nが下方(図28下側)へ弾性変形された状態とされる。これにより、第4分割体554の係合片554nの先端が、第5分割体555の第2水平部555gの外壁面に係合され、第5分割体555に対する第4分割体554の縮小方向(図23(a)上側、図28右側)への相対変位(回転)が規制される。 In the fourth state, the protrusion 554n1 of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553, and the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is contacted. Is elastically deformed downward (downward in FIG. 28). As a result, the tip of the engagement piece 554n of the fourth divided body 554 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 555g of the fifth divided body 555, and the reduction direction of the fourth divided body 554 with respect to the fifth divided body 555 is reduced. Relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side (FIG. 23A, the right side in FIG. 28) is restricted.

図23(a)及び図28に示すように、第7分割体557、第6分割体556、第5分割体555及び第4分割体554に対して一体の構造体(第1〜第3分割体551〜553)が拡大方向(図23(a)下側、図28左側)へ変位(回転)された状態(第4状態)では、第4分割体554の第2水平部554gが、第3分割体553の係合片553nの下面から縮小方向(図28右側)へ退避される。これにより、第3分割体553の係合片553nの下方に空間が形成され、かかる係合片553nの下方(即ち、突部553n1が開口部552mから抜け出る方向、図28下側)への弾性変形が可能な状態となる。 As shown in FIG. 23A and FIG. 28, a structure integrated with the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, the fifth divided body 555, and the fourth divided body 554 (first to third divided bodies). In the state (the fourth state) in which the bodies 551 to 553) are displaced (rotated) in the expansion direction (the lower side of FIG. 23A, the left side of FIG. 28), the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554 is It is retracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 553n of the three-divided body 553 in the reduction direction (right side in FIG. 28). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553, and the elasticity toward the bottom of the engagement piece 553n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 553n1 comes out of the opening 552m, the lower side in FIG. 28). It becomes possible to deform.

よって、図23(a)及び図28に示す状態(第4状態)から、側壁部材55(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向(図23(a)下側、図28左側)へ変位されると、第2分割体552(第2水平部552g)が、その開口部552mの内壁面で第3分割体553の係合片553nの突部553n1を下方へ押し下げつつ、拡大方向へ変位され、開口部552mの内壁面が突部553n1を乗り越えることで、図23(b)及び図29に示すように、第5状態が形成される。 Therefore, from the state (fourth state) shown in FIGS. 23A and 28, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 23A lower side, FIG. 28 left side), the second divided body 552 (second horizontal portion 552g) pushes down the protrusion 553n1 of the engaging piece 553n of the third divided body 553 by the inner wall surface of the opening 552m. By being displaced in the expansion direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 552m crosses the protrusion 553n1, the fifth state is formed as shown in FIGS. 23(b) and 29.

なお、第5状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、上述したように、第2分割体552の規制溝552cの内壁面に第3分割体553の突起部553bが係合されることで、規制される(図20(b)参照)。 In the fifth state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction causes the protrusion 553b of the third divided body 553 to engage with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 552c of the second divided body 552 as described above. Therefore, it is regulated (see FIG. 20B).

また、第5状態では、第3分割体553の係合片553nの突部553n1が第2分割体552の第2水平部552gの下面に当接され、第3分割体553の係合片553nが下方(図29下側)へ弾性変形された状態とされる。これにより、第3分割体553の係合片553nの先端が、第4分割体554の第2水平部554gの外壁面に係合され、第4分割体554に対する第3分割体553の縮小方向(図23(b)上側、図29右側)への相対変位(回転)が規制される。 Further, in the fifth state, the protrusion 553n1 of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, and the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553. Is elastically deformed downward (downward in FIG. 29). Thereby, the tip of the engagement piece 553n of the third divided body 553 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 554g of the fourth divided body 554, and the reduction direction of the third divided body 553 with respect to the fourth divided body 554 is reduced. Relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side (FIG. 23B, the right side in FIG. 29) is restricted.

図23(b)及び図29に示すように、第7分割体557、第6分割体556、第5分割体555、第4分割体554及び第3分割体553に対して一体の構造体(第1及び第2分割体551,552)が拡大方向(図23(b)下側、図29左側)へ変位(回転)された状態(第5状態)では、第3分割体553の第2水平部553gが、第2分割体552の係合片552nの下面から縮小方向(図29右側)へ退避される。これにより、第2分割体552の係合片552nの下方に空間が形成され、かかる係合片552nの下方(即ち、突部552n1が係合壁551jから抜け出る方向、図29下側)への弾性変形が可能な状態となる。 As shown in FIGS. 23B and 29, a structure integrated with the seventh divided body 557, the sixth divided body 556, the fifth divided body 555, the fourth divided body 554, and the third divided body 553 ( In the state (fifth state) in which the first and second divided bodies 551 and 552) are displaced (rotated) in the expansion direction (the lower side of FIG. 23B, the left side of FIG. 29), the second divided body of the third divided body 553 is moved. The horizontal portion 553g is retracted from the lower surface of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 in the contracting direction (right side in FIG. 29). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, and the space is formed below the engagement piece 552n (that is, in the direction in which the protrusion 552n1 comes out of the engagement wall 551j, the lower side in FIG. 29). It becomes elastically deformable.

よって、図23(b)及び図29に示す状態(第5状態)から、側壁部材55(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向(図23(b)下側、図29左側)へ変位されると、第1分割体551が、その係合壁551jで第2分割体552の係合片552nの突部552n1を下方へ押し下げつつ、拡大方向へ変位され、係合壁551jが突部552n1を乗り越えることで、図23(c)及び図30に示すように、拡大状態が形成される。 Therefore, from the state (fifth state) shown in FIG. 23B and FIG. 29, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is expanded by the player's operation (FIG. 23B lower side, FIG. 29) to the left side), the first division body 551 is displaced in the expansion direction while pushing down the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second division body 552 by the engagement wall 551j thereof, and is engaged. When the wall 551j rides over the protrusion 552n1, the enlarged state is formed as shown in FIGS. 23(c) and 30.

なお、拡大状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、上述したように、第1分割体551の規制溝551cの内壁面に第2分割体552の突起部552bが係合されることで、規制される(図20(b)参照)。同時に、第1分割体551のストッパ部551S1が内壁部材56の規制部56aに当接されることで、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が規制される(図8参照)。 In the expanded state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction causes the protrusion 552b of the second divided body 552 to be engaged with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 551c of the first divided body 551 as described above. Are regulated (see FIG. 20B). At the same time, the stopper portion 551S1 of the first divided body 551 is brought into contact with the regulating portion 56a of the inner wall member 56, whereby the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is regulated (see FIG. 8).

また、拡大状態では、第2分割体552の係合片552nの突部552n1が第1分割体551の下面に当接され、第2分割体552の係合片552nが下方(図30下側)へ弾性変形された状態とされる。これにより、第2分割体552の係合片552nの先端が、第3分割体553の第2水平部553gの外壁面に係合され、第3分割体553に対する第2分割体552の縮小方向(図23(c)上側、図30右側)への相対変位(回転)が規制される。 Further, in the expanded state, the projection 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 moves downward (see FIG. 30, lower side). ) Is elastically deformed. As a result, the tip of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 is engaged with the outer wall surface of the second horizontal portion 553g of the third divided body 553, and the second divided body 552 contracts in the direction of reduction with respect to the third divided body 553. Relative displacement (rotation) to the upper side (FIG. 23C, the right side in FIG. 30) is restricted.

なお、拡大状態において、第2分割体552に対する第1分割体551の縮小方向(図23(c)上側、図30右側)への相対変位(回転)が規制される構造については後述する(図34参照)。 Note that the structure in which the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 551 with respect to the second divided body 552 in the contraction direction (the upper side of FIG. 23C, the right side of FIG. 30) is restricted in the expanded state will be described later (FIG. 34).

一方、図23(c)及び図30に示す状態(拡大状態)から、側壁部材55(第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により縮小方向(図23(c)上側、図30右側)へ変位され、その係合壁551jが第2分割体552の係合片552nの突部552n1を通過すると、第2分割体552の係合片552nが弾性回復力により突部552n1を係合壁551jに係合させた状態に復帰される。即ち、図23(b)及び図29に示す第5状態が形成される。 On the other hand, from the state (enlarged state) shown in FIG. 23(c) and FIG. 30, the side wall member 55 (first divided body 551) moves in the contracting direction (upper side of FIG. 23(c), right side of FIG. 30) by the player's operation. When the engagement wall 551j is displaced and passes through the protrusion 552n1 of the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552, the engagement piece 552n of the second divided body 552 elastically recovers the protrusion 552n1 from the engagement wall 551j. Is returned to the state of being engaged with. That is, the fifth state shown in FIGS. 23B and 29 is formed.

図23(b)及び図29に示す状態(第5状態)から、側壁部材55(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により縮小方向(図23(b)上側、図29右側)へ変位され、第2分割体552(第2水平部552g)の開口部552mが第3分割体553の係合片553nの突部553n1の上方に配置されると、第3分割体553の係合片553nが弾性回復力により突部553n1を開口部552mに係合させた状態に復帰される。即ち、図23(a)及び図28に示す第4状態が形成される。 From the state (fifth state) shown in FIGS. 23B and 29, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation (the upper side of FIG. 23B, the right side of FIG. 29). When the opening 552m of the second divided body 552 (second horizontal portion 552g) is disposed above the protrusion 553n1 of the engaging piece 553n of the third divided body 553, the engagement of the third divided body 553 is changed. The joint piece 553n is returned to the state in which the protrusion 553n1 is engaged with the opening 552m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the fourth state shown in FIGS. 23A and 28 is formed.

同様に、図23(a)及び図28に示す状態(第4状態)から、側壁部材55(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により縮小方向(図23(a)上側、図28右側)へ変位され、開口部553m及び係合凹部554t、555tが、係合片554n〜556nの突部554n1〜556n1上方に配置される毎に、第4〜第6分割体554〜556の係合片554n〜556nが弾性回復力により突部554n1〜556n1を、開口部553m及び係合凹部554t、555tに係合させた状態に順に復帰される。即ち、第3状態(図22(d)及び図27参照)、第2状態(図22(c)及び図26参照)及び第1状態(図22(b)及び図25)が順に形成される。 Similarly, from the state (fourth state) shown in FIG. 23A and FIG. 28, the side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation (the upper side in FIG. 23A, FIG. 28), and the opening 553m and the engaging recesses 554t and 555t are arranged above the protrusions 554n1 to 556n1 of the engaging pieces 554n to 556n, respectively. The engagement pieces 554n to 556n are sequentially returned to the state in which the protrusions 554n1 to 556n1 are engaged with the opening 553m and the engagement recesses 554t and 555t by the elastic recovery force. That is, the third state (see FIGS. 22D and 27), the second state (see FIGS. 22C and 26), and the first state (FIGS. 22B and 25) are sequentially formed. ..

第1状態が形成されると、図25に示すように、第6分割体556の係合片556nと第7分割体557の規制突部557rの外壁面との係合が解除されるので、側壁部材55(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により縮小方向へ変位されることで、図22(a)及び図24に示す縮小状態が形成される。 When the first state is formed, as shown in FIG. 25, the engagement piece 556n of the sixth divided body 556 and the outer wall surface of the restricting protrusion 557r of the seventh divided body 557 are released, so that The side wall member 55 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the contraction direction by the player's operation, so that the contracted state shown in FIG. 22A and FIG. 24 is formed.

次いで、図31から図34を参照して、下皿50を収縮状態に維持するロック構造について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34, a lock structure for maintaining the lower plate 50 in the contracted state will be described.

図31は、第1分割体551の分解正面斜視図である。図31に示すように、第1分割体551は、下面が開放された断面コ字状に形成される外殻部材551Sと、その外殻部材551Sの第1片551Xに対応する開放面を閉塞する底壁部材551Uと、それら外殻部材551S及び底壁部材551Uの間に形成される内部空間に配設されるロック機構77とを備える。 FIG. 31 is an exploded front perspective view of the first divided body 551. As shown in FIG. 31, the first split body 551 closes an outer shell member 551S having a U-shaped cross section with an open lower surface and an open surface corresponding to the first piece 551X of the outer shell member 551S. A bottom wall member 551U and a locking mechanism 77 arranged in an internal space formed between the outer shell member 551S and the bottom wall member 551U.

外殻部551Sの上面には、開口部551S1が開口されると共に、ストッパ部551S2が突設される。また、底壁部材551Uの上面には、一対の軸支部551U1が配設される。開口部551S1は、ロック機構77の押下操作部774を挿通させて遊技者による押圧操作を可能とするための開口であり、ストッパ部551S2は、内壁部材56の規制部56aに当接して第1分割体551の拡大方向への変位(回転)を規制するための壁部である。また、軸支部551U1は、ロック機構77の軸772を回転可能に軸支するための部位である。 On the upper surface of the outer shell 551S, an opening 551S1 is opened and a stopper 551S2 is provided so as to project. In addition, a pair of shaft support portions 551U1 is arranged on the upper surface of the bottom wall member 551U. The opening portion 551S1 is an opening for allowing the pressing operation portion 774 of the lock mechanism 77 to be inserted and allowing a pressing operation by the player, and the stopper portion 551S2 abuts on the restricting portion 56a of the inner wall member 56 to make the first portion. It is a wall portion for restricting displacement (rotation) of the divided body 551 in the expansion direction. The shaft support portion 551U1 is a portion for rotatably supporting the shaft 772 of the lock mechanism 77.

ここで、第1分割体551の第1片551Xは、拡大状態において最前方に位置する部位であるため(図8参照)、下皿50が拡大された状態のままで前面枠14が不用意に開放されると、隣のパチンコ機10に接触して破損するおそれが高い。この場合、本実施形態では、第1分割体551の第1片551Xが、外殻部材551Sの下面を底壁部材551Uで閉塞した箱状に形成され、剛性が高くされるので、接触の際の破損を防止できる。また、下皿50(側壁部材55)の拡大方向または縮小方向)への遊技者による操作の際には、第1分割体551が押し引き操作される部位となるため、かかる部位(第1分割体551の第1片551X)の剛性が高くされていることが特に有効となる。 Here, since the first piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is a portion located at the foremost position in the expanded state (see FIG. 8 ), the front frame 14 is unprepared while the lower plate 50 is in the expanded state. When it is opened to the outside, there is a high possibility that it will come into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 and be damaged. In this case, in the present embodiment, the first piece 551X of the first divided body 551 is formed in a box shape in which the lower surface of the outer shell member 551S is closed by the bottom wall member 551U, and the rigidity is increased, so that when contacting. Can prevent damage. In addition, when the player operates the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) in the expanding direction or the contracting direction, the first divided body 551 becomes a portion to be pushed and pulled, and therefore, such a portion (first divided portion). It is particularly effective that the rigidity of the first piece 551X) of the body 551 is increased.

一方、第1分割体551の第2片551Xは、外殻部材551Sの下面に底壁部材551Uが配設されず、下面が開放された箱状とされるので(図17(a)参照)、その箱状の下面から第2〜第7分割体552〜557の第2片552Y〜557Yをそれぞれ受け入れて内部空間に収容することができる(図21参照)。これにより、側壁部材55(下皿50)の小型化を図ることができる。 On the other hand, the second piece 551X of the first divided body 551 has a box shape in which the bottom wall member 551U is not disposed on the lower surface of the outer shell member 551S and the lower surface is open (see FIG. 17A). The second pieces 552Y to 557Y of the second to seventh divided bodies 552 to 557 can be received from the box-shaped lower surface and housed in the internal space (see FIG. 21 ). Thereby, the side wall member 55 (lower plate 50) can be downsized.

ロック機構77は、第1片551X内に配設される基部771と、その基部771の両側面から突出されると共に底壁部材551Uの軸支部551U1に回転可能に軸支される一対の軸772と、基部771の軸772形成部側から張り出され先端側が第2片551Y内に配設されるロック片773と、基端771側の上面から突設される押下操作部774とを主に備える。 The lock mechanism 77 includes a base 771 disposed in the first piece 551X, and a pair of shafts 772 that are rotatably supported by the shaft support 551U1 of the bottom wall member 551U while protruding from both side surfaces of the base 771. And a lock piece 773 protruding from the shaft 772 forming portion side of the base portion 771 and arranged at the tip end side in the second piece 551Y, and a push-down operation portion 774 protruding from the upper surface of the base end 771 side. Prepare

ロック機構77は、図示しない付勢ばね(本実施形態では、ねじりコイルばね)の付勢力により、ロック片773が下降されると共に押下操作部774が上昇される回転方向に付勢されており、外殻部材551Sの開口部551S1から突出された押下操作部774を遊技者が押し下げ操作することで、ロック片773を上昇させることができる。また、遊技者の押下げ操作が解除されると、付勢ばねの付勢力により、初期状態(ロック片773が下降された状態)へ復帰させることができる。 The lock mechanism 77 is biased in the rotational direction in which the lock piece 773 is lowered and the push-down operation portion 774 is raised by the biasing force of a biasing spring (a torsion coil spring in the present embodiment) which is not shown, When the player pushes down the push-down operation portion 774 projected from the opening 551S1 of the outer shell member 551S, the lock piece 773 can be raised. Also, when the player's pressing operation is released, the initial state (the state in which the lock piece 773 is lowered) can be returned by the biasing force of the biasing spring.

図32は、縮小状態における側壁部材55の上面図であり、外殻部材551Sが取り外された状態が図示される。また、図33(a)及び図33(b)は、図32の矢印XXXIII方向視における側壁部材55の側面図である。なお、図33(a)では、押下操作部774が押し下げ操作される前の状態が、図33(b)では、押下操作部774が押し下げ操作された状態が、それぞれ図示される。 FIG. 32 is a top view of the side wall member 55 in the contracted state, in which the outer shell member 551S is removed. 33(a) and 33(b) are side views of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow XXXIII in FIG. 32. Note that FIG. 33A shows a state before the push-down operation unit 774 is pushed down, and FIG. 33B shows a state where the push-down operation unit 774 is pushed down.

図32及び図33(a)に示すように、縮小状態(分割体551〜557が押し込まれ、貯留領域が最少とされる状態、図22(a)及び図24参照)であって、押下操作部774が遊技者により押下げ操作されていない状態では、第1分割体551(ロック機構77)のロック片773が、その係合面773aを、第7分割体557の立設部557fの側面に対面させる位置に配置される。 As shown in FIGS. 32 and 33(a), in a contracted state (a state in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized, see FIGS. 22(a) and 24), the pressing operation In a state where the player does not press down the portion 774, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its engaging surface 773a on the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. It is placed in a position to face.

即ち、第1分割体551(ロック機構77)のロック片773の係合面773aが、第7分割体557の立設部557fの側面に係合され、これにより、上述した一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)が第7分割体557に対して拡大方向(図32及び図33(a)左方向)へ変位(回転)すること(即ち、縮小状態から第1状態へ遷移すること、図22(b)及び図25参照)を規制することができる。 That is, the engagement surface 773a of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557, whereby the above-described integral structure ( The first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556 are displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction (leftward in FIGS. 32 and 33A) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (that is, from the reduced state to the first state). 22B and FIG. 25) can be regulated.

一方、図33(b)に示すように、縮小状態において、押下操作部774が遊技者によって押下げ操作されると、第1分割体551(ロック機構77)のロック片773が上昇され、かかる上昇により、ロック片773の係合面773aが第7分割体557の立設部557fの側面に対して非対面とされる。即ち、第1分割体551(ロック機構77)のロック片773が、第7分割体557の立設部557fの上方を通過して、拡大方向へ変位可能とされる。よって、上述した一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)を第7分割体557に対して拡大方向(図33(b)左方向)へ変位(回転)させることが可能となり、その結果、縮小状態から第1状態(図22(b)及び図25参照)へ遷移することができる。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 33(b), in the contracted state, when the push-down operation portion 774 is pushed down by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) is lifted and applied. As a result of the rise, the engagement surface 773a of the lock piece 773 is made non-face to the side surface of the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557. That is, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) passes above the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 and can be displaced in the expansion direction. Therefore, it becomes possible to displace (rotate) the above-described integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the seventh divided body 557 in the expansion direction (left direction in FIG. 33B). As a result, the reduced state can transit to the first state (see FIGS. 22B and 25).

このように、本実施形態では、押下操作部774が遊技者により押下げ操作されない限り、第1分割体551(ロック機構77)のロック片773と第7分割体557の立設部557fとの係合を維持できるので、例えば、パチンコ機10の搬送中や前面枠14の開放動作時に、下皿50が不用意に拡大されることを抑制することができる。その結果、搬送時や前面枠14の開放動作時に下皿50や周囲の部材が破損することを抑制できる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, unless the push-down operation unit 774 is pushed down by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) and the standing portion 557f of the seventh divided body 557 are separated. Since the engagement can be maintained, it is possible to prevent the lower tray 50 from being inadvertently expanded, for example, during the transportation of the pachinko machine 10 or the opening operation of the front frame 14. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower plate 50 and surrounding members from being damaged during transportation or opening operation of the front frame 14.

また、ロック機構77による側壁部材55の拡大方向への変位の規制は、上述したように、一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)が第7分割体557に対して拡大方向へ変位することを規制する。即ち、拡大方向への最初の変位(縮小状態から第1状態へ遷移すること)のみを規制し、その後の変位(第1状態から拡大状態までの各状態への遷移)に対しては規制しない(図22から図30参照)。 Further, as described above, the lock mechanism 77 restricts the displacement of the side wall member 55 in the expanding direction so that the integral structural body (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) expands with respect to the seventh divided body 557. The displacement in the direction is restricted. That is, only the first displacement in the expansion direction (transition from the contracted state to the first state) is restricted, and the subsequent displacement (transition to each state from the first state to the expanded state) is not restricted. (See FIGS. 22 to 30).

これにより、側壁部材55が搬送時に不用意に拡大されることを抑制することができる一方で、ロック機構77による側壁部材55の拡大方向への変位の規制を解除して、最初の変位を行った後は、その後の変位に対してロック機構77の押下操作部774の押し下げ操作を不要とできるので、貯留領域の大きさを調整する際の遊技者の操作性の向上を図ることができる。 As a result, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 55 from being inadvertently enlarged at the time of conveyance, while the restriction on the displacement of the side wall member 55 in the enlargement direction by the lock mechanism 77 is released to perform the first displacement. After that, it is not necessary to push down the push-down operation portion 774 of the lock mechanism 77 for the subsequent displacement, so that the operability of the player when adjusting the size of the storage region can be improved.

なお、図33(b)に示す状態から、上述した一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)が第7分割体557に対して拡大方向(図33(b)左方向)へ変位(回転)され、第1状態(図22(b)及び図25参照)へ遷移した後は、第1分割体551(ロック機構77)のロック片773は、その傾斜面773bを、第7分割体557の立設部557fの傾斜面557f1に対面させる。 In addition, from the state shown in FIG. 33( b ), the above-mentioned integrated structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) is expanded with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (left direction in FIG. 33( b )). After being displaced (rotated) to the first state (see FIG. 22(b) and FIG. 25), the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) changes its inclined surface 773b to the first state. The 7-divided body 557 is made to face the inclined surface 557f1 of the standing portion 557f.

よって、第1状態から縮小状態へ遷移させる際には、遊技者は、一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)を縮小方向へ変位させることで、傾斜面773b,557f1どうしの作用により、ロック片773を上昇させ、立設部557fの上方を通過させることができる。即ち、押下操作部773の操作を不要とできるので、縮小状態を形成する際の遊技者の操作性の向上を図ることができる。 Therefore, when transitioning from the first state to the contracted state, the player displaces the integrated structure (the first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) in the contracted direction, so that the inclined surfaces 773b and 557f1 are in contact with each other. By the action of, the lock piece 773 can be raised and passed above the standing portion 557f. That is, since it is not necessary to operate the push-down operation unit 773, it is possible to improve the operability of the player when forming the reduced state.

図34(a)は、拡大状態における側壁部材55の上面図であり、外殻部材551Sが取り外された状態が図示される。また、図34(b)は、図34(a)の矢印XXXIVb方向視における側壁部材55の側面図である。なお、図34(b)では、押下操作部774が押し下げ操作されていない状態が図示される。 FIG. 34A is a top view of the side wall member 55 in an enlarged state, and illustrates a state in which the outer shell member 551S is removed. 34(b) is a side view of the side wall member 55 as viewed in the direction of arrow XXXIVb in FIG. 34(a). Note that FIG. 34B illustrates a state in which the push-down operation unit 774 is not pushed down.

図34(a)及び図34(b)に示すように、拡大状態(分割体551〜557が引き出され、貯留領域が最大とされる状態、図23(c)及び図30参照)であって、押下操作部774が遊技者により押下げ操作されていない状態では、第1分割体551(ロック機構77)のロック片773が、その傾斜面773bを、第2分割体552の第2水平部552gの側面(端面)に対面させる位置に配置される。 As shown in FIGS. 34(a) and 34(b), it is an enlarged state (a state in which the divided bodies 551 to 557 are pulled out and the storage region is maximized, see FIGS. 23(c) and 30). In a state in which the push-down operation unit 774 is not pushed down by the player, the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) has its inclined surface 773b and the second horizontal portion of the second divided body 552. It is arranged at a position facing the side surface (end surface) of 552 g.

即ち、第1分割体551(ロック機構77)のロック片773の傾斜面773bが、第2分割体552の第2水平部552gの側面(端面)に係合され、これにより、第1分割体551が第2分割体552に対して縮小方向(図34(a)及び図34(b)右方向)へ変位(回転)すること(即ち、拡大状態から第5状態へ遷移すること、図23(b)及び図29参照)を規制することができる。 That is, the inclined surface 773b of the lock piece 773 of the first divided body 551 (lock mechanism 77) is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, whereby the first divided body. 23. Displacement (rotation) of 551 with respect to the second divided body 552 in the contraction direction (right direction of FIG. 34A and FIG. 34B) (that is, transition from the enlarged state to the fifth state, FIG. (B) and FIG. 29) can be regulated.

これにより、側壁部材55(下皿50)が拡大状態から不用意に縮小されることを抑制することができる。また、ロック機構77(ロック片773)が、縮小状態からの拡大を禁止する手段と、拡大状態からの縮小を禁止する手段とを兼用するので、その分、部品点数を削減して、製品コストの低減を図ることができる。 This can prevent the side wall member 55 (lower plate 50) from being unintentionally reduced from the enlarged state. Further, since the lock mechanism 77 (lock piece 773) serves both as a means for prohibiting expansion from the contracted state and a means for prohibiting contraction from the expanded state, the number of parts can be reduced accordingly, and the product cost can be reduced. Can be reduced.

この場合、本実施形態では、ロック機構77のロック片773における傾斜面773bを、第2分割体552の第2水平部552gの側面(端面)に係合させることで、第1分割体551の第2分割体552に対する縮小方向(図34(a)及び図34(b)右方向)へ変位(回転)を規制する。よって、押下操作部773を押下げ操作していない状態であっても、第1分割体551を第2分割体552に対して縮小方向(図34(a)及び図34(b)右側)へ基準以上の力によって変位させれば、傾斜面773の作用により、ロック片773を付勢ばねの付勢力に抗して上昇させ、第2水平部552gの側面(端面)を乗り越えさせることができる。 In this case, in the present embodiment, the inclined surface 773b of the lock piece 773 of the lock mechanism 77 is engaged with the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g of the second divided body 552, so that the first divided body 551 The displacement (rotation) is restricted in the contraction direction (rightward in FIGS. 34A and 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552. Therefore, even when the push-down operation unit 773 is not pushed down, the first divided body 551 is moved in the reduction direction (right side of FIGS. 34A and 34B) with respect to the second divided body 552. If the lock piece 773 is displaced by a force equal to or higher than the reference, the lock piece 773 can be lifted against the biasing force of the biasing spring by the action of the inclined surface 773, and the lock piece 773 can be passed over the side surface (end surface) of the second horizontal portion 552g. ..

即ち、基準以下の力であれば、第1分割体551を第2分割体552に対して縮小方向へ変位させても、ロック片773と第2水平部552gとの係合が解除されないので、側壁部材55を拡大状態に維持することができ、不用意に縮小される(第5状態へ遷移される)ことを抑制できる。一方で、基準を超える力で第1分割体551を第2分割体552に対して縮小方向へ変位させれば、押下操作部773を押し下げ操作しなくても、ロック片773と第2水平部552gとの係合を解除して、拡大状態から第5状態へ遷移させることができ、遊技者の操作性の向上を図ることができる。 That is, if the force is equal to or less than the reference, the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g is not released even when the first divided body 551 is displaced in the contraction direction with respect to the second divided body 552. The side wall member 55 can be maintained in the enlarged state and can be prevented from being inadvertently reduced (transition to the fifth state). On the other hand, if the first divided body 551 is displaced in the contraction direction with respect to the second divided body 552 with a force exceeding the reference, the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion can be pushed without pressing down the push operation portion 773. It is possible to release the engagement with 552g and transition from the expanded state to the fifth state, and it is possible to improve the operability of the player.

特に、このように、押下操作部773を押し下げ操作しなくても、ロック片773と第2水平部552gとの係合を解除して、拡大状態から第5状態へ遷移させることができる構成は、下皿50が拡大された状態(拡大状態)のままで前面枠14が不用意に開放された場合でも、下皿50(側壁部材55)を縮小方向へ変位させることができるので、その破損の抑制に特に有効となる。 In particular, as described above, the configuration in which the engagement between the lock piece 773 and the second horizontal portion 552g can be released and the state can be changed from the expanded state to the fifth state without depressing the depressing operation portion 773 is provided. Even when the front plate 14 is inadvertently opened while the lower plate 50 is in the expanded state (enlarged state), the lower plate 50 (side wall member 55) can be displaced in the contracting direction, so that the damage is caused. Is particularly effective in suppressing

以上のように、本実施形態の下皿50によれば、重ね合わされる分割体551〜557どうしの相対変位を規定する規定手段(例えば、係合部552n〜556n、その係合部552n〜556nが係合される係合壁551j、開口部552m,553m及び係合凹部554e,555eやロック機構77など)が配設され、側壁部材55(分割体551〜557)が遊技者の操作により貯留領域を拡大または縮小させる方向へ変位(回転)される場合には、重ね合わされる分割体551〜557どうしの相対移動を許容する順序が規定手段により規定可能に形成される。これにより、分割体551〜557それぞれの変位(回転)の順序が一定となり、貯留領域の拡大または縮小を一意とすることができる(図22及び図23参照)。 As described above, according to the lower plate 50 of the present embodiment, the defining means that defines the relative displacement between the overlapping divided bodies 551 to 557 (for example, the engaging portions 552n to 556n and the engaging portions 552n to 556n). Are provided with the engagement wall 551j, the openings 552m and 553m, the engagement recesses 554e and 555e, the lock mechanism 77, and the like, and the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557) is stored by the player's operation. When the regions are displaced (rotated) in the direction of enlarging or reducing, the order in which the relative movement of the overlapping divided bodies 551 to 557 is allowed can be defined by the defining means. As a result, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 551 to 557 becomes constant, and the expansion or contraction of the storage area can be made unique (see FIGS. 22 and 23).

この場合、本実施形態では、側壁部材55(分割体551〜557)が拡大方向へ変位(回転)される場合には、上下に重ね合わされる分割体551〜557どうしの相対移動を、下側の分割体から順に許容されるので、貯留領域の大きさの拡大を迅速に行うことができる。 In this case, in the present embodiment, when the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557) is displaced (rotated) in the expansion direction, the relative movement between the divided bodies 551 to 557 that are vertically stacked is reduced to the lower side. Since the divided bodies are allowed in order, the size of the storage area can be rapidly expanded.

即ち、下側の分割体から順に拡大方向への相対移動が許容される形態であれば、相対移動が許容される分割体よりも上側に重ね合わされる分割体も一体となって拡大方向へ変位(回転)させることができるので、その分、上側の分割体から順に相対移動を許容する形態と比較して、貯留領域の大きさの拡大を迅速化できる。 That is, if the relative movement in the expansion direction is allowed in order from the lower divided body, the divided bodies stacked above the divided body in which the relative movement is permitted are also integrally displaced in the expansion direction. Since it can be rotated (rotated), the size of the storage region can be expanded faster than that in the mode in which relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body.

例えば、縮小状態(図22(a)及び図24参照)から第1状態(図22(b)及び図25参照)への拡大では、第7分割体557が固定され、第1分割体551〜第6分割体556が一体の構造体として同時に拡大方向へ変位されるので、例えば、第2分割体552から第7分割体557が固定され、第1分割体551のみが拡大方向へ変位されると比較して、拡大方向への遊技者の操作量は同じであっても、その操作に対する貯留領域の大きさの拡大量を大きくできる。その結果、貯留領域の大きさの拡大を迅速に行うことができる。 For example, in the expansion from the contracted state (see FIGS. 22A and 24) to the first state (see FIGS. 22B and 25), the seventh divided body 557 is fixed and the first divided body 551 to Since the sixth divided body 556 is simultaneously displaced in the expansion direction as an integrated structure, for example, the second divided body 552 to the seventh divided body 557 are fixed, and only the first divided body 551 is displaced in the expansion direction. Compared with, even if the operation amount of the player in the expansion direction is the same, the expansion amount of the size of the storage region for the operation can be increased. As a result, the size of the storage area can be quickly expanded.

一方で、本実施形態では、側壁部材55(分割体551〜557)が縮小方向へ変位(回転)される場合には、上下に重ね合わされる分割体551〜557どうしの相対移動が、上側の分割体から順に許容されるので、貯留領域に貯留される球の状態に応じて、各分割体551〜557の変位(回転)をスムーズに行うことができる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557) is displaced (rotated) in the contraction direction, the relative movement of the divided bodies 551 to 557 that are vertically stacked is the upper side. Since the division bodies are allowed in order, the division bodies 551 to 557 can be smoothly displaced (rotated) according to the state of the spheres stored in the storage area.

例えば、下側の分割体から順に縮小方向への相対移動が許容される形態では、貯留領域内に球が所定の高さ位置まで貯留されていると、その所定の高さ位置よりも下方に位置する分割体を、貯留されている球を流動させつつ(押しのけつつ)縮小方向へ変位(回転)させる必要が生じ、分割体の操作が阻害される。 For example, in a mode in which relative movement in the contraction direction is allowed in order from the lower divided body, when the sphere is stored up to a predetermined height position in the storage area, the sphere is moved downward below the predetermined height position. It is necessary to displace (rotate) the positioned divided body in the contraction direction while flowing (pushing away) the stored spheres, which hinders the operation of the divided body.

具体的には、例えば、拡大状態(図23(c)及び図30参照)において、球が第4分割体554の高さ位置まで貯留されている場合に、側壁部材55(分割体551〜557)を縮小方向へ変位(回転)させるためには、第7分割体557に対して第6分割体556が縮小方向へ変位される際(拡大状態から第5状態へ遷移する際、図23(b)及び図29参照)に、第4分割体554〜第6分割体556が球を流動させつつ(押しのけつつ)変位する必要が生じ、その流動抵抗により操作が阻害される。 Specifically, for example, in the expanded state (see FIG. 23C and FIG. 30), when the sphere is stored up to the height position of the fourth divided body 554, the side wall member 55 (divided bodies 551 to 557). 23) is displaced (rotated) in the contraction direction, when the sixth divided body 556 is displaced in the contraction direction with respect to the seventh divided body 557 (when transitioning from the enlarged state to the fifth state, FIG. (b) and FIG. 29), it is necessary that the fourth divided body 554 to the sixth divided body 556 be displaced while flowing (pushing away) the sphere, and the operation is hindered by the flow resistance.

これに対し、上側の分割体から順に相対移動が許容される形態であれば、貯留領域に貯留されている球と干渉するまでは、球に阻害されることなく、各分割体をスムーズに変位させ、貯留領域の大きさを減少させることができる。上記例では、第1分割体551から第3分割体553までを縮小方向へ変位させる際(即ち、拡大状態から第4状態へ遷移するまで、図23(a)〜図23(c)及び図28〜図27参照)は、球に阻害されることなく、縮小方向へスムーズに変位させることができる。 On the other hand, if relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body, each divided body can be smoothly displaced without being obstructed by the sphere until it interferes with the sphere stored in the storage area. Thus, the size of the storage area can be reduced. In the above example, when displacing the first divided body 551 to the third divided body 553 in the contraction direction (that is, from the enlarged state to the fourth state, FIGS. 23A to 23C and FIGS. 28 to FIG. 27) can be smoothly displaced in the contracting direction without being obstructed by the sphere.

また、球に干渉する位置まで分割体を変位させると、その後(即ち、第4状態から、図23(a)及び図27参照)は、分割体の変位が球に阻害されることで、球が干渉している(即ち、必要な大きさまで貯留領域が減少された)ことを、操作力の増大により、遊技者に認識させることができる。よって、遊技者は下皿50の状態を視認することなく、操作を中断することができる。その結果、貯留領域に貯留される球の状態に応じて分割体の回転(貯留領域の大きさの縮小)をスムーズに行うことができると共に、遊技者の操作性を向上させることができる。 Further, when the divided body is displaced to a position where it interferes with the sphere, after that (that is, from the fourth state, see FIG. 23A and FIG. 27), the displacement of the divided body is obstructed by the sphere. The player can be made aware that they are interfering with each other (that is, the storage area is reduced to a required size) by increasing the operation force. Therefore, the player can interrupt the operation without visually checking the state of the lower plate 50. As a result, it is possible to smoothly rotate the divided body (reduce the size of the storage region) according to the state of the balls stored in the storage region, and improve the operability of the player.

本実施形態では、係合片552n〜556nは、先端上面に突部552n1〜556n1が突設された片持ちの弾性片として形成され、上側に重ねられた分割体(第1分割体551〜第5分割体555)に対しては、突部552n1〜556n1を係合させることで、下側に重ねられた分割体(第3分割体553〜第7分割体557)に対しては、自身が弾性変形して係合するので、かかる係合片552n〜556nのそれぞれに拡大方向の相対変位を規制する機能と縮小方向の相対変位を規制する機能とを兼用させることができる。即ち、拡大方向の相対変位を規制するための係合片と縮小方向の相対変位を規制するための係合片とを別々に設ける必要がない。その結果、部品点数の削減により、構造を簡素化して、その分、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。また、係合片を形成するための開口部の開口面積を減少させられるので、その分、各分割体552〜556の剛性の向上を図ることができる。 In the present embodiment, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n are formed as cantilevered elastic pieces in which the protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 are provided on the upper surface of the distal end so as to protrude, and the divided bodies (first divided body 551 to By engaging the protrusions 552n1 to 556n1 with respect to the five divided body 555), the divided body (the third divided body 553 to the seventh divided body 557) stacked on the lower side is Since they are elastically deformed and engaged, each of the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can have both the function of restricting the relative displacement in the expansion direction and the function of restricting the relative displacement in the contraction direction. That is, it is not necessary to separately provide an engaging piece for restricting the relative displacement in the expanding direction and an engaging piece for restricting the relative displacement in the contracting direction. As a result, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced accordingly. Moreover, since the opening area of the opening for forming the engagement piece can be reduced, the rigidity of each of the divided bodies 552 to 556 can be improved accordingly.

また、本実施形態では、係合片552n〜556nは、軸支孔551a〜557a(軸支ピン57)を中心とする円弧状に湾曲して形成される第2片552Yから556Yに形成されるので、係合片552n〜556nを配設するためのスペースを第2片552Y〜556Yの周方向に沿って確保することができる。よって、係合片552n〜556nを大型化でき、その剛性を高められるので、相対変位の規制の確実化と耐久性の向上とを図ることができる。 In addition, in the present embodiment, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n are formed into second pieces 552Y to 556Y that are curved and formed in an arc shape centered on the shaft support holes 551a to 557a (the shaft support pin 57). Therefore, the space for disposing the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can be secured along the circumferential direction of the second pieces 552Y to 556Y. Therefore, the engagement pieces 552n to 556n can be increased in size and the rigidity thereof can be increased, so that the regulation of the relative displacement can be ensured and the durability can be improved.

次いで、図35から図46を参照して、第2実施形態における下皿2050について説明する。まず、下皿2050の全体構成について、図35から図38を参照して説明する。 Next, the lower plate 2050 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 46. First, the overall configuration of the lower plate 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 38.

図35は、第2実施形態における下皿であって、縮小状態における下皿2050の正面斜視図であり、図36は、拡大状態における下皿2050の正面斜視図である。また、図37は、下皿2050の分解正面斜視図であり、図38は、内壁部材2056の背面斜視図である。なお、図37では、縮小状態における下皿2050の分解状態が図示される。なお、第1実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 FIG. 35 is a lower plate in the second embodiment, and is a front perspective view of the lower plate 2050 in a reduced state, and FIG. 36 is a front perspective view of the lower plate 2050 in an enlarged state. 37 is an exploded front perspective view of the lower plate 2050, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the inner wall member 2056. Note that FIG. 37 illustrates the disassembled state of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state. The same parts as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図35から図38に示すように、下皿2050は、貯留領域の底面を形成する底壁部材2054と、その底壁部材2054から立設され貯留領域の側面を形成する側壁部材2055及び内壁部材2056と、側壁部材2055を底壁部材2054に回転可能に軸支するための軸支ピン2057及び軸支板2058とを主に備える。 As shown in FIGS. 35 to 38, the lower tray 2050 includes a bottom wall member 2054 that forms the bottom surface of the storage area, and side wall members 2055 and inner wall members that stand upright from the bottom wall member 2054 and form the side surfaces of the storage area. 2056, and a shaft support pin 2057 and a shaft support plate 2058 for rotatably supporting the side wall member 2055 on the bottom wall member 2054.

底壁部材2054には、下皿2050の貯留領域から球を排出するための開口である球抜き穴2054aと、その球抜き穴2054aを開放させる際に遊技者に操作される球抜きレバー2054bとを備える。球抜き穴2054aは、底壁部材2054の上面視において、下皿2050の貯留領域の右側(払出口23と反対側、図6参照)に偏って配設され、底壁部材2054の上面は、四方から球抜き穴2054aへ向けて下降傾斜する形態に形成される。 The bottom wall member 2054 has a ball-draining hole 2054a which is an opening for discharging a ball from the storage area of the lower plate 2050, and a ball-draining lever 2054b operated by the player when opening the ball-drilling hole 2054a. Equipped with. In the top view of the bottom wall member 2054, the ball-draining holes 2054a are arranged biased to the right side of the storage area of the lower tray 2050 (the side opposite to the payout opening 23, see FIG. 6), and the top surface of the bottom wall member 2054 is It is formed in such a manner that it descends and inclines toward the ball hole 2054a from all four directions.

ここで、球抜きレバー2054aが下皿2050の正面に配設される構成では、下皿2050が拡大状態とされた場合に、手前に張り出された分割体2551〜2554に隠されて、球抜きレバー2054aを遊技者が視認できなくなると共に、手前に張り出された分割体2551〜2554に阻害されて球抜きレバー2054aまで手が入り難くなる。そのため、操作性の悪化を招く。 Here, in the configuration in which the ball removing lever 2054a is disposed in front of the lower plate 2050, when the lower plate 2050 is in an expanded state, it is hidden by the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that are projected to the front, and the ball is removed. The player cannot see the pull-out lever 2054a, and it is difficult for the player to reach the ball pull-out lever 2054a because the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that are projected to the front are obstructed. Therefore, operability is deteriorated.

これに対し、本実施形態では、球抜きレバー2054aが、下皿2050の正面視右側の側面に配設される。これにより、下皿2050が拡大状態とされた場合でも、手前に張り出された分割体2551〜2554に球抜きレバー2054aが隠されることを回避できる。よって、下皿2050の拡大状態に寄らず、常に遊技者に視認させることができるので、その操作性の向上を図ることができる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the ball removing lever 2054a is arranged on the side surface of the lower plate 2050 on the right side in front view. Accordingly, even when the lower plate 2050 is in the enlarged state, it is possible to avoid the ball-removing lever 2054a from being hidden by the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that are projected to the front. Therefore, the player can always see the lower plate 2050 regardless of the enlarged state, and the operability thereof can be improved.

また、球抜きレバー2054aは、図示しない付勢ばねにより正面側(遊技者側)へ付勢されており、その付勢方向と反対側(内枠12側)へ押し込むことで、球抜き穴2054aを開放させる。この場合、球抜きレバー2054aは、操作ハンドル51(図47参照)の正面視左方であって略同等の高さ位置に配設される。これにより、遊技者は、操作ハンドル51を右手で操作しつつ、その操作ハンドル51の操作に不要な指(例えば、右手親指)を使用して、球抜きレバー2054aの押し込み操作を容易に行うことができる。その結果、球抜きレバー2054aの操作性の向上を図ることができる。 Further, the ball removing lever 2054a is urged to the front side (player side) by an urging spring (not shown), and by pushing it to the side opposite to the urging direction (the inner frame 12 side), the ball removing hole 2054a. To release. In this case, the ball pull-out lever 2054a is arranged at the substantially same height position to the left of the operation handle 51 (see FIG. 47) when viewed from the front. This allows the player to easily operate the operation handle 51 with his/her right hand while using the finger (for example, the thumb of the right hand) that is not required to operate the operation handle 51, to push in the ball removing lever 2054a. You can As a result, the operability of the ball removing lever 2054a can be improved.

側壁部材2055は、複数(本実施形態では4個)の分割体(第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554、図39から図42参照)を、回転軸(軸支ピン2057)の軸方向に沿って重ね合わせて形成される。これら各分割体2551〜2554は、軸支ピン2057を回転中心として回転されると、上層側の分割体ほど外方へ大きく変位されることで、階段形状を形成し、下皿2050の貯留領域を拡大させる。よって、第1実施形態の場合と同様に、底壁部材2054における球抜き穴2054aの配置の自由度を確保できる。 The side wall member 2055 includes a plurality of (four in the present embodiment) divided bodies (first divided body 2551 to fourth divided body 2554, see FIGS. 39 to 42) in the axial direction of the rotary shaft (shaft support pin 2057). Are formed along with each other. When each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is rotated about the pivot pin 2057 as a rotation center, the divided bodies on the upper layer side are displaced outwardly more, thereby forming a staircase shape and forming a storage area of the lower plate 2050. To expand. Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, it is possible to secure the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the ball hole 2054a in the bottom wall member 2054.

また、側壁部材2055は、上層側の分割体ほど外方へ大きく変位されることで、階段形状に拡大される(図36参照)。よって、第1実施形態の場合と同様に、上皿17との間の間隔を狭めることなく、かつ、手前側の開口が広くされた状態で、貯留領域を拡大することができ、その結果、遊技者の手を下皿2050内へ入れやすくすることができる。言い換えれば、その分、上皿17を大型化することができる。 Further, the side wall member 2055 is expanded in the step shape by being displaced outwardly as the divided body on the upper layer side is increased (see FIG. 36 ). Therefore, as in the case of the first embodiment, the storage region can be expanded without narrowing the gap between the upper plate 17 and the opening on the front side, and as a result, The player's hand can be easily put in the lower plate 2050. In other words, the upper plate 17 can be increased in size accordingly.

内壁部材2056は、底壁部材2054に固定される上壁部2056aと、その上壁部2056aの縁部から垂下される側壁部2056bとを備える。上壁部2056a及び側壁部2056bは、側壁部材2055の上面視略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)の上面側と内側(貯留領域側)とにそれぞれ配設される。これにより、側壁部材2055の上面視略L字形状の短辺部分の周囲が、底壁部材2054及び内壁部材2056により取り囲まれる。 The inner wall member 2056 includes an upper wall portion 2056a fixed to the bottom wall member 2054 and a side wall portion 2056b hanging from an edge portion of the upper wall portion 2056a. The upper wall portion 2056a and the side wall portion 2056b are respectively disposed on the upper surface side and the inner side (the storage area side) of the short side portion (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the side wall member 2055 which is substantially L-shaped in a top view. As a result, the periphery of the short side portion of the side wall member 2055 that is substantially L-shaped in a top view is surrounded by the bottom wall member 2054 and the inner wall member 2056.

内壁部材2056は、第1実施形態の場合と同様に、側壁部2056bにより、下皿2050の貯留領域における側面の一部を形成する。即ち、下皿2050の貯留領域における側面は、縮小状態では、内枠12と、側壁部材2055の上面視略L字形状の長辺部分(第1片2551X〜2554X)と、内壁部材2056(側壁部2056b)とにより形成され、拡大状態では、側壁部材2055の上面視略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片2551Y〜2554Y)がこれに加わる。 As in the case of the first embodiment, the inner wall member 2056 forms a part of the side surface in the storage area of the lower tray 2050 by the side wall portion 2056b. That is, the side surface of the storage area of the lower plate 2050 in the contracted state is the inner frame 12, the long side portion of the side wall member 2055 that is substantially L-shaped in the top view (first pieces 2551X to 2554X), and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall). And a short side portion (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) of the side wall member 2055 that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above is added to the side wall member 2055 in the enlarged state.

このように、本実施形態では、内壁部材2056(側壁部2056a)が貯留領域の内壁の一部を形成し、図35に示す縮小状態では、各分割体2551〜2554の略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片2551Y〜2554Y)を内壁部材2056内に収納し、図36に示す拡大状態では、各分割体2551〜2554の略L字形状の短辺部分を内壁部材2056内から突出させ、かかる略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片551Y〜557Y)と内壁部材2056(側壁部2056a)との両者により貯留領域の内壁の一部を形成する。これにより、第1実施形態の場合と同様に、略L字形状の短辺部分の長さ寸法を短縮化して、その分、略L字形状の短辺部分の移動のために必要なスペースを抑制することができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the inner wall member 2056 (side wall portion 2056a) forms a part of the inner wall of the storage region, and in the contracted state shown in FIG. 35, each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 has a substantially L-shaped short shape. The side portions (second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y) are housed in the inner wall member 2056, and in the enlarged state shown in FIG. 36, the substantially L-shaped short side portions of the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are projected from the inner wall member 2056. A part of the inner wall of the storage region is formed by both the short side portions (second pieces 551Y to 557Y) of the substantially L shape and the inner wall member 2056 (side wall portion 2056a). As a result, as in the case of the first embodiment, the length dimension of the substantially L-shaped short side portion is shortened, and the space necessary for moving the substantially L-shaped short side portion is correspondingly reduced. Can be suppressed.

内壁部材2056の上面壁2056aの一端側(拡大方向側)の下面には、規制部2056cが突設され、その規制部2056cは、側壁部材2055の上面視略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片2551Y)の上面に重なる。よって、球の重量を受けた側壁部材2055が下方へ倒れ込もうとすると、規制部2056cが側壁部材2055(短辺部分)の上面を押圧して、その浮き上がりを抑制できるので、側壁部材2055の下方への倒れ込みを抑制することができる。 A restricting portion 2056c is projectingly provided on a lower surface of the upper wall 2056a of the inner wall member 2056 at one end side (enlargement direction side), and the restricting portion 2056c is a short side portion of the side wall member 2055 that is substantially L-shaped when viewed from above (first 2 pieces 2551Y) on the upper surface. Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 that receives the weight of the sphere tries to fall down, the restricting portion 2056c presses the upper surface of the side wall member 2055 (short side portion), and the rising of the side wall member 2055 can be suppressed. It is possible to suppress falling down.

また、規制部2056cは、側壁部材2055のストッパ部2551S2に当接可能とされるので、側壁部材2055の拡大方向への回転を規制して張出位置(図36参照)に保持することができる。即ち、規制部2056cは、側壁部材2055の略L字形状の短辺部分(第2片2551Y)の上面を支持して撓みを抑制する役割だけでなく、各分割体2551〜2554の拡大方向への回転を規制するストッパとしての役割も兼用するので、その分、部品点数を削減して、製品コストの低減を図ることができる。 Further, since the restricting portion 2056c can be brought into contact with the stopper portion 2551S2 of the side wall member 2055, it is possible to restrict rotation of the side wall member 2055 in the expanding direction and hold the side wall member 2055 at the projecting position (see FIG. 36). .. That is, the restricting portion 2056c not only plays a role of supporting the upper surface of the substantially L-shaped short side portion (second piece 2551Y) of the side wall member 2055 to suppress the bending, but also in the expanding direction of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. Since it also serves as a stopper that regulates the rotation of, the number of parts can be reduced and the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

下皿2050の回転軸(軸支ピン2057)は、前面枠14を開閉可能に軸支する軸(図示せず)と平行であって、幅方向において同じ側(正面視左側)に配設されるので、下皿2050が拡大されたまま前面枠14が開放され、隣に設置されたパチンコ機10に下皿2050が接触したとしても、側壁部材2055を縮小方向に回転させることができるので、下皿2050が破損することを抑制することができる。 The rotating shaft (shaft support pin 2057) of the lower plate 2050 is parallel to the shaft (not shown) that supports the front frame 14 so as to be openable and closable, and is arranged on the same side in the width direction (left side in front view). Therefore, even if the lower plate 2050 is expanded and the front frame 14 is opened, and the lower plate 2050 comes into contact with the pachinko machine 10 installed next to it, the side wall member 2055 can be rotated in the contracting direction. It is possible to prevent the lower plate 2050 from being damaged.

ここで、底壁部材2054には、縮小状態において第4分割体2554の第1片2554Xが重ね合わされる領域の上面に突起部2555bが、第2片2554Yが重ね合わされる領域の上面に一対のレール部2555wと規制突部2555rとが、それぞれ突設される。 Here, in the bottom wall member 2054, the projection 2555b is provided on the upper surface of the region where the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 is superposed and the pair of upper surfaces of the region where the second piece 2554Y is superposed on the bottom wall member 2054. The rail portion 2555w and the restriction protrusion 2555r are provided so as to protrude from each other.

突起部2555bは、断面矩形状の突起として突設され、第4分割体2554の規制溝2554c内に配設(収納)される。第4分割体2552が軸支ピン2057を中心として回転される際には、突起部2555bが規制溝2554cの内壁面に当接されることで、底壁部材2054に対する第4分割体2554の可動(回転)範囲を規定することができる。 The protrusion 2555b is provided as a protrusion having a rectangular cross section, and is disposed (stored) in the restriction groove 2554c of the fourth divided body 2554. When the fourth divided body 2552 is rotated about the pivot pin 2057, the protrusion 2555b is brought into contact with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2554c, so that the fourth divided body 2554 can move with respect to the bottom wall member 2054. A (rotation) range can be defined.

各分割体2551〜2554が重ね合わされた状態では、レール部2555wが第4分割体2554の第2片2554Yにおける一対の側壁の対向間に嵌り込むことで、側壁部材2055全体としての剛性を向上させることができる(図43参照)。規制突部2555rは、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nが弾性変形された際に、その係合片2554nの先端に当接することで、第4分割体2554の縮小方向への変位(回転)を規制する(図45参照)。 In a state where the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are overlapped with each other, the rail portion 2555w is fitted between the pair of sidewalls of the second piece 2554Y of the fourth divided body 2554 so as to improve the rigidity of the sidewall member 2055 as a whole. (See FIG. 43). When the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divisional body 2554 is elastically deformed, the regulation protrusion 2555r abuts on the tip of the engagement piece 2554n, thereby displacing the fourth divisional body 2554 in the contracting direction (rotation). ) Is regulated (see FIG. 45).

また、底壁部材2054には、レール部2555wの側方(貯留領域と反対側)に規制壁2555k1,2555k2が形成され、内壁部材2056には、上壁部2056aの下面から規制壁2555k3とラッチ係合部2555pとが形成される。規制壁2555k1〜2555k3は、側壁部材2055が拡大状態とされた際に、第2分割体2552、第3分割体2553及び第4分割体2554の第2片2552Y〜2554Yの側面から張り出す張出壁2522z〜2554zの上面に当接可能に対面され、張出壁2552z〜2554zの上方への移動を規制する。これにより、側壁部材2054の下方への倒れ込みを抑制することができる(図43参照)。 Further, the bottom wall member 2054 is formed with restriction walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 on the side of the rail portion 2555w (on the side opposite to the storage region), and the inner wall member 2056 is provided with a restriction wall 2555k3 from the lower surface of the upper wall portion 2056a. The engaging portion 2555p is formed. The restriction walls 2555k1 to 2555k3 project from the side surfaces of the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the fourth divided body 2554 when the side wall member 2055 is expanded. The upper surfaces of the walls 2522z to 2554z are faced so as to be capable of contacting, and the upward movement of the overhang walls 2552z to 2554z is restricted. This can prevent the side wall member 2054 from falling down (see FIG. 43).

ラッチ係合部2555pは、第1分割体2551の側方から突出されるラッチ部2551pが係合される凹部として形成される。側壁部材2055が縮小状態とされると、第1分割体2551のラッチ部2551pがラッチ係合部2555pに係合されることで、内壁部材2056に対する第1分割体2551の相対移動が規制される。即ち、側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)の拡大方向への変位(回転)を規制することができる。 The latch engagement portion 2555p is formed as a concave portion with which the latch portion 2551p protruding from the side of the first divided body 2551 is engaged. When the side wall member 2055 is in the contracted state, the latch portion 2551p of the first divided body 2551 is engaged with the latch engagement portion 2555p, so that the relative movement of the first divided body 2551 with respect to the inner wall member 2056 is restricted. .. That is, the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) in the expanding direction can be restricted.

次いで、下皿2050の詳細構成について、図39から図46を参照して説明する。図39及び図40は、側壁部材2055の分解正面斜視図であり、図41及び図42は、側壁部材2055の分解下面斜視図である。 Next, the detailed configuration of the lower plate 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 46. 39 and 40 are exploded front perspective views of the sidewall member 2055, and FIGS. 41 and 42 are exploded bottom perspective views of the sidewall member 2055.

なお、図39(a)及び図41(a)には第1分割体2551が、図39(b)及び図41(b)には第2分割体2552が、図40(a)及び図42(a)には第3分割体2553が、図40(b)及び図42(b)には第4分割体2554が、それぞれ図示される。 39(a) and 41(a), a first divided body 2551 is shown, FIGS. 39(b) and 41(b) are shown a second divided body 2552, and FIG. 40(a) and FIG. A third divided body 2553 is shown in (a), and a fourth divided body 2554 is shown in FIGS. 40(b) and 42(b).

ここで、本実施形態では、第2分割体2552〜第4分割体2554が同一の形状に(即ち、共通の部品として)形成される。よって、部品点数を削減して、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。但し、説明の便宜上、第2分割体2552〜第4分割体2554の各構成に対して異なる名称および符号を付して説明する。 Here, in the present embodiment, the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed in the same shape (that is, as a common part). Therefore, the number of parts can be reduced and the product cost can be reduced. However, for convenience of explanation, different names and reference numerals will be given to the respective configurations of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 for description.

図39から図42に示すように、第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554は、一端側に軸支孔2551a〜2554aが穿設され上面視略L字形状の長辺部分を形成する第1片2551X〜2554Xと、その第1片2551X〜2554Xの他端側に連設され上面視略L字形状の短辺部分を形成する第2片2551Y〜2554Yとから形成される。 As shown in FIG. 39 to FIG. 42, the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed with shaft supporting holes 2551a to 2554a at one end side to form a long side portion of a substantially L shape in a top view. It is formed from one piece 2551X to 2554X and second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y that are connected to the other end side of the first piece 2551X to 2554X and that form a short side portion that is substantially L-shaped in a top view.

第1片2551X〜2557Xは、貯留領域となる側が凹(即ち、外方へ凸)となる略くの字状に、第2片2551Y〜2554Yは、軸支孔2551a〜2554aを中心とし且つ略同径の円弧状に、それぞれ上面視形状(軸支孔2551a〜2554aの軸方向視形状)が形成される。 The first pieces 2551X to 2557X have a substantially V shape in which the side to be the storage area is concave (that is, outwardly convex), and the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y are substantially centered on the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a and substantially A top view shape (the shape of the shaft supporting holes 2551a to 2554a as viewed in the axial direction) is formed in each of the arcuate shapes having the same diameter.

第1片2551X〜2554Xが外方へ凸となる略くの字状に屈曲して形成されることで、貯留領域の大きさを確保できるだけでなく、直線状の部分が形成されるので、側壁部材2055(第1片2551X)を遊技者の操作により拡大または縮小させる際には、直線状の部分を手で掴みやすくすることができ、側壁部材2055(第1片2551X)を押し込む又は引き出す最の操作性の向上を図ることができる。 Since the first pieces 2551X to 2554X are bent and formed in a substantially V-shape that is convex outward, not only the size of the storage region can be secured but also a linear portion is formed, so that the side wall is formed. When the member 2055 (first piece 2551X) is enlarged or reduced by the player's operation, the linear portion can be easily grasped by the hand, and the side wall member 2055 (first piece 2551X) is pushed in or pulled out. The operability of can be improved.

第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の第1片2552X〜2554Xの上面には、第1片2552X〜2554Xの長手方向に沿って延設され断面矩形状の突起として突設される突起部2552b〜2554bが配設される(図39及び図40参照)。一方、第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554の第1片2551X〜2554Xの下面には、第1片2551X〜2554Xの長手方向に沿って延設され断面凹状の凹溝として凹設される規制溝2551c〜2554cが配設される(図41及び図42参照)。 Protrusions that extend along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 2552X to 2554X on the upper surfaces of the first pieces 2552X to 2554X of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 and project as projecting portions having a rectangular cross section. 2552b to 2554b are provided (see FIGS. 39 and 40). On the other hand, on the lower surface of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554, the first divided pieces 2551X to 2554X extend along the longitudinal direction and are formed as concave grooves having a concave cross section. Restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c are provided (see FIGS. 41 and 42).

各分割体2551〜2554が上下に重ね合わされると、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の突起部2552b〜2554bが第1分割体2551から第3分割体2553の規制溝2551c〜2553c内に、底壁部材2054の突起部2555b(図37参照)が第4分割体2553の規制溝2551cに、それぞれ配設(収納)される。これにより、各分割体2551〜2554が軸支ピン2057を中心として回転される際には、突起部2552b〜2555bが規制溝2551c〜2554cの内壁面に当接されることで、各分割体2551〜2554の可動(回転)範囲が規定される。 When the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are vertically overlapped with each other, the protrusions 2552b to 2554b of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are arranged in the restriction grooves 2551c to 2553c of the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553. In addition, the protrusions 2555b (see FIG. 37) of the bottom wall member 2054 are arranged (stored) in the restriction grooves 2551c of the fourth divided body 2553. As a result, when each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is rotated about the shaft support pin 2057, the protrusions 2552b to 2555b are brought into contact with the inner wall surfaces of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c, so that each of the divided bodies 2551. A movable (rotation) range of ˜2554 is defined.

規制溝2551c〜2554cの互いに対向する一対の内壁面は、その下面視形状が、突起部2552b〜2555bと上面視形状と同一の形状に形成され、一方の内壁面は、貯留領域側における第1片2552X〜2554Xの縁部に沿って配設されると共に、他方の内壁面は、軸支孔2551a〜2554aから第2片2551Y〜2554Yへ向かうに従って貯留領域と反対側(外方側)に位置する姿勢で配設される。即ち、規制溝2551c〜2554cの溝幅は、軸支孔2551a〜2554aから第2片2551Y〜2554Yへ向かうに従って漸次拡大される。 The pair of inner wall surfaces facing each other of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c are formed to have the same shape in a bottom view as the projections 2552b to 2555b and a shape in a top view, and one inner wall surface is the first on the storage region side. The inner wall surfaces are arranged along the edges of the pieces 2552X to 2554X, and the other inner wall surface is located on the opposite side (outer side) to the storage area as it goes from the shaft supporting holes 2551a to 2554a to the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y. It is arranged in such a posture. That is, the groove widths of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c are gradually expanded from the shaft supporting holes 2551a to 2554a toward the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y.

第1分割体2551の第2片2551Yには、下面に正面視矩形状の開口部2551mが開口形成されると共に、側面にラッチ部2551pが出没可能に配設される。ラッチ部2551pは、付勢ばねにより突出方向へ付勢されており、側壁部材2055の縮小状態において、内壁部材2056のラッチ係合部2555p(図38参照)に係合される。縮小状態にある側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向へ変位(回転)されると、ラッチ部2551pが第1分割体2551内に没入され、ラッチ係合部2555pとの係合が解除される。 The second piece 2551Y of the first divided body 2551 has an opening 2551m that is rectangular in a front view and is formed on the lower surface, and a latch portion 2551p is provided on the side surface so as to be retractable. The latch portion 2551p is biased in the projecting direction by the biasing spring, and is engaged with the latch engagement portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the inner wall member 2056 when the side wall member 2055 is in the contracted state. When the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) in the contracted state is displaced (rotated) in the enlargement direction by the player's operation, the latch portion 2551p is retracted into the first divided body 2551 and the latch engagement portion 2555p. Is disengaged.

第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の第2片2552Y〜2554Yには、正面視矩形状の開口部2552m〜2554mが開口形成されると共に、この開口部2552m〜2554mに対応する位置(上面視において重なる位置)において、第2片2552Y〜2554Yの長手方向に沿って延びる係合片2552n〜2554nが上面から嵩上げされた態様で形成される。 The second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed with openings 2552m to 2554m having a rectangular shape in a front view, and at positions corresponding to the openings 2552m to 2554m (upper surface). Engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n extending along the longitudinal direction of the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y are formed in a state of being bulged from the upper surface at a position (overlapping in view).

係合片2552n〜2554nは、先端が自由端とされる片持ちの弾性片として形成され、開口部2552m〜2554mから上面側に嵩上げされて位置すると共に、その先端上面には、断面半円状の突部2552n1〜2554n1が突設される。また、係合片2552n〜2554nの下面からは、リブ形状のリブ2552n2〜2554n2が垂下される。 The engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n are formed as a cantilevered elastic piece having a free end, and are positioned to be raised from the openings 2552m to 2554m to the upper surface side and have a semicircular cross section on the upper surface of the tip. The protruding portions 2552n1 to 2554n1 are projected. Further, rib-shaped ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 hang from the lower surfaces of the engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n.

第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の第2片2552Y〜2554Yには、上面から一対のレール部2552w〜2554wが立設されると共に、側面から張出壁2552z〜2554zが水平に張り出し形成される。 The second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are provided with a pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w standing from the upper surface, and the protruding walls 2552z to 2554z are horizontally extended from the side surfaces. To be done.

一対のレール部2552w〜2554wは、その外面どうしの離間間隔が、第1分割体2552〜第3分割体2553の第2片2551Y〜2553Yの一対の側壁の対向間隔と同等または若干小さい寸法に設定される。よって、各分割体2551〜2554が重ね合わされると、それらのレール部2552w〜2554wが第2片2551Y〜2554Yの一対の側壁の対向間に嵌り込むことで、側壁部材2055全体としての剛性を向上させることができる(図43参照)。 The pair of rail portions 2552w to 2554w are set such that the distance between the outer surfaces thereof is equal to or slightly smaller than the facing distance between the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2553Y of the first divided body 2552 to the third divided body 2553. To be done. Therefore, when the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are overlapped with each other, the rail portions 2552w to 2554w are fitted between the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y so as to improve the rigidity of the sidewall member 2055 as a whole. (See FIG. 43).

張出壁2552z〜2554zは、側壁部材2055が拡大状態とされた際に、底壁部材2054の規制壁2555k1,2555k2及び内壁部材2056の規制壁2555k3の下面にそれぞれ対面され、これにより、張出壁2552z〜2554zの上方への移動が規制される(図43参照)。 When the side wall member 2055 is in the expanded state, the projecting walls 2552z to 2554z face the lower surfaces of the restricting walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the restricting wall 2555k3 of the inner wall member 2056, respectively. The upward movement of the walls 2552z to 2554z is restricted (see FIG. 43).

第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の係合片2552n〜2554n(突部2552n1〜2554n1)は、第1分割体2551から第3分割体2553の開口部2551m〜2553mに係合可能に形成され、かかる係合により第1分割体2551から第3分割体2553に対する第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の一方向への相対変位を規制することができると共に、係合片553n,554nの弾性変形により開口部552m,553mとの係合が解除されることで、一方向への相対変位を許容することができると共に他方向への相対変位を規制することができる(図45及び図46参照)。 Engagement pieces 2552n to 2554n (projections 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are formed to be engageable with the openings 2551m to 2553m of the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553. With this engagement, relative displacement of the first divided body 2551 from the second divided body 2552 to the third divided body 2553 in one direction can be restricted, and the engagement pieces 553n and 554n can be controlled. When the engagement with the openings 552m and 553m is released by the elastic deformation of, the relative displacement in one direction can be allowed and the relative displacement in the other direction can be restricted (FIG. 45 and FIG. 45). 46).

即ち、係合片2552n〜2554n等は、重ね合わされた各分割体2551〜2554どうしの相対移動を規定する規定手段として機能する部位であり、側壁部材2055が遊技者の操作により拡大または縮小される場合に、各分割体2551〜2554の回転が許容される順序を規定する。これにより、後述するように、各分割体2551〜2554それぞれの回転の順序を一定として、貯留領域の拡大または縮小の形態を一意とすることができる(図44参照)。 That is, the engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n and the like are portions that function as a defining unit that defines the relative movement of the overlapping divided bodies 2551 to 2554, and the side wall member 2055 is enlarged or reduced by the operation of the player. In this case, the order in which rotation of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is allowed is defined. As a result, as will be described later, the rotation order of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 can be made constant, and the form of expansion or contraction of the storage region can be made unique (see FIG. 44 ).

次いで、図43を参照して、側壁部材2055の第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554における第2片2551Y〜2554Yどうしの関係について説明する。図43は、拡大状態における下皿2050の背面斜視図であり、内壁部材2056が取り外された状態が図示される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 43, the relationship between the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y in the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 of the sidewall member 2055 will be described. FIG. 43 is a rear perspective view of the lower plate 2050 in an enlarged state, and illustrates a state in which the inner wall member 2056 is removed.

側壁部材2055は、上述したように、各分割体2551〜2554の第2片2551Y〜2554Yが、軸支孔2551a〜2554a(軸支ピン2057、図37参照)を中心とする同径の円弧状にそれぞれ形成されるので、各分割体2551〜2554Yが軸支孔2551a〜2554aを中心に回転される際には、第2片2551Y〜2554Yの軌跡を互いに一致させることができる(図44参照)。よって、第2片2551Y〜2554Yが常に重なるので、側壁部材2055(各分割体2551〜2554が重なり合わされた構造体)の剛性を確保でき、球の重量で撓むことを抑制できる。 As described above, in the side wall member 2055, the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 have an arc shape with the same diameter centered on the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a (the shaft support pin 2057, see FIG. 37). Since each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554Y is rotated around the shaft support holes 2551a to 2554a, the loci of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y can be matched with each other (see FIG. 44). .. Therefore, since the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y always overlap with each other, the rigidity of the sidewall member 2055 (the structure in which the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are overlapped) can be ensured, and the bending due to the weight of the sphere can be suppressed.

図43に示すように、この場合、側壁部材2055は、第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554の第2片2551Y〜2554Yにおける一対の側壁の対向間には、その下面側から、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の第2片2552Y〜2554Yにおけるレール部2552w〜2554w及び底壁部材2054のレール部2555wが嵌り込み、互いに重ね合わされる。 As shown in FIG. 43, in this case, the side wall member 2055 is arranged from the lower surface side to the second side between the pair of side walls of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554. The rail portions 2552w to 2554w of the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 and the rail portion 2555w of the bottom wall member 2054 are fitted and overlapped with each other.

よって、貯留された球から受ける水平方向(側壁部材2055の第2片2551Y〜2554Yを外方へ押し広げようとする方向)への荷重により第2片2551Y〜2554Yが外方へ倒れ込むことを、一対の側壁の対向間への各レール部2552w〜2555wの嵌り込みによって、互いに規制させ合うことができる。特に、本実施形態では、最下方のレール部2555wが、底壁部材2054から立設されるため、第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554の倒れ込みを、側壁部材2055の剛性を利用して、強固に支えることができる。 Therefore, it is possible that the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y fall down due to a load in the horizontal direction (the direction in which the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the sidewall member 2055 are pushed outward) received from the stored spheres. By fitting the rail portions 2552w to 2555w between the pair of side walls facing each other, they can be regulated from each other. In particular, in the present embodiment, the lowermost rail portion 2555w is erected from the bottom wall member 2054, so that the collapse of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is utilized by utilizing the rigidity of the side wall member 2055. , Can be firmly supported.

また、側壁部材2055は、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の第2片2551Y〜2554Yの側方から張出壁2552z〜2554zが張り出し形成され、拡大状態では、張出壁2552z〜2554zの上面が、底壁部材2054の規制壁2555k1,2555k2及び内壁部材2056の規制壁2555k3(図38参照)に当接可能に対面される。 Further, the side wall member 2055 has protruding walls 2552z to 2554z protruding from the side of the second pieces 2551Y to 2554Y of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554, and in the expanded state, the extended walls 2552z to 2554z. The upper surface of is opposed to the restricting walls 2555k1 and 2555k2 of the bottom wall member 2054 and the restricting wall 2555k3 of the inner wall member 2056 (see FIG. 38).

ここで、拡大状態において貯留領域に多数の球が貯留されると、階段状に張り出された各分割体2551〜2554が、第1片2551X〜2554X側を下方へ倒れ込ませる方向へ撓むおそれがあるところ、本実施形態によれば、張出壁2552z〜2554zの上方への移動を規制壁2555k1〜2555k3により規制できるので、各分割体2552〜2554における第2片2552Y〜2554Yが上方へ浮き上がることを抑制できる。その結果、側壁部材55の下方への倒れ込みを抑制することができる。 Here, when a large number of spheres are stored in the storage area in the expanded state, each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that are jutted out in a stepwise manner is bent in a direction in which the first piece 2551X to 2554X side is tilted downward. However, according to the present embodiment, since the upward movement of the overhanging walls 2552z to 2554z can be regulated by the regulating walls 2555k1 to 2555k3, the second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y of the respective divided bodies 2552 to 2554 are upward. It can suppress rising. As a result, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 55 from falling down.

なお、この場合、第1分割体2551の第2片2551の上面には、内壁部材2056の規制部2056cが当接され(図36及び図38参照)、かかる当接により、分割体2551における第2片2551Yの上方への浮き上がりを抑制できる。よって、これによっても、側壁部材55の下方への倒れ込みを抑制することができる。 Note that in this case, the regulation portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056 is brought into contact with the upper surface of the second piece 2551 of the first divided body 2551 (see FIGS. 36 and 38), and due to such abutment, It is possible to prevent the two pieces 2551Y from being lifted up. Therefore, also by this, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 55 from falling down.

次いで、図44から図46を参照して、側壁部材2055が遊技者に操作され、下皿2050の貯留領域が拡大または縮小される際に、分割体2551〜2554が変位(回転)される順序について説明する。 Next, referring to FIGS. 44 to 46, when the side wall member 2055 is operated by the player and the storage area of the lower plate 2050 is expanded or contracted, the division bodies 2551 to 2554 are displaced (rotated). Will be described.

図44(a)は、縮小状態における下皿2050の上面図であり、図44(b)から図44(d)は、第1状態から第3状態における下皿2050の上面図であり、図44(e)は、拡大状態における下皿2050の上面図である。 44A is a top view of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 44B to 44D are top views of the lower tray 2050 in the first to third states. 44(e) is a top view of the lower plate 2050 in the expanded state.

また、図45(a)は、縮小状態における下皿2050の側断面図であり、図45(b)及び図45(c)は、第1状態および第2状態における下皿2050の側断面図である。また、図46(a)は、第3状態における下皿2050の側断面図であり、図46(b)は、拡大状態における下皿2050の側断面図である。 Further, FIG. 45A is a side sectional view of the lower tray 2050 in the contracted state, and FIGS. 45B and 45C are side sectional views of the lower tray 2050 in the first state and the second state. Is. Further, FIG. 46(a) is a side sectional view of the lower tray 2050 in the third state, and FIG. 46(b) is a side sectional view of the lower tray 2050 in the expanded state.

図44(a)及び図45(a)に示すように、縮小状態(分割体2551〜2554が押し込まれ、貯留領域が最少とされる状態)では、第1分割体2551から第3分割体2553の開口部2551m〜2553mの内壁面に第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の係合片2552n〜2554n(突部2552n1〜2554n1)がそれぞれ係合される。 As shown in FIGS. 44(a) and 45(a), in the reduced state (in which the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are pushed in and the storage area is minimized), the first divided body 2551 to the third divided body 2553. The engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n (projections 2552n1 to 2554n1) of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 are engaged with the inner wall surfaces of the openings 2551m to 2553m of the above.

第2分割体2552及び第3分割体2553の係合片2552n,2553nは、その下面側に第3分割体2553及び第4分割体2554の係合片2553n,2554nが配置されることで、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nは、その下面側に底壁部材2054の規制突部2555rが配置されることで、それぞれ下方(即ち、突部2552n1,2553n1,2554n1が抜け出る方向、図45(a)下側)への弾性変形が規制される。 The engagement pieces 2552n and 2553n of the second divided body 2552 and the third divided body 2553 are arranged such that the engagement pieces 2553n and 2554n of the third divided body 2553 and the fourth divided body 2554 are arranged on the lower surface side thereof. The engaging piece 2554n of the four-divided body 2554 is provided with the restricting protrusion 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 on the lower surface side thereof, so that the engaging piece 2554n is downward (that is, the direction in which the protrusions 2552n1, 2553n1, and 2554n1 come out, see FIG. a) Elastic deformation to the lower side) is restricted.

なお、係合片2552n〜2554nは、その下面から垂下されるリブ2552n2〜2554n2が、係合片2553n,2554n又は規制突部2555rの上面に当接されることで、下方への弾性変形が規制される。 In addition, the engaging pieces 2552n to 2554n restrict downward elastic deformation by the ribs 2552n2 to 2554n2 hanging from the lower surface thereof coming into contact with the upper surfaces of the engaging pieces 2553n, 2554n or the restriction projection 2555r. To be done.

これにより、第1分割体2551、第2分割体2552及び第3分割体2553に対する第2分割体2552、第3分割体2553及び第4分割体2554の相対変位(軸支ピン2057を中心とする回転)がそれぞれ規制される。即ち、縮小状態では、第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554の互いの相対変位(回転)が規制され、これら第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554が一体とされた構造体が形成される。 Accordingly, relative displacement of the second divided body 2552, the third divided body 2553, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the first divided body 2551, the second divided body 2552, and the third divided body 2553 (centering around the shaft support pin 2057). Rotation) is regulated. That is, in the contracted state, relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 to the fourth divided body 2554 is restricted, and a structure body in which these first divided body 2551 to fourth divided body 2554 are integrated is formed. To be done.

この場合、かかる一体の構造体(第1〜第4分割体2551〜2554)は、上述したように、第1分割体2551に配設されるラッチ部2551p(図39(a)参照)が内壁部材2056のラッチ係合部2555p(図38参照)に係合されることで、底壁部材2054に対する一体の構造体(第1〜第4分割体2551〜2554)の拡大方向(図44(a)下方向、図45(a)左方向)への相対変位(回転)が規制される。また、縮小方向への相対変位(回転)は、第4分割体2554の規制溝2556cの内壁面に底壁部材2054の突起部2555bが係合することで、規制される。 In this case, in the integrated structure (first to fourth divided bodies 2551 to 2554), as described above, the latch portion 2551p (see FIG. 39(a)) arranged in the first divided body 2551 is the inner wall. By being engaged with the latch engagement portion 2555p (see FIG. 38) of the member 2056, the expanding direction of the structure (first to fourth divided bodies 2551 to 2554) integrated with the bottom wall member 2054 (FIG. 44(a)). ) The relative displacement (rotation) in the downward direction and the leftward direction in FIG. 45(a) is restricted. Further, the relative displacement (rotation) in the contracting direction is regulated by engaging the projection portion 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the regulation groove 2556c of the fourth divided body 2554.

よって、遊技者の操作により側壁部材2055(第1〜第4分割体2551〜2554により一体の構造体)が拡大方向へ変位(回転)されることで、その操作力により、第1分割体2551のラッチ部2551pと内壁部材2056のラッチ係合部2555pとの係合が解除され、底壁部材2054に対する一体の構造体(第1〜第6分割体551〜556)の拡大方向への変位(回転)が可能となる。これにより、図44(b)及び図45(b)に示す第1状態が形成される。 Therefore, by the operation of the player, the side wall member 2055 (the structure integrated by the first to fourth divided bodies 2551 to 2554) is displaced (rotated) in the expansion direction, and the operation force thereof causes the first divided body 2551. The engagement between the latch portion 2551p of the inner wall member 2056 and the latch engagement portion 2555p of the inner wall member 2056 is released, and the integral structure (first to sixth divided bodies 551 to 556) with respect to the bottom wall member 2054 is displaced in the expansion direction ( Rotation) is possible. As a result, the first state shown in FIGS. 44(b) and 45(b) is formed.

なお、第1状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、第4分割体2554の規制溝2554cの内壁面に底壁部材2054の突起部2555bが係合されることで、規制される(図37及び図42(b)参照)。 In the first state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is regulated by engaging the protrusion 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 with the inner wall surface of the regulation groove 2554c of the fourth divided body 2554. (See FIG. 37 and FIG. 42(b)).

図44(b)及び図45(b)に示すように、第1状態では、底壁部材2054の規制突部2555rが、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nの下面から縮小方向(図45(b)右側)へ退避される。これにより、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nの下方に空間が形成され、かかる係合片2554nの下方(即ち、突部2554n1が開口部2553mから抜け出る方向、図45(b)下側)への弾性変形が可能な状態となる。 As shown in FIGS. 44(b) and 45(b), in the first state, the restricting protrusion 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 extends from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 in the contracting direction (FIG. 45). (B) Right side). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and below the engagement piece 2554n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 2554n1 comes out of the opening 2553m, the lower side in FIG. 45B). It becomes a state in which elastic deformation is possible.

よって、図44(b)及び図45(b)に示す状態(第1状態)から、側壁部材2055(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向(図44(b)下側、図45(b)左側)へ変位されると、第3分割体2553が、その開口部2553mの内壁面で第4分割体2554の係合片2554nの突部2554n1を下方へ押し下げつつ、拡大方向へ変位され、開口部2553mの内壁面が突部2554n1を乗り越えることで、図44(c)及び図45(c)に示すように、第2状態が形成される。 Therefore, from the state (first state) shown in FIGS. 44(b) and 45(b), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is moved downward by the player's operation (FIG. 44(b)). Side, FIG. 45(b) left side), while the third divided body 2553 pushes down the protrusion 2554n1 of the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 with the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m thereof, The second state is formed as shown in FIGS. 44(c) and 45(c) by being displaced in the expanding direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2553m overcoming the protrusion 2554n1.

なお、第2状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、第3分割体2553の規制溝2553cの内壁面に第4分割体2554の突起部2554bが係合されることで、規制される(図40(b)及び図42(a)参照)。 In the second state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is regulated by engaging the protrusion 2554b of the fourth division body 2554 with the inner wall surface of the regulation groove 2553c of the third division body 2553. (See FIG. 40(b) and FIG. 42(a)).

また、第2状態では、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nの突部2554n1が第3分割体2553の第2片2553Yの下面に当接され、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nが下方(図45(c)下側)へ弾性変形された状態とされる。これにより、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nの先端(リブ2554n2の端面)が、底壁部材2054の規制突部2555rの外壁面に係合され、底壁部材2054に対する第4分割体2554の縮小方向(図44(c)上側、図45(c)右側)への相対変位(回転)が規制される。 Further, in the second state, the protrusion 2554n1 of the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2553Y of the third divided body 2553, and the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is It is in a state of being elastically deformed downward (downward in FIG. 45(c)). Thereby, the tip of the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 (the end surface of the rib 2554n2) is engaged with the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054, and the fourth divided body 2554 with respect to the bottom wall member 2054. Relative displacement (rotation) in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 44(c), right side in FIG. 45(c)) is restricted.

図44(c)及び図45(c)に示すように、第2状態では、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nが、第3分割体2553の係合片2553nの下面から縮小方向(図45(c)右側)へ退避される。これにより、第3分割体2553の係合片2553nの下方に空間が形成され、かかる係合片2553nの下方(即ち、突部2553n1が開口部2552mから抜け出る方向、図45(c)下側)への弾性変形が可能な状態となる。 As shown in FIGS. 44(c) and 45(c), in the second state, the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 is in the contraction direction from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 (see FIG. 45(c) right side). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, and below the engagement piece 2553n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 2553n1 comes out of the opening 2552m, the lower side in FIG. 45C). It becomes a state in which elastic deformation is possible.

よって、図44(c)及び図45(c)に示す状態(第2状態)から、側壁部材2055(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向(図44(c)下側、図45(c)左側)へ変位されると、第2分割体2552が、その開口部2552mの内壁面で第3分割体2553の係合片2553nの突部2553n1を下方へ押し下げつつ、拡大方向へ変位され、開口部2552mの内壁面が突部2553n1を乗り越えることで、図44(d)及び図46(a)に示すように、第3状態が形成される。 Therefore, from the state (second state) shown in FIGS. 44(c) and 45(c), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is moved downward by the player's operation (FIG. 44(c)). Side, left side in FIG. 45(c), the second divided body 2552 pushes down the protrusion 2553n1 of the engaging piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 by the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m thereof, The third state is formed as shown in FIGS. 44(d) and 46(a) by being displaced in the enlargement direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2552m crossing over the protrusion 2553n1.

なお、第3状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、第2分割体2552の規制溝2552cの内壁面に第3分割体2553の突起部2553bが係合されることで、規制される(図40(a)及び図41(b)参照)。 In the third state, the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is regulated by engaging the protrusion 2553b of the third divided body 2553 with the inner wall surface of the regulation groove 2552c of the second divided body 2552. (See FIG. 40(a) and FIG. 41(b)).

また、第3状態では、第3分割体2553の係合片2553nの突部2553n1が第2分割体2552の第2片2552Yの下面に当接され、第3分割体2553の係合片2553nが下方(図46(a)下側)へ弾性変形された状態とされる。これにより、第3分割体2553の係合片2553nの先端(リブ2553rの端面)が、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nの後端面に係合され、第4分割体2554に対する第3分割体2553の縮小方向(図44(d)上側、図46(a)右側)への相対変位(回転)が規制される。 Further, in the third state, the protrusion 2553n1 of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the second divided body 2552, and the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is The elastically deformed state is downward (downward in FIG. 46A). As a result, the tip of the engaging piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 (the end surface of the rib 2553r) is engaged with the rear end surface of the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, and the third divided portion of the fourth divided body 2554 is divided. Relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2553 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 44D, right side in FIG. 46A) is restricted.

図44(d)及び図46(a)に示すように、第3状態では、第3分割体2553の係合片2553nが、第2分割体2552の係合片2552nの下面から縮小方向(図46(a)右側)へ退避される。これにより、第2分割体2552の係合片2552nの下方に空間が形成され、かかる係合片2552nの下方(即ち、突部2552n1が開口部2551mから抜け出る方向、図図46(a)下側)への弾性変形が可能な状態となる。 As shown in FIGS. 44(d) and 46(a), in the third state, the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553 is reduced from the lower surface of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 in the reduction direction (FIG. 46(a) right side). As a result, a space is formed below the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, and the space below the engagement piece 2552n (that is, the direction in which the protrusion 2552n1 comes out of the opening 2551m, the lower side in FIG. 46A). ) Is elastically deformable.

よって、図44(d)及び図46(a)に示す状態(第3状態)から、側壁部材2055(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により拡大方向(図44(d)下側、図46(a)左側)へ変位されると、第1分割体2551が、その開口部2551mの内壁面で第2分割体2551の係合片2552nの突部2552n1を下方へ押し下げつつ、拡大方向へ変位され、開口部2551mの内壁面が突部1551n1を乗り越えることで、図44(e)及び図28に46(b)示すように、拡大状態が形成される。 Therefore, from the state (third state) shown in FIGS. 44(d) and 46(a), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is moved downward by the player's operation (FIG. 44(d)). Side, when displaced to the left in FIG. 46(a), the first divided body 2551 pushes downward the protrusion 2552n1 of the engaging piece 2552n of the second divided body 2551 by the inner wall surface of the opening 2551m, By being displaced in the expansion direction and the inner wall surface of the opening 2551m gets over the projection 1551n1, an expanded state is formed as shown in FIG. 44(e) and FIG. 28(b).

なお、拡大状態では、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が、第1分割体2551の規制溝2551cの内壁面に第2分割体2552の突起部2552bが係合されることで、規制される(図39(b)及び図41(a)参照)。同時に、第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2が内壁部材2056の規制部2056cに当接されることで、拡大方向への相対変位(回転)が規制される。 Note that in the expanded state, relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is restricted by engaging the projection portion 2552b of the second divided body 2552 with the inner wall surface of the restriction groove 2551c of the first divided body 2551. (See FIG. 39(b) and FIG. 41(a)). At the same time, the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 is brought into contact with the regulation portion 2056c of the inner wall member 2056, whereby the relative displacement (rotation) in the expansion direction is regulated.

また、拡大状態では、第2分割体2552の係合片2552nの突部2552n1が第1分割体551の第2片2552Yの下面に当接され、第2分割体2552の係合片2552nが下方(図46(b)下側)へ弾性変形された状態とされる。これにより、第2分割体2552の係合片2552nの先端(リブ2552n2の端面)が、第3分割体2553の係合片2553nの後端面に係合され、第3分割体2553に対する第2分割体2552の縮小方向(図44(e)上側、図46(b)右側)への相対変位(回転)が規制される。 In the expanded state, the protrusion 2552n1 of the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is brought into contact with the lower surface of the second piece 2552Y of the first divided body 551, and the engagement piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 is moved downward. The elastically deformed state (downward in FIG. 46B) is set. As a result, the tip of the engaging piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 (the end surface of the rib 2552n2) is engaged with the rear end surface of the engaging piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, and the second divided portion of the third divided body 2553 is divided. Relative displacement (rotation) of the body 2552 in the contraction direction (upper side in FIG. 44E, right side in FIG. 46B) is restricted.

一方、本実施形態では、拡大状態において、第2分割体2552に対する第1分割体2551の縮小方向(図44(e)上側、図46(b)右側)への相対変位(回転)は規制されない。即ち、遊技者は、例えば、ロック機構の解除の操作などを行うことなく、第1分割体2551を縮小方向へ変位(回転)させることができるので、縮小させる際の操作性が向上される。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, in the expanded state, the relative displacement (rotation) of the first divided body 2551 with respect to the second divided body 2552 in the contracting direction (the upper side of FIG. 44(e), the right side of FIG. 46(b)) is not restricted. .. That is, since the player can displace (rotate) the first divided body 2551 in the contraction direction without performing, for example, the operation of releasing the lock mechanism, the operability in contracting is improved.

図44(e)及び図46に示す状態(拡大状態)から、側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)が遊技者の操作により縮小方向(図44(e)上側、図46(b)右側)へ変位され、その開口部2551mが第2分割体2552の係合片2552nの突部2552n1を通過すると、第2分割体2552の係合片2552nが弾性回復力により突部2552n1を開口部2551mに係合させた状態に復帰される。即ち、図44(d)及び図46(a)に示す第3状態が形成される。 From the state (enlarged state) shown in FIGS. 44(e) and 46, the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) is reduced by the player's operation (the upper side in FIG. 44(e), the right side in FIG. 46(b)). When the opening 2551m passes through the protrusion 2552n1 of the engaging piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552, the engaging piece 2552n of the second divided body 2552 moves the protruding portion 2552n1 into the opening 2551m by the elastic recovery force. The engaged state is restored. That is, the third state shown in FIGS. 44D and 46A is formed.

図44(d)及び図46(a)に示す状態(第3状態)から、側壁部材2055(例えば、第1分割体2551)が遊技者の操作により縮小方向(図44(d)上側、図46(a)右側)へ変位され、第2分割体2552の開口部2552mが第3分割体2553の係合片2553nの突部2553n1の上方に配置されると、第3分割体2553の係合片2553nが弾性回復力により突部2553n1を開口部2552mに係合させた状態に復帰される。即ち、図44(c)及び図45(c)に示す第2状態が形成される。 From the state (third state) shown in FIGS. 44(d) and 46(a), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 2551) is reduced by the player's operation (upper side in FIG. 44(d), FIG. 46(a) right side) and when the opening 2552m of the second divided body 2552 is arranged above the protrusion 2553n1 of the engagement piece 2553n of the third divided body 2553, the engagement of the third divided body 2553 is performed. The piece 2553n is returned to the state in which the protrusion 2553n1 is engaged with the opening 2552m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the second state shown in FIGS. 44(c) and 45(c) is formed.

同様に、図44(c)及び図45(c)に示す状態(第2状態)から、側壁部材2055(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により縮小方向(図44(c)上側、図45(c)右側)へ変位され、第3分割体2553の開口部2553mが第4分割体2554の係合片2554nの突部2554n1上方に配置されると、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nが弾性回復力により突部2554n1を開口部2553mに係合させた状態に順に復帰される。即ち、図44(b)及び図45(b)に示す第1状態が形成される。 Similarly, from the state (second state) shown in FIGS. 44(c) and 45(c), the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is reduced by the player's operation (FIG. 44(c)). When the opening 2553m of the third divided body 2553 is arranged above the protrusion 2554n1 of the engaging piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554, the fourth divided body 2554 is displaced to the upper side, the right side in FIG. 45(c). The engagement piece 2554n is sequentially returned to the state in which the protrusion 2554n1 is engaged with the opening 2553m by the elastic recovery force. That is, the first state shown in FIGS. 44(b) and 45(b) is formed.

第1状態が形成されると、図45(b)に示すように、第4分割体2554の係合片2554nと底壁部材2054の規制突部2555rの外壁面との係合が解除されるので、側壁部材2055(例えば、第1分割体551)が遊技者の操作により縮小方向へ変位されることで、図44(a)及び図45(a)に示す縮小状態が形成される。 When the first state is formed, the engagement between the engagement piece 2554n of the fourth divided body 2554 and the outer wall surface of the restriction projection 2555r of the bottom wall member 2054 is released, as shown in FIG. 45(b). Therefore, the side wall member 2055 (for example, the first divided body 551) is displaced in the contraction direction by the player's operation, so that the contracted state shown in FIGS. 44(a) and 45(a) is formed.

以上のように、本実施形態においても、第1実施形態の場合と同様に、分割体2551〜2554それぞれの変位(回転)の順序を一定として、貯留領域の拡大または縮小を一意とすることができる(図44から図46参照)。 As described above, also in the present embodiment, similarly to the case of the first embodiment, the order of displacement (rotation) of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 can be made constant, and the expansion or contraction of the storage region can be made unique. Yes (see FIGS. 44 to 46).

この場合、側壁部材2055(分割体2551〜2554)の拡大方向への変位(回転)は、第1実施形態の場合と同様に、下側の分割体から順に許容されるので、貯留領域の大きさの拡大を迅速に行うことができる。一方、縮小方向への変位(回転)は、上側の分割体から順に許容されるので、貯留領域に貯留される球の状態に応じて、各分割体2551〜2554の変位(回転)をスムーズに行うことができる。 In this case, since the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055 (divided bodies 2551 to 2554) in the expansion direction is allowed in order from the lower divided body, as in the case of the first embodiment, the size of the storage region is increased. Can be quickly expanded. On the other hand, since the displacement (rotation) in the contraction direction is allowed in order from the upper divided body, the displacement (rotation) of each divided body 2551 to 2554 can be smoothly performed according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage area. It can be carried out.

次いで、図47から図50を参照して、第3実施形態における内枠3012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50.

図47は、第3実施形態における内枠3012及び下皿2050の正面斜視図である。また、図48(a)は、内枠3012及び下皿2050の上面図であり、図48(b)は、図48(a)のXLVIIIb−XLVIIIb線における内枠3012及び下皿2050の断面図である。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 FIG. 47 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050 according to the third embodiment. 48A is a top view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIG. 48B is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along the line XLVIIIb-XLVIIIb of FIG. 48A. Is. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図47及び図48に示すように、第3実施形態における内枠3012には、その正面に第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400が形成される。これら第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400は、払出口23から払い出された球を迂回させ、下皿2050の払出口23から離れた領域へ球を送るための球の通路であり、内枠3012の前面に正面視横長略矩形の凹溝として形成される。 As shown in FIGS. 47 and 48, a first detour 3300 and a second detour 3400 are formed on the front surface of the inner frame 3012 in the third embodiment. The first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are sphere passages for circling the ball delivered from the payout opening 23 and sending the ball to a region away from the payout opening 23 of the lower plate 2050, It is formed in the front surface of the inner frame 3012 as a concave groove having a horizontally long rectangular shape in front view.

第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400は、それぞれ払出口23から正面視左側および正面視右側へ向けて延設され、その凹溝の下面(図48(b)下側の面)が転動面3310,3410とされる。転動面3310,3410は、球が転動するための部位であり、正面視において、払出口23の下面23aと略面一に連なる高さ位置(図48(b)上下方向位置)に一端を配置すると共に、その一端から他端へ向けて下降傾斜して形成される。 The first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 extend from the payout opening 23 toward the left side and the right side in front view, respectively, and the lower surface of the groove (the lower surface in FIG. 48(b)) rolls. The moving surfaces 3310 and 3410. The rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are portions for rolling balls, and are one end at a height position (vertical position in FIG. 48(b)) which is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 in a front view. Is arranged and is formed so as to be inclined downward from one end to the other end.

なお、各迂回路3300,3400の転動面3310,3410の一端は、払出口23の下面23aに略面一に連なるので、払出口23近傍に貯留された球により山が形成されると共にその山の高さが少なくとも払出口23の下面23aを越えてから、各迂回路3300,3400へ球を流入させることができる(図49及び図50参照)。即ち、払出口23の近傍に一定の高さの山を形成した後に、球を各迂回路3300,3400によって山から離れた領域へ迂回させることができるので、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 Since one ends of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400 are substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23, a mountain is formed by the balls stored near the payout opening 23 and It is possible to allow the balls to flow into the respective detours 3300 and 3400 after the height of the mountain exceeds at least the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 (see FIGS. 49 and 50). That is, after forming a mountain of a certain height in the vicinity of the outlet 23, the sphere can be diverted to a region away from the mountain by each of the detours 3300 and 3400, so that the entire storage region of the lower tray 2050 is covered. The spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly.

また、転動面3310,3410は、内枠3012から下皿2050へ向けても下降傾斜され、その下降傾斜の傾斜角度が、他端側ほど大きくされる。これにより、各迂回路3300,3400により迂回された球が下皿2050へ流下される際には(図50参照)、他端側から流下する球ほど、その流下に勢いを付けることができるので、下皿2050内のより遠い領域まで送球することができる。よって、下皿2050の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 The rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 toward the lower tray 2050, and the inclination angle of the downward inclination is increased toward the other end side. Accordingly, when the spheres bypassed by the detours 3300 and 3400 flow down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 50 ), the sphere flowing down from the other end side can give more momentum to the flow down. , It is possible to throw a ball to a farther area in the lower plate 2050. Therefore, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly over the entire lower plate 2050.

なお、払出口23の下面23aは、下皿2050へ向かうに従って幅寸法(図48(b)左右方向寸法)が大きくなる形状(即ち、下降傾斜方向に沿って幅が広がる末広がり形状)に形成される。これにより、払出口23の下面23aから各迂回路3300,3400の転動面3310,3410へ球を送球しやすくすることができる。 The lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 is formed in a shape in which the width dimension (the lateral dimension in FIG. 48(b)) increases toward the lower tray 2050 (that is, a divergent shape in which the width increases along the descending inclination direction). It This makes it easier to send the ball from the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the respective detours 3300 and 3400.

また、払出口23の下面23aは、内枠3012から下皿2050へ向けて下降傾斜されると共に、その両側部分(即ち、転動面3310,3410に連なる側)が転動面3310,3410へ向けて下降傾斜される。よって、上皿17から払出口23の下面23aへ流下された球は、下面23aを転動して下皿2050へ送球(流下)される。下皿2050に積み重ねられた球の山により下面23aから下皿2050への送球が阻止された球は、下面23aの両側部分の下降傾斜により転動面3310,3410の一端へ送球され、かかる転動面3310,3410上をその他端へ向けて転動される。 Further, the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 is inclined downward from the inner frame 3012 toward the lower tray 2050, and both side portions thereof (that is, the side continuous with the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410) are moved to the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410. It is inclined down toward. Therefore, the ball that has flowed down from the upper plate 17 to the lower surface 23a of the payout opening 23 rolls on the lower surface 23a and is fed (flows down) to the lower plate 2050. The balls that are prevented from being fed from the lower surface 23a to the lower tray 2050 by the piles of the balls stacked on the lower tray 2050 are sent to one end of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 by the descending inclination of both sides of the lower surface 23a, and the rolling is performed. Rolled on the moving surfaces 3310 and 3410 toward the other end.

次いで、図49及び図50を参照して、第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400による球の迂回について説明する。図49(a)及び図50(a)は、内枠3012及び下皿2050の上面図であり、図49(b)及び図50(b)は、内枠3012及び下皿2050の断面図である。なお、図49(b)及び図50(b)は、図48(b)に対応する。 Next, with reference to FIGS. 49 and 50, the detour of the ball by the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 will be described. 49(a) and 50(a) are top views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 49(b) and 50(b) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050. is there. Note that FIG. 49(b) and FIG. 50(b) correspond to FIG. 48(b).

図49に示すように、払出口23から下皿2050へ払い出された球は、払出口23近傍に偏って貯留されやすく、徐々に積み重なった球により山が形成される。そのため、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させることが困難であり、従来品では、遊技者が手で山を均して平らにする必要があった。また、本実施形態のように、下皿2050の貯留領域を拡大可能に構成しても、その拡大された貯留領域の全体を有効に活用することが困難である。 As shown in FIG. 49, the balls dispensed from the dispensing outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050 are likely to be biased and stored near the dispensing outlet 23, and a mountain is formed by the gradually stacked balls. Therefore, it is difficult to disperse the spheres uniformly in the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050, and in the conventional product, the player had to manually flatten the mountains by hand. Further, even if the storage area of the lower plate 2050 is configured to be expandable as in the present embodiment, it is difficult to effectively use the entire expanded storage area.

図50に示すように、本実施形態では、払出口23近傍に積み重なった球の山により、払出口23から貯留領域への球の流入が阻害される場合には、山によって貯留領域への流入が阻害された球を、各迂回路3300,3400へ流入させ、それら各迂回路3300,3400の転動面3310,3410を一端から他端へ向けて転動させることで、球を迂回させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 50, in the present embodiment, when the hills of spheres stacked near the outlet 23 block the inflow of spheres from the outlet 23 into the storage region, the hills flow into the storage region. To detour the ball by causing the blocked ball to flow into each of the detours 3300 and 3400 and rolling the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the detours 3300 and 3400 from one end to the other end. You can

これにより、払出口23から離れた領域、即ち、山から離れた領域へ球を送ることができ、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。その結果、例えば、遊技者は、貯留領域の一部に偏って貯留された山を均して平らにする作業が不要となり、遊技に集中することができる。また、拡大された貯留領域の全体を有効に活用することができる。 As a result, the sphere can be sent to a region away from the outlet 23, that is, a region away from the mountain, and the sphere can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region. As a result, for example, the player does not need to evenly and flatten the mountains that are stored unevenly in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game. Also, the entire expanded storage area can be effectively utilized.

特に、本実施形態では、払出口23の左右両側に第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400をそれぞれ逆向きで設けるので、払出口23近傍に積み重なった球により形成される山に対して、その左右両側へ球を迂回させることができる。即ち、払出口23から視て球抜き穴2054aを越える側(球抜き穴2054aよりも遠い側)の領域(図50(b)右側)へ第2迂回路3400により球を送ることができるだけでなく、その逆側の領域(払出口23から球抜き穴2054aへ向かう方向と反対側となり底壁部材2054の上昇傾斜側となるため球が貯留されにくい領域、図50(b)左側)へも第1迂回路3300により球を送ることができる。その結果、拡大された貯留領域の全体を有効に活用することができる。 In particular, in the present embodiment, since the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are provided in opposite directions on the left and right sides of the payout opening 23, the mountain formed by the balls stacked in the vicinity of the payout opening 23, The ball can be diverted to the left and right sides. That is, not only can the ball be sent by the second detour 3400 to the region (on the right side in FIG. 50(b)) on the side beyond the ball hole 2054a (the side farther than the ball hole 2054a) when viewed from the outlet 23. The area on the opposite side (the area opposite to the direction from the outlet 23 toward the ball hole 2054a and the rising slope side of the bottom wall member 2054 where the balls are hard to be stored, the left side in FIG. 50(b)) A ball can be sent by the 1-detour 3300. As a result, the entire expanded storage area can be effectively utilized.

ここで、転動面3310,3410の幅寸法は、球の直径よりも大きくされることが好ましく、本実施形態では、球の直径の2倍の幅寸法に設定される。これにより、下皿2050内で積み重なって山を形成する球のうちの、転動面3310,3410の高さ位置を越えて位置し、各迂回路3300,3400側の最外方に位置する球が、各迂回路3300,3400の空間内に入り込んでいる場合(即ち、最外方の球の一部が上面視において転動面3310,3410と重なっている場合)でも、転動面3310,3410を球が転動するスペースを確保して、球の迂回を継続させることができる。 Here, the width dimension of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 is preferably made larger than the diameter of the sphere, and in this embodiment, the width dimension is set to be twice the diameter of the sphere. As a result, among the balls that are stacked in the lower tray 2050 to form a mountain, the balls that are located above the height positions of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 and that are located on the outermost sides of the respective detours 3300 and 3400. However, even when it enters the space of each detour 3300, 3400 (that is, when a part of the outermost sphere overlaps with the rolling surfaces 3310, 3410 in a top view), the rolling surface 3310, It is possible to secure a space in which the ball rolls in 3410 and continue the detour of the ball.

なお、図50に図示される状態は、各迂回路3300,3400による球の迂回が開始された初期段階に対応し、かかる球の迂回が進行するに従って、下皿2050内に貯留される球は更に増加される。以下の各実施形態においても同様であるので、その説明は省略する。 The state illustrated in FIG. 50 corresponds to the initial stage when the detour of the sphere by each detour 3300, 3400 is started, and as the detour of the sphere progresses, the spheres stored in the lower tray 2050 are Further increased. Since the same applies to each of the following embodiments, the description thereof will be omitted.

次いで、図51から図54を参照して、第4実施形態における内枠4012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 51 to 54.

図51(a)は、第4実施形態における内枠4012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図51(b)は、図51(a)のLIb−LIb線における内枠4012及び下皿2050の断面図である。なお、図51(a)は、図47(b)に対応する。また、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 51A is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050 in the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 51B is the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along the line LIb-LIb of FIG. 51A. FIG. Note that FIG. 51(a) corresponds to FIG. 47(b). Further, the same parts as those in the above-described respective embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図51に示すように、第4実施形態における内枠4012には、その正面に、第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400に加えて、それら各迂回路3300,3400よりも低い位置に、それぞれ第3迂回路4500及び第4迂回路4600が更に形成される。 As shown in FIG. 51, in the inner frame 4012 in the fourth embodiment, in addition to the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, in a position lower than each of the detours 3300 and 3400 on the front side, A third detour 4500 and a fourth detour 4600 are further formed, respectively.

第3迂回路4500及び第4迂回路4600は、払出口23及び第1迂回路3300、第2迂回路3400から下方(図51(a)下側)へ一段下がった位置に配設される正面視横長略矩形の凹溝として形成され、その凹溝の下面(図51(a)下側の面)が転動面4510,4610とされる。転動面4510,4610は、正面視において、互いの一端どうしを連通させ、その連通させた部分を払出口23の下方に配置する共に、連通させた部分(一端)から他端へ向けて下降傾斜して形成される。 The third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600 are arranged at a position lower than the payout port 23, the first detour 3300, and the second detour 3400 (downward in FIG. 51A) by one step. The groove is formed as a horizontally long rectangular groove, and the lower surface (lower surface in FIG. 51A) of the groove is rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610. The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610, when viewed from the front, communicate with each other at one end, arrange the communicated portion below the payout outlet 23, and descend from the communicated portion (one end) toward the other end. It is formed to be inclined.

また、転動面4510,4610は、内枠4012から下皿2050へ向けても下降傾斜され、その下降傾斜の傾斜角度が、他端側ほど大きくされる。これにより、第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400の場合と同様に、各迂回路4500,4600により迂回された球が下皿2050へ流下される際には(図53参照)、他端側から流下する球ほど、その流下に勢いを付けることができるので、下皿2050内のより遠い領域まで送球することができる。よって、下皿2050の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 The rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 are also inclined downward from the inner frame 4012 toward the lower tray 2050, and the inclination angle of the downward inclination is increased toward the other end side. As a result, as in the case of the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, when the ball detoured by each detour 4500, 4600 flows down to the lower plate 2050 (see FIG. 53 ), the other end The more the ball flows down from the side, the more momentum can be applied to the downflow, so that the ball can be sent to a farther area in the lower plate 2050. Therefore, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly over the entire lower plate 2050.

次いで、図52から図54を参照して、第1迂回路3300から第4迂回路4600による球の迂回について説明する。図52(a)、図53(a)及び図54(a)は、内枠4012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図52(b)、図53(b)及び図54(b)は、内枠4012及び下皿2050の断面図である。なお、図52(a)、図53(a)及び図54(a)は、図51(a)に対応し、図52(b)、図53(b)及び図54(b)は、図51(b)に対応する。 Next, with reference to FIGS. 52 to 54, the detour of the ball by the first detour 3300 to the fourth detour 4600 will be described. 52(a), 53(a) and 54(a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 4012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 52(b), 53(b) and 54(b) are 3 is a sectional view of an inner frame 4012 and a lower plate 2050. FIG. 52(a), 53(a) and 54(a) correspond to FIG. 51(a), and FIGS. 52(b), 53(b) and 54(b) are diagrams. It corresponds to 51(b).

図52に示すように、払出口23から払い出された球は、第3迂回路4500及び第4迂回路4600(転動面4510,4610)に流下された後、その転動面4510,4610から下皿2050へ流下され、徐々に積み重なった球により山が形成される。払出口23近傍に積み重なった球の山により、第3及び第4迂回路4500,4600の転動面4510,4610から貯留領域への球の流入が阻害されると、図53に示すように、山によって貯留領域への流入が阻害された球を、第3迂回路4500及び第4迂回路4600へ流入させ、それら各迂回路4500,4600の転動面4510,4610を一端から他端へ向けて転動させることで、球を迂回させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 52, the balls delivered from the outlet 23 flow down to the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600 (rolling surfaces 4510, 4610), and then the rolling surfaces 4510, 4610. Is flowed down to the lower tray 2050, and a mountain is formed by the balls that are gradually stacked. When the hills of spheres stacked near the outlet 23 block the flow of spheres from the rolling surfaces 4510, 4610 of the third and fourth detours 4500, 4600 into the storage area, as shown in FIG. 53, The spheres whose flow into the storage area is blocked by the mountains are caused to flow into the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600, and the rolling surfaces 4510 and 4610 of the detours 4500 and 4600 are directed from one end to the other end. The ball can be detoured by rolling it.

その後、積み重なった球の山により、第3迂回路4500及び第4迂回路4600が埋まると、図54に示すように、山によって貯留領域(第3及び第4迂回路4500,4600)への流入が阻害された球を、第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400へ流入させ、それら各迂回路3300,3400の転動面3310,3410を一端から他端へ向けて転動させることで、球を迂回させることができる。 After that, when the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600 are filled with the piles of the stacked balls, as shown in FIG. 54, the mountains flow into the storage regions (the third and the fourth detours 4500, 4600). By causing the spheres that are blocked to flow into the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, and rolling the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 of the respective detours 3300 and 3400 from one end to the other, You can detour the ball.

このように、本実施形態では、複数の迂回路(第1〜第4迂回路3300〜4600)が異なる高さ位置に形成されるので、払出口23の近傍に貯留された球により山が形成されると、まず、高さ位置が低い迂回路(第3迂回路4500及び第4迂回路4600)に球を流入させて迂回させることができると共に、その迂回路(第3迂回路4500及び第4迂回路4600)が球に埋もれると、高さ位置が高い迂回路に球を流入させて迂回させることができる。即ち、払出口23近傍に形成される山の成長度合い(球の積み重なり度合い)に応じて、異なる迂回路で球を段階的に迂回させることができ、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, since the plurality of detours (first to fourth detours 3300 to 4600) are formed at different height positions, the mountains are formed by the balls stored in the vicinity of the payout opening 23. Then, first, the ball can be introduced into the detour having the low height position (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4600) to be detoured, and the detour (the third detour 4500 and the fourth detour 4500). When the 4th detour 4600) is buried in the sphere, it is possible to cause the sphere to flow into the detour having a high height position to detour. That is, the spheres can be detoured stepwise by different detours according to the growth degree (mounting degree of the spheres) of the mountains formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23, and the basins can be uniformly distributed over the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050. The spheres can be easily dispersed.

特に、本実施形態では、第3転動面4510及び第4転動面4610の他端が、第1転動面3310及び第2転動面3410の他端よりも払出口23に近接する位置に配置されるので、払出口23近傍に形成される山が成長されるに従って、払出口23から遠い領域(即ち、山の周囲)へ球を段階的に迂回させることができる。その結果、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 Particularly, in the present embodiment, the other end of the third rolling surface 4510 and the fourth rolling surface 4610 is closer to the payout opening 23 than the other ends of the first rolling surface 3310 and the second rolling surface 3410. Therefore, as the mountain formed in the vicinity of the outlet 23 grows, the sphere can be gradually detoured to a region farther from the outlet 23 (that is, around the mountain). As a result, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly over the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050.

次いで、図55及び図56を参照して、第5実施形態における内枠5012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 5012 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 55 and 56.

図55(a)及び図56(a)は、第5実施形態における内枠5012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図55(b)及び図56(b)は、図55(a)のLVb−LVb線における内枠5012及び下皿2050の断面図である。なお、図55(a)は、図47(b)に対応する。また、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 55(a) and 56(a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 5012 and the lower tray 2050 in the fifth embodiment, and FIGS. 55(b) and 56(b) are shown in FIG. 55(a). It is sectional drawing of the inner frame 5012 and the lower tray 2050 in a LVb-LVb line. Note that FIG. 55(a) corresponds to FIG. 47(b). Further, the same parts as those in the above-described respective embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図55に示すように、第5実施形態における内枠5012は、第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400の転動面3310,3410の下皿2050(貯留領域)側の縁から立壁3311,3411が立設される。立壁3311,3411は、転動面3310,3410の縁のうちの払出口23側の一端から所定範囲(本実施形態では転動面3310,3410の転動方向長さの略半分となる範囲)にわたって立設され、他端側には配設されない。 As shown in FIG. 55, the inner frame 5012 according to the fifth embodiment includes the standing wall 3311, the edge of the rolling surfaces 3310, 3410 of the first bypass 3300 and the second bypass 3400 on the side of the lower tray 2050 (storage area). 3411 is erected. The standing walls 3311 and 3411 have a predetermined range from one end of the edges of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 on the payout opening 23 side (in the present embodiment, a range that is approximately half the length in the rolling direction of the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410). And is not installed on the other end side.

よって、図56に示すように、払出口23から下皿2050へ球が払い出され、徐々に積み重なった球により山が形成される場合に、かかる山を形成する球のうちの、転動面3310,3410の高さ位置を越えて位置し、各迂回路3300,3400側の最外方に位置する球が、各迂回路3300,3400の空間内に入り込む(即ち、最外方の球の一部が上面視において転動面3310,3410と重なる)ことを回避できる。これにより、各迂回路3300,3400へ入り込んだ球により、転動面3310,3410上の球の転動が阻害されることを抑制できる。その結果、各迂回路3300,3400を有効に機能させることができ、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 56, when the balls are paid out from the payout outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050, and the mountains are formed by the balls that are gradually stacked, among the balls forming the mountains, the rolling surface Spheres located above the height positions of 3310 and 3410 and located on the outermost sides of the detours 3300 and 3400 enter the space of the detours 3300 and 3400 (that is, on the outermost spheres). It is possible to avoid that a part thereof overlaps with the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 in a top view). As a result, it is possible to prevent the rolling of the balls on the rolling surfaces 3310 and 3410 from being obstructed by the balls that have entered the detours 3300 and 3400. As a result, each of the detours 3300 and 3400 can be effectively functioned, and the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050.

また、第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400を設けた場合でも、払出口23近傍に、より多くの球を積み重ねて、山の高さを高くすることができる。よって、その分、下皿2050の貯留領域により多くの球を貯留させることができる。 Further, even when the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are provided, more balls can be stacked near the payout opening 23 to increase the height of the mountain. Therefore, more balls can be stored in the storage area of the lower plate 2050 accordingly.

次いで、図57から図60を参照して、第6実施形態における内枠6012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 57 to 60.

図57(a)は、第6実施形態における内枠6012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図57(b)は、図57(a)のLVIIb−LVIIb線における内枠6012及び下皿2050の断面図である。なお、図57(a)は、図47(b)に対応する。また、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 57A is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 and the lower tray 2050 according to the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 57B is the inner frame 6012 and the lower tray 2050 taken along the line LVIIb-LVIIb of FIG. 57A. FIG. Note that FIG. 57(a) corresponds to FIG. 47(b). Further, the same parts as those in the above-described respective embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図57に示すように、第6実施形態における内枠6012には、その正面に第1迂回路3300及び第5迂回路6700が形成される。第5迂回路6700は、払出口23から払い出された球を迂回させ、下皿2050の払出口23から離れた2箇所へ段階的に球を送るための球の通路であり、内枠6012の前面に正面視横長略矩形の凹溝として形成される。 As shown in FIG. 57, a first detour 3300 and a fifth detour 6700 are formed on the front surface of the inner frame 6012 in the sixth embodiment. The fifth detour 6700 is a ball passage for diverting the ball dispensed from the payout opening 23 and sending the ball stepwise to two locations away from the payout outlet 23 of the lower plate 2050, and the inner frame 6012. Is formed on the front surface of the as a concave groove having a substantially horizontally long rectangular shape in front view.

第5迂回路6700は、払出口23から正面視右側へ向けて延設され、その凹溝の下面(図57(a)下側の面)が転動面6710とされる。転動面6710は、球が転動するための部位であり、正面視において、払出口23の下面23aと略面一となる高さ位置(図57(a)上下方向位置)に一端を配置すると共に、その一端から他端(図57(a)右側)へ向けて下降傾斜して形成される。 The fifth detour 6700 extends from the payout opening 23 toward the right side in front view, and the lower surface (lower surface in FIG. 57(a)) of the concave groove serves as the rolling surface 6710. The rolling surface 6710 is a portion for rolling the ball, and one end thereof is arranged at a height position (vertical position in FIG. 57(a)) which is substantially flush with the lower surface 23a of the outlet 23 in a front view. At the same time, it is formed so as to descend from one end to the other end (right side in FIG. 57(a)).

本実施形態における転動面6710には、流下部6711,6712が、第5迂回路6700の延設方向(図57(a)左右方向)に所定間隔を隔てつつ複数(本実施形態では2個)形成されると共に、これにより、転動面6710が上流転動面6710a及び下流転動面6710bに分割される。 On the rolling surface 6710 in the present embodiment, a plurality of lower flow parts 6711, 6712 are provided at predetermined intervals in the extending direction of the fifth detour 6700 (left and right direction in FIG. 57A) (two in this embodiment). ) Is formed, this divides the rolling surface 6710 into an upstream rolling surface 6710a and a downstream rolling surface 6710b.

流下部6711,6712は、転動面6710を転動する球を下皿2050へ流下させるための部位であり、転動面6710よりも正面視における高さ位置(図57(a)上下方向位置)が低くされると共に、内枠6012から下皿2050へ向けて下降傾斜して形成される。 The lower flow parts 6711 and 6712 are parts for causing a ball rolling on the rolling surface 6710 to flow down to the lower tray 2050, and are higher than the rolling surface 6710 in a front view (vertical position in FIG. 57(a)). ) Is lowered, and it is formed to be inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower plate 2050.

この場合、流下部6711の内枠6012側(図57(a)紙面奥側)の上面と、上流転動面6710aの下流端(図57(a)右側)の上面との間の高さ方向(図57(a)上下方向)の離間量は、球の直径よりも大きな寸法(本実施形態では球の直径の略2倍)に設定され、かつ、流下部6711の下皿2050側(図57(a)紙面手前側)の上面と、下流転動面6710bの上流端(図57(a)左側)の上面との間の高さ方向(図57(a)上下方向)における離間量は、球の直径と同等または小さな寸法(本実施形態では同等の寸法)に設定される。 In this case, the height direction between the upper surface on the inner frame 6012 side (the back side of the paper surface of FIG. 57(a)) of the flow-down portion 6711 and the upper surface of the downstream end (right side of the FIG. 57(a)) of the upstream rolling surface 6710a. The amount of separation in the vertical direction of FIG. 57(a) is set to a size larger than the diameter of the sphere (approximately twice the diameter of the sphere in the present embodiment), and the lower tray 2050 side (FIG. 57(a)). The amount of separation in the height direction (the vertical direction of FIG. 57(a)) between the upper surface of 57(a) and the upper surface of the downstream end of the downstream rolling surface 6710b (left side of FIG. 57(a)) is The size is set to be the same as or smaller than the diameter of the sphere (the same size in this embodiment).

即ち、流下部6711に複数の球が滞留した場合に、それら各球の頂部を連ねて形成される仮想平面が、上流転動面6710aの下流端よりも下方となる高さ位置に位置し、かつ、下流転動面6710bの上流端と同等となる高さ位置または上方となる高さ位置(本実施形態では同等となる高さ位置)に位置する(図60(c)参照)。 That is, when a plurality of spheres stay in the flow-down portion 6711, a virtual plane formed by connecting the tops of the respective spheres is located at a height position below the downstream end of the upstream rolling surface 6710a, Further, it is located at a height position equivalent to the upstream end of the downstream rolling surface 6710b or at a height position above (upper height position in the present embodiment) (see FIG. 60(c)).

よって、後述するように、流下部6711に複数の球が滞留した状態では(図60(c)参照)、上流転動面6710aから流下部6711へ流下された球を、その流下の際の勢いを利用して、流下部6711に滞留した複数の球の頭上を通過させ、下流転動面6710bへ到達させることができる。これにより、下流転動面6710bを転動し、流下部6712に到達した球を、かかる流下部6712から下皿2050へ流下させることができる。 Therefore, as will be described later, in a state where a plurality of balls are retained in the lower stream 6711 (see FIG. 60(c)), the sphere that has flowed down from the upstream rolling contact surface 6710a to the lower stream 6711 is subjected to the force of the downward flow. Can be used to pass over a plurality of spheres retained in the flow-down portion 6711 and reach the downstream rolling surface 6710b. As a result, the ball rolling on the downstream rolling surface 6710b and reaching the lower stream portion 6712 can be made to flow down from the lower stream portion 6712 to the lower tray 2050.

次いで、図58から図60を参照して、第5迂回路6700による球の迂回について説明する。図58(a)、図59(a)及び図60(a)は、内枠6012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図58(b)、図59(b)及び図60(b)は、内枠6012及び下皿2050の断面図である。また、図60(c)は、図60(b)のLXc−LXc線における内枠6012の断面図である。なお、図58(a)、図59(a)及び図60(a)は、図57(a)に対応し、図58(b)、図59(b)及び図60(b)は、図57(b)に対応する。 Next, with reference to FIGS. 58 to 60, the detour of the ball by the fifth detour 6700 will be described. 58(a), 59(a) and 60(a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 6012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIGS. 58(b), 59(b) and 60(b) are 3 is a sectional view of an inner frame 6012 and a lower plate 2050. FIG. Further, FIG. 60C is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 6012 taken along the line LXc-LXc in FIG. 58(a), 59(a) and 60(a) correspond to FIG. 57(a), and FIGS. 58(b), 59(b) and 60(b) are diagrams. 57(b).

図58に示すように、払出口23から下皿2050へ球が払い出されると、徐々に積み重なった球により山が形成される。払出口23近傍に積み重なった球の山により、払出口23から下皿2050への球の流入が阻害されると、図59に示すように、山によって貯留領域への流入が阻害された球を、第5迂回路6700へ流入させ、上流転動面6710aを転動させた後、まず、払出口23に近い側の流下部6711から下皿2050へ流下させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 58, when the balls are paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050, mountains are formed by the balls that are gradually stacked. When the inflow of the balls from the outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050 is obstructed by the mountain of the balls stacked near the ejection port 23, the balls obstructed the inflow to the storage area by the mountain as shown in FIG. 59. After flowing into the fifth detour 6700 and rolling the upstream rolling surface 6710a, first, it can be made to flow down to the lower plate 2050 from the lower flow portion 6711 on the side closer to the outlet 23.

その後、流下部6711から流下され積み重なった球により山が形成されると共に、その山により流下部6711から下皿2050への球の流下が阻害されると、上流転動面6710aから転動された球が流下部6711で滞留し、それら滞留した球により流下部6711が埋まる(図60(b)及び図60(c)参照)。 After that, a mountain is formed by the balls that have flowed down from the lower stream 6711 and are stacked, and when the mountain prevents the downward flow of the balls from the lower stream 6711 to the lower tray 2050, the balls are rolled from the upstream rolling surface 6710a. The spheres stay in the lower stream 6711, and the remaining spheres fill the lower stream 6711 (see FIGS. 60(b) and 60(c)).

これにより、図60に示すように、第5迂回路6700へ流入された球であって、上流転動面6710aから流下部6711へ転動された球を、流下部6711に滞留した複数の球の頭上を通過させ、下流転動面6710bへ到達させることができる。これにより、払出口23から遠い側の流下部6712から下皿2050へ流下させることができる。 As a result, as shown in FIG. 60, a plurality of balls that have flown into the fifth detour 6700 and that have been rolled from the upstream rolling surface 6710a to the downstream portion 6711 are retained in the downstream portion 6711. Can be passed over and above to reach the downstream rolling surface 6710b. As a result, it is possible to cause the water to flow down from the lower flow portion 6712 on the side far from the outlet 23 to the lower tray 2050.

このように、本実施形態では、第5迂回路6700に流入された球を、まず、払出口23に近い側の流下部6711から下皿2050へ流下させると共に、その流下箇所に形成された山によって流下部6711から下皿2050への流下が阻害されると、次いで、払出口23から遠い側の流下部6712から下皿2050へ流下させることができる。その結果、払出口23近傍に形成される山が成長されるに従って、払出口23から遠い領域(即ち、山の周囲)へ球を段階的に迂回させることができる。その結果、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, first, the ball that has flowed into the fifth detour 6700 is caused to flow down from the lower flow portion 6711 on the side closer to the payout opening 23 to the lower tray 2050, and the mountain formed at the lower flow portion. When the flow-down from the flow-down portion 6711 to the lower tray 2050 is obstructed by the flow-down portion 6711, the flow-down from the flow-down portion 6712 on the side farther from the outlet 23 can be made to flow down to the lower tray 2050. As a result, as the mountain formed near the outlet 23 grows, the sphere can be detoured stepwise to a region farther from the outlet 23 (that is, around the mountain). As a result, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly over the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050.

なお、本実施形態では、上流転動面6710a及び下流転動面6710bが、内枠6012から下皿2050へ向けて下降傾斜されない。但し、これら各転動面6710a,6710bの少なくとも一方を、内枠6012から下皿2050へ向けて下降傾斜させても良い。この場合には、内枠6012から下皿2050へ向けての下降傾斜の傾斜角度は、流下部6711,6712の傾斜角度よりも各転動面6710a,6710bの傾斜角度を小さくする。これにより、第5迂回路6700へ流入した球を、主に流下部6711,6712から下皿2050へ流下させつつ、各転動面6710a,6710bからも球を下皿2050へ流下させることができるので、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 In this embodiment, the upstream rolling surface 6710a and the downstream rolling surface 6710b are not inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower tray 2050. However, at least one of the rolling surfaces 6710a and 6710b may be inclined downward from the inner frame 6012 toward the lower tray 2050. In this case, the inclination angle of the descending inclination from the inner frame 6012 to the lower tray 2050 is smaller than the inclination angles of the lower flow parts 6711 and 6712, that is, the inclination angles of the rolling surfaces 6710a and 6710b. As a result, the balls that have flowed into the fifth detour 6700 can be made to flow down to the lower plate 2050 from the rolling surfaces 6710a and 6710b, while being made to flow mainly from the lower flow parts 6711 and 6712 to the lower plate 2050. Therefore, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly in the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050.

次いで、図61から図63を参照して、第7実施形態における内枠7012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 to 63.

図61(a)は、第7実施形態における内枠7012及び下皿2050の上面図であり、図61(b)は、図61(a)のLXIb−LXIb線における内枠7012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図61(c)は、図61(a)のLXIc−LXIc線における内枠7012の断面図である。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 FIG. 61A is a top view of the inner frame 7012 and the lower tray 2050 in the seventh embodiment, and FIG. 61B is the inner frame 7012 and the lower tray 2050 taken along the line LXIb-LXIb of FIG. 61A. 61C is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 7012 taken along the line LXIc-LXIc in FIG. 61A. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図61に示すように、第7実施形態における内枠7012には、払出口23の側方(幅方向右側、図61(b)右側)に正面視矩形の開口として形成される第2払出口7023が配設される。なお、本実施形態では、これら払出口23及び第2払出口7023は、正面視形状が同一に形成されると共に、同じ高さ位置(図61(b)上下位置)に配置される。 As shown in FIG. 61, in the inner frame 7012 in the seventh embodiment, a second payout opening formed in the side of the payout opening 23 (right in the width direction, right side in FIG. 61B) as a rectangular opening in front view. 7023 is provided. In the present embodiment, the payout opening 23 and the second payout opening 7023 are formed to have the same front view shape and are arranged at the same height position (vertical position in FIG. 61(b)).

内枠7012の内部には、上皿17(図1参照)に貯留しきれなかった球を払出口23へ送球するための送球路7024と、その送給路7024の途中に一端(上流端)が連通されると共に他端(下流端7025a)が第2払出口7023に連通され一端から他端へ向けて下降傾斜される第6迂回路7025とが形成される。 Inside the inner frame 7012, there is a ball-sending path 7024 for sending the balls that cannot be stored in the upper plate 17 (see FIG. 1) to the payout outlet 23, and one end (upstream end) in the middle of the feeding path 7024. And the other end (downstream end 7025a) is connected to the second payout outlet 7023, and a sixth detour 7025 is formed that is inclined downward from one end to the other end.

送球路7024は、上皿17側の上流端から略S字状に湾曲されつつ垂下され、下流端7024aが、正面視において払出口23から視認される位置において、払出口23に連通される。よって、送給路7024を流下して、その下流端7024aに到達した球は、払出口23から下皿2050へ流下される。なお、本実施形態では、送球路7024の下流端7024aから第6迂回路7025の一端(上流端)の下縁までの距離が、球の直径の略3倍の距離とされる。 The ball-sending path 7024 hangs down from the upstream end on the side of the upper plate 17 while being curved in a substantially S shape, and the downstream end 7024a communicates with the payout outlet 23 at a position visible from the payout outlet 23 in a front view. Therefore, the sphere that has flowed down the feed path 7024 and reached the downstream end 7024a thereof is flowed down from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050. In the present embodiment, the distance from the downstream end 7024a of the ball feeding path 7024 to the lower edge of the one end (upstream end) of the sixth detour 7025 is approximately three times the diameter of the sphere.

第6迂回路7025は、送球路7024の下流端7024aよりも所定距離だけ上方となる位置において、送球路7024に一端(上流端)が連通されると共に、下流端7025aが、正面視において第2払出口7023から視認される位置において、第2払出口7023に連通される。よって、第6迂回路7025に流入して、その下流端7025aに到達した球は、第2払出口7023から下皿2050へ流下される。 The sixth detour 7025 has one end (upstream end) communicated with the ball-sending path 7024 at a position that is above the downstream end 7024a of the ball-sending path 7024 by a predetermined distance, and the downstream end 7025a is the second when viewed from the front. It is communicated with the second payout port 7023 at a position visible from the payout port 7023. Therefore, the ball that has flowed into the sixth detour 7025 and reached the downstream end 7025a thereof is flowed down from the second payout outlet 7023 to the lower tray 2050.

次いで、図62から図63を参照して、第6迂回路7025による球の迂回について説明する。図62(a)及び図63(a)は、内枠7012及び下皿2050の上面図であり、図62(b)及び図63(b)は、内枠7012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図62(c)及び図63(c)は、内枠7012の断面図である。なお、図62(a)及び図63(a)は、図61(a)に対応し、図62(b)及び図63(b)は、図61(b)に対応し、図62(c)及び図63(c)は、図61(c)に対応する。 Next, with reference to FIGS. 62 to 63, the detour of the ball by the sixth detour 7025 will be described. 62(a) and 63(a) are top views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050, and FIG. 62(b) and 63(b) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 7012 and the lower plate 2050. Yes, FIGS. 62C and 63C are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 7012. 62(a) and 63(a) correspond to FIG. 61(a), FIGS. 62(b) and 63(b) correspond to FIG. 61(b), and FIG. ) And FIG. 63(c) correspond to FIG. 61(c).

払出口23から下皿2050へ球が払い出されると、徐々に積み重なった球により山が形成される。払出口23近傍に積み重なった球の山により、払出口23から下皿2050への球の流入が阻害されると、図62に示すように、送球路7024を流下される球がその下流端7024aに滞留し、それら滞留した球により送球路7024の下流端7024a側が埋まる(図62(c)参照)。 When the balls are paid out from the payout opening 23 to the lower plate 2050, a mountain is formed by the gradually stacked balls. When the inflow of the balls from the outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050 is obstructed by the pile of balls stacked in the vicinity of the outlet 23, the balls flowing down the ball-sending path 7024 have their downstream ends 7024a, as shown in FIG. And the downstream end 7024a side of the ball feeding path 7024 is filled with the retained balls (see FIG. 62(c)).

これにより、図63に示すように、送球路7024を流下する球を、第6迂回路7025へ流入させることができる。その結果、第6迂回路7024に流入され、その下流端7025aまで転動した球を、払出口23から幅方向に離間された第2払出口7023から下皿2050へ流下させることができる。 As a result, as shown in FIG. 63, the sphere flowing down the ball-sending path 7024 can flow into the sixth detour 7025. As a result, the balls that have flowed into the sixth detour 7024 and rolled to the downstream end 7025a can flow down from the second payout opening 7023, which is separated from the payout opening 23 in the width direction, to the lower tray 2050.

このように、本実施形態では、払出口23近傍に形成された山により、払出口23から下皿2050への球の流入が阻害されると、送球路2024から流下される球を、第6迂回路7025を通じて第2払出口7023へ迂回させ、その第2払出口7023から下皿2050へ流入させることができる。これにより、払出口23から流入された球により形成された山から離れた領域へ向けて、第2払出口7025から球を流入させる(送球する)ことができ、その結果、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, when the inflow of the balls from the outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050 is obstructed by the mountain formed in the vicinity of the outlet 23, the balls flowing down from the ball passage 2024 are moved to the sixth position. It is possible to make a detour to the second payout opening 7023 through the detour 7025, and to flow into the lower tray 2050 from the second payout opening 7023. As a result, the balls can be made to flow (send) from the second payout port 7025 toward the area away from the mountain formed by the balls that have flowed in from the payout port 23, and as a result, the lower plate 2050 is stored. It is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly over the entire area.

即ち、例えば、内枠7012の正面を凹設することで形成され迂回路では、下皿2050側が開放されているので、その迂回路の一端から他端まで球を転動させて迂回させる途中(一端と他端との間)において、球が下皿2050へ流下される。即ち、迂回路に流入した球の全てを他端まで迂回させることはできず、他端まで到達する前に下皿2050へ流下する球が発生する。 That is, for example, in the detour formed by recessing the front surface of the inner frame 7012, since the lower tray 2050 side is open, the ball is rolled from one end to the other end of the detour to detour ( Between one end and the other), the spheres are allowed to flow down to the bottom plate 2050. That is, all the balls that have flowed into the detour cannot be diverted to the other end, and some balls flow down to the lower plate 2050 before reaching the other end.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、第6迂回路7025が、内枠7012内に配設され、閉じた通路として形成されるので、迂回の途中において球が下皿2050へ流下されることがなく、第6迂回路7025に流入した球の全てを、その他端(下流端7025a)まで転動(迂回)させることができる(即ち、第2払出口7023から下皿2050へ流下させることができる)。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the sixth detour 7025 is arranged in the inner frame 7012 and is formed as a closed passage, so that the ball flows down to the lower plate 2050 during the detour. Therefore, all the balls that have flowed into the sixth detour 7025 can be rolled (bypassed) to the other end (downstream end 7025a) (that is, can flow down from the second payout outlet 7023 to the lower tray 2050). it can).

これにより、払出口23から下皿2050へ流下された球により形成された山に対して、その山からは十分に離れた位置(第2払出口7023)からのみ下皿2050へ球を流下させることができ、その結果、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 As a result, with respect to the mountain formed by the ball flowing down from the outlet 23 to the lower plate 2050, the ball is allowed to flow down to the lower plate 2050 only from a position (second outlet 7023) sufficiently separated from the mountain. As a result, it is possible to easily and evenly disperse the spheres in the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050.

ここで、本実施形態では、送球路7024には、その下流端7024a側に、第1下皿満タンスイッチ(図示せず)が配設されると共に、第6迂回路7025には、その下流端7025a側に、第2下皿満タンスイッチ(図示せず)が配設される。これら両下皿満タンスイッチは、送球路7024又は第6迂回路7025内に球が貯留されている(払出口23又は第2払出口7023から下皿2050への送球ができない状態にある)ことが検出される場合にオンされる。 Here, in the present embodiment, a first lower plate full tank switch (not shown) is arranged on the downstream end 7024a side of the ball-sending path 7024, and the downstream side of the sixth detour 7025. A second lower pan full switch (not shown) is provided on the end 7025a side. In both of these lower plate full tank switches, balls are stored in the ball-sending path 7024 or the sixth detour 7025 (the ball cannot be sent from the payout outlet 23 or the second payout port 7023 to the lower plate 2050). Is turned on when is detected.

この場合、第1下皿満タンスイッチがオンされ、第2下皿満タンスイッチ及び縮小状態検出センサがオフされる場合には、払出口23近傍に球の山が形成されていると推定できるので、遊技者に対して「下皿2050の球を均す」ことを報知する。これにより、山が均されることで、払出口23から送球を再開でき、下皿2050の貯留領域を効率的に使用して球をより多く貯留できる。 In this case, when the first lower plate full tank switch is turned on and the second lower plate full tank switch and the reduced state detection sensor are turned off, it can be estimated that a sphere of balls is formed in the vicinity of the payout opening 23. Therefore, the player is informed that "the balls of the lower plate 2050 are leveled". As a result, the mountains are leveled, so that the ball can be restarted from the outlet 23, and the storage area of the lower plate 2050 can be efficiently used to store more balls.

第1下皿満タンスイッチ及び第2下皿満タンスイッチが共にオンされる場合には、払出口23近傍に球の山が形成されると共に、第6迂回路7025による球の迂回も完了し、下皿2050に球が満杯であると推定できるので、遊技者に対して「球抜きレバー2054aを操作する」ことを報知する。 When both the first lower plate full tank switch and the second lower plate full tank switch are turned on, a sphere of a ball is formed near the outlet 23 and the detour of the ball by the sixth detour circuit 7025 is completed. Since it can be estimated that the lower plate 2050 is full of balls, the player is informed that "the ball removing lever 2054a is operated".

ここで、下皿2050に、側壁部材2055が縮小状態にある場合にオンされる縮小状態検出センサ(図示せず)を更に配設し、第1下皿満タンスイッチ及び第2下皿満タンスイッチが共にオンされ、且つ、縮小状態検出センサがオンされる場合には、遊技者に対して「球抜きレバー2054aを操作する」ことを報知する前に、「下皿2050を拡大する」ことを報知するようにしても良い。拡大可能に形成された下皿2050を有効に活用できる。 Here, the lower tray 2050 is further provided with a reduced state detection sensor (not shown) which is turned on when the side wall member 2055 is in the reduced state, and a first lower tray full tank switch and a second lower tray full tank are provided. When the switches are both turned on and the reduction state detection sensor is turned on, "enlarge the lower plate 2050" before notifying the player that "the ball removal lever 2054a will be operated". May be notified. The lower plate 2050 formed to be expandable can be effectively utilized.

なお、報知の方法としては、第3図柄表示装置81への表示や音声出力装置からの音声による出力などが例示される。また、第1下皿満タンスイッチ及び第2下皿満タンスイッチを省略し、1の下皿満タンスイッチのみを設けても良い。この場合には、送球路7024であって、第6迂回路7025への分岐よりも上流側(下流端7024aと反対側)に設ける。かかる位置への配設により、払出口23及び第2払出口2023が形成される場合であっても、下皿2050に球が満杯となったことを1の下皿満タンスイッチにより検出できる。 In addition, as the notification method, a display on the third symbol display device 81, a voice output from a voice output device, and the like are exemplified. Further, the first lower tray full tank switch and the second lower tray full tank switch may be omitted, and only one lower tray full tank switch may be provided. In this case, the ball feeding path 7024 is provided on the upstream side (the side opposite to the downstream end 7024a) of the branch to the sixth detour 7025. Even if the payout opening 23 and the second payout opening 2023 are formed by disposing at this position, it is possible to detect that the lower tray 2050 is full of balls with the one lower tray full tank switch.

次いで、図64を参照して、第8実施形態における内枠8012及び下皿8050について説明する。図64は、第8実施形態における内枠8012及び下皿8050の正面斜視図である。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 64, the inner frame 8012 and the lower plate 8050 in the eighth embodiment will be described. FIG. 64 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 8012 and the lower plate 8050 according to the eighth embodiment. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図64に示すように、第8実施形態では、内枠8012の正面に第7迂回路8400が形成される共に、その第7迂回路8400に延長迂回路8800が連設される。第7迂回路8400は、払出口23から正面視右側へ向けて延設される凹溝として形成され、その凹溝の下面が転動面8410とされる。なお、第7迂回路8400は、その延設長さが第3実施形態における第2迂回路3400の延設長さよりも長くされる点を除き、他の構成は第2迂回路3400と実質的に同一に形成されるので、その説明は省略する。 As shown in FIG. 64, in the eighth embodiment, a seventh detour 8400 is formed on the front surface of the inner frame 8012, and an extended detour 8800 is connected to the seventh detour 8400. The seventh detour 8400 is formed as a concave groove extending from the payout opening 23 toward the right side in front view, and the lower surface of the concave groove serves as a rolling surface 8410. The seventh detour 8400 is substantially the same as the second detour 3400 except that the extension length of the seventh detour 8400 is longer than the extension length of the second detour 3400 in the third embodiment. Since they are formed the same, the description thereof will be omitted.

下皿2050の内壁部材2056には、その側壁部2056bから張出壁8056hが貯留領域内へ向けて張り出し形成される。張出壁8056hは、正面視くの字状に屈曲する板状体として形成され、その上面が延長迂回路8800の転動面8810とされる。張出壁8056hは、転動面8810の一端(上流端)を第8迂回路8400の他端(下流端)に連設させると共に、転動面8810がその他端(下流端)へ向けて下降傾斜される姿勢で配設される。 The inner wall member 2056 of the lower tray 2050 is formed with a protruding wall 8056h protruding from the side wall portion 2056b toward the inside of the storage region. The overhang wall 8056h is formed as a plate-like member that is bent in a V shape when viewed from the front, and its upper surface serves as a rolling surface 8810 of the extension detour 8800. The overhang wall 8056h continuously connects one end (upstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 to the other end (downstream end) of the eighth detour 8400, and lowers the rolling surface 8810 toward the other end (downstream end). It is arranged in a tilted posture.

本実施形態では、張出壁8056hが底壁部材2054から上方へ離間した位置に配置され、張出壁8056hの下面と底壁部材2054の上面との間に球を貯留可能な空間(貯留領域)が形成される。また、張出壁8056hの他端(内枠12に連設される一端と反対側)が、側壁部材2055の第4分割体2554における第1片2554Xの上面と略同等の高さ位置に配置される。 In the present embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056h is arranged at a position spaced apart upward from the bottom wall member 2054, and a space (storing region) in which a sphere can be stored between the lower surface of the overhanging wall 8056h and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054. ) Is formed. Further, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (the side opposite to the one end continuously provided with the inner frame 12) is arranged at a height position substantially equal to the upper surface of the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. To be done.

以上のように、本実施形態によれば、内枠12に第8迂回路8400を形成することに加え、下皿2050(内壁部材2056)にも延長迂回路8800を形成するので、払出口23近傍に積み重なった球の山により貯留領域への流入が阻害され球が第8各迂回路8400に流入されると(図49及び図50参照)、その第8迂回路8400の転動面8410の終端まで転動された球を、延長迂回路8800の転動面8810を利用して、払出口23から最も遠い位置(側壁部材2055の各分割体2551〜2554における第1片2551X〜2554X及び第2片2551Y〜2554Yの連設部分)へ球を送り出す(迂回させる)ことができる。これにより、山から離れた領域へ球を送ることができ、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, in addition to forming the eighth detour 8400 in the inner frame 12, the extended detour 8800 is also formed in the lower tray 2050 (inner wall member 2056). When the inflow to the storage area is obstructed by the piles of spheres stacked in the vicinity and the spheres flow into each eighth detour 8400 (see FIGS. 49 and 50), the rolling surface 8410 of the eighth detour 8400 is Using the rolling surface 8810 of the extension detour 8800, the ball rolled to the terminal end is located farthest from the payout opening 23 (the first pieces 2551X to 2554X and the first pieces 2551X to 2554X in each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 of the side wall member 2055). The sphere can be sent out (bypassed) to the two pieces 2551Y to 2554Y which are continuously provided. As a result, it is possible to send the sphere to a region away from the mountain, and it is possible to easily distribute the sphere uniformly over the entire storage region.

特に、本実施形態では、張出壁8056hの他端(即ち、延長迂回路8800の転動面8810の終端(下流端))が、側壁部材2055の第4分割体2554における第1片2554Xの上面と略同等の高さ位置に配置される。 Particularly, in the present embodiment, the other end of the overhanging wall 8056h (that is, the end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810 of the extended bypass 8800) is formed by the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 of the sidewall member 2055. It is arranged at the same height as the upper surface.

よって、下皿2050が拡大状態とされている場合(即ち、貯留領域が拡大され、その貯留領域を有効に活用することが求められる場合)には、延長迂回路8800の転動面8810の終端から流下される球を、第1分割体2551〜第4分割体2554の第1片2551X〜2554X(即ち、階段状に拡大された領域を形成する各部材)の内枠12側の各側面に沿って第8迂回路8400における球の転動方向と逆方向(図64左方向)へ更に転動させることができる。 Therefore, when the lower plate 2050 is in the expanded state (that is, when the storage area is expanded and effective use of the storage area is required), the end of the rolling surface 8810 of the extended bypass 8800 is terminated. The spheres that flow down from the first segment 2551 to the first segment 2551X of the fourth segment 2554 to 2554X (that is, each member forming the stepwise expanded region) on each side surface of the inner frame 12 side. It is possible to further roll along the opposite direction (leftward in FIG. 64) to the rolling direction of the ball in the eighth detour 8400.

即ち、貯留領域に積み重なった球により形成される山の背面側(払出口23と反対側であって側壁部材2055側)へ球を迂回させることができ、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 That is, the sphere can be diverted to the back side of the mountain formed by the spheres stacked in the storage area (the side opposite to the outlet 23 and the side wall member 2055 side), and the spheres are evenly distributed throughout the storage area. It can be made easier.

また、張出壁8056hは、正面視くの字状に屈曲して形成され、その上面に形成される転動面8810の下降傾斜の角度が他端側(側壁部材2055側)ほど大きな角度となる姿勢で配設されるので、下皿2050が縮小された状態において、張出壁5056hの他端側の上面と側壁部材2055(第2片2551X〜2554X)の内壁面との間に空間を形成することができる。 Further, the overhang wall 8056h is formed by bending in a V shape in a front view, and the descending inclination angle of the rolling surface 8810 formed on the upper surface of the overhang wall 8056h becomes larger toward the other end side (side wall member 2055 side). Since the lower tray 2050 is reduced in size, a space is provided between the upper surface on the other end side of the overhang wall 5056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (second pieces 2551X to 2554X). Can be formed.

これにより、下皿2050を拡大状態から縮小状態へ縮小させる操作を遊技者が行う場合に、遊技者の手指が張出壁8056hと側壁部材2055(第2片2551X〜2554X)の内壁面との間に挟まれることを抑制できる。即ち、下皿2050を縮小させる操作は、側壁部材2055の第2片2551X〜2554Xの内壁面側に左手の手指を入れ、左手の手の平および親指により側壁部材2055の第2片2551Xを内枠12側へ向けて押し込む操作方法で行うことが、操作性が良いところ、本実施形態によれば、かかる操作方法であっても遊技者が指を挟みにくくできる。 Thereby, when the player performs the operation of reducing the lower plate 2050 from the enlarged state to the contracted state, the fingers of the player are the extension wall 8056h and the inner wall surface of the side wall member 2055 (the second pieces 2551X to 2554X). It can be suppressed from being sandwiched. That is, in the operation of reducing the lower plate 2050, the fingers of the left hand are put on the inner wall surfaces of the second pieces 2551X to 2554X of the side wall member 2055, and the second piece 2551X of the side wall member 2055 is moved to the inner frame 12 by the palm and thumb of the left hand. Where the operation method of pushing in toward the side has good operability, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to pinch a finger even with such an operation method.

ここで、内壁部材2056の側壁部256bに凹溝を凹設して延長迂回路8800を形成する場合には、各分割体2551〜2554の収容空間を確保する必要から、内壁部材2056が操作ハンドル51側へ配置され、両者の間隔が狭くなることから、操作ハンドル51の操作性が悪化する。 Here, when a concave groove is formed in the side wall portion 256b of the inner wall member 2056 to form the extended detour 8800, it is necessary to secure the accommodation space for each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554, so the inner wall member 2056 is the operation handle. The operability of the operation handle 51 is deteriorated because it is arranged on the 51 side and the distance between the two is narrowed.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、内壁部材2056の側壁部256bから張出壁8056hを張り出させることで延長迂回路8800を形成するので、内壁部材2056と操作ハンドル51との間隔を確保して、操作ハンドル51の操作性の向上を図ることができる。一方で、内壁部材2056の側壁部2056bから張出壁8056hが張り出されたとしても、本実施形態によれば、張出壁8056hが板状に形成され、張出壁8056hの下面と底壁部材2054の上面との間に球を貯留可能な空間(貯留領域)が形成されるので、貯留領域の大きさを確保することができる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the extension detour 8800 is formed by projecting the overhanging wall 8056h from the side wall portion 256b of the inner wall member 2056, the space between the inner wall member 2056 and the operation handle 51 is secured. Thus, the operability of the operation handle 51 can be improved. On the other hand, even if the overhanging wall 8056h extends from the side wall portion 2056b of the inner wall member 2056, according to the present embodiment, the overhanging wall 8056h is formed in a plate shape, and the lower surface and the bottom wall of the overhanging wall 8056h are formed. Since the space (storage area) capable of storing the sphere is formed between the upper surface of the member 2054 and the upper surface of the member 2054, the size of the storage area can be secured.

次いで、図65から図71を参照して、第9実施形態における内枠9012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 9012 in the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 65 to 71.

第1実施形態では、内枠12の開閉に対して下皿50の拡大または縮小が連動しない場合を説明したが、第2実施形態における内枠9012は、その開放に連動して下皿2050を縮小させる。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the first embodiment, the case where the expansion or contraction of the lower tray 50 does not interlock with the opening and closing of the inner frame 12 has been described, but the inner frame 9012 in the second embodiment interlocks with the opening of the lower tray 2050. Shrink. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図65(a)は、第9実施形態における内枠9012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図65(b)は、図65(a)のLXVb−LXVb線における内枠9012及び下皿2050の断面図である。なお、図65(a)は、図48(b)に対応する。 FIG. 65(a) is a sectional view of the inner frame 9012 and the lower tray 2050 in the ninth embodiment, and FIG. 65(b) is an inner frame 9012 and the lower tray 2050 taken along the line LXVb-LXVb of FIG. 65(a). FIG. Note that FIG. 65(a) corresponds to FIG. 48(b).

図65に示すように、第9実施形態における内枠9012は、内枠9012の開放に伴い下皿2050を縮小させるための機構(以下「連動機構」と称す)として、固定歯車9001と、その固定歯車9001に先頭の歯車(歯車9002)が歯合される歯車列と、その歯車列の後尾の歯車(歯車9004)に一体に形成される回転アーム9005と、その回転アーム9005を下皿2050に連結する連結アーム9006とを備える。 As shown in FIG. 65, the inner frame 9012 in the ninth embodiment has a fixed gear 9001 and a fixed gear 9001 as a mechanism (hereinafter, referred to as “interlocking mechanism”) for reducing the lower tray 2050 when the inner frame 9012 is opened. A gear train in which a leading gear (gear 9002) meshes with a fixed gear 9001, a rotary arm 9005 integrally formed with a rear gear (gear 9004) of the gear train, and the rotary arm 9005 are attached to a lower plate 2050. And a connecting arm 9006 for connecting to.

固定歯車9001は、外枠11に対して内枠9012を回転可能に支持するヒンジ18(図1参照)に固定されると共に、外枠11に対して内枠9012が回転する際の回転中心と同軸に配設される。一方、歯車列の各歯車9002〜9004は、内枠9012に回転可能に軸支される。よって、外枠11に対して内枠9012が開閉されると、固定歯車9001を中心として、歯車列の先頭の歯車(歯車9002)を自転させつつ公転させることができ、これにより、歯車列の後尾の歯車(歯車9004)を回転させ、回転アーム9005を内枠9012に対して相対回転させることができる(図66及び図68参照)。 The fixed gear 9001 is fixed to a hinge 18 (see FIG. 1) that rotatably supports the inner frame 9012 with respect to the outer frame 11, and serves as a rotation center when the inner frame 9012 rotates with respect to the outer frame 11. It is arranged coaxially. On the other hand, the gears 9002 to 9004 of the gear train are rotatably supported by the inner frame 9012. Therefore, when the inner frame 9012 is opened and closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the leading gear (gear 9002) of the gear train can be revolved around the fixed gear 9001 while rotating around the fixed gear 9001. The rear gear (gear 9004) can be rotated to rotate the rotating arm 9005 relative to the inner frame 9012 (see FIGS. 66 and 68).

また、固定歯車9001は、その外周に刻設される歯が部分的に除去されており、その歯が除去された領域では、固定歯車9001と歯車列の先頭の歯車(歯車9002)とを非歯合とできる(図69(b)参照)。よって、この非歯合とされる領域(固定歯車9001の歯が除去された領域)では、外枠11に対して内枠9012が開閉されても、固定歯車9001を中心として、歯車列の先頭の歯車(歯車9002)を自転させずに公転させることができる。これにより、歯車列を非回転とすることができ、その結果、内枠9012に対して回転アーム9005を固定する(相対回転させない)ことができる(図67及び図A5参照)。 Further, the fixed gear 9001 is partially removed with teeth engraved on its outer periphery, and in the region where the teeth are removed, the fixed gear 9001 and the top gear (gear 9002) of the gear train are not connected. The teeth can be engaged (see FIG. 69(b)). Therefore, in this non-meshing region (region where the teeth of the fixed gear 9001 are removed), even if the inner frame 9012 is opened and closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the head of the gear train is centered on the fixed gear 9001. The gear (gear 9002) can be revolved without rotating. As a result, the gear train can be made non-rotatable, and as a result, the rotary arm 9005 can be fixed (not relatively rotated) to the inner frame 9012 (see FIGS. 67 and A5).

回転アーム9005は、その長手方向に沿って直線状に延設される一対の案内溝9005aを備え、その案内溝9005aには、連結アーム9006の基端側に形成される一対の挿通ピン900aが摺動可能に挿通される。よって、回転アーム9005が回転されることで、連結アーム9006を、回転アーム9005の長手方向(案内溝9005a)に沿って相対変位(スライド)させつつ、内枠9012の背面側へ没入(後退)または前面から突出(前進)させることができる(図66及び図67参照)。 The rotating arm 9005 is provided with a pair of guide grooves 9005a extending linearly along the longitudinal direction thereof, and a pair of insertion pins 900a formed on the base end side of the connecting arm 9006 is provided in the guide groove 9005a. It is slidably inserted. Therefore, when the rotating arm 9005 is rotated, the connecting arm 9006 is relatively displaced (slide) along the longitudinal direction (guide groove 9005a) of the rotating arm 9005, and is retracted (retracted) to the back side of the inner frame 9012. Alternatively, it can be projected (advanced) from the front surface (see FIGS. 66 and 67).

連結アーム9006は、回転アーム9005の回転を下皿2050の側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)に伝達するための部材であり、第1分割体2551の上面から突設されるストッパ部2551S2(図37参照)に係合可能な係合片9006bが先端側の下面から垂下される(図70参照)。この係合片9006bは、ストッパ部2551S2の移動軌跡上であってそのストッパ部2551S2よりも内枠9012の前面側(図70左側)に配置される。 The connecting arm 9006 is a member for transmitting the rotation of the rotating arm 9005 to the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) of the lower tray 2050, and a stopper portion 2551S2 (projected from the upper surface of the first divided body 2551). Engagement piece 9006b engageable with (see FIG. 37) is hung from the lower surface on the tip side (see FIG. 70). The engagement piece 9006b is arranged on the movement path of the stopper portion 2551S2 and on the front side (left side in FIG. 70) of the inner frame 9012 with respect to the stopper portion 2551S2.

よって、連結アーム9006が内枠9012の背面側へ没入(後退)される際には、係合片9006とストッパ部2551S2とを係合させ、連結アーム9006の変位に第1分割体2551を連動させる(即ち、連結アーム9006と共に下皿2050を縮小方向へ変位させる)ことができる一方(図70及び図71参照)、連結アーム9006が内枠9012の正面から突出(前進)される際には、係合片9006bをストッパ部2551S2に非係合として、連結アーム9006の変位に第1分割体2551を非連動とする(即ち、連結アーム9006のみを変位させ、下皿2050を縮小状態に維持する)ことができる。 Therefore, when the connecting arm 9006 is retracted (retracted) to the back side of the inner frame 9012, the engaging piece 9006 and the stopper portion 2551S2 are engaged, and the first divided body 2551 is interlocked with the displacement of the connecting arm 9006. While the lower tray 2050 can be moved together with the connecting arm 9006 in the contracting direction (see FIGS. 70 and 71), when the connecting arm 9006 is projected (advanced) from the front of the inner frame 9012. , The engaging piece 9006b is disengaged from the stopper portion 2551S2, and the first split body 2551 is disengaged with the displacement of the connecting arm 9006 (that is, only the connecting arm 9006 is displaced, and the lower tray 2050 is maintained in the contracted state). can do.

このように構成される第9実施形態における内枠9012の開閉に伴う下皿2050の動作(連動)について説明する。 The operation (interlocking) of the lower tray 2050 accompanying the opening and closing of the inner frame 9012 in the ninth embodiment configured in this way will be described.

図66及び図67は、内枠9012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図66(a)に示す内枠9012が外枠11の前面に閉じられた状態から図67(b)に示す内枠9012が最大に開放された状態までの内枠9012及び下皿2050の遷移が時系列で図示される。 66 and 67 are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 9012 and the lower tray 2050. The inner frame 9012 shown in FIG. 66(a) is closed from the front surface of the outer frame 11 to the inner frame shown in FIG. 67(b). The transition of the inner frame 9012 and the lower tray 2050 until the frame 9012 is opened to the maximum is illustrated in time series.

図68及び図69は、連動機構の模式図であり、図68(a)に示す内枠9012が外枠11の前面に閉じられた状態から図67(b)に示す内枠9012が最大に開放された状態までの連動機構の遷移が時系列で図示される。 68 and 69 are schematic views of the interlocking mechanism, in which the inner frame 9012 shown in FIG. 68(a) is closed from the front of the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 9012 shown in FIG. 67(b) is maximized. The transition of the interlocking mechanism to the opened state is illustrated in time series.

また、図70及び図71は、下皿2050の断面図であり、図70に示す拡大状態から図71(b)に示す縮小状態までの下皿2050の遷移が時系列で図示される。 70 and 71 are cross-sectional views of the lower tray 2050, and transition of the lower tray 2050 from the enlarged state shown in FIG. 70 to the contracted state shown in FIG. 71(b) is illustrated in time series.

なお、図66及び図67の各状態は、図68及び図69の各状態にそれぞれ対応する。また、図70の状態は、図66(a)及び図68(a)の各状態に対応し、図71(a)の状態は、図66(b)及び図68(b)の各状態に対応し、図71(b)の状態は、図67(a)、図67(b)、図69(a)及び図69(b)の各状態に対応する。 The states of FIGS. 66 and 67 correspond to the states of FIGS. 68 and 69, respectively. The state of FIG. 70 corresponds to the states of FIGS. 66(a) and 68(a), and the state of FIG. 71(a) corresponds to the states of FIGS. 66(b) and 68(b). Correspondingly, the state of FIG. 71(b) corresponds to each state of FIG. 67(a), FIG. 67(b), FIG. 69(a) and FIG. 69(b).

図66(a)、図68(a)及び図70に示すように、下皿2050が拡大されると共に内枠9012が外枠11の正面に閉じられた状態では、連結アーム9006が内枠9012の前面から突出(前進)される一方、下皿2050の第1分割体2551が内枠9012から離間する側に変位され、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bが第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2に係合された状態とされる。 As shown in FIGS. 66(a), 68(a) and 70, when the lower tray 2050 is enlarged and the inner frame 9012 is closed to the front of the outer frame 11, the connecting arm 9006 moves the inner frame 9012. Of the lower plate 2050 is displaced toward the side separated from the inner frame 9012, and the engagement piece 9006b of the connecting arm 9006 is stopped by the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551. Is engaged with.

図66(b)、図68(b)及び図71(a)に示すように、下皿2050が拡大された状態のままで、内枠9012の開放が開始されると、歯車列の先頭の歯車(歯車9002)が固定歯車9001の回りを自転しつつ公転し、歯車列の後尾の歯車(歯車9004)が回転されることで、歯車9004を回転中心として、回転アーム9005が内枠9012に対して反時計回り(図66(b)及び図68(b)の左回り)に相対回転される。これにより、連結アーム9006を内枠9012の背面側へ没入(後退)させ、係合片9006bとストッパ部2551S2との係合を介して、第1分割体2551を縮小方向(図71(a)右方向)へ変位させることができる。 As shown in FIGS. 66(b), 68(b), and 71(a), when opening of the inner frame 9012 is started with the lower plate 2050 in an expanded state, the top of the gear train is The gear (gear 9002) revolves around the fixed gear 9001 while revolving around the fixed gear 9001, and the gear (gear 9004) at the rear of the gear train is rotated, so that the rotating arm 9005 moves to the inner frame 9012 with the gear 9004 as the center of rotation. On the other hand, it is relatively rotated counterclockwise (counterclockwise in FIGS. 66B and 68B). Accordingly, the connecting arm 9006 is retracted (retracted) to the back side of the inner frame 9012, and the first divided body 2551 is contracted in the contracting direction (FIG. 71(a)) through the engagement of the engagement piece 9006b and the stopper portion 2551S2. It can be displaced to the right).

図67(a)、図69(a)及び図71(b)に示すように、内枠9012が外枠11に対して略90度の開放角まで開放されると、回転アーム9005の内枠9012に対する相対回転が最大となり、連結アーム9006が内枠9012の背面側へ最大に没入(後退)されることで、第1分割体2551が縮小方向(図71(b)右方向)の終端まで変位される。即ち、下皿2050を最少に縮小させた状態とできる。 As shown in FIGS. 67(a), 69(a) and 71(b), when the inner frame 9012 is opened to the outer frame 11 to an opening angle of approximately 90 degrees, the inner frame of the rotating arm 9005. The relative rotation with respect to 9012 is maximized, and the connection arm 9006 is retracted (retracted) to the rear side of the inner frame 9012 to the maximum, so that the first divided body 2551 reaches the end in the contracting direction (right direction in FIG. 71(b)). Is displaced. That is, the lower plate 2050 can be in a state of being contracted to the minimum.

この場合、連動機構は、内枠9012が外枠11に対して略90度の開放角まで開放される(即ち、下皿2050を最少に縮小される)と、固定歯車9001の歯が除去された領域に、歯車列の先頭の歯車(歯車9002)が達するように、その歯車比が設定される。よって、内枠9012の開放角が略90度に達した後、図67(b)及び図69(b)に示す内枠9012が最大に開放されるまでの間は、上述したように、歯車列を非回転として、内枠9012に対して回転アーム9005を固定する(相対回転させない)ことができ、その結果、下皿2050を最少に縮小させた状態(図71(b)の状態)に維持することができる。 In this case, the interlocking mechanism removes the teeth of the fixed gear 9001 when the inner frame 9012 is opened to the outer frame 11 to an opening angle of approximately 90 degrees (that is, the lower tray 2050 is reduced to the minimum). The gear ratio is set so that the first gear (gear 9002) of the gear train reaches the area. Therefore, after the opening angle of the inner frame 9012 reaches approximately 90 degrees, until the inner frame 9012 shown in FIGS. 67(b) and 69(b) is fully opened, as described above, The row can be made non-rotating, and the rotating arm 9005 can be fixed (not relatively rotated) to the inner frame 9012, and as a result, the lower tray 2050 can be minimized (the state of FIG. 71(b)). Can be maintained.

なお、本実施形態では、内枠9012が最大に開放された状態では(図67(b)参照)、下皿2050と隣の台のハンドル51との間に所定の隙間が形成される。よって、後述するように、隣の台のハンドル51を操作する遊技者の手が、ハンドル51と下皿2050との間に挟まれることを抑制できる。 In the present embodiment, when the inner frame 9012 is fully opened (see FIG. 67(b)), a predetermined gap is formed between the lower tray 2050 and the handle 51 of the adjacent table. Therefore, as described later, it is possible to prevent the player's hand operating the handle 51 on the adjacent base from being caught between the handle 51 and the lower plate 2050.

一方、図67(b)、図69(b)及び図71(b)に示す状態から内枠9012が外枠11の前面へ向けて閉じられる場合には、歯車列の先頭の歯車(歯車9002)が固定歯車9001と歯合する位置まで公転し、図67(a)、図69(a)及び図71(b)に示す状態から内枠9012が外枠11の前面へ向けて更に閉じられると、歯車列の先頭の歯車(歯車9002)が、上述した開放の場合とは逆方向で、固定歯車9001を中心として自転しつつ公転し、回転アーム9005が内枠9012に対して時計回り(図67(a)及び図69(a)の右周り)に相対回転されることで、連結アーム9006が内枠9012の前面から突出(前進)される。 On the other hand, when the inner frame 9012 is closed toward the front surface of the outer frame 11 from the state shown in FIGS. 67(b), 69(b) and 71(b), the top gear (the gear 9002) ) Revolves to a position where it meshes with the fixed gear 9001, and the inner frame 9012 is further closed toward the front surface of the outer frame 11 from the state shown in FIGS. 67(a), 69(a) and 71(b). Then, the top gear (gear 9002) of the gear train revolves around the fixed gear 9001 while rotating about the fixed gear 9001 in the opposite direction to the case of the above-described opening, and the rotating arm 9005 rotates clockwise relative to the inner frame 9012 ( 67A and 69A, the connecting arm 9006 is projected (advanced) from the front surface of the inner frame 9012.

この場合、上述したように、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bは、ストッパ部2551S2よりも内枠9012の前面側(図71(b)左側)に配置されるので、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bがストッパ部2551S2に非係合となり、連結アーム9006のみを拡大方向(図71(b)左方向)へ変位させることができる。即ち、下皿2050を縮小状態に維持することができる。 In this case, as described above, the engaging piece 9006b of the connecting arm 9006 is arranged on the front side (left side in FIG. 71(b)) of the inner frame 9012 with respect to the stopper portion 2551S2. 9006b is disengaged from the stopper portion 2551S2, and only the connecting arm 9006 can be displaced in the expansion direction (left direction in FIG. 71(b)). That is, the lower plate 2050 can be maintained in a contracted state.

ここで、下皿2050は、上述したように、拡大された状態から側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)が縮小方向へ押し込まれることで、縮小された状態を形成することができる。よって、例えば、下皿2050が拡大されたまま内枠が開放され、隣の台(例えば、ハンドル51)に下皿2050が衝突されたとしても、側壁部材2055を閉じる方向に変位させ、下皿2050を縮小させることができる。 Here, as described above, the lower plate 2050 can be formed in a contracted state by pushing the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) in the contracted direction from the expanded state. Therefore, for example, even if the lower tray 2050 is expanded and the inner frame is opened, and the lower tray 2050 collides with the adjacent base (for example, the handle 51), the side wall member 2055 is displaced in the closing direction to lower the lower tray. 2050 can be reduced.

しかしながら、衝突の際には、内枠が大きく開放されており、その重量で傾きが発生しやすいため、衝突対象(例えば、ハンドル51)に斜めに衝突しやすく、また、隣の台との間の設置上の位置関係のばらつきや部材の寸法公差もこれを助長することから、各分割体2551〜2554がスムーズに摺動せず、いずれかどうしが引っ掛かることで、衝突に伴って側壁部材2055が閉じる方向へ変位されない場合があり、この場合には、衝突対象(例えば、ハンドル51)や下皿2050の損傷を招く。 However, at the time of a collision, the inner frame is largely opened, and its weight is likely to cause an inclination, so that it is easy to obliquely collide with a collision target (for example, the handle 51), and between the adjacent platform. Since the variation in the positional relationship in installation and the dimensional tolerance of the members also contribute to this, the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 do not slide smoothly and one of them is caught, so that the side wall member 2055 is accompanied by the collision. May not be displaced in the closing direction. In this case, the object of collision (for example, the handle 51) or the lower tray 2050 may be damaged.

また、衝突の際、各分割体2551〜2554どうしが引っ掛からずスムーズに摺動して、側壁部材2055が閉じる方向へ変位できたとしても、衝突対象となるハンドル51を遊技者が操作していた場合には、遊技者の手がハンドル51と下皿2050との間に挟まれるおそれがある。 Further, at the time of a collision, even if the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 slide smoothly without being caught and the side wall member 2055 can be displaced in the closing direction, the player operates the handle 51 to be a collision target. In this case, the player's hand may be caught between the handle 51 and the lower plate 2050.

これに対し、第9実施形態における内枠9012及び下皿2050によれば、下皿2050が拡大されたまま内枠9012が開放される場合には、連動機構の動作により、内枠9012の開放に伴い下皿2050を縮小させることができる。これにより、内枠9012の重みの影響による傾きや、隣の台との間の設置上の位置関係の影響を受けることなく、内枠9012の開放時には下皿2050を確実に縮小させておくことができる。その結果、衝突自体を回避することができ、衝突対象(例えば、ハンドル51)や下皿2050の損傷を抑制できると共に、遊技者の手が衝突対象と下皿2050との間に挟まれることを抑制できる。 On the other hand, according to the inner frame 9012 and the lower tray 2050 in the ninth embodiment, when the inner frame 9012 is opened while the lower tray 2050 is enlarged, the inner frame 9012 is opened by the operation of the interlocking mechanism. Accordingly, the lower plate 2050 can be reduced. This ensures that the lower tray 2050 is contracted when the inner frame 9012 is opened, without being influenced by the inclination of the inner frame 9012 due to the influence of the weight or the positional relationship of the installation with the adjacent base. You can As a result, the collision itself can be avoided, damage to the collision target (for example, the handle 51) and the lower plate 2050 can be suppressed, and the player's hand can be prevented from being caught between the collision target and the lower plate 2050. Can be suppressed.

この場合、連動機構は、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)の縮小方向への変位量を、内枠9012の開放量(開放角度)に連動させるので、内枠9012の開放量が少なく、下皿2050の他の部材(衝突対象)への衝突のおそれが低い場合に、下皿2050を縮小方向へ無駄に変位させることを抑制できる。即ち、内枠9012を開放する前の状態からの下皿2050の状態の変化量を最小限に抑制できる。 In this case, the interlocking mechanism interlocks the displacement amount of the lower tray 2050 (side wall member 2055) in the contracting direction with the opening amount (opening angle) of the inner frame 9012. When the risk of collision with another member (collision target) of the 2050 is low, it is possible to prevent the lower tray 2050 from being unnecessarily displaced in the reduction direction. That is, the amount of change in the state of the lower tray 2050 from the state before opening the inner frame 9012 can be minimized.

一方で、連動機構は、内枠9012が最大に開放された状態とされる前に、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)を最少に縮小された状態まで変位させるので、他の部材(衝突対象)に到達する前に下皿2050を縮小させておくことができる。よって、前面枠の開放に伴って下皿2050が他の部材に衝突することを抑制しやすくできる。 On the other hand, since the interlocking mechanism displaces the lower tray 2050 (side wall member 2055) to the minimum contracted state before the inner frame 9012 is opened to the maximum, other members (collision target) The lower plate 2050 can be contracted before reaching. Therefore, it is possible to easily prevent the lower tray 2050 from colliding with other members when the front frame is opened.

特に、本実施形態の連動機構では、外枠11に対する内枠9012の開放角が略90度に達した時点で、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)を最少に縮小させるので(図67(a)及び図71(b)参照)、他の部材(衝突対象)に到達する前に下皿2050を確実に縮小させておくことができる。よって、内枠9012の開放に伴って下皿2050が他の部材に衝突することを抑制しやすくできる。 Particularly, in the interlocking mechanism of the present embodiment, the lower tray 2050 (side wall member 2055) is contracted to the minimum when the opening angle of the inner frame 9012 with respect to the outer frame 11 reaches approximately 90 degrees (FIG. 67(a)). Also, as shown in FIG. 71(b), the lower tray 2050 can be surely contracted before it reaches another member (collision target). Therefore, it is possible to easily prevent the lower tray 2050 from colliding with other members when the inner frame 9012 is opened.

連動機構は、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bを、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)の第1分割体2551におけるストッパ部2551S2に係合可能に設けるので、内枠9012の開放に伴って連結アーム9006が内枠9012の背面側へ没入(後退、第1の方向へ変位)されることに伴って、係合片9006bとストッパ部2551S2との係合を介して、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)を縮小方向へ変位させることができる。即ち、内枠9012の開放に伴って下皿2050を縮小させるための構造を簡素化でき、その分、製品コストの削減と動作の信頼性とを図ることができる。 Since the interlocking mechanism is provided so that the engagement piece 9006b of the connecting arm 9006 can be engaged with the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 of the lower tray 2050 (side wall member 2055), the connecting arm is opened as the inner frame 9012 is opened. As the 9006 is retracted (retracted, displaced in the first direction) to the back side of the inner frame 9012, the lower plate 2050 (side wall member 2055) is engaged through the engagement between the engagement piece 9006b and the stopper portion 2551S2. ) Can be displaced in the reduction direction. That is, the structure for reducing the lower plate 2050 with the opening of the inner frame 9012 can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced and the operation reliability can be increased accordingly.

更に、連動機構は、内枠9012が閉じる方向へ操作され連結アーム9006が内枠9012の前面から突出(前進、第2の方向へ変位)される際には、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bが第2分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2に係合しないので、内枠9012が外枠11の前面に閉じられ、且つ、下皿2050が最少に縮小された状態では、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bと第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2との間に、最大に拡大された状態までの第1分割体2551(側壁部材2055)の拡大方向への変位を許容する間隔を形成できる。よって、内枠9012が閉じられた状態において遊技者が下皿2050を拡大または縮小する操作を可能とするための構造を簡素化でき、その分、製品コストの削減と動作の信頼性とを図ることができる。 Further, when the interlocking mechanism is operated in the direction in which the inner frame 9012 is closed and the connecting arm 9006 is projected from the front surface of the inner frame 9012 (advancing, displacing in the second direction), the engaging piece 9006b of the connecting arm 9006. Does not engage with the stopper portion 2551S2 of the second divided body 2551. Therefore, when the inner frame 9012 is closed to the front surface of the outer frame 11 and the lower tray 2050 is minimized, the engaging piece of the connecting arm 9006 is A gap that allows displacement of the first divided body 2551 (side wall member 2055) in the enlargement direction up to the maximum enlarged state can be formed between 9006b and the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551. Therefore, the structure for allowing the player to enlarge or reduce the lower plate 2050 in the state where the inner frame 9012 is closed can be simplified, and the product cost is reduced and the operation reliability is increased accordingly. be able to.

即ち、内枠9012の開放時に下皿2050を縮小させるだけでなく、閉じる際(連結アーム9006が内枠9012の前面から突出(前進、第2の方向へ変位)される際)にも、連結アーム9006の係合片を第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2に係合させて、下皿2050を拡大方向へ変位させる構造では、連結アーム9006が後退または前進(第1の方向または第2の方向)のいずれの方向へ変位される際にも、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bと第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2とが係合されているため、内枠9012が外枠11の前面に閉じられた状態(即ち、遊技を行う状態)において、遊技者の操作により下皿2050を拡大または縮小可能とするためには、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bと第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2との係合を解除する機構が必要となり、その分、構造が複雑化する。 That is, not only is the lower tray 2050 contracted when the inner frame 9012 is opened, but also when the lower plate 2050 is closed (when the coupling arm 9006 is projected from the front surface of the inner frame 9012 (moved forward, displaced in the second direction)). In the structure in which the engaging piece of the arm 9006 is engaged with the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 to displace the lower tray 2050 in the expanding direction, the connecting arm 9006 moves backward or forward (first direction or second direction). Direction), since the engaging piece 9006b of the connecting arm 9006 and the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 are engaged with each other, the inner frame 9012 is located in front of the outer frame 11. In order to allow the lower plate 2050 to be expanded or contracted by the player's operation in the state closed (i.e., the state in which a game is played), the engaging piece 9006b of the connecting arm 9006 and the stopper of the first divided body 2551. A mechanism for releasing the engagement with the portion 2551S2 is required, and the structure becomes complicated accordingly.

これに対し、本実施形態では、内枠9012が閉じられることに伴って、連結アーム9006が内枠9012の前面へ突出(前進、第2の方向へ変位)される際には、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bと第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2とが係合されず、内枠9012が外枠11の前面に閉じられ、且つ、下皿2050が最少に縮小された状態では、連結アーム9006の係合片9006bと第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2との間に、最大に拡大された状態までの第1分割体2551(側壁部材2055)の拡大方向への変位を許容する間隔が形成される。これにより、連結アーム9006の係合片と第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2との係合を解除する機構を設けることなく、内枠9012が外枠11の前面に閉じられた状態において、遊技者が下皿2050の拡大または縮小を自由に操作することができる。その結果、遊技者の操作により下皿2050の拡大または縮小を可能とするための構造を簡素化でき、その分、製品コストの削減と動作の信頼性とを図ることができる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, when the connecting arm 9006 is projected (advanced, displaced in the second direction) toward the front surface of the inner frame 9012 as the inner frame 9012 is closed, the connecting arm 9006 is moved. In the state where the engaging piece 9006b and the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 are not engaged, the inner frame 9012 is closed to the front surface of the outer frame 11, and the lower tray 2050 is contracted to the minimum, An interval between the engaging piece 9006b of the arm 9006 and the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 that allows displacement of the first divided body 2551 (side wall member 2055) in the enlargement direction up to the maximum enlarged state. Is formed. Accordingly, in a state where the inner frame 9012 is closed on the front surface of the outer frame 11, without providing a mechanism for releasing the engagement between the engaging piece of the connecting arm 9006 and the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551, the game is played. A person can freely operate the enlargement or reduction of the lower plate 2050. As a result, the structure for enabling the lower plate 2050 to be enlarged or reduced by the player's operation can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced and the operation reliability can be increased accordingly.

次いで、図72及び図73を参照して、第10実施形態における内枠10012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 10012 in the tenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 72 and 73.

第1実施形態では、内枠12の正面が変位不能な壁面として形成される場合を説明したが、第10実施形態の内枠10012には、その一部に前後方向へ変位可能に形成される変位壁部10001が配設される。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the first embodiment, the case where the front surface of the inner frame 12 is formed as a non-displaceable wall surface has been described, but in the inner frame 10012 of the tenth embodiment, a part thereof is formed so as to be displaceable in the front-rear direction. A displacement wall section 10001 is provided. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図72(a)は、第10実施形態における内枠10012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図72(b)は、図72(a)のLXXIIb−LXXIIb線における内枠10012及び下皿2050の断面図である。 72A is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 10012 and the lower tray 2050 in the tenth embodiment, and FIG. 72B is the inner frame 10012 and the lower tray 2050 taken along the line LXXIIb-LXXIIb of FIG. 72A. FIG.

また、図73は、図72(a)のLXXIIb−LXXIIb線における内枠10012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図73(a)では、変位壁部10001が所定の後退位置に達する前の状態が、図73(b)では、変位壁部10001が所定の後退位置まで後退された状態が、それぞれ図示される。 73 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 10012 and the lower tray 2050 taken along the line LXXIIb-LXXIIb in FIG. 72(a), and in FIG. 73(a), the displacement wall portion 10001 before reaching a predetermined retracted position. 73(b), the displacement wall portion 10001 is retracted to a predetermined retracted position.

なお、図72(a)は、図48(b)に対応する。また、図72及び図73では、図面を簡素化して、理解を容易とするために、球の図示が省略される。 Note that FIG. 72(a) corresponds to FIG. 48(b). Further, in FIGS. 72 and 73, the illustration of the sphere is omitted in order to simplify the drawings and facilitate understanding.

図72及び図73に示すように、第10実施形態における内枠10012は、内枠10012の正面側に配設され前後方向へ変位可能に形成される変位壁部10001と、その変位壁部10001を付勢する付勢ばね10002と、変位壁部10001を所定の後退位置で保持するための保持部材10003と、その保持部材10003による保持を解除するための操作子10004とを備える。 As shown in FIGS. 72 and 73, an inner frame 10012 according to the tenth embodiment is provided with a displacement wall portion 10001 which is disposed on the front side of the inner frame 10012 and is displaceable in the front-rear direction, and the displacement wall portion 10001. A holding member 10003 for holding the displacement wall portion 10001 at a predetermined retracted position, and an operator 10004 for releasing the holding by the holding member 10003.

変位壁部10001は、内枠10012の正面であって下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域の一部を形成する正面視略矩形の部材であり、図72に示す初期位置に保持されると共に、外力を受けた場合には、下皿2050の側壁部材2055から離間する方向(図72(b)上方向)へ変位(後退)され、図73(b)に示す所定の後退位置まで後退されると保持部材10003によって保持される(図73参照)。 The displacement wall portion 10001 is a member having a substantially rectangular shape in front view, which is a front surface of the inner frame 10012 and forms a part of a region facing the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050, and is held at the initial position shown in FIG. 72. At the same time, when an external force is applied, the lower plate 2050 is displaced (retracted) in a direction away from the side wall member 2055 (upward direction in FIG. 72(b)) and retracted to a predetermined retracted position shown in FIG. 73(b). When held, it is held by the holding member 10003 (see FIG. 73).

また、変位壁部10001は、払出口23に対して正面視右側となる領域に配設される。即ち、本実施形態では、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が、その正面視左側(図72(b)左側)の側部に回転軸(軸支ピン2057)が設けられ、その回転軸を中心として側壁部材2055が回転(即ち、内枠10012へ向けて近接する側(図72(b)上側)へ変位)されるところ、この回転軸から離間される側に変位壁部10001が配設される。これにより、後述するように、変位壁部10001による球の受け入れ効果を確保しつつ、構造の簡素化を図ることができる。 Further, the displacement wall portion 10001 is arranged in a region on the right side in front view with respect to the payout opening 23. That is, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 is provided with the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 2057) on the side portion on the left side (the left side in FIG. 72(b)) when viewed from the front, and the rotation shaft is used as the center. When the side wall member 2055 is rotated (that is, displaced toward the side closer to the inner frame 10012 (upper side in FIG. 72(b))), the displacement wall section 10001 is disposed on the side separated from the rotation axis. .. As a result, as will be described later, the structure can be simplified while ensuring the effect of receiving the sphere by the displacement wall portion 10001.

なお、内枠10012には、変位壁部10001の外形に対応する大きさの箱状に形成される収納部10005が形成され、変位壁部10001は、収納部10005に収納されることで、その変位方向が前後方向(図72(b)上下方向)に規制される。また、変位壁部10001は、収納部10005によって前方(側壁部材2055へ近接する方向)への変位(前進)が規制され、図72(b)に示す初期位置に維持される。 It should be noted that the inner frame 10012 is formed with a box-shaped storage section 10005 having a size corresponding to the outer shape of the displacement wall section 10001, and the displacement wall section 10001 is stored in the storage section 10005, thereby The displacement direction is restricted in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 72(b)). Further, the displacement wall portion 10001 is restricted from being displaced (forward) in the forward direction (a direction approaching the side wall member 2055) by the storage portion 10005, and is maintained at the initial position shown in FIG. 72B.

付勢ばね10002は、変位壁部10001を下皿2050の側壁部材2055へ向けて付勢する弾性体であり、変位壁部10001と収納部10005との間に弾性的に圧縮変形された状態で配設される。よって、付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力により変位壁部10001を初期位置に維持することができる一方(図72(b)参照)、弾性回復力を越える外力が作用された場合には、付勢ばね10002を弾性変形させて緩衝効果を発揮させつつ、変位壁部10001の初期位置からの変位(後退)を許容することができる(図73(a)及び図73(b)参照)。 The urging spring 10002 is an elastic body that urges the displacement wall portion 10001 toward the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050, and is elastically compressed and deformed between the displacement wall portion 10001 and the storage portion 10005. It is arranged. Therefore, while the displacement wall portion 10001 can be maintained at the initial position by the elastic recovery force of the biasing spring 10002 (see FIG. 72(b)), when the external force exceeding the elastic recovery force is applied, the displacement wall part 10001 is biased. It is possible to allow the displacement (retraction) of the displacement wall portion 10001 from the initial position while allowing the spring 10002 to elastically deform and exert a cushioning effect (see FIGS. 73(a) and 73(b)).

保持部材10003は、変位壁部10001の変位方向と直交する方向(図72(b)左右方向)に変位可能な状態で収納部10005の側方に配設される部材であり、半球状のボール部10003aと、そのボール部10003aを収納部10005内に突出させるための付勢ばね10003bと、操作子10004からの作用を受ける傾斜面として形成される被作用面10003cとを備える。 The holding member 10003 is a member that is disposed laterally of the storage unit 10005 in a state of being displaceable in a direction orthogonal to the displacement direction of the displacement wall portion 10001 (left and right direction in FIG. 72B), and is a hemispherical ball. A portion 10003a, an urging spring 10003b for projecting the ball portion 10003a into the storage portion 10005, and an actuated surface 10003c formed as an inclined surface that receives an action from the operator 10004.

操作子10004は、内枠10012の前面から基端側の操作部分を突出させると共に、傾斜面として形成される先端側の作用面10004aを保持部材10003の被作用面10003cに当接させた姿勢で配設され、保持部材10003へ向けて押し込み操作可能に形成される。 The operator 10004 is in a posture in which the operation portion on the base end side is projected from the front surface of the inner frame 10012 and the action surface 10004a on the tip end side formed as an inclined surface is brought into contact with the acted surface 10003c of the holding member 10003. It is arranged so that it can be pushed into the holding member 10003 and operated.

変位壁部10001の側面には、保持部材10003のボール部10003aを受け入れ可能な球面状の受入凹部10001aが凹設されており、変位規制部10001の側面が保持部材10003のボール部10003aを乗り越えつつ(図73(a)参照)、変位壁部10001が所定位置まで後退されると、ボール部10003aが受入凹部10001aに受け入れられる(嵌入される)ことで、変位壁部10001を所定の後退位置で保持することができる(図73(b)参照)。 A spherical receiving concave portion 10001a capable of receiving the ball portion 10003a of the holding member 10003 is provided on the side surface of the displacement wall portion 10001, and the side surface of the displacement restricting portion 10001 passes over the ball portion 10003a of the holding member 10003. When the displacement wall portion 10001 is retracted to a predetermined position (see FIG. 73(a)), the ball portion 10003a is received (fitted) in the receiving concave portion 10001a, so that the displacement wall portion 10001 is moved to the predetermined retracted position. It can be held (see FIG. 73(b)).

一方、図73(b)に示す状態から操作子10004が押し込み操作されると、作用面10004aが被作用面10003cに作用して、保持部部材10003が、ボール部10003aを後退させる方向(図73(b)右方向)へ変位される。これにより、保持部材10003による保持が解除され、変位壁部10001の前方(側壁部材2055へ近接する方向)への変位(前進)が可能となるので、付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力により変位壁部10001を初期位置へ復帰させることができる(図72(b)参照)。 On the other hand, when the operator 10004 is pushed in from the state shown in FIG. 73(b), the action surface 10004a acts on the acted surface 10003c, and the holding member 10003 retracts the ball portion 10003a (FIG. 73). (B) is displaced to the right). As a result, the holding by the holding member 10003 is released, and the displacement wall portion 10001 can be displaced forward (toward the side wall member 2055) (advance). Therefore, the displacement wall is displaced by the elastic recovery force of the biasing spring 10002. The part 10001 can be returned to the initial position (see FIG. 72B).

ここで、図72(b)に示すように、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)が拡大され、且つ、球が貯留された状態(但し、図72(b)では球の図示が省略される)において、例えば、遊技者の操作によって、或いは、内枠1012を開放した際に隣の台に衝突することによって、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向(内枠1012へ近接する方向、図72(b)上方向)へ強く押し込まれると、側壁部材2055と内枠1012の正面との間に球が挟み込まれて、側壁部材2055や内枠1012の破損を招くおそれがある。また、破損しない場合であっても、側壁部材2055及び内枠1012の間に挟み込まれた球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、ホールに飛散するおそれがある。 Here, as shown in FIG. 72(b), the lower tray 2050 (side wall member 2055) is enlarged and the balls are stored (however, the illustration of the balls is omitted in FIG. 72(b)). In, for example, the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is contracted in the direction of reduction (direction of approaching the inner frame 1012, FIG. 72) by the operation of the player or by colliding with the adjacent table when the inner frame 1012 is opened. If it is strongly pushed (b) in the upward direction), a sphere may be sandwiched between the side wall member 2055 and the front surface of the inner frame 1012, and the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 1012 may be damaged. Even if the ball is not damaged, the ball sandwiched between the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 1012 may overflow from the lower plate 2050 (plucked out) and be scattered in the hole.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、下皿2050の側壁部材2055から離間する方向へ変位(後退)可能に形成される変位側壁10001が、内枠1012の正面であって側壁部材2055に対面する領域のうちの少なくとも一部の領域に配設されるので、上述した状態から下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向(内枠1012へ近接する方向、図72(b)上方向)へ強く押し込まれた場合でも、変位壁部10001が、下皿2050の側壁部材2055から離間する方向(図73(a)及ぶ図73(b)の上方向)へ変位(後退)されることで、その分、側壁部材2055と内枠1012の正面との間に球が挟み込まれ難くできる。その結果、側壁部材2055や内枠1012が破損することを抑制できる。また、球が貯留領域内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、ホールに飛散することを抑制できる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the displacement side wall 10001 formed so as to be displaceable (retractable) in the direction away from the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 is the front surface of the inner frame 1012 and faces the side wall member 2055. Since the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is strong in the contracting direction (the direction approaching the inner frame 1012, the upper direction in FIG. 72B), the side wall member 2055 is disposed in at least a part of the above-mentioned area. Even when the displacement wall portion 10001 is pushed in, the displacement wall portion 10001 is displaced (retracted) in the direction away from the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 (upward direction in FIG. 73(a) and FIG. 73(b)). Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for a sphere to be caught between the side wall member 2055 and the front surface of the inner frame 1012. As a result, damage to the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 1012 can be suppressed. Further, it is possible to prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the storage area and scattering into the hole.

変位壁部10001が後退される際には、その後退を阻止する方向への付勢力が変位壁部10001に付勢ばね10002から付与されるので、側壁部材10001の後退を緩衝および減衰させることができる。よって、側壁部材10001や内枠10012が破損することを抑制しやすくできる。また、球が下皿2050から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、ホールに飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。 When the displacement wall portion 10001 is retracted, an urging force in a direction that prevents the displacement wall portion 10001 is applied from the biasing spring 10002 to the displacement wall portion 10001, so that the retraction of the side wall member 10001 can be buffered and damped. it can. Therefore, it is possible to easily prevent the side wall member 10001 and the inner frame 10012 from being damaged. Further, it is possible to easily prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the lower plate 2050 and scattering into the hole.

この場合、付勢ばね10002は、側壁部材10001と収納部10005との間に弾性的に圧縮変形された状態で配設され、初期位置(図72(b)参照)にある側壁部材10001を前進方向(側壁部材2055に近接する方向、図72(b)下方向)へ付勢する。即ち、変位壁部10001は、その変位壁部10001を後退させる外力が所定の値(付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力)を超えた場合に、下皿2050の側壁部材2055から離間する方向へ後退することを許容される。 In this case, the biasing spring 10002 is disposed between the side wall member 10001 and the accommodating portion 10005 in a state of being elastically compressed and deformed, and the side wall member 10001 at the initial position (see FIG. 72B) is advanced. Direction (direction close to the side wall member 2055, downward in FIG. 72B). That is, the displacement wall portion 10001 retracts in the direction away from the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 when the external force for retracting the displacement wall portion 10001 exceeds a predetermined value (elastic recovery force of the biasing spring 10002). Allowed to do.

よって、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ比較的大きな力で変位された場合(即ち、側壁部材2055と内枠10012との間に球が挟まれて、破損や球の飛散を招くおそれがある場合)のみ変位壁部10001を後退させることができ、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ比較的小さな力で変位された場合には変位壁部10001を初期位置に維持することができる。 Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is displaced with a relatively large force in the contraction direction (that is, a sphere is sandwiched between the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 10012, which may cause damage or scattering of the sphere. The displacement wall portion 10001 can be retracted only when the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is displaced with a relatively small force in the contraction direction, and the displacement wall portion 10001 can be maintained at the initial position. it can.

これにより、例えば、遊技者が下皿2050の側壁部材2055を通常の操作として比較的小さな力で縮小させる場合には、変位壁部10001が後退されることを規制して、初期位置へ維持させておくことができる。その結果、側壁部材10001が不必要に後退されることを抑制して、下皿2050の側壁部材2055を縮小方向へ操作する際の遊技者の操作感の向上を図ることができる。 Thereby, for example, when the player shrinks the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 with a comparatively small force as a normal operation, the displacement wall portion 10001 is restricted from being retracted and kept at the initial position. Can be kept. As a result, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 10001 from being retracted unnecessarily, and to improve the operational feeling of the player when the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 is operated in the contracting direction.

ここで、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向に強く押し込まれた際に、変位壁部10001が後退されることで、上述の通り、側壁部材2055や内枠1012が破損すること、球が貯留領域内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、ホールに飛散することを抑制できる。 Here, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 is strongly pushed in the contracting direction, the displacement wall portion 10001 is retracted, and as described above, the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 1012 are damaged, and the sphere It is possible to prevent the water from overflowing (flicking out) from the storage area and scattering into the hole.

しかしながら、側壁部材2055の縮小方向への変位に伴い後退した変位壁部10001が、その後、付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力により初期位置へ向けて前進されたのでは、その変位壁部10001の前進により、側壁部材2055と変位壁部10001との間に球が挟み込まれ、側壁部材2055や変位壁部10001の破損を招いたり、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散するおそれがある。 However, if the displacement wall portion 10001 retracted due to the displacement of the side wall member 2055 in the contraction direction is then advanced toward the initial position by the elastic recovery force of the biasing spring 10002, the displacement wall portion 10001 advances. As a result, a sphere is sandwiched between the side wall member 2055 and the displacement wall portion 10001, causing damage to the side wall member 2055 or the displacement wall portion 10001, or the ball overflowing from the lower plate 2050 (plucking out), and the game is played. May be scattered in the field.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、保持部材10003を備え、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向に強く押し込まれ、変位壁部10001が後退された場合には、その変位壁部10001を保持部材10003により所定の後退位置に保持することができる。よって、例えば、球抜き穴2054aから千両箱へ球を排出した後に、操作子10004を操作して、変位壁部10001を初期位置へ復帰させることができる。即ち、側壁部材2055と変位壁部10001との間に球が挟み込まれて、側壁部材2055や変位壁部10001の破損を招いたり、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散することを事前に解消した上で、変位壁部10001を、付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力により初期位置へ向けて前進させることができる。 On the other hand, according to this embodiment, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is strongly pushed in the contraction direction and the displacement wall portion 10001 is retracted, the displacement wall portion 10001 is provided with the holding member 10003. It can be held at a predetermined retracted position by the holding member 10003. Therefore, for example, after the balls have been discharged from the ball punching hole 2054a to the thousand box, the operator 10004 can be operated to return the displacement wall portion 10001 to the initial position. That is, a sphere is sandwiched between the side wall member 2055 and the displacement wall part 10001, and the side wall member 2055 and the displacement wall part 10001 are damaged, or the sphere overflows from the lower plate 2050 (is ejected), It is possible to advance the displacement wall portion 10001 toward the initial position by the elastic recovery force of the biasing spring 10002 after eliminating the scattering in the game hall in advance.

なお、保持部材10003による変位壁部10001の保持は、変位壁部10001が所定の変位量を超えて後退された場合にのみ行われるので、変位壁部10001の変位(後退)量が比較的小さい場合(即ち、変位壁部10001を前進させても、球の挟み込みによる破損や球の飛散を招くおそれが小さいと判断される場合)には、変位壁部10001の保持部材10003による保持を行わず、付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力により変位壁部10001を初期位置へ復帰させることができる。 Note that the displacement wall portion 10001 is held by the holding member 10003 only when the displacement wall portion 10001 is retracted beyond a predetermined displacement amount, and thus the displacement (retraction) amount of the displacement wall portion 10001 is relatively small. In this case (that is, even if the displacement wall portion 10001 is advanced, it is determined that there is little risk of damage or scattering of the ball due to the ball being caught), the retaining member 10003 does not hold the displacement wall portion 10001. The displacement wall portion 10001 can be returned to the initial position by the elastic recovery force of the biasing spring 10002.

これにより、例えば、遊技者が下皿2050の貯留可能量を調整するために、側壁部材2055を縮小方向に操作しただけの場合に、変位壁部10001が保持部材10003により保持されることを回避でき、その結果、かかる変位壁部10001を初期位置へ復帰させる操作(操作子10004の押し込み)が何度も必要となることを回避できる。よって、遊技者の操作性の向上を図ることができる。 This prevents the displacement wall portion 10001 from being held by the holding member 10003 when the player merely operates the side wall member 2055 in the contraction direction in order to adjust the storable amount of the lower plate 2050, for example. As a result, it is possible to avoid the necessity of repeatedly performing the operation (pushing in the operator 10004) of returning the displacement wall portion 10001 to the initial position. Therefore, the operability of the player can be improved.

ここで、本実施形態では、変位壁部10001が内枠10012の正面であって下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域の一部(払出口23の正面視右側)のみに形成される。この場合、変位壁部10001を、内枠10012の正面であって下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域の全域にわたって形成されていれば、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ変位される際に押し込まれる球を受け入れる容積を確保できるので、側壁部材2055や内枠10012の破損や球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。しかしながら、変位壁部10001を、下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域の全域にわたって形成するためには、その領域内に配設される払出口23及びその払出口23へ球を流通させる通路との干渉を避ける必要があり、変位壁部10001を変位可能とするための構造が複雑化する。 Here, in the present embodiment, the displacement wall portion 10001 is formed only on the front surface of the inner frame 10012 and on a part of the region of the lower tray 2050 facing the side wall member 2055 (right side of the payout opening 23 in front view). In this case, if the displacement wall portion 10001 is formed over the entire area of the front surface of the inner frame 10012 and facing the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050, the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is displaced in the contracting direction. Since it is possible to secure a volume for receiving the ball to be pushed in when the ball is pushed, it is possible to easily prevent the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 10012 from being damaged or the ball from overflowing from the lower plate 2050 and scattering to the game hall. However, in order to form the displacement wall portion 10001 over the entire area of the lower plate 2050 facing the side wall member 2055, the payout opening 23 disposed in the area and the passage through which the balls flow to the payout opening 23. It is necessary to avoid interference with the displacement wall portion 10001 and the structure for making the displacement wall portion 10001 displaceable becomes complicated.

これに対し、本実施形態では、変位壁部10001は、下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域のうちの払出口23よりも正面視右側となる領域に配設されるので、払出口23及びその払出口23へ球を流通させるための通路との干渉を避ける必要がない。よって、変位壁部10001を変位可能とするための構造を簡素化することができる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, the displacement wall portion 10001 is arranged in a region on the right side in front view of the payout port 23 in the region of the lower plate 2050 facing the side wall member 2055, and therefore the payout port 2301 is provided. Also, it is not necessary to avoid interference with the passage for circulating the ball to the outlet 23. Therefore, the structure for making the displacement wall portion 10001 displaceable can be simplified.

一方、この場合には、変位壁部10001を、下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域の全域にわたって形成する場合と比較して、変位壁部10001の面積が小さくなるが、かかる変位壁部10001は、払出口23を挟んで下皿2050の側壁部材2055の回転軸(軸支ピン2057)と反対側(図72(b)右側)に配設されるので、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ変位される際に押し込まれる球を変位壁部10001の変位(後退)により効率的に受け入れることができる。 On the other hand, in this case, the displacement wall portion 10001 has a smaller area than that in the case where the displacement wall portion 10001 is formed over the entire region of the lower tray 2050 that faces the side wall member 2055. Since 10001 is arranged on the opposite side (right side in FIG. 72(b)) of the rotation shaft (shaft support pin 2057) of the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 with the dispensing outlet 23 interposed, the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050. Can be efficiently received by the displacement (retraction) of the displacement wall portion 10001 when the ball is displaced in the contraction direction.

即ち、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ変位(回転)される場合、その回転軸(軸支ピン2057)に近い側(図72(b)左側)では内枠10012に対する側壁部材2055の傾斜が比較的大きく、球を回転軸(軸支ピン2057)と反対側(図72(b)右側)へ押し出す態様となる一方、回転軸(軸心ピン2057)から遠い側(図72(b)右側)では内枠10012に対する側壁部材2055の傾斜が比較的小さく、内枠10012と側壁部材2055との間に球を挟み込みやすい。 That is, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is displaced (rotated) in the contraction direction, the side wall member 2055 with respect to the inner frame 10012 of the side wall member 2055 close to the rotation axis (the shaft support pin 2057) (left side in FIG. 72( b )). The inclination is relatively large, and the sphere is pushed out to the side opposite to the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 2057) (right side in FIG. 72(b)), while the side farther from the rotation shaft (shaft center pin 2057) (see FIG. 72(b)). ) On the right side), the inclination of the side wall member 2055 with respect to the inner frame 10012 is relatively small, and a sphere is likely to be sandwiched between the inner frame 10012 and the side wall member 2055.

よって、変位壁部10001を、払出口23を挟んで側壁部材2055の回転軸(軸支ピン2057)と反対側となる領域に配設することが、変位壁部10001の面積を抑制しつつ、側壁部材2055により押し込まれた球をより多く受け入れることに特に有効となる。その結果、側壁部材2055や内枠10012が破損することや球が貯留領域内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制する効果を確保できる。 Therefore, disposing the displacement wall portion 10001 in a region opposite to the rotation axis (the shaft support pin 2057) of the side wall member 2055 with the payout opening 23 interposed therebetween suppresses the area of the displacement wall portion 10001, It is particularly effective in receiving more balls pushed by the side wall member 2055. As a result, it is possible to secure the effect of preventing the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 10012 from being damaged and the ball from overflowing from the storage area and scattering to the game hall.

次いで、図74から図77を参照して、第11実施形態における内枠11012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 11012 in the eleventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 74 to 77.

第10実施形態では、操作子10004が押し込み操作された場合に、保持部材10003による変位壁部10001の保持を解除する場合を説明したが、第11実施形態における保持部材10003による変位壁部10001の保持の解除は、下皿11020が拡大方向に変位されることで行われる。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the tenth embodiment, the case in which the holding of the displacement wall portion 10001 by the holding member 10003 is released when the operator 10004 is pushed in has been described, but the displacement wall portion 10001 by the holding member 10003 in the eleventh embodiment is described. The holding is released by displacing the lower plate 11020 in the expansion direction. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図74は、第11実施形態における内枠11012及び下皿11050の断面図であり、図74(a)では、変位壁部10001が初期位置に配設され且つ下皿11020が拡大された状態が、図74(b)では、変位壁部10001が所定の後退位置まで後退され且つ下皿11020が縮小された状態が、それぞれ図示される。 FIG. 74 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 11012 and the lower plate 11050 in the eleventh embodiment. In FIG. 74(a), the displacement wall portion 10001 is arranged at the initial position and the lower plate 11020 is enlarged. 74(b), the displacement wall portion 10001 is retracted to a predetermined retracted position and the lower tray 11020 is contracted, respectively.

また、図75(a)は、図74(a)に示す下皿11050の拡大状態における解除機構の部分拡大模式図であり、図75(b)は、図74(b)に示す下皿11050の縮小状態における解除機構の部分拡大模式図である。 Also, FIG. 75(a) is a partially enlarged schematic view of the release mechanism in the enlarged state of the lower plate 11050 shown in FIG. 74(a), and FIG. 75(b) is the lower plate 11050 shown in FIG. 74(b). FIG. 6 is a partially enlarged schematic view of the release mechanism in the reduced state of FIG.

図76及び図77は、解除機構の部分拡大模式図であり、図76では、図75(a)に示す下皿11050の拡大状態から図75(b)に示す下皿11050の縮小状態への遷移が、図77では、図75(b)に示す下皿11050の縮小状態から図75(a)に示す下皿11050の拡大状態への遷移が、それぞれ時系列で図示される。 76 and 77 are partial enlarged schematic views of the release mechanism. In FIG. 76, the state of the lower plate 11050 shown in FIG. 75(a) is expanded to the state of the lower plate 11050 contracted shown in FIG. 75(b). 77, the transition from the contracted state of the lower plate 11050 shown in FIG. 75(b) to the expanded state of the lower plate 11050 shown in FIG. 75(a) is illustrated in time series.

なお、図74は、図72(b)に対応する。また、図74では、図面を簡素化して、理解を容易とするために、球の図示が省略される。 Note that FIG. 74 corresponds to FIG. 72(b). Further, in FIG. 74, the illustration of the sphere is omitted in order to simplify the drawing and facilitate understanding.

図74から図77に示すように、第11実施形態における内枠11012は、保持部材10003による変位側壁10001の保持を下皿11050の拡大に伴って解除させるための機構(以下「解除機構」と称す)として、第1分割体2551の第2片2551Y(上面視略L字形状の短辺部分)から延設される延設部11001と、その延設部11001の延設先端に軸支される係合片11002と、その係合片11002の移動軌跡上に一端側が位置すると共に内枠11012に回転可能に軸支される伝達体11003と、その伝達体11003の他端側に基端側が当接可能に形成される操作子11004と、を備える。 As shown in FIGS. 74 to 77, the inner frame 11012 in the eleventh embodiment is a mechanism (hereinafter referred to as a “release mechanism”) for releasing the holding of the displacement side wall 10001 by the holding member 10003 as the lower tray 11050 is enlarged. As referred to), the extended portion 11001 extending from the second piece 2551Y (the short side portion of the L shape in a top view) of the first divided body 2551 and the extended tip of the extended portion 11001 are pivotally supported. Engaging piece 11002, a transmitting body 11003 whose one end side is located on the movement locus of the engaging piece 11002 and is rotatably supported by the inner frame 11012, and a base end side on the other end side of the transmitting body 11003. And a manipulator 11004 formed so as to be able to come into contact with each other.

係合片11002は、図75(a)及び図75(b)に示す初期位置から時計回り(図75(a)右回り)への回転は許容されるが、初期位置から反時計回り(図75(a)左回り)への回転は禁止された状態で延設部11001に軸支される。一方、これとは逆に、伝達体11003は、図75(a)及び図75(b)に示す初期位置から反時計回り(図75(a)左回り)への回転は許容されるが、初期位置から時計回り(図75(a)右回り)への回転は禁止された状態で内枠11012に軸支される。 The engagement piece 11002 is allowed to rotate clockwise (clockwise in FIG. 75(a)) from the initial position shown in FIGS. 75(a) and 75(b), but counterclockwise from the initial position (see FIG. 75). It is pivotally supported by the extension portion 11001 in a state where the rotation to the left (75 (a) counterclockwise) is prohibited. On the other hand, conversely, the transmission body 11003 is allowed to rotate counterclockwise (counterclockwise in FIG. 75(a)) from the initial position shown in FIGS. 75(a) and 75(b), Rotation from the initial position in the clockwise direction (clockwise in FIG. 75A) is prohibited, and is pivotally supported by the inner frame 11012.

よって、延設部11001が縮小方向(図75(a)上方向)へ変位される際には、伝達体11003の一端側に当接された係合片11002が時計回りに回転されることで、伝達体11003を回転させることなく、係合片11002を通過させることができる(図77参照)。これにより、保持部材10003の状態に関わらず、下皿110050を縮小させることができる。 Therefore, when the extension portion 11001 is displaced in the contraction direction (upward direction in FIG. 75(a)), the engagement piece 11002 that is in contact with one end of the transmission body 11003 is rotated clockwise. The engaging piece 11002 can be passed through without rotating the transmission body 11003 (see FIG. 77). Accordingly, the lower plate 110050 can be reduced regardless of the state of the holding member 10003.

一方、延設部11001が拡大方向(図75(b)下方向)へ変位される際には、係合片11002が反時計回りに回転できないことから、係合片11002が伝達体11003の一端側を変位させつつ通過することで、伝達体11003を反時計回りに回転させることができる(図76参照)。 On the other hand, when the extending portion 11001 is displaced in the expansion direction (downward in FIG. 75(b)), the engaging piece 11002 cannot rotate counterclockwise, so that the engaging piece 11002 is at one end of the transmission body 11003. By passing while displacing the side, the transmission body 11003 can be rotated counterclockwise (see FIG. 76).

操作子11004は、上述したように、伝達体11003の他端側に基端側が当接可能に配設されると共に、傾斜面として形成される先端側の作用面11004aを保持部材10003の被作用面10003cに当接させた姿勢で配設され、保持部材10003へ向けて変位可能に形成される。 As described above, the manipulator 11004 is arranged such that the base end side thereof can come into contact with the other end side of the transmission body 11003, and the front end side action surface 11004a formed as an inclined surface is acted on by the holding member 10003. It is arranged so as to be in contact with the surface 10003c and is formed so as to be displaceable toward the holding member 10003.

よって、延設部11001が拡大方向(図75(b)下方向)へ変位され、上述したように、係合片11002が伝達体11003の一端側を変位させつつ通過し、伝達体11003が反時計回りに回転されることで(図76参照)、伝達体11003の他端側により操作子11004が保持部材10003へ向けて押し込まれ、作用面11004aを被作用面10003cに作用させることができる。その結果、保持部材10003による保持を解除することができる。 Therefore, the extended portion 11001 is displaced in the expanding direction (downward in FIG. 75(b)), and as described above, the engaging piece 11002 passes while displacing one end side of the transmission body 11003, and the transmission body 11003 is reversed. By rotating in the clockwise direction (see FIG. 76), the operating element 11004 is pushed toward the holding member 10003 by the other end side of the transmission body 11003, and the acting surface 11004a can act on the acted surface 10003c. As a result, the holding by the holding member 10003 can be released.

即ち、図74(b)に示す状態から、下皿11050を拡大方向へ操作(第1分割体2551が拡大方向へ変位)することで、上述した解除機構の動作により(図76参照)、操作子11004の作用面11004aを保持部材10003の被作用面10003cに作用させ、保持部材10003を、ボール部10003aを後退させる方向(図74(b)右方向)へ変位させることができる。これにより、保持部材10003による保持を解除させ、変位壁部10001の前方(側壁部材2055へ近接する方向)への変位(前進)を可能とでき、図74(a)に示すように、付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力により変位壁部10001を初期位置へ復帰させることができる。 That is, by operating the lower plate 11050 in the expansion direction (displacement of the first divided body 2551 in the expansion direction) from the state shown in FIG. 74(b), the operation of the release mechanism described above (see FIG. 76) is performed. The action surface 11004a of the child 11004 can be caused to act on the acted surface 10003c of the holding member 10003, and the holding member 10003 can be displaced in the direction in which the ball portion 10003a is retracted (right direction in FIG. 74(b)). As a result, the holding by the holding member 10003 can be released, and the displacement wall portion 10001 can be displaced (advanced) in the front direction (direction closer to the side wall member 2055), and as shown in FIG. The elastic recovery force of the spring 10002 can return the displacement wall portion 10001 to the initial position.

以上のように、第11実施形態によれば、所定の後退位置まで後退された変位壁部10001(図74(b)参照)の保持部材10003による保持は、下皿11050の側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)を拡大方向へ変位させることで、解除されるので、付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力により変位壁部10001が初期位置へ向けて前進される場合に、側壁部2055を変位壁部10001から予め離間させておくことができる。 As described above, according to the eleventh embodiment, the displacement wall portion 10001 (see FIG. 74(b)) retracted to the predetermined retracted position is held by the holding member 10003. When the displacement wall portion 10001 is advanced toward the initial position by the elastic recovery force of the biasing spring 10002, the side wall portion 2055 is displaced by displacing the side wall portion 2055. It can be separated from the part 10001 in advance.

よって、変位壁部10001の前進に伴い押し返された球が(但し、図74では球を図示せず)、変位壁部10001と側壁部材2055との間に挟み込まれ、側壁部材2055や変位壁部10001の破損を招いたり、球が下皿11050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散することを抑制することができる。従って、変位壁部10001を初期位置へ復帰させる前に球抜き穴2054aから千両箱へ球を排出しておく必要がないので、遊技者の作業性の向上を図ることができる。 Therefore, the sphere pushed back by the forward movement of the displacement wall portion 10001 (however, the sphere is not shown in FIG. 74) is sandwiched between the displacement wall portion 10001 and the side wall member 2055, and the side wall member 2055 and the displacement wall 2055. It is possible to prevent the part 10001 from being damaged, and to prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the inside of the lower plate 11050 and scattering to the game hall. Therefore, it is not necessary to discharge the balls from the ball removing hole 2054a to the thousand boxes before returning the displacement wall portion 10001 to the initial position, so that the workability of the player can be improved.

次いで、図78から図80を参照して、第12実施形態における内枠12012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 12012 in the twelfth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 78 to 80.

第10実施形態では、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ強く押し込まれた際に球を介して作用される外力により変位壁部10001が側壁部材2055から離間する方向へ後退される場合を説明したが、第12実施形態の変位壁部12001は、内枠12012の開放に連動して側壁部材2055から離間する方向へ後退される。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the tenth embodiment, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is strongly pushed in the contracting direction, the displacement wall portion 10001 is retracted in the direction away from the side wall member 2055 by the external force applied via the sphere. As described above, the displacement wall portion 12001 of the twelfth embodiment is retracted in the direction in which it is separated from the side wall member 2055 in conjunction with the opening of the inner frame 12012. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図78(a)、図79(a)及び図80(a)は、第12実施形態における内枠12012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図78(b)、図79(b)及び図80(b)は、図78(a)のLXXVIIIb−LXXVIIIb線、図79(a)のLXXIXb−LXXIXb線および図80(a)のLXXXb−LXXXb線における内枠12012及び下皿2050の部分拡大断面図である。 78(a), 79(a) and 80(a) are cross-sectional views of the inner frame 12012 and the lower tray 2050 in the twelfth embodiment, and FIGS. 78(b), 79(b) and FIG. 80(b) is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the inner frame 12012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along line LXXVIIIb-LXXVIIIb of FIG. 78(a), line LXXIXb-LXXIXb of FIG. 79(a), and line LXXXb-LXXXb of FIG. 80(a). It is a figure.

なお、図78及び図80では、内枠12012が外枠11の前面に閉じられた状態が、図79では、内枠12012が外枠11に対して略90度の開放角まで開放された状態が、それぞれ図示される。また、図78では、下皿2050が拡大された状態が、図79及び図80では、下皿2050が縮小された状態が、それぞれ図示される。図78から図80では、図面を簡素化して、理解を容易とするために、球の図示が省略される。 78 and 80, the state where the inner frame 12012 is closed to the front surface of the outer frame 11 is shown in FIG. 79, and the state where the inner frame 12012 is opened to the outer frame 11 to an opening angle of approximately 90 degrees. Are shown respectively. 78 shows a state in which the lower tray 2050 is enlarged, and FIGS. 79 and 80 show a state in which the lower tray 2050 is reduced. 78 to 80, the spheres are not shown in order to simplify the drawings and facilitate understanding.

図78から図80に示すように、第12実施形態における内枠12012は、第9実施形態における連動機構(図65参照)と、第10実施形態における変位壁部10001、付勢ばね10002及び収納部10005(図72(b)参照)とを備え、これら連動機構と変位壁部10001とが連動可能に形成される。即ち、第12実施形態では、第9実施形態の場合と同様に内枠12012の開放に連動して下皿2050が縮小されることに加え、内枠12012の開放に連動して変位壁部10001が下皿2050の側壁部材2055から離間する方向へ変位(後退)される。 As shown in FIGS. 78 to 80, the inner frame 12012 in the twelfth embodiment includes the interlocking mechanism (see FIG. 65) in the ninth embodiment, the displacement wall portion 10001 in the tenth embodiment, the biasing spring 10002, and the storage. Section 10005 (see FIG. 72( b )), and the interlocking mechanism and the displacement wall section 10001 are formed to be interlockable. That is, in the twelfth embodiment, the lower plate 2050 is reduced in conjunction with the opening of the inner frame 12012 as in the case of the ninth embodiment, and the displacement wall portion 10001 is associated with the opening of the inner frame 12012. Is displaced (retracted) in a direction in which it separates from the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050.

詳細には、連動機構の回転アーム9005の側縁から前方(変位壁部10001の背面)へ向けて張出部12007が張り出して形成されると共に、その張出部12007の張出先端から断面円形の連結ピン12008が垂下される一方、変位壁部10001の背面から摺動連結壁12009が立設される。変位壁部10001の摺動連結壁12009は、変位壁部10001の幅方向(図78(a)左右方向)に沿って直線状に延設され、その正面(図78(a)下側の面)に張出部12007から垂下される連結ピン12008が摺動可能に連結される。即ち、張出部12007及び連結ピン12008と摺動連結壁12009とを介して、連動機構の回転アーム9005と変位壁部10001とが連結される。 More specifically, a bulging portion 12007 is formed so as to bulge forward from the side edge of the rotary arm 9005 of the interlocking mechanism (to the back surface of the displacement wall portion 10001), and a circular cross section is formed from the bulging tip of the bulging portion 12007. While the connecting pin 12008 of FIG. 1 is hung, the sliding connecting wall 12009 is erected from the back surface of the displacement wall portion 10001. The sliding connection wall 12009 of the displacement wall portion 10001 is linearly extended along the width direction of the displacement wall portion 10001 (left and right direction of FIG. 78(a)), and the front surface (lower surface of FIG. 78(a)). ) Is slidably connected to the connecting pin 12008 that is hung from the projecting portion 12007. That is, the rotary arm 9005 of the interlocking mechanism and the displacement wall portion 10001 are connected to each other via the protruding portion 12007, the connecting pin 12008, and the sliding connecting wall 12009.

よって、図78に示すように、下皿2050が拡大された状態から、内枠12012が開放されると、第9実施形態で説明したように(図65から図70参照)、連動機構の作用(回転アーム9005が内枠12012に対して回転され、連結アーム9006が変位される)により、係合片9006bとストッパ部2551S2との係合を介して、第1分割体2551が縮小方向へ変位され、下皿2050が縮小される。内枠12012が更に開放され、図79に示すように、その開放角が略90度に達すると、下皿2050が最少に縮小される。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 78, when the inner frame 12012 is opened from the state where the lower tray 2050 is enlarged, the action of the interlocking mechanism as described in the ninth embodiment (see FIGS. 65 to 70). (The rotating arm 9005 is rotated with respect to the inner frame 12012 and the connecting arm 9006 is displaced), whereby the first divided body 2551 is displaced in the contraction direction through the engagement between the engaging piece 9006b and the stopper portion 2551S2. Then, the lower plate 2050 is reduced. When the inner frame 12012 is further opened and the opening angle reaches approximately 90 degrees as shown in FIG. 79, the lower tray 2050 is contracted to the minimum.

同時に、連動機構の回転アーム9005の回転に伴い、連結ピン12008が摺動連結壁12009の正面側を摺動しつつ、摺動連結壁12009との連結状態を維持することで、これら連結ピン12008及び摺動連結壁12009を介して、変位壁部10001が、回転アーム9005に従動され、図79に示すように、下皿2050の側壁部材2055から離間する方向へ変位(後退)される。 At the same time, as the rotating arm 9005 of the interlocking mechanism rotates, the connecting pin 12008 slides on the front side of the sliding connecting wall 12009 and maintains the connected state with the sliding connecting wall 12009. The displacement wall portion 10001 is driven by the rotation arm 9005 via the sliding connection wall 12009, and is displaced (retreated) in the direction away from the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050, as shown in FIG. 79.

ここで、内枠12012が開放される際に、下皿2050を縮小させるので、第9実施形態の場合と同様に、下皿2050の他の部材との衝突自体を回避することで、衝突対象(例えば、ハンドル51)や下皿2050が損傷することを抑制できると共に、遊技者の手が衝突対象と下皿2050との間に挟まれることを抑制できる。 Here, since the lower tray 2050 is contracted when the inner frame 12012 is opened, the collision target itself is avoided by avoiding the collision itself with other members of the lower tray 2050 as in the case of the ninth embodiment. (For example, the handle 51) and the lower plate 2050 can be prevented from being damaged, and the player's hand can be prevented from being caught between the collision target and the lower plate 2050.

一方で、このように、内枠12012の開放に伴って下皿2050を縮小させる構成では、拡大された下皿2050に球が貯留された状態のままで、内枠12012が不用意に開放されると、縮小方向(即ち、内枠12012の正面に近接する方向)へ変位される側壁部材2055により押し込まれた球が、側壁部材2055と内枠12012との間に球が挟み込まれることで、側壁部材2055や内枠12012の破損を招いたり、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散するおそれがある。 On the other hand, in such a configuration in which the lower tray 2050 is contracted along with the opening of the inner frame 12012, the inner frame 12012 is inadvertently opened while the balls are stored in the enlarged lower tray 2050. Then, the sphere pushed by the side wall member 2055 displaced in the contracting direction (that is, the direction approaching the front of the inner frame 12012) is sandwiched between the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 12012, There is a possibility that the side wall member 2055 or the inner frame 12012 may be damaged, or a ball may overflow from the lower plate 2050 (plucked out) and be scattered in the game hall.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、内枠12012の開放に伴い、下皿2050を縮小させることに加え、変位壁部10001を下皿2050の側壁部材2055から離間する方向へ変位(後退)させることができる。よって、側壁部材2055により押し込まれる球を、変位壁部10001の後退により形成される空間に受け入れることができ、これにより、側壁部材2055と内枠12012との間に球が挟み込まれ難くすることができる。その結果、側壁部材2055や内枠12012が破損することや、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, in addition to shrinking the lower tray 2050 with the opening of the inner frame 12012, the displacement wall portion 10001 is displaced (retracted) in the direction away from the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050. Can be made. Therefore, the sphere pushed by the side wall member 2055 can be received in the space formed by the retreat of the displacement wall portion 10001, and this makes it difficult for the sphere to be caught between the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 12012. it can. As a result, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 12012 from being damaged and the ball from overflowing from the lower plate 2050 and scattering to the game hall.

なお、本実施形態では、連結ピン12008が摺動連結壁21009の正面側に配設されると共に、摺動連結壁21009の正面側が開放して形成されるので、回転アーム9005が回転される場合には、その回転アーム9005の回転に対して、張出部12007及び連結ピン12008と摺動連結壁12009とを介して、変位壁部10001を従動させて後退させることができる一方で(図79参照)、回転アーム9005が回転されない場合であっても、図80に示すように、連結ピン12008と摺動連結壁12009の連結を切り離して、変位壁部10001のみを後退させることができる。 In the present embodiment, since the connecting pin 12008 is arranged on the front side of the sliding connecting wall 21009 and the front side of the sliding connecting wall 21009 is opened, the rotating arm 9005 is rotated. With respect to the rotation of the rotating arm 9005, the displacement wall portion 10001 can be driven and retracted via the overhang portion 12007, the connecting pin 12008 and the sliding connecting wall 12009 (FIG. 79). Even when the rotating arm 9005 is not rotated, as shown in FIG. 80, the connection between the connecting pin 12008 and the sliding connecting wall 12009 can be separated, and only the displacement wall portion 10001 can be retracted.

即ち、本実施形態では、内枠12012が開放される際に変位壁部10001を後退させるだけでなく、変位壁部10001に外力が作用することによっても、かかる変位壁部10001を側壁部材2055から離間する方向へ後退させることができる。 That is, in the present embodiment, not only is the displacement wall portion 10001 retracted when the inner frame 12012 is opened, but also the displacement wall portion 10001 is removed from the side wall member 2055 by an external force acting on the displacement wall portion 10001. It can be retracted in the separating direction.

よって、下皿2050が拡大され且つ球が貯留されている状態(図78に示す状態)から、その側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ遊技者によって強く押し込まれた際には、図80に示すように、その押し込みの際に球を介して作用される外力によって変位壁部10001を後退させることができ、その後退を利用して、側壁部材2055と内枠12012との間に球が挟み込まれ難くすることができる。従って、側壁部材2055や内枠12012が破損することや、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 is strongly pushed by the player in the contracting direction from the state where the lower plate 2050 is expanded and the balls are stored (the state shown in FIG. 78), as shown in FIG. 80. The displacement wall portion 10001 can be retracted by an external force applied via the sphere when the sphere is pushed, and the sphere is less likely to be caught between the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 12012 by utilizing the retraction. be able to. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 12012 from being damaged and the ball from overflowing from the lower plate 2050 and scattering to the game hall.

次いで、図81を参照して、第13実施形態における内枠13012について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 81, the inner frame 13012 in the thirteenth embodiment will be described.

第10実施形態では、側壁部材2055から離間する方向への変位壁部10001の後退が、スライド変位により行われる場合を説明したが、第13実施形態の変位壁部13001は、側壁部材2055から離間する方向への後退が、回転により行われる。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the tenth embodiment, the case has been described in which the displacement wall portion 10001 retracts in the direction of separating from the side wall member 2055 by sliding displacement, but the displacement wall portion 13001 of the thirteenth embodiment separates from the side wall member 2055. The backward movement in the direction of rotation is performed by rotation. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図81は、第13実施形態における内枠13012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図81(a)では、変位壁部13001が初期位置に配置された状態が、図81(b)では、変位壁部13001が後退された状態が、それぞれ図示される。なお、図81では、図面を簡素化して、理解を容易とするために、球の図示が省略される。 81 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 13012 and the lower tray 2050 in the thirteenth embodiment. In FIG. 81(a), the state in which the displacement wall portion 13001 is arranged at the initial position is shown in FIG. 81(b). The state in which the displacement wall 13001 is retracted is shown in each figure. Note that, in FIG. 81, the sphere is not shown in order to simplify the drawing and facilitate understanding.

図81に示すように、第13実施形態における変位壁部13001は、上述した第10実施形態における変位壁部10001と同様に、内枠13012の正面であって下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域の一部を形成する正面視略矩形の部材であり(図72(a)参照)、その正面視上辺側(図81(a)上側)が回転軸13001aにより内枠13012に回転可能に軸支される。 As shown in FIG. 81, the displacement wall portion 13001 in the thirteenth embodiment is the front surface of the inner frame 13012 and faces the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050, similarly to the displacement wall portion 10001 in the tenth embodiment described above. It is a member having a substantially rectangular shape in front view (see FIG. 72( a )) that forms a part of the region to be moved, and its upper side in front view (upper side in FIG. 81( a )) is rotatable with respect to the inner frame 13012 by the rotation shaft 13001 a. Is pivotally supported.

なお、内枠13012には、変位壁部13001の外形に対応する大きさであって円筒を略4分割した形状の収納部13005が、変位壁部13001の回転軸13001aと同心に配設される。これにより、変位壁部13001の回転軸13001aを回転中心とする移動空間を取り囲む内壁(平坦面としての側面および湾曲面としての底面)を形成して、変位壁部13001の変位時の球の噛み込みを抑制できる。 In addition, in the inner frame 13012, a storage portion 13005 having a size corresponding to the outer shape of the displacement wall portion 13001 and having a shape obtained by dividing a cylinder into approximately four is arranged concentrically with the rotating shaft 13001a of the displacement wall portion 13001. .. As a result, an inner wall (a side surface as a flat surface and a bottom surface as a curved surface) that surrounds a moving space around the rotation axis 13001a of the displacement wall portion 13001 as a center of rotation is formed, and a sphere bites when the displacement wall portion 13001 is displaced. It can suppress the crowding.

また、変位壁部13001と収納部13005との間には、ねじりばねとして構成される弾性ばね(図示せず)が弾性的にねじり変形された状態で回転軸13001a1と同軸に配設され、その弾性ばねの弾性回復力により変位壁部13001が図81(a)に示す初期位置に維持される。また、これにより、弾性ばねの弾性回復力を越える外力が作用されるまでは、変位壁部13001の変位(後退)を規制できる。一方、弾性ばねの弾性回復力を越える外力が作用された場合には、弾性ばねを弾性変形させて緩衝効果を発揮させつつ、変位壁部13001の初期位置からの変位(後退)を許容することができる(図81(b)参照)。 An elastic spring (not shown) configured as a torsion spring is disposed between the displacement wall portion 13001 and the housing portion 13005 coaxially with the rotary shaft 13001a1 in a state of being elastically twisted and deformed. The displacement wall portion 13001 is maintained at the initial position shown in FIG. 81A by the elastic recovery force of the elastic spring. Further, thereby, the displacement (retraction) of the displacement wall portion 13001 can be regulated until an external force exceeding the elastic recovery force of the elastic spring is applied. On the other hand, when an external force exceeding the elastic recovery force of the elastic spring is applied, the displacement (retraction) of the displacement wall portion 13001 from the initial position is allowed while elastically deforming the elastic spring to exert a cushioning effect. (See FIG. 81(b)).

このように、本実施形態では、変位壁部13001は、その上辺側が回転軸13001aにより回転可能に軸支され、その回転軸13001aを中心とする回転により下辺側(図81(a)下側)を、下皿2050の側壁部材2055から離間する方向へ変位(後退)させることができる。即ち、変位壁部13001の下辺側ほどその変位(後退)量を大きくできる。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the displacement wall portion 13001 is rotatably supported on the upper side by the rotating shaft 13001a, and the lower side (lower side in FIG. 81(a)) by the rotation around the rotating shaft 13001a. Can be displaced (retracted) in the direction away from the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050. That is, the displacement (retraction) amount can be increased toward the lower side of the displacement wall 13001.

よって、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向(内枠13012へ近接する方向、図81(a)右側)へ変位され、その側壁部材2055の変位により押し込まれた球を変位壁部13001の変位(後退)によって受け入れる際には、底壁部材2054側(図81(a)下側)に位置する球ほど受け入れやすくすることができる。 Therefore, the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is displaced in the contracting direction (the direction approaching the inner frame 13012, the right side of FIG. 81(a)), and the sphere pushed by the displacement of the side wall member 2055 is displaced by the displacement wall portion 13001. When it is received by (retraction), it is possible to make the sphere located on the bottom wall member 2054 side (lower side in FIG. 81(a)) easier to receive.

即ち、変位壁部13001の後退(回転)に伴う球の受け入り時には、下皿2050に貯留される球の重み(重力の作用)を利用しつつ、下皿2050に貯留される球に全体として下方(図81(a)下方向)への流れを形成することができる。その結果、側壁部材2055や内枠13001が破損することを抑制できるだけでなく、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。 That is, at the time of receiving the sphere accompanying the backward movement (rotation) of the displacement wall portion 13001, the weight of the sphere stored in the lower plate 2050 (the action of gravity) is used and the sphere stored in the lower plate 2050 as a whole. A downward flow (downward in FIG. 81(a)) can be formed. As a result, not only can the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 13001 be prevented from being damaged, but also it is possible to easily prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the lower plate 2050 and scattering to the game hall.

次いで、図82を参照して、第14実施形態における内枠14012について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 82, the inner frame 14012 in the fourteenth embodiment will be described.

第10実施形態では、側壁部材2055から離間する方向への変位壁部10001の後退が、スライド変位により行われる場合を説明したが、第14実施形態の変位壁部14001は、側壁部材2055から離間する方向への後退が、回転により行われる。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the tenth embodiment, the case where the displacement wall portion 10001 is retracted in the direction of separating from the side wall member 2055 by the slide displacement has been described, but the displacement wall portion 14001 of the fourteenth embodiment is separated from the side wall member 2055. The backward movement in the direction of rotation is performed by rotation. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図82は、第14実施形態における内枠14012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図82(a)では、変位壁部14001が初期位置に配置された状態が、図82(b)では、変位壁部14001が後退された状態が、それぞれ図示される。なお、図82では、図面を簡素化して、理解を容易とするために、球の図示が省略される。 82 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 14012 and the lower tray 2050 in the fourteenth embodiment. In FIG. 82(a), the state in which the displacement wall portion 14001 is placed at the initial position is shown in FIG. 82(b). The state where the displacement wall portion 14001 is retracted is shown in each figure. Note that, in FIG. 82, the sphere is not shown for simplifying the drawing and facilitating the understanding.

図82に示すように、第14実施形態における変位壁部14001は、上述した第10実施形態における変位壁部10001と同様に、内枠14012の正面であって下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域の一部を形成する正面視略矩形の部材であり(図72(a)参照)、その正面視左辺側(図82(a)左側)が回転軸14001aにより内枠14012に回転可能に軸支される。即ち、変位壁部14001の回転軸14001aは、正面視において、下皿2050の回転軸(軸支ピン2057)と同じ側に略平行に配設される。 As shown in FIG. 82, the displacement wall portion 14001 in the fourteenth embodiment is in front of the inner frame 14012 and faces the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050, similarly to the displacement wall portion 10001 in the tenth embodiment described above. It is a member having a substantially rectangular shape in front view (see FIG. 72(a)) that forms a part of the region to be rotated, and its left side in front view (left side in FIG. 82(a)) is rotatable on the inner frame 14012 by the rotation shaft 14001a. Is pivotally supported. That is, the rotation shaft 14001a of the displacement wall portion 14001 is arranged substantially parallel to the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 2057) of the lower plate 2050 in a front view.

なお、内枠14012には、変位壁部14001の外形に対応する大きさであって円筒を略4分割した形状の収納部14005が、変位壁部14001の回転軸14001aと同心に配設される。これにより、変位壁部14001の回転軸14001aを回転中心とうす移動空間を取り囲む内壁(湾曲面または平坦面としての側面と平坦面としての底面および上面)を形成して、変位壁部14001の変位時の球の噛み込みを抑制できる。 In addition, a storage portion 14005 having a size corresponding to the outer shape of the displacement wall portion 14001 and having a shape obtained by dividing a cylinder into approximately four is arranged in the inner frame 14012 concentrically with the rotating shaft 14001a of the displacement wall portion 14001. .. As a result, an inner wall (a side surface serving as a curved surface or a flat surface and a bottom surface and a top surface serving as a flat surface) surrounding a moving space having a rotation axis 14001a of the displacement wall portion 14001 as a rotation center is formed, and the displacement of the displacement wall portion 14001 is formed. It is possible to suppress the ball from being caught.

また、変位壁部14001と収納部14005との間には、ねじりばねとして構成される弾性ばね(図示せず)が弾性的にねじり変形された状態で回転軸14001a1と同軸に配設され、その弾性ばねの弾性回復力により変位壁部14001が図82(a)に示す初期位置に維持される。また、これにより、弾性ばねの弾性回復力を越える外力が作用されるまでは、変位壁部14001の変位(後退)を規制できる。一方、弾性ばねの弾性回復力を越える外力が作用された場合には、弾性ばねを弾性変形させて緩衝効果を発揮させつつ、変位壁部14001の初期位置からの変位(後退)を許容することができる(図82(b)参照)。 Further, an elastic spring (not shown) configured as a torsion spring is disposed between the displacement wall portion 14001 and the storage portion 14005 coaxially with the rotary shaft 14001a1 in a state of being elastically twisted and deformed. The elastic recovery force of the elastic spring maintains the displacement wall portion 14001 at the initial position shown in FIG. 82(a). Further, thereby, the displacement (retraction) of the displacement wall portion 14001 can be regulated until an external force exceeding the elastic recovery force of the elastic spring is applied. On the other hand, when an external force exceeding the elastic recovery force of the elastic spring is applied, the displacement (retraction) of the displacement wall portion 14001 from the initial position is allowed while elastically deforming the elastic spring to exert a cushioning effect. (See FIG. 82(b)).

このように、本実施形態では、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が、その正面視左側(図82(a)左側)の側部に回転軸(軸支ピン2057)が設けられ、その回転軸を中心として側壁部材2055が回転(即ち、内枠14012へ向けて近接する側(図82(a)上側)へ変位)されるところ、変位壁部14001は、下皿2050の側壁部材2055の回転軸と同じ側となる正面視左側が回転軸14001aにより回転可能に軸支され、その回転軸14001aと反対側となる正面視右側(図82(a)右側)が下皿2050の側壁部材2055から離間する方向(図82(a)上側)へ変位(後退)可能に形成される。 As described above, in this embodiment, the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 is provided with the rotation shaft (the shaft support pin 2057) on the left side (the left side in FIG. 82(a)) as viewed from the front, and the rotation shaft is When the side wall member 2055 is rotated about the center (that is, displaced toward the side closer to the inner frame 14012 (upper side in FIG. 82(a))), the displacement wall part 14001 rotates the rotation axis of the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050. The left side in the front view on the same side as is rotatably supported by the rotary shaft 14001a, and the right side in the front view (the right side in FIG. 82(a)) opposite to the rotary shaft 14001a is separated from the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050. It is formed so that it can be displaced (retracted) in the direction (upward in FIG. 82(a)).

これにより、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)の回転軸(軸支ピン2057)から遠い側(図82(a)右側)ほど、かかる側壁部材2055から離間する方向(図82(a)上側)への変位壁部14001の変位(後退)量を大きくできる。即ち、側壁部材2055の変位(回転)と同じ態様で、変位壁部14001を変位(回転)させることができる。 As a result, the farther the bottom plate 2050 (side wall member 2055) is from the rotary shaft (shaft support pin 2057) (the right side in FIG. 82(a)), the further away from the side wall member 2055 (upper side in FIG. 82(a)). The displacement (retraction) amount of the displacement wall portion 14001 can be increased. That is, the displacement wall portion 14001 can be displaced (rotated) in the same manner as the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055.

よって、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向(内枠14012へ近接する方向)へ変位(回転)され、その側壁部材2055の変位により押し込まれた球を変位壁部14001の変位(後退)によって受け入れる際には、その側壁部材2055の変位(回転)に対応した態様で変位壁部14001を変位(回転)させて、球を効率的に受け入れることができる。その結果、側壁部材2055や内枠14001の破損を抑制できると共に、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。 Therefore, the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 is displaced (rotated) in the contracting direction (direction closer to the inner frame 14012), and the sphere pushed by the displacement of the side wall member 2055 is displaced (retracted) by the displacement wall portion 14001. When receiving, the displacement wall portion 14001 can be displaced (rotated) in a manner corresponding to the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member 2055, and the sphere can be efficiently received. As a result, damage to the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 14001 can be suppressed, and it is possible to easily prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the inside of the lower plate 2050 and scattering to the game hall.

次いで、図83から図88を参照して、第15実施形態における内枠15012及び下皿2050について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIGS. 83 to 88, the inner frame 15012 and the lower plate 2050 in the fifteenth embodiment will be described.

第1実施形態では、下皿50における側壁部材55の最大可動範囲が拡大位置とされる場合を説明したが、第15実施形態における下皿2050は、その側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放可能とされる。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the first embodiment, the case where the maximum movable range of the side wall member 55 in the lower tray 50 is set to the expanded position has been described. However, in the lower tray 2050 in the fifteenth embodiment, the side wall member 2055 opens beyond the expanded position. Made possible. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図83は、第15実施形態における内枠15012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図83(a)では、下皿2050が拡大された状態が、図83(b)では、下皿2050が拡大位置を越えて開放された状態が、それぞれ図示される。 83 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 15012 and the lower plate 2050 in the fifteenth embodiment. In FIG. 83(a), the lower plate 2050 is in an enlarged state, and in FIG. 83(b), the lower plate 2050 is Each open state beyond the expanded position is shown.

また、図84は、図83(a)のLXXXIVa−LXXXIVa線における内枠15012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図84(a)では、アーム体15002が下方に押し下げられている状態が、図84(b)では、アーム体15002が上昇された状態が、それぞれ図示される。 84 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 15012 and the lower plate 2050 taken along the line LXXXIVa-LXXXIVa in FIG. 83(a). In FIG. 84(a), the arm body 15002 is pushed downward. In FIG. 84(b), the state in which the arm 15002 is raised is shown.

図83及び図84に示すように、第15実施形態における内枠15012は、下皿2050の側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放可能とするための機構(以下「開放機構」と称す)として、内枠15012に配設され規制位置および解除位置の間で操作可能に形成される操作子15001と、その操作子15001の配置に応じて上昇または下降されるアーム体15002と、そのアーム体15002を上昇方向へ付勢する付勢ばね15003とを備える。 As shown in FIGS. 83 and 84, the inner frame 15012 in the fifteenth embodiment serves as a mechanism (hereinafter referred to as an “opening mechanism”) for allowing the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 to be opened beyond the enlarged position. , An operator 15001 disposed on the inner frame 15012 so as to be operable between a restricted position and a release position, an arm body 15002 that is raised or lowered according to the arrangement of the operator 15001, and an arm body 15002 thereof. And an urging spring 15003 for urging the.

操作子15001は、アーム体15002の基端側に形成される被作用部15002aに当接可能に形成され、図84(a)に示す規制位置に位置(押し込み操作)されると、アーム体15002を下方に押し下げる一方、図84(b)に示す解除位置に位置(引き抜き操作)されると、付勢ばね15003の付勢力によるアーム体15002の上昇を許容する。なお、操作子15001は、内枠15012の背面側に突出する姿勢が配設され、内枠15012が開放された状態でのみ操作可能とされる。 The operator 15001 is formed so as to be capable of contacting an actuated portion 15002a formed on the proximal end side of the arm body 15002, and when it is positioned (pushing operation) in the regulation position shown in FIG. While being pushed downward, when it is positioned at the release position shown in FIG. 84(b) (pulling out operation), the arm body 15002 is allowed to rise by the biasing force of the biasing spring 15003. Note that the operator 15001 is provided with a posture projecting to the back side of the inner frame 15012, and can be operated only when the inner frame 15012 is opened.

アーム体15002は、操作子15001の操作状態に応じて、変位壁部2055(第1分割体2551)の拡大位置からの開放の許容と規制とを切り替えるための部材であり、第1分割体2551の上面から突設されるストッパ部2551S2に係合可能な係合片15002bが先端側の下面から垂下される。 The arm body 15002 is a member for switching between permission and restriction of opening of the displacement wall portion 2055 (first divided body 2551) from the enlarged position according to the operation state of the operator 15001, and the first divided body 2551. An engaging piece 15002b engageable with the stopper portion 2551S2 protruding from the upper surface of the above is suspended from the lower surface on the tip side.

係合片15002bは、ストッパ部2551S2の移動軌跡上であってそのストッパ部2551S2よりも内枠15012の前面側(図84(a)左側)に配置される。よって、操作子15001が押し込まれ、アーム体15002が下方に押し下げられている状態では、係合片15002bとストッパ部2551S2とを係合させて、側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)を拡大位置に保持(拡大位置からの開放を規制)することができる一方(図84(a)参照)、操作子15001が引き抜かれて、アーム体15002が上昇されている状態では、係合片15002bとストッパ部2551S2とを非係合とでき(図84(b)参照)、その結果、側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)の拡大位置からの開放を許容することができる(図83(b)参照)。 The engagement piece 15002b is arranged on the movement locus of the stopper portion 2551S2 and on the front side (left side in FIG. 84(a)) of the inner frame 15012 with respect to the stopper portion 2551S2. Therefore, in a state in which the operator 15001 is pushed in and the arm body 15002 is pushed downward, the engagement piece 15002b and the stopper portion 2551S2 are engaged with each other, and the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) is moved to the enlarged position. Can be held (restricted from opening from the enlarged position) (see FIG. 84(a)), while the operator 15001 is pulled out and the arm 15002 is raised, the engaging piece 15002b and the stopper The portion 2551S2 can be disengaged (see FIG. 84(b)), and as a result, the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) can be released from the enlarged position (see FIG. 83(b)). ).

なお、内壁部材15056は、アーム体15002の上昇を許容するために天面(図84(b)上側の部位)の配設位置が高くされる点を除き、上述した内壁部材2056(図37参照)と同様に構成される。よって、その説明は省略する。 The inner wall member 15056 is the above-described inner wall member 2056 (see FIG. 37) except that the top surface (upper part of FIG. 84(b)) is disposed at a higher position in order to allow the arm body 15002 to rise. It is constructed in the same way as. Therefore, the description thereof is omitted.

また、下皿2050は、上述した軸支ピン2057(図37参照)に代えて、底壁部材2054に締結(螺合)される締結ねじ15004によって、側壁部材2055が底壁部材2054に回転可能に軸支される。この場合、締結ねじ15004は、底壁部材2054のめねじに螺合される先端側のおねじが十分に長くされ、締結を緩めた状態では、頭部15004aが上昇され、第1分割体2551の上面との間に所定の間隔を形成可能とされる(図85参照)。 Further, in the lower tray 2050, the side wall member 2055 can be rotated to the bottom wall member 2054 by a fastening screw 15004 that is fastened (screwed) to the bottom wall member 2054 instead of the above-described shaft support pin 2057 (see FIG. 37). Is pivotally supported. In this case, as the fastening screw 15004, a male screw on the tip side screwed into the female screw of the bottom wall member 2054 is made sufficiently long, and in a state where the fastening is loosened, the head 15004a is lifted and the first divided body 2551. A predetermined space can be formed between the upper surface and the upper surface (see FIG. 85).

ここで、下皿2050は、側壁部材2055が、上下に重ね合わせた複数の分割体(第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554)から形成されるところ、かかる構造では、分割体どうしの重ね合わせ部分に埃や異物などが溜まりやすい。一方で、下皿2050の上方には上皿17が配設されており、それらの間に間隔が十分にあるわけではないため、各分割体2551〜2554の掃除を行うための作業スペースを確保することができず、衛生管理が困難である。また、間隔があったとしても、各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面は、拡大状態においても外部に露出されない領域があり、その領域を掃除することはできない。 Here, in the lower plate 2050, the side wall member 2055 is formed of a plurality of divided bodies (first divided body 2551 to fourth divided body 2554) that are vertically stacked. In such a structure, the divided bodies are stacked. Dust and foreign matter are likely to accumulate in the mating area. On the other hand, since the upper plate 17 is arranged above the lower plate 2050 and there is not a sufficient space between them, a working space for cleaning the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is secured. It is difficult to maintain hygiene. Even if there is a gap, the mating surface of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 has a region that is not exposed to the outside even in the expanded state, and that region cannot be cleaned.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、操作子15001の引き抜き操作を行って、アーム体15002を上昇させることで、係合片15002bとストッパ部2551S2とを非係合として、側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)の拡大位置からの開放を許容することができるので(図83(b)参照)、側壁部材2055(各分割体2551〜2554)の掃除を行うための空間(作業スペース)を確保することができる。その結果、衛生管理を行いやすくすることができる。なお、各分割体2551〜2554のそれぞれを掃除する方法の詳細については後述する。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, by pulling out the operator 15001 and raising the arm 15002, the engagement piece 15002b and the stopper portion 2551S2 are disengaged, and the side wall member 2055 (first Since it is possible to allow the one-divided body 2551) to open from the enlarged position (see FIG. 83(b)), a space (working space) for cleaning the sidewall member 2055 (each divided body 2551 to 2554) is provided. Can be secured. As a result, hygiene management can be facilitated. The details of the method for cleaning each of the divided bodies 2551-2554 will be described later.

この場合、本実施形態では、操作子15001が、内枠15012を開放した場合に操作可能な位置に配設されるので、遊技中の遊技者の不用意な操作によって、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放されることを回避することができる。その結果、例えば、下皿2050に球が貯留された状態で、その側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放されて(図83(b)参照)、球がホールに散乱することを回避できる。 In this case, in the present embodiment, since the operation element 15001 is arranged at a position that can be operated when the inner frame 15012 is opened, the side wall member of the lower plate 2050 is inadvertently operated by the player during the game. It is possible to prevent the 2055 from opening beyond the expanded position. As a result, for example, in a state where the balls are stored in the lower plate 2050, the side wall member 2055 is opened beyond the enlarged position (see FIG. 83(b)), and it is possible to prevent the balls from being scattered in the holes.

次いで、下皿2050における側壁部材2055(各分割体2551〜2554)を掃除する方法の詳細について、図85から図88を参照して説明する。 Next, details of a method of cleaning the side wall members 2055 (each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554) in the lower tray 2050 will be described with reference to FIGS. 85 to 88.

図85(a)は、図83(a)の矢印LXXXV方向視における下皿2050の側面図であり、図85(b)は、締結ねじ15004の締結を緩めた状態における下皿2050の側面図である。図86(a)及び図86(b)は、挿入工程における下皿2050の側面図であり、図87(a)及び図87(b)は、治具Jが挿入される前および後における下皿2050の断面図である。また、図88は、治具Jが挿入された状態における下皿2050の上面図である。 FIG. 85(a) is a side view of the lower plate 2050 as seen from the direction of the arrow LXXXV in FIG. 83(a), and FIG. 85(b) is a side view of the lower plate 2050 in a state where the fastening screws 15004 are loosely fastened. Is. 86(a) and 86(b) are side views of the lower plate 2050 in the inserting step, and FIGS. 87(a) and 87(b) show the lower part before and after the jig J is inserted. It is a sectional view of the dish 2050. FIG. 88 is a top view of the lower plate 2050 with the jig J inserted.

図85(a)及び図85(b)に示すように、下皿2050における側壁部材2055の掃除を行うに際しては、まず、締結ねじ15004の締結を緩めることで、その締結ねじ15004の頭部15004aと第1分割体2551の上面との間に所定の隙間を形成する。この隙間の形成により、各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面への治具Jの挿入が可能となるので、図86に示す治具Jの挿入工程に移行する。 As shown in FIGS. 85(a) and 85(b), when cleaning the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050, first, by loosening the fastening screw 15004, the head 15004a of the fastening screw 15004 is loosened. A predetermined gap is formed between the upper surface of the first divided body 2551 and the upper surface of the first divided body 2551. By forming this gap, it becomes possible to insert the jig J into the mating surface of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554, so that the step of inserting the jig J shown in FIG. 86 is performed.

治具Jは、互いに所定間隔を隔てつつ平行に延設されると共にその延設長さがそれぞれ異なる4本の挿入板s1〜s4を備える。これら各挿入板s1〜s4の厚み寸法(図86(a)上下方向寸法)は、各分割体2551〜2554及び底壁部材2054における突起部2552b〜2555b及び規制溝2551c〜2554cの係合を解除可能な寸法に設定される(図87参照)。 The jig J is provided with four insertion plates s1 to s4 that extend in parallel with each other at a predetermined interval and have different extension lengths. The thickness dimension (vertical dimension in FIG. 86(a)) of each of the insertion plates s1 to s4 is such that the projections 2552b to 2555b and the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c in the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 and the bottom wall member 2054 are disengaged. It is set to a possible size (see FIG. 87).

また、各分割体2551〜2554の側面には、受入部cが形成される。受入部cは、治具Jの挿入板s1〜s4を各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面の間に案内するための部位であり、上下に重ね合わされた分割体2551〜2554の隣接する受入部cどうしにより側方が開放されると共に合せ面へ向けて間隔が漸次狭くされる略V字状の凹部を形成する。 Further, a receiving portion c is formed on the side surface of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. The receiving portion c is a portion for guiding the insertion plates s1 to s4 of the jig J between the mating surfaces of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554, and the adjacent receiving portions of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that are vertically stacked. A substantially V-shaped concave portion is formed whose sides are opened by each other and whose interval is gradually narrowed toward the mating surface.

図86(a)に示すように、治具Jの挿入工程では、治具Jの挿入板s1を、受入部cを利用しつつ、底壁部材2054と第4分割体2554との合せ面の間に挿入する。この挿入板s1の挿入により、底壁部材2054から第4分割体2554を上方へ持ち上げて、底壁部材2054の突起部2555bと第4分割体2554の規制溝2554cとの係合を解除することができる。また、挿入板s1が挿入され、第4分割体2554が上方へ持ち上げられることで、第4分割体2554と第3分割体2553との合せ面における受入部cが、治具Jの挿入板s2を受け入れ可能な位置まで上昇される。 As shown in FIG. 86(a), in the step of inserting the jig J, the insertion plate s1 of the jig J is used for the mating surface of the bottom wall member 2054 and the fourth divided body 2554 while using the receiving portion c. Insert in between. By inserting the insertion plate s1, the fourth divisional body 2554 is lifted upward from the bottom wall member 2054 to release the engagement between the projection portion 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 and the restriction groove 2554c of the fourth divisional body 2554. You can Further, the insertion plate s1 is inserted and the fourth divided body 2554 is lifted upward, so that the receiving portion c at the mating surface of the fourth divided body 2554 and the third divided body 2553 causes the insertion plate s2 of the jig J to be inserted. Is raised to an acceptable position.

よって、治具Jを更に前進させ、その挿入板s2を、受入部cを利用しつつ、第4分割体2554と第3分割体2553との合せ面の間に挿入する。この挿入板s1の挿入により、第4分割体2554から第3分割体2553を上方へ持ち上げて、第4分割体2554の突起部2554bと第3分割体2553の規制溝2553cとの係合を解除することができる。また、挿入板s2が挿入され、第3分割体2553が上方へ持ち上げられることで、第3分割体2553と第2分割体2552との合せ面における受入部cが、治具Jの挿入板s3を受け入れ可能な位置まで上昇される。 Therefore, the jig J is further advanced, and the insertion plate s2 is inserted between the mating surfaces of the fourth divided body 2554 and the third divided body 2553 while using the receiving portion c. By inserting this insertion plate s1, the third divided body 2553 is lifted upward from the fourth divided body 2554, and the engagement between the projection portion 2554b of the fourth divided body 2554 and the restriction groove 2553c of the third divided body 2553 is released. can do. Further, the insertion plate s2 is inserted, and the third divided body 2553 is lifted upward, so that the receiving portion c at the mating surface of the third divided body 2553 and the second divided body 2552 becomes the insertion plate s3 of the jig J. Is raised to an acceptable position.

従って、治具Jを更に前進させることで、その挿入板s3及び挿入板s4を、図86(b)に示すように、第3分割体2553と第2分割体2553との合せ面の間、及び、第2分割体2552と第1分割体2551との合せ面の間に、それぞれ順に挿入することができる。 Therefore, by further advancing the jig J, the insertion plate s3 and the insertion plate s4 are moved between the mating surfaces of the third divided body 2553 and the second divided body 2553, as shown in FIG. 86(b). Also, they can be inserted in order between the mating surfaces of the second divided body 2552 and the first divided body 2551.

このように、治具Jの挿入板s1〜s4のそれぞれが各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面の間に挿入されることで、図87(b)に示すように、各分割体2551〜2554及び底壁部材2054どうしの突起部2552b〜2555b及び規制溝2551c〜2554cの係合を解除することができる。その結果、図88に示すように、各分割体2551〜2554のそれぞれを独立して回転させることができる。なお、図88では、第4分割体2554のみが他の分割体2551〜2553に対して異なる位相位置に回転された状態が図示される。 In this way, the insertion plates s1 to s4 of the jig J are inserted between the mating surfaces of the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554, so that the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are, as shown in FIG. 87(b). Also, the engagement between the protrusions 2552b to 2555b and the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c of the bottom wall members 2054 can be released. As a result, as shown in FIG. 88, each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 can be independently rotated. Note that FIG. 88 illustrates a state in which only the fourth divided body 2554 is rotated to a different phase position with respect to the other divided bodies 2551 to 2553.

以上のように、本実施形態によれば、下皿2050の側壁部材2055は、拡大位置を越えて開放された状態から、図88に示すように、各分割体2551〜2554のそれぞれが独立して回転可能に形成されるので、その衛生管理をより行いやすくすることができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is independent of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 as shown in FIG. Since it is formed so as to be rotatable, it is possible to further facilitate the sanitary management.

即ち、上述したように、複数の分割体(第1分割体2551〜2554)を上下に重ね合わせて側壁部材2055を形成する構造では、分割体どうしの重ね合わせ部分に埃や異物などが溜まりやすく、また、拡大状態においても外部に露出されない重ね合せ面が存在するところ、各分割体2551〜2554のそれぞれが独立して開放可能に形成されるので、これら各分割体2551〜2554をそれぞれ1個ずつ掃除することができ、合せ面を確実かつ容易に掃除することができる。 That is, as described above, in the structure in which the plurality of divided bodies (first divided bodies 2551 to 2554) are vertically stacked to form the side wall member 2055, dust and foreign matter are likely to be accumulated in the overlapping portions of the divided bodies. In addition, since there is an overlapping surface that is not exposed to the outside even in the expanded state, since each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is formed to be independently openable, one of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is formed. The mating surfaces can be cleaned reliably and easily.

この場合、側壁部材2055の側面に受入部cが形成され、かかる受入部cを利用することで、治具Jの挿入板s1〜s4を、上下に重ね合わされた各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面へ容易に挿入することができる。よって、治具Jの挿入工程における作業性の向上を図ることができ、その結果、各分割体2551〜2554をそれぞれ1個ずつ掃除可能な状態を容易に形成することができる。 In this case, the receiving portion c is formed on the side surface of the side wall member 2055, and by using the receiving portion c, the insertion plates s1 to s4 of the jig J are aligned with each other of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that are vertically stacked. Can be easily inserted into the surface. Therefore, it is possible to improve the workability in the insertion process of the jig J, and as a result, it is possible to easily form a state in which each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 can be cleaned one by one.

ここで、治具Jの挿入板s1〜s4がそれぞれ同じ延設長さに形成される場合は、これら挿入板s1〜s4を各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面へ同時に挿入することはできないため(挿入板s1〜s4の間隔とそれらが挿入される前の受入部cの間隔とが異なるため)、図86(b)の状態を形成するためには、治具Jを一方に捩じった(傾斜させた)上で、挿入板s1〜s4を各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面に挿入し、その後、治具Jを他方に捩じる(傾斜を戻す)動作を行う必要があり、作業が煩雑となる。 Here, when the insertion plates s1 to s4 of the jig J are formed to have the same extension length, these insertion plates s1 to s4 cannot be simultaneously inserted into the mating surfaces of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. In order to form the state shown in FIG. 86(b), the jig J is twisted to one side (since the distance between the insertion plates s1 to s4 is different from the distance between the receiving portions c before they are inserted). It is necessary to insert (insert) the insertion plates s1 to s4 into the mating surfaces of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554, and then twist the jig J to the other (return the inclination). , The work becomes complicated.

これに対し、本実施形態では、治具Jは、その挿入板s1〜s4がそれぞれ異なる延設長さに形成されるので、かかる治具Jを側壁部材2055へ向けて前進させるのみで、上述したように、その挿入板s1〜s4を各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面へ順に挿入することができる。その結果、図86(b)の状態を形成するための作業の簡素化を図ることができる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the insertion plates s1 to s4 of the jig J are formed to have different extension lengths, it is only necessary to advance the jig J toward the side wall member 2055. As described above, the insertion plates s1 to s4 can be sequentially inserted into the mating surfaces of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554. As a result, the work for forming the state of FIG. 86(b) can be simplified.

次いで、図89及び図90を参照して、第16実施形態における下皿2050について説明する。 Next, the lower plate 2050 in the sixteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 89 and 90.

第15実施形態では、各分割体2551〜2554をそれぞれ独立して回転可能な状態とする際に治具Jを使用する場合を説明したが、第16実施形態では、弾性体の弾性回復力を利用して、各分割体2551〜2554のそれぞれが独立して回転可能な状態が形成される。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the fifteenth embodiment, the case where the jig J is used when the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are independently rotatable is described, but in the sixteenth embodiment, the elastic recovery force of the elastic body is changed. Utilizing this, a state in which each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is independently rotatable is formed. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図89は、第16実施形態における下皿2050の断面図であり、図89(a)では、締結ねじ15004が締結された状態が、図89(b)では、締結ねじ15004の締結が緩められた状態が、それぞれ図示される。また、図90は、上皿2050の上面図であり、図89(b)に示す締結ねじ15004の締結が緩められた状態に対応する。 89 is a cross-sectional view of the lower tray 2050 according to the sixteenth embodiment. In FIG. 89(a), the fastening screw 15004 is fastened, whereas in FIG. 89(b), the fastening screw 15004 is loosened. The respective states are illustrated. FIG. 90 is a top view of the upper plate 2050, and corresponds to a state in which the fastening screw 15004 shown in FIG. 89(b) is loosely fastened.

図89(a)に示すように、第16実施形態における下皿2050は、第1分割体2551から第4分割体2554の間、及び、第4分割体2554と底壁部材2504との間に付勢ばね16001a〜16001dが介設される。付勢ばね16001a〜16001dは、圧縮ばねとしての機能とねじりばねとしての機能を発揮可能な金属製の弾性体であり、軸方向に圧縮変形されると共に周方向にねじり変形された状態でそれぞれ介設される。 As shown in FIG. 89(a), the lower plate 2050 in the sixteenth embodiment has a space between the first divided body 2551 and the fourth divided body 2554, and between the fourth divided body 2554 and the bottom wall member 2504. Bias springs 16001a to 16001d are provided. The urging springs 16001a to 16001d are elastic bodies made of metal capable of exhibiting a function as a compression spring and a function as a torsion spring, and are respectively compressed in the axial direction and twisted in the circumferential direction. Is set up.

なお、付勢ばね16001a〜16001dは、一方の腕と他方の腕とが、介設対象の一方および他方にそれぞれ係合され、その周方向への弾性回復力により、両者を相対回転させる。例えば、付勢ばね16001aは、一方の腕が第1分割体2551に、他方の腕が第2分割体2552に、それぞれ係合され、その周方向への弾性回復力により、第1分割体2551を第2分割体2552に対して相対回転させる。 The urging springs 16001a to 16001d have one arm and the other arm engaged with one and the other of the objects to be interposed, respectively, and relatively rotate them by the elastic recovery force in the circumferential direction. For example, in the urging spring 16001a, one arm is engaged with the first divided body 2551 and the other arm is engaged with the second divided body 2552, and the elastic recovery force in the circumferential direction thereof causes the first divided body 2551a. Relative to the second divided body 2552.

よって、締結ねじ15004の締結が緩められると、図89(b)に示すように、付勢ばね16001a〜16001dの軸方向への弾性回復力により、分割体2551〜2554どうし、及び、第4分割体2554と底壁部材2504とが上下方向(締結ねじ15004の軸方向)に離間される。これにより、各分割体2551〜2554及び底壁部材2054における突起部2552b〜2555b及び規制溝2551c〜2554cの係合を解除することができる。 Therefore, when the fastening of the fastening screw 15004 is loosened, as shown in FIG. 89(b), due to the elastic recovery force of the biasing springs 16001a to 16001d in the axial direction, the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 and the fourth divided body are divided. The body 2554 and the bottom wall member 2504 are vertically separated (axial direction of the fastening screw 15004). Thereby, the engagement of the projections 2552b to 2555b and the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c in each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 and the bottom wall member 2054 can be released.

また、突起部2552b〜2555b及び規制溝2551c〜2554cの係合の解除に伴い、図90に示すように、付勢ばね16001a〜16001dの周方向への弾性回復力により、分割体2551〜2554を、締結ねじ15004を回転中心として回転させることができる。 Further, as the protrusions 2552b to 2555b and the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c are disengaged, as shown in FIG. 90, the elastic bodies 16001a to 16001d are elastically restored in the circumferential direction so that the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are separated. , Can be rotated around the fastening screw 15004.

即ち、本実施形態によれば、側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放された後(図83(b)参照)、締結ねじ15004の締結を緩めるのみで、図90に示すように、各分割体2551〜2554の位相(回転位置)をそれぞれ異ならせることができ、これら各分割体2551〜2554をそれぞれ1個ずつ掃除可能な状態を容易に形成することができる。その結果、衛生管理の作業性の向上を図ることができる。 That is, according to the present embodiment, after the side wall member 2055 is opened beyond the enlarged position (see FIG. 83(b)), the fastening of the fastening screw 15004 is only loosened, and as shown in FIG. The phases (rotational positions) of the bodies 2551 to 2554 can be different from each other, and it is possible to easily form a state in which each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 can be cleaned one by one. As a result, the workability of hygiene management can be improved.

なお、本実施形態では、付勢ばね16001a〜16001dを、圧縮ばねとしの機能を有するコイルスプリングとして形成し、ねじりばねとしての機能を省略しても良い。これにより、組立工程を簡素化して、製造コストを低減できる。この場合には、付勢ばね16001a〜16001dの一方の腕と他方の腕とを介設対象の一方および他方にそれぞれ係合せず、摺動させるようにすることが好ましい。これにより、各分割体2551〜2554の締結ねじ15004を回転中心とする回転に要する力を小さくできると共に、その回転位置の調整をしやすくして、掃除の際の作業性の向上を図ることができる。 In the present embodiment, the biasing springs 16001a to 16001d may be formed as coil springs having the function of compression springs, and the function of torsion springs may be omitted. As a result, the assembly process can be simplified and the manufacturing cost can be reduced. In this case, it is preferable that one arm and the other arm of the biasing springs 16001a to 16001d be slid without engaging with one and the other of the interposed objects. As a result, the force required for rotation of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 around the fastening screw 15004 can be reduced, and the rotation position can be easily adjusted to improve workability during cleaning. it can.

次いで、図91を参照して、第17実施形態における内枠17012及び下皿2050について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 91, the inner frame 17012 and the lower plate 2050 in the seventeenth embodiment will be described.

第15実施形態では、操作子15001が操作されることで、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放可能とされる場合を説明したが、第17実施形態の下皿2050は、内枠17012が開放されることで、側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放可能とされる。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the fifteenth embodiment, the case where the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 can be opened beyond the enlarged position by operating the operation element 15001 has been described, but the lower tray 2050 of the seventeenth embodiment is By opening the inner frame 17012, the side wall member 2055 can be opened beyond the enlarged position. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図91は、第17実施形態における内枠17012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図91(a)では、内枠17012が開放される前の状態が、図91(b)では、内枠17012が開放された後の状態が、それぞれ図示される。 91 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 17012 and the lower plate 2050 in the seventeenth embodiment. In FIG. 91(a), the state before the inner frame 17012 is opened is shown in FIG. 91(b). Each state is shown after 17012 is opened.

図91(a)に示すように、第17実施形態における内枠17012は、第9実施形態における連動機構の一部(図65参照)と、第15実施形態における開放機構(図84参照)とを備え、これら連動機構と開放機構とが連動可能に形成される。即ち、第17実施形態では、内枠17012が開放されることで、操作子15001の引き抜き操作が行われ、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放されることが許容される。 As shown in FIG. 91(a), an inner frame 17012 in the seventeenth embodiment includes a part of the interlocking mechanism in the ninth embodiment (see FIG. 65) and an opening mechanism in the fifteenth embodiment (see FIG. 84). And the interlocking mechanism and the opening mechanism are interlockable. That is, in the seventeenth embodiment, by opening the inner frame 17012, the operator 15001 is pulled out, and the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is allowed to open beyond the enlarged position.

詳細には、本実施形態では、連動機構が、固定歯車9001、歯車列(歯車9002〜9004)及び回転アーム9005を備えて形成されると共に、その連動機構の回転アーム9005の先端側(歯車9004と反対側)の側縁に、開放機構の操作子15001における基端側が連結固定される。 In detail, in the present embodiment, the interlocking mechanism is formed by including the fixed gear 9001, the gear train (gears 9002 to 9004) and the rotating arm 9005, and the tip end side of the rotating arm 9005 of the interlocking mechanism (the gear 9004). The proximal end side of the operator 15001 of the opening mechanism is connected and fixed to the side edge (on the side opposite to the side).

よって、図91(b)に示すように、内枠17012が開放されると、第9実施形態で説明したように(図65から図70参照)、連動機構の作用により、回転アーム9005が内枠17012に対して回転され、この回転アーム9005の回転により、操作子15001が引き抜き操作され、アーム体15002の係合片15002bと第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2との係合が解除される(図84参照)。その結果、側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)が拡大位置を越えて開放されることが許容される。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 91(b), when the inner frame 17012 is opened, the rotating arm 9005 moves inside due to the action of the interlocking mechanism as described in the ninth embodiment (see FIGS. 65 to 70). When the rotary arm 9005 is rotated with respect to the frame 17012, the operator 15001 is pulled out, and the engagement piece 15002b of the arm 15002 and the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 are disengaged. (See Figure 84). As a result, the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551) is allowed to be opened beyond the enlarged position.

このように、本実施形態では、内枠17012が開放されることで、側壁部材2055の拡大位置からの開放が許容されるので、遊技者が不用意に側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放することを回避しつつ、かかる側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放するのに必要な作業の簡素化を図ることができる。即ち、上述した第15実施形態では、内枠15012を開放する第1の操作を行った後、更に、操作子15001の引き抜き操作(第2の操作)を行う必要があるため、作業者に対して二段階の操作を要求することとなりその負担が増大する。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the opening of the inner frame 17012 allows the side wall member 2055 to be opened from the enlarged position, so that the player inadvertently opens the side wall member 2055 beyond the enlarged position. While avoiding this, the work required to open the side wall member 2055 beyond the enlarged position can be simplified. That is, in the above-described fifteenth embodiment, after performing the first operation of opening the inner frame 15012, it is necessary to further perform the pulling-out operation (second operation) of the operator 15001. This requires a two-step operation, which increases the burden.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、内枠17012を開放する操作に、操作子15001の引き抜き操作も兼用させることができ、かかる操作子15001の引き抜き操作を作業者が別途行うことを不要とできる。その結果、遊技者による不用意な側壁部材2055の拡大位置を越えた開放を回避しつつ、側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放する作業を簡素化して、側壁部材2055の各分割体2551の掃除を行いやすくすることができる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the operation of releasing the inner frame 17012 can also be used as the pulling-out operation of the operation element 15001, and it is unnecessary for the operator to separately perform the pulling-out operation of the operation element 15001. it can. As a result, while avoiding the careless opening of the side wall member 2055 beyond the enlarged position by the player, the work of opening the side wall member 2055 beyond the enlarged position is simplified, and each divided body 2551 of the side wall member 2055 is separated. It can make cleaning easier.

次いで、図92を参照して、第18実施形態における内枠18012及び下皿2050について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 92, the inner frame 18012 and the lower plate 2050 in the eighteenth embodiment will be described.

第15実施形態では、操作子15001が操作されることで、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放可能とされる場合を説明したが、第18実施形態の下皿2050は、シリンダ錠20が開錠操作されることで、側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放可能とされる。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the fifteenth embodiment, the case where the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 can be opened beyond the enlarged position by operating the operation element 15001 has been described. When the cylinder lock 20 is unlocked, the side wall member 2055 can be opened beyond the enlarged position. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図92は、第18実施形態における内枠18012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図92(a)では、操作子15001の引き抜き操作が行われる前の状態が、図92(b)では、操作子15001の引き抜き操作が行われた後の状態が、それぞれ図示される。 FIG. 92 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 18012 and the lower plate 2050 in the eighteenth embodiment. In FIG. 92(a), the state before the pulling-out operation of the operator 15001 is performed, and in FIG. 92(b), The state after the operation of pulling out the operation element 15001 is performed is illustrated.

図92(a)に示すように、第18実施形態における内枠18012は、第15実施形態における開放機構(図84参照)と、その開放機構とシリンダ錠20とを連結する連結リンク18001とを備える。連結リンク18001は、シリンダ錠20の操作に連動して駆動され、操作子15001を引く抜き操作する方向へ変位される。 As shown in FIG. 92(a), the inner frame 18012 in the eighteenth embodiment has an opening mechanism (see FIG. 84) in the fifteenth embodiment and a connecting link 18001 that connects the opening mechanism and the cylinder lock 20. Prepare The connection link 18001 is driven in association with the operation of the cylinder lock 20, and is displaced in the direction of pulling out the operator 15001.

即ち、シリンダ錠20に専用の鍵が差し込まれ、所定の操作(内枠18012の施錠を解除する操作)が行われると、その操作が連結リンク18001により操作子15004に伝達され、操作子15001の引き抜き操作が行われる。その結果、アーム体15002の係合片15002bと第1分割体2551のストッパ部2551S2との係合が解除され(図84参照)、図92(b)に示すように、側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551)の拡大位置からの開放が許容される。 That is, when a dedicated key is inserted into the cylinder lock 20 and a predetermined operation (operation for unlocking the inner frame 18012) is performed, the operation is transmitted to the operating element 15004 by the connecting link 18001 and the operating element 15001 is operated. The pulling operation is performed. As a result, the engagement between the engagement piece 15002b of the arm 15002 and the stopper portion 2551S2 of the first divided body 2551 is released (see FIG. 84), and as shown in FIG. 92(b), the side wall member 2055 (first Opening of the divided body 2551) from the enlarged position is allowed.

このように、本実施形態では、シリンダ錠20が専用の鍵で操作されることで、側壁部材2055の拡大位置からの開放が許容されるので、遊技者が不用意に側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放することを回避しつつ、かかる側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放するのに必要な作業の簡素化を図ることができる。即ち、上述した第15実施形態では、内枠15012を開放する第1の操作を行った後、更に、操作子15001の引き抜き操作(第2の操作)を行う必要があるため、作業者に対して二段階の操作を要求することとなりその負担が増大する。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the cylinder lock 20 is operated by the dedicated key to allow the side wall member 2055 to be released from the enlarged position, so that the player carelessly moves the side wall member 2055 to the enlarged position. It is possible to simplify the work required to open the side wall member 2055 beyond the enlarged position while avoiding opening beyond the open position. That is, in the above-described fifteenth embodiment, after performing the first operation of opening the inner frame 15012, it is necessary to further perform the pulling-out operation (second operation) of the operator 15001. This requires a two-step operation, which increases the burden.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、シリンダ錠20の開錠操作に、操作子15001の引き抜き操作も兼用させることができ、かかる操作子15001の引き抜き操作を作業者が別途行うことを不要とできる。その結果、遊技者による不用意な側壁部材2055の拡大位置を越えた開放を回避しつつ、側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放する作業を簡素化することができ、側壁部材2055の各分割体2551の掃除を行いやすくすることができる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the unlocking operation of the cylinder lock 20 can be combined with the pulling-out operation of the operating element 15001, and it is not necessary for the operator to separately perform the pulling-out operation of the operating element 15001. it can. As a result, it is possible to simplify the work of opening the side wall member 2055 beyond the enlarged position while avoiding the careless opening of the side wall member 2055 by the player beyond the enlarged position. Cleaning of the body 2551 can be facilitated.

ここで、上述した第17実施形態のように、内枠17012を開放する操作に、操作子15001の引き抜き操作も兼用させる場合には、操作子15001の引き抜き操作を作業者が別途行うことを不要とできる一方で、内枠17012を開放した上で、更に側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放すると、かかる側壁部材2055が他の部材(例えば、隣の遊技機)に当たったり、或いは、開放した側壁部材2055が通路側に張り出して、作業者の立ち位置が限定されることで、作業性が悪くなるおそれがある。よって、側壁部材2055(各分割体2551〜2554)の掃除を行う際には、その前に、内枠17012を閉じる操作を行う必要が生じる。 Here, when the operation of opening the inner frame 17012 is also used as the pull-out operation of the operation element 15001 as in the seventeenth embodiment described above, it is not necessary for the operator to separately perform the pull-out operation of the operation element 15001. On the other hand, when the inner frame 17012 is opened and the side wall member 2055 is further opened beyond the enlarged position, the side wall member 2055 hits another member (for example, an adjacent gaming machine) or is opened. The side wall member 2055 that protrudes to the side of the passage limits the standing position of the worker, which may deteriorate workability. Therefore, before cleaning the sidewall member 2055 (each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554), it is necessary to perform an operation of closing the inner frame 17012.

これに対し、本実施形態によれば、側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放するために必要な操作として、シリンダ錠20の開錠操作を行えば足り、内枠18012を開放すること自体を不要とできる。よって、側壁部材2055(各分割体2551〜2554)の掃除を行う際には、一端開放した内枠18012を閉じるという無駄な操作を行う必要がなく、その点においても、作業性の向上を図ることができる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, as the operation required to open the side wall member 2055 beyond the enlarged position, the unlocking operation of the cylinder lock 20 is sufficient, and the inner frame 18012 itself is opened. It can be unnecessary. Therefore, when cleaning the side wall member 2055 (each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554), it is not necessary to perform an unnecessary operation of closing the inner frame 18012 that is open at one end, and in that respect also, workability is improved. be able to.

次いで、図93を参照して、第19実施形態における下皿2050について説明する。図93は、第19実施形態における下皿2050の断面図であり、図93(a)では、下皿2050の縮小された状態が、図93(b)では、下皿2050の拡大された状態が、それぞれ図示される。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 93, the lower plate 2050 in the nineteenth embodiment will be described. 93 is a cross-sectional view of the lower plate 2050 according to the nineteenth embodiment. In FIG. 93(a), the lower plate 2050 is in a reduced state, and in FIG. 93(b), the lower plate 2050 is in an enlarged state. Are shown respectively. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図93(a)及び図93(b)に示すように、第19実施形態における下皿2050には、各分割体2551〜2554(第1片2551X〜2554X)の下面に凹設される規制溝2551c〜2554cの一方(貯留領域側、図93(a)及び図93(b)の右側)の内壁面を形成する壁部の下面側に、不織布から形成される摺動体19001が配設される。 As shown in FIG. 93(a) and FIG. 93(b), in the lower plate 2050 of the nineteenth embodiment, a regulation groove that is recessed in the lower surface of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 (first pieces 2551X to 2554X). One of 2551c to 2554c (the storage region side, the right side in FIGS. 93A and 93B) has a lower surface side of a wall portion forming an inner wall surface, and a slide body 19001 formed of a non-woven fabric is arranged. ..

これにより、本実施形態の下皿2050によれば、側壁部材2055が拡大または縮小される際には、摺動体19001を第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554及び底壁部材2054の上面で摺動させることができる。即ち、遊技中に下皿2050の貯留領域を拡大または縮小させるために、側壁部材2055を拡大または縮小させる遊技者の操作を利用して、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554及び底壁部材2054の上面を摺動体19001により掃除することができる。その結果、下皿2050の掃除の頻度を低減することができる。 Thereby, according to the lower tray 2050 of the present embodiment, when the side wall member 2055 is expanded or contracted, the sliding body 19001 is moved from the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054. It can be slid. That is, in order to enlarge or reduce the storage area of the lower plate 2050 during the game, the player's operation of enlarging or reducing the side wall member 2055 is used to make the second to fourth divided bodies 2552 to 2554 and the bottom wall. The upper surface of the member 2054 can be cleaned with the sliding body 19001. As a result, the frequency of cleaning the lower plate 2050 can be reduced.

なお、摺動体19001が配設される上述した壁部は、その下面の位置が、規制溝2551c〜2554cの他方の内壁面を形成する壁部の下面よりも若干高くされ、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554及び底壁部材2054の上面との間に隙間が形成される。 The above-mentioned wall portion on which the sliding body 19001 is disposed has a lower surface position slightly higher than the lower surface of the wall portion forming the other inner wall surface of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c, and thus the second divided body 2552 is formed. Thus, a gap is formed between the fourth divided body 2554 and the upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054.

また、摺動体19001は、上述した壁部の下面側であって、規制溝2551c〜2554cの凹設空間側のみに配設され、貯留領域側(図93(a)及び図93(b)の右側)には壁部が配設される。これにより、摺動体19001が遊技者から視認されることを抑制できると共に、貯留領域に貯留される球との接触を回避して、摺動体19001の脱落を抑制できる。 Further, the sliding body 19001 is provided only on the lower surface side of the above-described wall portion and on the recessed space side of the restriction grooves 2551c to 2554c, and on the storage area side (see FIGS. 93(a) and 93(b)). The wall is arranged on the right side). As a result, it is possible to prevent the sliding body 19001 from being visually recognized by the player, avoid contact with the balls stored in the storage area, and prevent the sliding body 19001 from falling off.

次いで、図94及び図95を参照して、第20実施形態における下皿2050について説明する。図94(a)は、第20実施形態における下皿2050の断面図であり、図94(b)は、図94(a)のXCIVb−XCIVb線における下皿2050の断面図である。また、図95(a)及び図95(b)は、下皿2050の拡大状態における断面図であり、それぞれ図94(a)及び図94(b)に対応する。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 Next, the lower plate 2050 in the twentieth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 94 and 95. FIG. 94(a) is a cross-sectional view of the lower plate 2050 in the twentieth embodiment, and FIG. 94(b) is a cross-sectional view of the lower plate 2050 taken along the line XCIVb-XCIVb of FIG. 94(a). 95(a) and 95(b) are cross-sectional views of the lower plate 2050 in an enlarged state, and correspond to FIGS. 94(a) and 94(b), respectively. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図94及び図95に示すように、第20実施形態における下皿2050には、各分割体2551〜2554(第1片2551X〜2554X)の下面に凹設される規制溝2551c〜2554cの一方(貯留領域側、図94(a)及び図94(b)の右側)の内壁面を形成する壁部(以下「摺動壁部」と称す)の下面側を正面視横長矩形状に凹欠して形成される凹欠部20001が複数配設される。 As shown in FIGS. 94 and 95, in the lower tray 2050 in the twentieth embodiment, one of the regulation grooves 2551c to 2554c (which is recessed in the lower surface of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 (first pieces 2551X to 2554X) ( The bottom surface side of the wall portion (hereinafter referred to as the "sliding wall portion") forming the inner wall surface of the storage region side, the right side of FIG. 94(a) and FIG. 94(b) is notched in a horizontally long rectangular shape in front view. A plurality of recessed portions 20001 are formed.

一方、第2分割体2554から第4分割体2554及び底壁部材2054の上面のうちの上述した摺動壁部が摺動する側の上面には、突起部2552b〜2555bの側面(図94(a)及び図94(b)の右側の面)に連なりつつ正面視横長矩形状の開口として開口形成される開口部20002が複数配設される。 On the other hand, among the upper surfaces of the second divided body 2554 to the fourth divided body 2554 and the bottom wall member 2054, the side surfaces of the protrusions 2552b to 2555b (see FIG. a) and a right side surface of FIG. 94(b)), a plurality of openings 20002 are formed that are formed as openings having a horizontally long rectangular shape in a front view.

これら凹欠部20001と開口部20002とは、第1片2551X〜2554Xの長手方向に沿って互いに位相をずらして配設される。即ち、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)が拡大された状態では、かかる側壁部材2050の上面視において、凹欠部20001と開口部20002とが重ならず、開口部20002には、上述した摺動壁部のうちの凹欠部20002が非形成とされる領域が重なる。 The recess 20001 and the opening 20002 are arranged so as to be out of phase with each other along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 2551X to 2554X. That is, when the lower tray 2050 (side wall member 2055) is enlarged, the recess 20001 and the opening 20002 do not overlap with each other in the top view of the side wall member 2050, and the opening 20002 slides on the above-mentioned slide. Areas of the wall portion where the recessed portion 20002 is not formed overlap.

これにより、本実施形態の下皿2050によれば、側壁部材2055が拡大方向へ変位されると、第2分割体2554から第4分割体2554及び底壁部材2054の上面にある異物を、上述した摺動壁部のうちの凹欠部20002が非形成となる領域の下面側によって突起部2552b〜2555bへ向けて搬送して、各開口部20002から下方(底壁部材2054内)へ排出(落下)させることができる。 As a result, according to the lower tray 2050 of the present embodiment, when the side wall member 2055 is displaced in the expansion direction, the foreign matter on the upper surface of the second divided body 2554 to the fourth divided body 2554 and the bottom wall member 2054 is removed. The recessed portion 20002 of the sliding wall portion is conveyed toward the protrusions 2552b to 2555b by the lower surface side of the region where the recessed portion 20002 is not formed, and discharged downward (inside the bottom wall member 2054) from each opening 20002 ( Can be dropped).

即ち、遊技中に下皿2050の貯留領域を拡大または縮小させるために、側壁部材2055を拡大または縮小させる遊技者の操作を利用して、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554及び底壁部材2054の上面にある異物を開口部20002から外部(底壁部材2054内)へ排出して、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554及び底壁部材2054の上面を掃除することができる。その結果、下皿2050の掃除の頻度を低減することができる。 That is, in order to enlarge or reduce the storage area of the lower plate 2050 during the game, the player's operation of enlarging or reducing the side wall member 2055 is used to make the second to fourth divided bodies 2552 to 2554 and the bottom wall. Foreign matter on the upper surface of the member 2054 can be discharged to the outside (inside the bottom wall member 2054) from the opening 20002 to clean the upper surfaces of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 and the bottom wall member 2054. As a result, the frequency of cleaning the lower plate 2050 can be reduced.

この場合、下皿2050は、図95に示すように、突起部2552b〜2555bが、上述した摺動壁部の内壁面に当接されることで、拡大方向への各分割体2551〜2554の相対変位を規制するところ、上述したように、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554及び底壁部材2054の上面にある異物を開口部20002から外部へ排出できることで、これら突起部2552b〜2555bと上述した摺動壁部の内壁面との間に異物が噛み込まれることを抑制でき、両者を密着させることができる。その結果、適切な拡大状態を形成できる。 In this case, in the lower plate 2050, as shown in FIG. 95, the projections 2552b to 2555b are brought into contact with the inner wall surface of the above-mentioned sliding wall portion, so that the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 in the expanding direction are expanded. When the relative displacement is regulated, as described above, the foreign matters on the upper surfaces of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 and the bottom wall member 2054 can be discharged to the outside through the opening 20002, so that these protrusions 2552b to 2555b. It is possible to prevent foreign matter from being caught between the above and the inner wall surface of the sliding wall portion, and to bring them into close contact with each other. As a result, an appropriate expanded state can be formed.

なお、本実施形態では、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554及び底壁部材2054の上面に開口部20002が非形成とされる領域に対しては、上述した摺動壁部に凹欠部20001が形成されているので、かかる凹欠部20001を利用して、異物の噛み込みを抑制できる。よって、この点からも、突起部2552b〜2555bと上述した摺動壁部の内壁面とを密着させることができ、適切な拡大状態を形成できる。 In addition, in the present embodiment, in the regions where the opening 20002 is not formed on the upper surfaces of the second divided body 2552 to the fourth divided body 2554 and the bottom wall member 2054, the sliding wall portion described above is notched. Since the portion 20001 is formed, foreign matter can be suppressed from being caught by using the recessed portion 20001. Therefore, also from this point, the protrusions 2552b to 2555b and the inner wall surface of the sliding wall portion described above can be brought into close contact with each other, and an appropriate enlarged state can be formed.

次いで、図96を参照して、第21実施形態における内枠21012及び下皿2050について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 96, the inner frame 21012 and the lower plate 2050 in the twenty-first embodiment will be described.

図96は、第21実施形態における内枠21012及び下皿2050の正面斜視図であり、下皿2050が拡大された状態が図示される。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 FIG. 96 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 21012 and the lower plate 2050 according to the twenty-first embodiment, and illustrates a state in which the lower plate 2050 is enlarged. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図96に示すように、第21実施形態における内枠21012及び下皿2050には、内枠21012の第1迂回路3300から迂回された球を、下皿2050の側壁部材2055における第2分割体2552の上面へ送球するための延長迂回路21100が形成される。 As shown in FIG. 96, in the inner frame 21012 and the lower tray 2050 in the twenty-first embodiment, the ball detoured from the first detour 3300 of the inner frame 21012 is divided into the second divided body in the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050. An extension detour 21100 is formed for throwing to the upper surface of 2552.

下皿2050の側壁部材2055には、その第1分割体2551の第1片2551Xにおける側壁から張出壁21001が貯留領域内へ向けて張り出し形成される。張出壁21001は、平板形状の部位であり、かかる張出壁21001の上面が延長迂回路21100の転動面21100aとされる。 On the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050, a protruding wall 21001 is formed to project from the side wall of the first piece 2551X of the first divided body 2551 toward the storage area. The overhang wall 21001 is a flat plate-shaped portion, and the upper surface of the overhang wall 21001 serves as the rolling surface 21100a of the extension detour 21100.

なお、張出壁21001は、その周縁の上面視形状が、側壁部材2055の回転軸(軸支ピン2057)を中心とする円弧状に湾曲して形成される。また、内枠21012の正面には、第1迂回路3300の終端側の下方に正面視横長矩形状の開口21002が開口形成される。下皿2050(側壁部材2055)が縮小される場合には、開口21002を介して、張出壁21001が内枠21012の内部空間に収容される。 The projecting wall 21001 is formed such that the peripheral shape of the projecting wall 21001 is curved in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis (shaft support pin 2057) of the sidewall member 2055. Further, on the front surface of the inner frame 21012, an opening 21002 having a horizontally long rectangular shape in front view is formed below the terminal end side of the first bypass 3300. When the lower tray 2050 (side wall member 2055) is reduced, the projecting wall 21001 is housed in the inner space of the inner frame 21012 through the opening 21002.

ここで、上述した第3実施形態では、内枠12の前面に第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400が形成されることで、払出口23から貯留領域に流入された球が、その払出口23近傍に偏って貯留されて山が形成された場合でも、第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400を利用して山から離れた領域へ球を迂回させることができ、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくできる(図49及び図50参照)。 Here, in the above-described third embodiment, the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 are formed on the front surface of the inner frame 12, so that the spheres that have flowed into the storage area from the payout outlet 23 are discharged. Even when the mountain is formed by being biasedly stored near the outlet 23, the ball can be detoured to a region away from the mountain by using the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400, and The spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area (see FIGS. 49 and 50).

しかしながら、第1迂回路3300及び第2迂回路3400は、内枠12の前面側において球を迂回させるものであるため、下皿2050の貯留領域における一方側(内枠12の前面側)の空間に球が集中しやすく、貯留領域における他方側(内枠12の前面と反対側、即ち、側壁部材2055側)の空間を十分に活用することができなかった。 However, since the first detour 3300 and the second detour 3400 detour the balls on the front side of the inner frame 12, the space on one side (the front side of the inner frame 12) in the storage area of the lower tray 2050. It was easy to concentrate the spheres on the other side, and the space on the other side (the side opposite to the front surface of the inner frame 12, that is, the side wall member 2055 side) in the storage region could not be fully utilized.

これに対し、本実施形態では、第1迂回路3300と側壁部材2055の第2分割体2552の上面とを接続する延長迂回路21100が形成されるので、かかる延長迂回路21100を利用して、第1迂回路3300によって迂回された球を、側壁部材2055の第2分割体2552の上面へ送球することができる。その結果、側壁部材2055の第2分割体2552の上面を迂回路として利用して(即ち、第2分割体2552の上面を転動させて)、球を、貯留領域に貯留された球の山の背面側(側壁部材2055側)に迂回させることができる。即ち、貯留領域における他方側(内枠12の前面と反対側、即ち、側壁部材2055側)の空間を十分に活用することができる。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, since the extension detour 21100 that connects the first detour 3300 and the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 of the sidewall member 2055 is formed, the extension detour 21100 is used to The ball detoured by the first detour 3300 can be sent to the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 of the side wall member 2055. As a result, the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 of the sidewall member 2055 is used as a detour (that is, the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 is rolled), and the balls are piled up in the storage area. Can be detoured to the back side (side wall member 2055 side) of the. That is, the space on the other side (the side opposite to the front surface of the inner frame 12, that is, the side wall member 2055 side) in the storage region can be fully utilized.

なお、本実施形態では、各分割体2551〜2554の上面が略水平に形成され、第1迂回路3300及び延長迂回路21100から第2分割体2552の上面へ送球された球は、その送球された際の勢い(速度)を利用して、第2分割体2552の上面を転動する。この場合、送球された際の勢いは、球ごとに異なるので、第2分割体2552の上面から第3及び第3分割体2554の上面を介して貯留領域へ流下される位置(迂回先)をそれぞれ異ならせる(ばらつかせる)ことができる。その結果、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくできる。 In addition, in the present embodiment, the upper surface of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 is formed to be substantially horizontal, and the balls sent from the first detour 3300 and the extended detour 21100 to the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 are sent. The momentum (velocity) at the time of rolling is used to roll on the upper surface of the second divided body 2552. In this case, since the momentum when the ball is delivered is different for each ball, the position (the detour destination) where the ball flows down from the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 to the storage area via the upper surfaces of the third and third divided bodies 2554. Each can be made different (dispersed). As a result, it is possible to easily uniformly disperse the spheres in the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050.

但し、各分割体2551〜2554の上面を、延長迂回路21100から離間される方向へ向けて下降傾斜させて形成しても良い。この場合には、第1迂回路3300及び延長迂回路21100から第2分割体2552の上面へ送球された球を、第2分割体2552の上面の終端(即ち、第2片2552Y側)まで確実に転動させて、貯留領域における幅方向一側(球抜き穴2054a)近傍に球を集中的に迂回させることができる。 However, the upper surfaces of the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 may be formed so as to be inclined downward in the direction away from the extended detour 21100. In this case, the sphere sent from the first detour 3300 and the extension detour 21100 to the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 is surely reached to the end of the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 (that is, the second piece 2552Y side). It is possible to cause the sphere to intensively detour to the vicinity of one side in the width direction in the storage area (bulb hole 2054a) by rolling.

ここで、本実施形態では、張出壁21001を側壁部材2055(第1分割体2552)に配設(固着)したが、張出壁21001を、内枠21012の内部空間に開口21002を介して出没可能に配設すると共に、付勢ばねの付勢力で開口21002から突出された状態(即ち、下皿2050が縮小方向へ変位されると側壁部材2055に押圧されて没入される一方、下皿2050が拡大方向へ変位されると付勢ばねの付勢力で突出される)としても良い。 Here, in the present embodiment, the overhanging wall 21001 is arranged (fixed) on the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2552), but the overhanging wall 21001 is inserted into the inner space of the inner frame 21012 through the opening 21002. It is arranged so that it can be retracted and is projected from the opening 21002 by the urging force of the urging spring (that is, when the lower plate 2050 is displaced in the contraction direction, it is pressed by the side wall member 2055 to be retracted while the lower plate is retracted). When 2050 is displaced in the expanding direction, it is projected by the urging force of the urging spring).

次いで、図97を参照して、第22実施形態における内枠22012及び下皿2050について説明する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 97, the inner frame 22012 and the lower plate 2050 in the twenty-second embodiment will be described.

図97は、第22実施形態における内枠22012及び下皿2050の正面斜視図であり、下皿2050が拡大された状態が図示される。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 FIG. 97 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 22012 and the lower plate 2050 according to the twenty-second embodiment, and illustrates a state in which the lower plate 2050 is enlarged. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図97に示すように、第22実施形態における内枠22012及び下皿2050には、内枠22012の第2迂回路3400から迂回された球を、下皿2050の側壁部材2055における第2分割体2552の上面へ送球するための延長迂回路22100が形成される。 As shown in FIG. 97, in the inner frame 22012 and the lower tray 2050 in the twenty-second embodiment, the ball detoured from the second detour 3400 of the inner frame 22012 is divided into the second divided body in the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050. An extension detour 22100 is formed for throwing to the upper surface of 2552.

第22実施形態では、下皿2050の内壁部材2056における側壁部2056bから第1張出壁22001が貯留領域内へ向けて張り出し形成されると共に、下皿2050の側壁部材2055における第1分割体2551の第2片2552Yにおける側壁から第2張出壁22002が貯留領域内へ向けて張り出し形成され、これら第1張出壁22001及び第2張出壁22002の上面が、延長迂回路22100の転動面22100aとされる。 In the twenty-second embodiment, the first overhanging wall 22001 is formed to project from the side wall portion 2056b of the inner wall member 2056 of the lower tray 2050 toward the inside of the storage region, and the first divided body 2551 of the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is formed. The second overhanging wall 22002 is formed so as to overhang from the side wall of the second piece 2552Y toward the inside of the storage region, and the upper surfaces of the first overhanging wall 22001 and the second overhanging wall 22002 roll on the extension detour 22100. The surface 22100a.

なお、第2張出壁22002は、第1張出壁22001よりも一段低い高さ位置に形成される。よって、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小されると、第1張出壁22001の下面側に第2張出壁22002を上下に重ねた状態で収容することができる。これにより、下皿2050の拡大および縮小を可能としつつ、延長迂回路22100を形成するための各張出壁22001,22002を収容するための内部空間や開口を内枠22012に設けることを不要とできる。 The second overhang wall 22002 is formed at a height position that is one step lower than the first overhang wall 22001. Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is reduced, the second overhanging wall 22002 can be accommodated in a vertically stacked state on the lower surface side of the first overhanging wall 22001. Thereby, it is not necessary to provide the inner frame 22012 with an internal space or an opening for accommodating each of the overhanging walls 22001 and 2002 for forming the extension detour 22100 while enabling the lower tray 2050 to be enlarged and reduced. it can.

本実施形態によれば、第2迂回路3400と側壁部材2055の第2分割体2552の上面とを接続する延長迂回路22100が形成されるので、かかる延長迂回路22100を利用して、第2迂回路3400によって迂回された球を、側壁部材2055の第2分割体2552の上面へ送球することができる。その結果、側壁部材2055の第2分割体2552の上面を迂回路として利用して(即ち、第2分割体2552の上面を転動させて)、球を、貯留領域に貯留された球の山の背面側(側壁部材2055側)に迂回させることができる。即ち、第21実施形態の場合と同様に、貯留領域における他方側(内枠12の前面と反対側、即ち、側壁部材2055側)の空間を十分に活用することができる。 According to the present embodiment, the extension detour 22100 that connects the second detour 3400 and the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 of the side wall member 2055 is formed. The ball detoured by the detour 3400 can be sent to the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 of the side wall member 2055. As a result, the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 of the sidewall member 2055 is used as a detour (that is, the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 is rolled), and the balls are piled up in the storage area. Can be detoured to the back side (side wall member 2055 side) of the. That is, as in the case of the twenty-first embodiment, the space on the other side (the side opposite to the front surface of the inner frame 12, that is, the side wall member 2055 side) in the storage region can be fully utilized.

なお、本実施形態では、第1張出壁22001及び第2張出壁22002が、下皿2050の側壁部材2055へ向けて下降傾斜して形成される。これにより、第2迂回路3400及び延長迂回路22100の通路長さが比較的長い場合であっても、第2分割体2552の上面まで球を確実に送球させることができると共に、球に勢いがある状態で送球して第2分割体2552の上面を転動しやすくできる。 In the present embodiment, the first overhanging wall 22001 and the second overhanging wall 22002 are formed so as to be inclined downward toward the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050. Accordingly, even when the passage lengths of the second bypass 3400 and the extension bypass 22100 are relatively long, it is possible to reliably send the ball to the upper surface of the second divided body 2552, and the momentum is exerted on the ball. It is possible to easily send a ball in a certain state and roll on the upper surface of the second divided body 2552.

この場合、第1張出壁22001及び第2張出壁22002は、その張り出しの基端側(即ち、側壁部2056b側および第1分割体2551側)へ向けて下降傾斜されていても良い。上述した場合と同様に、第2迂回路3400及び延長迂回路22100の通路長さが比較的長い場合であっても、延長迂回路22100の途中で球が貯留領域へ脱落することを抑制して、第2分割体2552の上面まで球を確実に送球させることができる。 In this case, the first overhang wall 22001 and the second overhang wall 22002 may be inclined downward toward the base end side of the overhang (that is, the side wall portion 2056b side and the first divided body 2551 side). As in the case described above, even if the passage lengths of the second bypass 3400 and the extension bypass 22100 are relatively long, it is possible to prevent the balls from falling into the storage area in the middle of the extension bypass 22100. It is possible to reliably send the ball to the upper surface of the second divided body 2552.

また、各分割体2551〜2554の上面は、略水平に形成されるので、上述した第21実施形態の場合と同様に、第2迂回路3400及び延長迂回路22100から第2分割体2552の上面へ球が送球されると、その送球された際の勢いが異なることを利用して、第2分割体2552の上面から第3及び第3分割体2554の上面を介して貯留領域へ球が流下される位置(迂回先)をそれぞれ異ならせる(ばらつかせる)ことができる。その結果、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくできる。 Further, since the upper surfaces of the respective divided bodies 2551 to 2554 are formed substantially horizontally, as in the case of the twenty-first embodiment described above, the second detour circuit 3400 and the extended detour circuit 22100 to the upper surface of the second divided body 2552. When the ball is thrown, the fact that the momentum when the ball is thrown is different is used to flow the ball from the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 to the storage area through the upper surfaces of the third and third divided bodies 2554. Different positions (detour destinations) can be made different (distributed). As a result, it is possible to easily uniformly disperse the spheres in the entire storage area of the lower plate 2050.

但し、各分割体2551〜2554の上面を、延長迂回路22100から離間される方向へ向けて下降傾斜させて形成しても良い。この場合には、第2迂回路3400及び延長迂回路22100から第2分割体2552の上面へ送球された球を、第2分割体2552の上面の終端(即ち、側壁部材2055の回転軸(軸支ピン2057)側)まで確実に転動させて、貯留領域における幅方向他側(球抜き穴2054aと反対側)近傍に球を集中的に迂回させることができる。 However, the upper surfaces of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 may be formed so as to be inclined downward in the direction away from the extended bypass 22100. In this case, the sphere sent from the second detour 3400 and the extension detour 22100 to the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 is the end of the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 (that is, the rotation axis (axis of the side wall member 2055)). It is possible to surely roll up to the support pin 2057) side, and to detour the ball intensively in the vicinity of the other side in the width direction in the storage area (the side opposite to the ball hole 2054a).

次いで、図98及び図99を参照して、第23実施形態における下皿2050について説明する。 Next, the lower plate 2050 in the twenty-third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 98 and 99.

図98は、第23実施形態における下皿2050の断面図であり、下皿2050が拡大された状態が図示される。また、図99(a)は、図98のXCIXa−XCIXa線における下皿2050の断面図であり、図99(b)は、図98のXCIXb−XCIXb線における下皿2050の断面図である。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 FIG. 98 is a cross-sectional view of the lower plate 2050 according to the twenty-third embodiment, and shows a state in which the lower plate 2050 is enlarged. 99(a) is a sectional view of the lower plate 2050 taken along line XCIXa-XCIXa in FIG. 98, and FIG. 99(b) is a sectional view of the lower plate 2050 taken along line XCIXb-XCIXb in FIG. 98. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図98及び図99に示すように、第23実施形態における下皿2050は、第2分割体2552から第4分割体2554の第1片2552X〜2554Xの上面に断面略コ字状に凹設されると共に第1片2552X〜2554Xの長手方向に沿って延設される凹溝23001を備える。 As shown in FIGS. 98 and 99, the lower plate 2050 in the twenty-third embodiment is recessed in a substantially U-shaped cross section on the upper surface of the first pieces 2552X to 2554X of the second to fourth divided bodies 2552 to 2554. And a concave groove 23001 that extends along the longitudinal direction of the first pieces 2552X to 2554X.

凹溝23001は、凹溝23001の内側面(図99(a)の左右の面)と各分割体2552〜2554(第1片2552X〜2554X)の上面とが交差する部分である一対の稜線によって球を支持可能な断面形状(即ち、一対の稜線で支持された球が凹溝23001の溝底に接触されない形状)に形成される。 The recessed groove 23001 is formed by a pair of ridge lines that are the portions where the inner surface of the recessed groove 23001 (the left and right surfaces in FIG. 99A) and the upper surface of each of the divided bodies 2552 to 2554 (first pieces 2552X to 2554X) intersect. It is formed in a cross-sectional shape capable of supporting a sphere (that is, a shape in which the sphere supported by a pair of ridges does not contact the groove bottom of the concave groove 23001).

この場合、一対の稜線の間隔(図99(a)左右方向寸法)は、各分割体2552〜2554(第1片2552X〜2554X)の長手方向一側(本実施形態では第2片2552Y〜2554Y側)へ向かうに従って漸増されるの(L1<L2)、一対の稜線によって球が支持されると、その球を、一対の稜線の間隔が広くなる方向(即ち、第2片255Y〜2554Y側)へ向けて自走させることができる。 In this case, the distance between the pair of ridge lines (the dimension in the left-right direction in FIG. 99(a)) is determined by the lengthwise one side of each of the divided bodies 2552 to 2554 (first pieces 2552X to 2554X) (second pieces 2552Y to 2554Y in the present embodiment). Gradually increasing toward the side) (L1<L2), when the sphere is supported by the pair of ridges, the sphere is moved in a direction in which the distance between the pair of ridges becomes wider (that is, the second piece 255Y to 2554Y side). Can be self-propelled towards.

即ち、各分割体2552〜2554(第1片2552X〜2554X)の上面が下降傾斜されておらず、水平に形成される場合であっても、その上面に載置された球を、凹溝23001に沿って転動させることができる。また、凹溝23001に沿って球が転動することで、各分割体2552〜2554の上面を転動する球が途中で貯留領域へ脱落することを抑制でき、所望の位置まで確実に送る(迂回させる)ことができる。 That is, even when the upper surfaces of the divided bodies 2552 to 2554 (first pieces 2552X to 2554X) are not inclined downward and are formed horizontally, the spheres placed on the upper surfaces are not provided with the concave grooves 23001. Can be rolled along. Further, by rolling the ball along the groove 23001, it is possible to prevent the ball rolling on the upper surface of each of the divided bodies 2552 to 2554 from dropping into the storage area on the way, and reliably send it to a desired position ( Can be diverted).

なお、凹溝23001の終端側(図98右側)は、貯留領域側(内枠3012側)へ向けて屈曲して形成される。よって、凹溝23001をその終端まで転動された球を貯留領域へ向けて送球することができる。 The end side (right side in FIG. 98) of the concave groove 23001 is formed by bending toward the storage area side (inner frame 3012 side). Therefore, the ball rolled in the groove 23001 to the end thereof can be sent toward the storage area.

ここで、下皿2050の貯留領域へ払出口23から球が払い出される場合、その払出口23から払い出されて貯留領域へ流入された球は、まず、払出口23の前方(図98下側)の領域Sに貯留され、その貯留された球によって山が形成される。 Here, when the balls are paid out to the storage area of the lower plate 2050 from the payout opening 23, the balls paid out from the payout opening 23 and flown into the storage area are first in front of the payout opening 23 (lower side in FIG. 98). ) Is stored in the area S, and a mountain is formed by the stored sphere.

この場合、本実施形態によれば、領域Sに形成された山の一部(球)が、まず、第4分割体2554の第1片2554Xの上面に流入されると、かかる球を、第4分割体2554における凹溝23001に沿って転動(自走)させることができ、山から離間される側(第2片2554側)へ迂回させることができる。 In this case, according to the present embodiment, when a part of the mountain (sphere) formed in the region S first flows into the upper surface of the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554, the sphere is divided into The four-divided body 2554 can be rolled (self-propelled) along the concave groove 23001, and can be detoured to the side separated from the mountain (the second piece 2554 side).

払出口23から球が更に払い出され、領域Sに形成される山が大きくされると、その山の一部(球)が、次いで、第3分割体2553の第1片2553Xの上面に流入される。かかる球を、第3分割体2553の凹溝23001に沿って転動(自走)させ、山から離間される側(第2片2554側)へ迂回させることができる。同様に、領域Sに形成される山が更に大きくされる場合には、第2分割体2552の凹溝23001によって球を転動(自走)させ、山から離間される側へ迂回させることができる。 When the balls are further paid out from the payout opening 23 and the mountain formed in the region S is enlarged, a part of the mountain (ball) then flows into the upper surface of the first piece 2553X of the third divided body 2553. To be done. Such a sphere can be rolled (self-propelled) along the concave groove 23001 of the third divided body 2553, and can be diverted to the side separated from the mountain (second piece 2554 side). Similarly, when the ridge formed in the region S is further increased, the ball can be rolled (self-propelled) by the concave groove 23001 of the second divided body 2552 and detoured to the side separated from the ridge. it can.

このように、本実施形態においても、側壁部材2055の各分割体2552〜2554の上面を迂回路として利用でき、貯留領域における他方側(内枠3012の前面と反対側、即ち、側壁部材2055側)の空間を十分に活用することができる。 As described above, also in the present embodiment, the upper surfaces of the respective divided bodies 2552 to 2554 of the side wall member 2055 can be used as a detour, and the other side in the storage region (the side opposite to the front surface of the inner frame 3012, that is, the side wall member 2055 side). ) Space can be fully utilized.

また、例えば、第21実施形態または第22実施形態の場合のように、第1迂回路3300又は第2迂回路3400から延長迂回路21100,22100を介して第2分割体2552の上面へ球が送球される場合には、その送球された際の勢い(速度)を利用して、第2分割体2552の上面を転動させることができる。これに対し、本実施形態のように、領域Sに形成された山から球が各分割体2552〜2554の上面に流入される場合には、その球が初速を持たない又は初速が小さいため、かかる球を各分割体2552〜2554の終端まで転動させることが困難となる。そのため、本実施形態のように、凹溝23001の幅寸法(一対の稜線の間隔)を漸増させて、球を自走させることができる構成が特に有効となる。 Further, for example, as in the case of the twenty-first embodiment or the twenty-second embodiment, a sphere is formed from the first detour 3300 or the second detour 3400 to the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 via the extended detours 21100 and 22100. When the ball is sent, the upper surface of the second divided body 2552 can be rolled by using the momentum (speed) at the time of the ball being sent. On the other hand, when a sphere flows into the upper surface of each of the divided bodies 2552 to 2554 from the mountain formed in the region S as in the present embodiment, the sphere has no initial velocity or a small initial velocity, It becomes difficult to roll such a ball to the end of each divided body 2552 to 2554. Therefore, as in the present embodiment, the configuration in which the width dimension (distance between a pair of ridgelines) of the concave groove 23001 is gradually increased and the ball can be self-propelled is particularly effective.

なお、本実施形態では、第4分割体2554における凹溝2301の終端の位置が、第2分割体2552における凹溝2301の終端の位置よりも領域Sから離間する位置とされる場合を説明したが、これとは逆に、第4分割体2554における凹溝2301の終端の位置が、第2分割体2552における凹溝2301の終端の位置よりも領域Sに近接する位置としても良い。これにより、領域Sに山が形成されるに従って、その山から離間する側へ球を迂回させることができるので、下皿2050の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくできる。 In addition, in the present embodiment, the case where the end position of the concave groove 2301 in the fourth divided body 2554 is set to a position separated from the region S more than the end position of the concave groove 2301 in the second divided body 2552 has been described. However, conversely, the end position of the concave groove 2301 in the fourth divided body 2554 may be closer to the region S than the end position of the concave groove 2301 in the second divided body 2552. As a result, as the ridges are formed in the region S, the spheres can be diverted to the side away from the ridges, which makes it easier to uniformly disperse the spheres in the entire storage region of the lower plate 2050.

次いで、図100及び図101を参照して、第24実施形態における内枠24012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 24012 in the twenty-fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 100 and 101.

第1実施形態では、内枠12の正面が変位不能な壁面として形成される場合を説明したが、第24実施形態の内枠24012には、その一部に、前後方向へ変位可能に形成される変位壁部24001と、後方(背面)側へ凹設される凹部24002と、が配設される。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the first embodiment, the case where the front surface of the inner frame 12 is formed as a non-displaceable wall surface has been described, but in the inner frame 24012 of the twenty-fourth embodiment, a part thereof is formed so as to be displaceable in the front-rear direction. A displacement wall portion 24001 and a recessed portion 24002 which is recessed rearward (back side) are provided. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図100(a)は、第24実施形態における内枠24012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図100(b)は、図100(a)のCb−Cb線における内枠24012及び下皿2050の断面図である。 FIG. 100(a) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 24012 and the lower tray 2050 in the twenty-fourth embodiment, and FIG. 100(b) is the inner frame 24012 and the lower tray 2050 taken along the line Cb-Cb of FIG. 100(a). FIG.

また、図101(a)は、図100(a)のCI−CI線における内枠24012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図101(b)は、図101(a)に示す状態から変位壁部24001が所定の後退位置まで後退された状態における内枠24001及び下皿2050の断面図である。 101(a) is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 24012 and the lower tray 2050 taken along the line CI-CI of FIG. 100(a), and FIG. 101(b) is displaced from the state shown in FIG. 101(a). FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 24001 and the lower tray 2050 in a state where the wall portion 24001 is retracted to a predetermined retracted position.

なお、図100(a)は、図48(b)に対応する。また、図101(a)及び図101(b)では、図面を簡素化して、理解を容易とするために、球の集合体が二点鎖線を用いて球AGとして模式的に図示される。 Note that FIG. 100(a) corresponds to FIG. 48(b). In addition, in FIGS. 101A and 101B, in order to simplify the drawings and facilitate understanding, a collection of spheres is schematically illustrated as a sphere AG using a chain double-dashed line.

図100及び図101に示すように、第24実施形態における内枠24012は、その内枠24012の正面側に配設され前後方向へ変位可能に形成される変位壁部24001と、その変位壁部24001の正面視下方に位置し後方(背面側)へ向けて凹設される凹部24002とを備える。 As shown in FIGS. 100 and 101, an inner frame 24012 according to the twenty-fourth embodiment is provided with a displacement wall portion 24001 disposed on the front side of the inner frame 24012 and displaceable in the front-rear direction, and the displacement wall portion thereof. A recessed portion 24002 is provided below the front surface 24001 and is recessed rearward (back side).

ここで、変位壁部24001は、第10実施形態における変位壁部10001に対し、高さ寸法(図100(a)上下方向寸法)が小さくされる点を除き、他は実質的に同一に形成される。即ち、変位壁部24001は、付勢ばね10002より前方(正面)側へ付勢されており、その付勢に抗して所定の後退位置まで後退されると、保持部材10003により保持されると共に、操作子10004が操作されることで、保持部材10003による保持が解除される。 Here, the displacement wall portion 24001 is substantially the same as the displacement wall portion 10001 in the tenth embodiment except that the height dimension (vertical dimension in FIG. 100A) is reduced. To be done. That is, the displacement wall portion 24001 is biased forward (front) from the biasing spring 10002, and when it is retracted to a predetermined retracted position against the bias, it is held by the holding member 10003 and By operating the operator 10004, the holding by the holding member 10003 is released.

凹部24002は、内枠24012の正面であって下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域の一部を凹設して形成される凹部であり、正面視横長矩形の開口およびその開口に連なる内部空間を有すると共に、その内部空間の底面を形成する底面壁24002aの上面が底壁部材2054の上面に滑らかに連なって形成される。 The recessed portion 24002 is a recessed portion formed in a front surface of the inner frame 24012 and a part of a region of the lower tray 2050 facing the side wall member 2055 is recessed. The top surface of the bottom wall 24002a having a space and forming the bottom of the internal space is formed so as to be smoothly continuous with the top surface of the bottom wall member 2054.

底面壁24002aの上面は、開口側(底壁部材2054の上面に連なる側)から凹設方向奥側(図100(a)紙面奥側)へ向かうに従って上昇傾斜して形成される。これにより、払出口23から下皿2050の貯留領域へ球が払い出された場合に、図101(a)に球AGとして示すように、底壁部材2054上でのみ山を形成させやすくでき、凹部24002の内部空間内に流入することを抑制できる。また、球抜き時などに凹部24002の内部空間内に球が残留することを抑制できる。 The upper surface of the bottom wall 24002a is formed so as to rise upward from the opening side (the side continuous with the upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054) toward the rear side in the recessed direction (the rear side in the plane of FIG. 100(a)). Accordingly, when the balls are paid out from the payout opening 23 to the storage area of the lower plate 2050, it is possible to easily form the ridges only on the bottom wall member 2054, as shown by the ball AG in FIG. 101(a), It is possible to suppress the inflow into the internal space of the recess 24002. Further, it is possible to prevent the sphere from remaining in the internal space of the recess 24002 when the sphere is removed.

特に、本実施形態では、底面壁24002aの上面の上昇傾斜は、その底面壁24002aの上面に連なる底壁部材2054の上面の上昇傾斜よりも大きな傾斜角度とされる。これにより、底壁部材2054上でのみ山を形成させやすくでき、凹部24002の内部空間内に流入することを抑制できる。また、球抜き時などに凹部24002の内部空間内に球が残留することを抑制できる。 In particular, in the present embodiment, the upward inclination of the upper surface of the bottom wall 24002a is set to be larger than the upward inclination of the upper surface of the bottom wall member 2054 which is continuous with the upper surface of the bottom wall 24002a. Accordingly, it is possible to easily form the peak only on the bottom wall member 2054, and it is possible to suppress the inflow into the internal space of the recess 24002. Further, it is possible to prevent the sphere from remaining in the internal space of the recess 24002 when the sphere is removed.

以上のように、本実施形態によれば、内枠24012の正面であって側壁部材2055に対面する領域のうちの少なくとも一部の領域に、変位壁部24001と凹部24002とが形成される。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the displacement wall portion 24001 and the recessed portion 24002 are formed in at least a part of the area facing the side wall member 2055 on the front surface of the inner frame 24012.

これにより、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)が拡大され、且つ、球が貯留された状態(図100及び図101(a)参照)において、例えば、遊技者の操作によって、或いは、内枠24012を開放した際に隣の台に衝突することによって、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向(内枠24012へ近接する方向、図100(b)上方向)へ強く押し込まれた場合には、図101(b)に示すように、側壁部材2055によって押し込まれた球を、変位壁部24001の後退によって受け入れることができるだけでなく、凹部24002の内部空間にも受け入れることもできる。 Thereby, in a state where the lower plate 2050 (side wall member 2055) is expanded and the balls are stored (see FIGS. 100 and 101(a)), for example, by the operation of the player or the inner frame 24012 is moved. When the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is strongly pushed in the contracting direction (direction close to the inner frame 24012, upward in FIG. 100(b)) by colliding with the adjacent table when opened, As shown in 101(b), the sphere pushed by the side wall member 2055 can be received not only by the retreat of the displacement wall portion 24001 but also in the internal space of the concave portion 24002.

よって、側壁部材2055と内枠24012の正面との間に球が挟み込まれ難くでき、その結果、側壁部材2055や内枠24012が破損することを抑制できる。また、球が貯留領域内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、ホールに飛散することを抑制できる。 Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the sphere to be sandwiched between the side wall member 2055 and the front surface of the inner frame 24012, and as a result, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 24012 from being damaged. Further, it is possible to prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the storage area and scattering into the hole.

この場合、例えば、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が、遊技者の通常の操作により比較的小さな力で縮小される場合には、変位壁部24001を付勢ばね10002の付勢力により初期位置に維持させつつ、側壁部材2055により押し込まれた球を、凹部24002の内部空間に受け入れさせる一方、比較的大きな力で下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小される場合には、変位壁部24001が後退される際の付勢ばね10002の弾性変形による緩衝作用を発揮させることができる。即ち、変位壁部24001の後退による球の受け入れと凹部24002の内部空間を利用した球の受け入れとを利用して、側壁部材2055の操作状態に応じた二段階の球の受け入れを行うことができる。 In this case, for example, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 is contracted by a relatively small force by the player's normal operation, the displacement wall portion 24001 is maintained at the initial position by the urging force of the urging spring 10002. While allowing the sphere pushed by the side wall member 2055 to be received in the internal space of the recessed portion 24002 while the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is contracted by a relatively large force, the displacement wall portion 24001 is retracted. A cushioning effect due to elastic deformation of the biasing spring 10002 when the spring is moved can be exhibited. That is, two-stage sphere reception depending on the operating state of the side wall member 2055 can be performed by using the sphere reception by the retraction of the displacement wall portion 24001 and the sphere reception utilizing the internal space of the recessed portion 24002. ..

よって、比較的大きな力で下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小され、側壁部材2055によって球が強い力で押し込まれる場合に、変位壁部24001の後退が開始されるまで(即ち、変位壁部24001を初期位置に維持する付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力を外力が上回るまで)の間は、凹部24002により球を受け入れつつ、変位壁部24001の後退が開始された後は、変位壁部24001の後退と凹部24002とにより球を受け入れることができる。これにより、側壁部材2055や内枠24012の破損を抑制しやすくできると共に、球が貯留領域内から溢れ出して、ホールに飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。 Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is contracted by a relatively large force and the sphere is pushed by the side wall member 2055 with a strong force, the displacement wall portion 24001 starts to retract (that is, the displacement wall portion 24001). Until the external force exceeds the elastic recovery force of the urging spring 10002 that maintains the displacement wall portion 24001 after receiving the sphere by the recessed portion 24002. The retreat and the recess 24002 allow the sphere to be received. This makes it easy to prevent damage to the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 24012, and also to prevent balls from overflowing from the storage area and scattering into the holes.

特に、本実施形態では、側壁部材2055は、上方に位置する分割体(第1分割体2551)ほど変位(回転)量が大きく、下方に位置する分割体(第4分割体2554)ほど変位(回転)量が小さくされるので、側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ比較的強い力で押し込まれる場合には、貯留領域に貯留される球(球AG)の内、側壁部材2055(分割体)の変位量が相対的に大きく比較的強い力で押し込まれる上方(図101(a)上側)の球は、変位壁部24001の後退時に付勢ばね10002による緩衝作用を発揮させつつ受け入れる一方、側壁部材2055(分割体)の変位量が相対的に小さく比較的弱い力で押し込まれる下方(底壁部材2054側、図101(a)下側)の球(球AG)は、流入抵抗が小さい凹部24002を利用して、凹部24002内へスムーズに受け入れる(流入させる)ことができる。 In particular, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 2055 has a larger displacement (rotation) amount in the divided body located above (the first divided body 2551) and in the divided body located below (the fourth divided body 2554) ( Since the amount of rotation is reduced, when the side wall member 2055 is pushed in the contracting direction with a relatively strong force, the displacement of the side wall member 2055 (divided body) among the spheres (sphere AG) stored in the storage area. The upper ball (the upper side in FIG. 101(a)), which has a relatively large amount and is pressed by a relatively strong force, receives the displacement wall portion 24001 while retracting it while exerting a buffering effect by the biasing spring 10002, while the side wall member 2055. The sphere (sphere AG) on the lower side (bottom wall member 2054 side, lower side in FIG. 101(a)) that is pushed in by a relatively weak force with a relatively small displacement amount of the (divided body) has a concave portion 24002 with a small inflow resistance. It can be used to smoothly receive (flow) into the recess 24002.

また、このように、変位壁部24001に対して凹部24002が下方(図101(a)下側)に位置することで、縮小方向へ変位された側壁部材2055により押し込まれる球(球AG)のうちの下方(底壁部材2054側、図101(a)下側)の球ほど受け入れやすくすることができる。よって、下皿2050に貯留される球(球AG)の重み(重力の作用)を利用しつつ、下皿2050に貯留される球に全体として下方(図101(a)下方向)への流れを形成することができる。その結果、側壁部材2055や内枠24001が破損することを抑制できるだけでなく、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。 Further, since the recessed portion 24002 is located below the displacement wall portion 24001 (lower side in FIG. 101A), a sphere (sphere AG) pushed by the side wall member 2055 displaced in the contraction direction is formed. The lower the sphere (bottom wall member 2054 side, lower side in FIG. 101A) can be made to be more easily accepted. Therefore, while using the weight (the action of gravity) of the sphere (sphere AG) stored in the lower plate 2050, the sphere stored in the lower plate 2050 as a whole flows downward (downward in FIG. 101A). Can be formed. As a result, it is possible not only to prevent the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 24001 from being damaged, but also to easily prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the inside of the lower plate 2050 and scattering to the game hall.

次いで、図102を参照して、第25実施形態における内枠25012について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 25012 in the twenty-fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.

第1実施形態では、内枠12の正面が変位不能な壁面として形成される場合を説明したが、第25実施形態の内枠25012には、その一部に、前後方向へ変位可能に形成される変位壁部25001と、後方(背面)側へ凹設される凹部25002と、が配設される。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the first embodiment, the case where the front surface of the inner frame 12 is formed as a wall surface that cannot be displaced has been described. However, in the inner frame 25012 of the twenty-fifth embodiment, a part thereof is formed so as to be displaceable in the front-rear direction. A displacement wall portion 25001 and a recessed portion 25002 that is recessed rearward (back side) are provided. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図102(a)は、第25実施形態における内枠24012及び下皿2050の断面図であり、図102(b)は、図102(a)に示す状態から変位壁部25001が所定の後退位置まで後退された状態における内枠25001及び下皿2050の断面図である。 FIG. 102(a) is a sectional view of the inner frame 24012 and the lower tray 2050 in the twenty-fifth embodiment, and FIG. 102(b) shows the displacement wall portion 25001 in a predetermined retracted position from the state shown in FIG. 102(a). FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 25001 and the lower tray 2050 in a state in which the inner tray 25001 is retracted to the bottom.

なお、図102(a)は、図101(a)に対応する。また、図102(a)及び図102(b)では、図面を簡素化して、理解を容易とするために、球の集合体が二点鎖線を用いて球AGとして模式的に図示される。 102(a) corresponds to FIG. 101(a). Further, in FIGS. 102A and 102B, in order to simplify the drawings and facilitate understanding, a collection of spheres is schematically illustrated as a sphere AG by using a chain double-dashed line.

図102に示すように、第25実施形態における内枠25012は、その内枠25012の正面側に配設され前後方向へ変位可能に形成される変位壁部25001と、その変位壁部25001の正面視上方に位置し後方(背面側)へ向けて凹設される凹部25002とを備える。 As shown in FIG. 102, an inner frame 25012 according to the twenty-fifth embodiment includes a displacement wall portion 25001 that is disposed on the front side of the inner frame 25012 and is displaceable in the front-rear direction, and a front surface of the displacement wall portion 25001. And a recessed portion 25002 which is located upward in the view and is recessed rearward (toward the rear side).

ここで、変位壁部25001は、第10実施形態における変位壁部10001に対し、高さ寸法(図102(a)上下方向寸法)が小さくされる点を除き、他は実質的に同一に形成される。即ち、変位壁部25001は、付勢ばね10002より前方(正面)側へ付勢されており、その付勢に抗して所定の後退位置まで後退されると、保持部材10003により保持されると共に、操作子10004が操作されることで、保持部材10003による保持が解除される(いずれも図72又は図73参照)。 Here, the displacement wall portion 25001 is formed substantially the same as the displacement wall portion 10001 in the tenth embodiment except that the height dimension (vertical dimension in FIG. 102A) is reduced. To be done. That is, the displacement wall portion 25001 is biased forward (front) from the biasing spring 10002, and when it is retracted to a predetermined retracted position against the bias, it is held by the holding member 10003 and By operating the operator 10004, the holding by the holding member 10003 is released (both see FIG. 72 or FIG. 73).

凹部25002は、内枠25012の正面であって下皿2050の側壁部材2055に対面する領域の一部を凹設して形成される凹部であり、正面視横長矩形の開口およびその開口に連なる内部空間を有すると共に、その内部空間の底面を形成する底面壁25002aの上面は、開口側(図102(a)左側)から凹設方向奥側(図102(a)右側)へ向かうに従って上昇傾斜して形成される。これにより、払出口23から下皿2050の貯留領域へ球が払い出された場合に、図102(a)に球AGとして示すように、底壁部材2054上でのみ山を形成させやすくでき、凹部25002の内部空間内に流入することを抑制できる。また、球抜き時などに凹部25002の内部空間内に球が残留することを抑制できる。 The recessed part 25002 is a recessed part formed in the front of the inner frame 25012 by partially recessing a region facing the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050. The upper surface of the bottom wall 25002a that has a space and forms the bottom of the internal space rises upward from the opening side (left side in FIG. 102(a)) toward the rear side in the recess direction (right side in FIG. 102(a)). Formed. Accordingly, when the balls are paid out from the payout opening 23 to the storage area of the lower plate 2050, it is possible to easily form the peaks only on the bottom wall member 2054, as shown by the ball AG in FIG. 102(a), It is possible to suppress the inflow into the inner space of the recess 25002. Further, it is possible to prevent the sphere from remaining in the internal space of the recess 25002 when the sphere is removed.

特に、本実施形態では、底面壁25002aの上面の上昇傾斜は、開口側(図102(a)左側)を含む所定領域(例えば、球の直径の1倍以上かつ3倍以下の領域)の傾斜角度が、その所定領域よりも凹設方向奥側(図102(a)右側)の領域における傾斜角度よりも大きくされる。これにより、底壁部材2054上に貯留された球により形成された山(球AG、図102(a)参照)が凹部25002の内部空間内に流入することを抑制しやすくできる。 In particular, in the present embodiment, the ascending slope of the upper surface of the bottom wall 25002a is the slope of a predetermined region (for example, a region of 1 to 3 times the diameter of the sphere) including the opening side (left side of FIG. 102(a)). The angle is set to be larger than the inclination angle in the region on the far side in the recessed direction (the right side in FIG. 102(a)) from the predetermined region. Accordingly, it is possible to easily prevent the mountain (sphere AG, see FIG. 102A) formed by the spheres stored on the bottom wall member 2054 from flowing into the internal space of the recess 25002.

以上のように、本実施形態によれば、内枠25012の正面であって側壁部材2055に対面する領域のうちの少なくとも一部の領域に、変位壁部25001と凹部25002とが形成される。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the displacement wall section 25001 and the recessed section 25002 are formed in at least a part of the area facing the side wall member 2055 on the front surface of the inner frame 25012.

これにより、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)が拡大され、且つ、球が貯留された状態(図102(a)参照)において、例えば、遊技者の操作によって、或いは、内枠24012を開放した際に隣の台に衝突することによって、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小方向(内枠25012へ近接する方向、図102(a)右方向)へ強く押し込まれた場合には、図102(b)に示すように、側壁部材2055によって押し込まれた球を、変位壁部25001の後退によって受け入れることができるだけでなく、凹部25002の内部空間にも受け入れることもできる。 Thereby, when the lower plate 2050 (side wall member 2055) is expanded and the balls are stored (see FIG. 102(a)), for example, by the operation of the player or when the inner frame 24012 is opened. 102(b) when the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is strongly pushed in the contracting direction (the direction approaching the inner frame 25012, the right direction in FIG. 102(a)) by colliding with the adjacent table. ), the sphere pushed by the side wall member 2055 can be received not only by the retraction of the displacement wall portion 25001, but also in the internal space of the recess 25002.

よって、側壁部材2055と内枠25012の正面との間に球が挟み込まれ難くでき、その結果、側壁部材2055や内枠25012が破損することを抑制できる。また、球が貯留領域内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、ホールに飛散することを抑制できる。 Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult for the sphere to be sandwiched between the side wall member 2055 and the front surface of the inner frame 25012, and as a result, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 25012 from being damaged. Further, it is possible to prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the storage area and scattering into the hole.

この場合、例えば、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が、遊技者の通常の操作により比較的小さな力で縮小される場合には、変位壁部25001を付勢ばね10002の付勢力により初期位置に維持させつつ、側壁部材2055により押し込まれた球を、凹部25002の内部空間に受け入れさせる一方、比較的大きな力で下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小される場合には、変位壁部25001が後退される際の付勢ばね10002の弾性変形による緩衝作用を発揮させることができる。即ち、変位壁部25001の後退による球の受け入れと凹部25002の内部空間を利用した球の受け入れとを利用して、側壁部材2055の操作状態に応じた二段階の球の受け入れを行うことができる。 In this case, for example, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 is contracted by a relatively small force by the player's normal operation, the displacement wall portion 25001 is maintained at the initial position by the urging force of the urging spring 10002. While allowing the sphere pushed by the side wall member 2055 to be received in the internal space of the recess 25002 while the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is contracted by a relatively large force, the displacement wall 25001 is retracted. A cushioning effect due to elastic deformation of the biasing spring 10002 when the spring is moved can be exhibited. That is, two-step sphere reception depending on the operating state of the side wall member 2055 can be performed by using the sphere reception by moving the displacement wall portion 25001 backward and the sphere reception utilizing the inner space of the recess 25002. ..

よって、比較的大きな力で下皿2050の側壁部材2055が縮小され、側壁部材2055によって球が強い力で押し込まれる場合に、変位壁部25001の後退が開始されるまで(即ち、変位壁部25001を初期位置に維持する付勢ばね10002の弾性回復力を外力が上回るまで)の間は、凹部25002により球を受け入れつつ、変位壁部25001の後退が開始された後は、変位壁部25001の後退と凹部25002とにより球を受け入れることができる。これにより、側壁部材2055や内枠24012の破損を抑制しやすくできると共に、球が貯留領域内から溢れ出して、ホールに飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。 Therefore, when the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is contracted by a relatively large force and the sphere is pushed by the side wall member 2055 with a strong force, the displacement wall 25001 starts to retract (that is, the displacement wall 25001). Until the external force exceeds the elastic recovery force of the biasing spring 10002 that maintains the displacement wall portion 25001 after the displacement wall portion 25001 starts to retreat. The retreat and the recess 25002 allow the sphere to be received. This makes it easy to prevent damage to the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 24012, and also to prevent balls from overflowing from the storage area and scattering into the holes.

特に、本実施形態では、側壁部材2055は、上方に位置する分割体(第1分割体2551)ほど変位(回転)量が大きく、下方に位置する分割体(第4分割体2554)ほど変位(回転)量が小さくされるので、側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ比較的強い力で押し込まれる場合に、貯留領域に貯留される球(球AG)の内、側壁部材2055(分割体)の変位量が相対的に大きくされる上方(図101(a)上側)の球を、先に凹部25002へ受け入れ(流入)させることができる。即ち、凹部24002は球の流入抵抗が小さいので、かかる凹部24002内へスムーズに受け入れる(流入させる)ことができる。これにより、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。 In particular, in the present embodiment, the side wall member 2055 has a larger displacement (rotation) amount in the divided body located above (the first divided body 2551) and in the divided body located below (the fourth divided body 2554) ( Since the rotation amount is reduced, the displacement amount of the side wall member 2055 (divided body) among the spheres (sphere AG) stored in the storage region when the side wall member 2055 is pushed in with a relatively strong force in the contraction direction. It is possible to receive (flow in) the upper sphere having a relatively large size (upper side in FIG. 101(a)) into the recess 25002 first. That is, since the concave portion 24002 has a small inflow resistance of the sphere, it can be smoothly received (flowed) into the concave portion 24002. As a result, it is possible to easily prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the inside of the lower plate 2050 and scattering to the game hall.

次いで、図103及び図104を参照して、第26実施形態における下皿2050について説明する。 Next, the lower plate 2050 in the twenty-sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 103 and 104.

第1実施形態では、下皿2050(側壁部材2055)を縮小する操作が常時可能とされる場合を説明したが、第26実施形態における下皿2050(側壁部材2055)は、球の貯留状態に応じて縮小する操作の許容または規制が切り替えられる。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the first embodiment, the case where the operation of reducing the lower tray 2050 (side wall member 2055) is always possible has been described. However, the lower tray 2050 (side wall member 2055) in the twenty-sixth embodiment is in a ball storage state. Accordingly, the permission or restriction of the reducing operation is switched. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図103は、第26実施形態における内枠3012及び下皿2050の正面斜視図である。また、図104(a)は、図103の矢印CIIIa方向視における下皿2050の内側面図であり、図104(b)は、図104(a)のCIIIb−CIIIb線における下皿2050の部分拡大断面図である。 FIG. 103 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower plate 2050 according to the twenty-sixth embodiment. 104(a) is an inner side view of the lower plate 2050 as viewed from the direction of the arrow CIIIa in FIG. 103, and FIG. 104(b) is a part of the lower plate 2050 taken along the line CIIIb-CIIIb in FIG. 104(a). It is an expanded sectional view.

図103及び図104に示すように、第26実施形態における内壁部材2056には、その側壁部2056bの複数箇所(本実施形態では、3箇所)に保持孔26001a〜26001cが穿設される。 As shown in FIGS. 103 and 104, the inner wall member 2056 in the twenty-sixth embodiment is provided with holding holes 26001a to 26001c at a plurality of locations (three locations in the present embodiment) of the side wall portion 2056b.

保持孔26001a〜26001cは、正面視円形の開口として形成され、球の直径よりも若干小さな内径に設定される。よって、下皿2050の貯留領域に貯留された球の山山(球AG)の高さが保持孔26001a〜26001cに達すると(図104(a)参照)、山(球AG)を形成する1の球が山の重みを受けて保持孔26001a〜26001c内へ入り込むことができる。 The holding holes 26001a to 26001c are formed as circular openings when viewed from the front, and are set to have an inner diameter slightly smaller than the diameter of the sphere. Therefore, when the height of the mountain (sphere AG) of the balls stored in the storage area of the lower plate 2050 reaches the holding holes 26001a to 26001c (see FIG. 104(a)), the mountain (sphere AG) is formed 1 The balls can receive the weight of the mountain and enter the holding holes 26001a to 26001c.

この場合、各保持孔26001a〜26001cは、高さ方向(図104(a)上下方向)及び水平方向(図104(a)左右方向)にそれぞれ位置を違えて配置され、拡大された状態における側壁部材2055(図43参照)が縮小方向へ操作される際の第1分割体2551から第3分割体2553の第2片2551Y〜2553Yにおける先端面(長手方向端面)の変位軌跡上にそれぞれ位置される。 In this case, the holding holes 26001a to 26001c are arranged at different positions in the height direction (the vertical direction in FIG. 104(a)) and the horizontal direction (the horizontal direction in FIG. 104(a)), and the sidewalls in the enlarged state are shown. The member 2055 (see FIG. 43) is located on the displacement locus of the tip end face (longitudinal end face) of each of the first to second divisions 2551 to 2553Y of the third to third division 2551 when the member 2055 (see FIG. 43) is operated in the reduction direction. R.

よって、例えば、図104(b)に示すように、球が保持孔26001bに入り込むと、その球が第2片2552Yの先端面に当接することで、第2分割体1552の縮小方向(図104(b)上方向)への変位を規制できる。即ち、第1分割体2551のみが縮小された側壁部材2055のそれ以上の縮小方向への操作を規制できる。その結果、貯留領域に球が貯留された状態で、例えば、遊技者によって側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ不用意に押し込まれることを抑制できる。その結果、側壁部材2055及び内枠22012の間に球を挟み込んで破損を招いたり、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 Therefore, for example, as shown in FIG. 104(b), when the sphere enters the holding hole 26001b, the sphere comes into contact with the tip end surface of the second piece 2552Y, so that the second divided body 1552 is reduced in the contracting direction (FIG. 104). (B) The displacement in the upward direction can be restricted. That is, the operation of the side wall member 2055, in which only the first divided body 2551 is reduced, in the further reduction direction can be restricted. As a result, in a state where the balls are stored in the storage area, for example, it is possible to prevent the player from inadvertently pushing the side wall member 2055 in the contracting direction. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball from being sandwiched between the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 22012 and causing damage, or to prevent the ball from overflowing (plucking out) from the inside of the lower plate 2050 and scattering to the game hall.

本実施形態によれば、下皿2050の貯留領域に貯留される球の貯留量(山(球AG)の高さ)に応じて、下皿2050における側壁部材2055(本実施形態では、第1分割体から第3分割体)の縮小方向への変位を規制できる。 According to the present embodiment, the side wall member 2055 of the lower plate 2050 (the first plate in the present embodiment, according to the storage amount of the balls stored in the storage area of the lower plate 2050 (the height of the mountain (sphere AG))). The displacement of the divided body from the divided body in the contraction direction can be restricted.

例えば、山(球AG)の高さが保持孔26001aを越える位置に達した状態では、保持孔26001aに入り込んだ球によって、側壁部材2055の第1分割体2551(第2片2551Y)が縮小方向へ変位することを規制できる。この場合、保持孔26001b,26001cにも球が入り込んでいるので、これらに入り込んだ球によって、側壁部材2055の第2分割体2552(第2片2552Y)及び第3分割体2553(第2片2553Y)が縮小方向へ変位することも規制できる。 For example, when the height of the mountain (sphere AG) reaches the position exceeding the holding hole 26001a, the first split body 2551 (second piece 2551Y) of the side wall member 2055 is reduced by the ball entering the holding hole 26001a. Can be regulated. In this case, since the spheres also enter the holding holes 26001b and 26001c, the spheres entering these hold the second divided body 2552 (second piece 2552Y) and the third divided body 2553 (second piece 2553Y) of the sidewall member 2055. ) Can be regulated to be displaced in the contracting direction.

よって、山(球AG)の高さが保持孔26001aを越える位置に達し、下皿2050内の球の貯留量が多い状態においては、保持孔26001a〜26001cに入り込んだそれぞれの球により、第1分割体2551〜第3分割体2553のそれぞれの縮小方向への変位を規制できる。即ち、変位壁部2055(各分割体2551〜2554)の縮小方向の変位を3箇所で強固に規制できる。従って、球の貯留量が多く、側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ強く押し込まれると、球を挟み込んだ側壁部材2055及び内枠22012の破損を招いたり、球が下皿2050内から溢れ出して(弾き出されて)、遊技場に飛散するおそれが高い場合に、これを有効に抑制できる。 Therefore, when the height of the mountain (sphere AG) reaches the position exceeding the holding hole 26001a and the amount of stored spheres in the lower tray 2050 is large, the balls entering the holding holes 26001a to 26001c cause It is possible to regulate the displacement of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2553 in the contraction direction. That is, the displacement of the displacement wall portion 2055 (each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554) in the contraction direction can be firmly regulated at three locations. Therefore, when the amount of stored spheres is large and the side wall member 2055 is strongly pushed in the contracting direction, the side wall member 2055 and the inner frame 22012 sandwiching the sphere may be damaged, or the sphere overflows from the lower tray 2050 ( However, if there is a high risk of scattering to the game hall, this can be effectively suppressed.

一方、例えば、山(球AG)の高さが保持孔26001cのみを越える位置に達した状態では、保持孔26001cに入り込んだ球によって、側壁部材2055の第3分割体2553(第2片2553Y)が縮小方向へ変位することを規制する一方で、保持孔26001a,26001bには球が入り込んでいないので、側壁部材2055の第1分割体2551(第2片2551Y)及び第2分割体2552(第2片2552Y)が縮小方向へ変位することは許容することができる。よって、遊技者の操作の自由度を高めることができる。 On the other hand, for example, in a state where the height of the mountain (sphere AG) reaches the position exceeding only the holding hole 26001c, the third divided body 2553 (second piece 2553Y) of the side wall member 2055 is caused by the ball entering the holding hole 26001c. While restricting the displacement in the contraction direction, the spheres do not enter the holding holes 26001a and 26001b, so that the first divided body 2551 (second piece 2551Y) and the second divided body 2552 (second piece) of the side wall member 2055. The two pieces 2552Y) can be allowed to displace in the contraction direction. Therefore, the degree of freedom of operation by the player can be increased.

なお、下皿2050の側壁部材2055が最少に縮小されている状態において、山(球AG)の高さが保持孔26001aを越える位置に達した場合でも、各保持孔26001a〜26001cに入り込んだ球は、第1分割体2551(第2片2551Y)〜第3分割体2553(第2片2553Y)の側面に当接するのみであるので、側壁部材2055(第1分割体2551〜第3分割体2553)の拡大方向への変位(操作)は妨げられない。 Even when the height of the ridge (sphere AG) reaches the position exceeding the holding hole 26001a in the state where the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050 is reduced to the minimum, the balls entering the holding holes 26001a to 26001c. Is only in contact with the side surfaces of the first divided body 2551 (second piece 2551Y) to the third divided body 2553 (second piece 2553Y), the side wall member 2055 (first divided body 2551 to third divided body 2553). ) The displacement (operation) in the expansion direction is not hindered.

次いで、図105から図107を参照して、第27実施形態における内枠27012及び下皿2050について説明する。 Next, the inner frame 27012 and the lower plate 2050 in the twenty-seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 105 to 107.

第15実施形態では、側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放された後に、治具Jを各分割体の間へ挿入する工程を作業者が行う場合を説明したが、第27実施形態における治具J2は、側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放されると、その開放の動作に連動して各分割体の間に挿入される。なお、上記各実施形態と同一の部分には同一の符号を付して、その説明は省略する。 In the fifteenth embodiment, a case has been described in which the worker performs the step of inserting the jig J between the divided bodies after the side wall member 2055 is opened beyond the enlarged position, but in the twenty-seventh embodiment. When the side wall member 2055 is opened beyond the enlarged position, the tool J2 is inserted between the divided bodies in conjunction with the opening operation. The same parts as those in each of the above-described embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

図105は、第27実施形態における内枠3012及び下皿2050の断面図である。図106(a)は、治具J2の上面図であり、図106(b)は、図106(a)の矢印CVIb方向視における治具J2の正面図である。また、図107は、下皿2050が拡大位置を越えて開放された状態における内枠3012及び下皿2050の断面図である。 FIG. 105 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower tray 2050 according to the 27th embodiment. 106(a) is a top view of the jig J2, and FIG. 106(b) is a front view of the jig J2 as viewed in the direction of arrow CVIb in FIG. 106(a). In addition, FIG. 107 is a cross-sectional view of the inner frame 3012 and the lower tray 2050 in a state where the lower tray 2050 is opened beyond the enlarged position.

図105から図107に示すように、第27実施形態における内枠27012は、下皿2050が拡大位置を越えて開放されることに伴い側壁部材2055の各分割体の間へ治具J2を挿入させるための機構(以下「挿入機構」と称す)として、固着歯車(図示せず)と、その固着歯車に先頭の歯車(歯車27002)が歯合される歯車列と、その歯車列の後尾の歯車(歯車27004)に歯合されるラック部27005が形成される治具J2とを備える。 As shown in FIGS. 105 to 107, the inner frame 27012 in the twenty-seventh embodiment inserts the jig J2 between the divided bodies of the side wall member 2055 as the lower plate 2050 is opened beyond the enlarged position. As a mechanism (hereinafter, referred to as an “insertion mechanism”) for causing the fixed gear (not shown), a gear train in which the leading gear (gear 27002) is meshed with the fixed gear, and a gear train at the rear end of the gear train. And a jig J2 on which a rack portion 27005 meshed with a gear (gear 27004) is formed.

固着歯車は、第4分割体2554の一端側(軸支孔2554a側、図42参照)に一体に形成されると共に、第4分割体2554が回転される際の回転中心である軸支ピン2057(軸支孔2554a)と同軸に配設される。一方、歯車列の各歯車27002〜9004は、内枠27012に回転可能に軸支される。 The fixed gear is integrally formed on one end side of the fourth divided body 2554 (on the side of the shaft supporting hole 2554a, see FIG. 42), and is a shaft support pin 2057 which is a rotation center when the fourth divided body 2554 is rotated. It is arranged coaxially with the (shaft supporting hole 2554a). On the other hand, the gears 27002 to 9004 of the gear train are rotatably supported by the inner frame 27012.

よって、上述した開放機構の操作子15001が解除位置に操作され、側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放されると、図107に示すように、側壁部材2055(第4分割体2554)の開放の動作(回転)に伴い、歯車列の各歯車(歯車27002〜27004)を回転させ、歯車列の後尾の歯車(歯車27004)にラック部27004が歯合される治具J2を前進させることができる。 Therefore, when the operator 15001 of the above-described opening mechanism is operated to the release position and the side wall member 2055 is opened beyond the enlarged position, as shown in FIG. 107, the side wall member 2055 (fourth divided body 2554) is opened. The gears (gears 27002 to 27004) of the gear train can be rotated in accordance with the operation (rotation) of the gear train, and the jig J2 in which the rack portion 27004 is meshed with the rear gear (gear 27004) of the gear train can be moved forward. it can.

治具J2は、上下方向(図106(b)上下方向)に互いに所定間隔を隔てつつ延設される挿入板s1〜s4と、歯車27004に歯合されるラックとして形成されるラック部27004とを備える。挿入板s1〜s4は、正面視において、互いに平行に延設される共にその延設長さがそれぞれ異なる長さに設定され、且つ、上面視において、円弧状に湾曲して形成される。また、ラック部27004は、上面視において、挿入板s1〜s4と同軸の円弧状に湾曲して形成される。 The jig J2 includes insertion plates s1 to s4 extending in the vertical direction (vertical direction in FIG. 106(b)) at predetermined intervals, and a rack portion 27004 formed as a rack meshed with the gear 27004. Equipped with. The insertion plates s1 to s4 are extended in parallel with each other when viewed from the front, and the extension lengths thereof are set to different lengths, and are formed to be curved in an arc shape when viewed from the top. Further, the rack portion 27004 is formed to be curved in an arc shape coaxial with the insertion plates s1 to s4 in a top view.

なお、各分割体2551〜2554の側面であって、治具J2の挿入板s1〜s4の移動軌跡上には、受入部cが形成される。受入部cは、第15実施形態において説明したものと同様に形成されるものであり、上下に重ね合わされた分割体2551〜2554の隣接する受入部cどうしにより側方が開放されると共に合せ面へ向けて間隔が漸次狭くされる略V字状の凹部を形成する。これにより、治具J2の挿入板s1〜s4を各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面の間に案内することができる。 A receiving portion c is formed on the side surface of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 and on the movement trajectory of the insertion plates s1 to s4 of the jig J2. The receiving portion c is formed in the same manner as that described in the fifteenth embodiment, and the receiving portions c of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 that are vertically overlapped with each other are opened sideways and have a mating surface. A substantially V-shaped concave portion is formed in which the interval is gradually narrowed toward. Thereby, the insertion plates s1 to s4 of the jig J2 can be guided between the mating surfaces of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554.

下皿2050における側壁部材2055の掃除を行うに際しては、まず、締結ねじ15004の締結を緩め、締結ねじ15004の頭部15004aと第1分割体2551の上面との間に所定の隙間を形成することで、各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面への治具Jの挿入を可能とする(図86(a)参照)。次いで、開放機構の操作子15001を解除位置に操作して、側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放させる。 When cleaning the side wall member 2055 of the lower tray 2050, first, the fastening of the fastening screw 15004 is loosened to form a predetermined gap between the head 15004a of the fastening screw 15004 and the upper surface of the first divided body 2551. Then, the jig J can be inserted into the mating surface of each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 (see FIG. 86(a)). Next, the operator 15001 of the opening mechanism is operated to the release position to open the side wall member 2055 beyond the enlarged position.

図107に示すように、側壁部材2055が拡大位置を越えて開放されると、その開放の動作(第4分割体2554の回転)に伴い、挿入機構が駆動されることで、治具J2が前進され、挿入板s1〜s4が内枠27012の正面から突出される。その結果、まず、挿入板s1が底壁部材2054と第4分割体2554との合せ面の間に挿入され、その後、挿入板s2〜s4が、第4分割体2554及び第3分割体2553の間、第3分割体2553及び第2分割体2552の間、及び、第2分割体2552及び第1分割体2551の間にそれぞれ順に挿入される。 As shown in FIG. 107, when the side wall member 2055 is opened beyond the enlarged position, the insertion mechanism is driven in accordance with the opening operation (rotation of the fourth divided body 2554), whereby the jig J2 is moved. The insertion plates s1 to s4 are advanced and protruded from the front surface of the inner frame 27012. As a result, first, the insertion plate s1 is inserted between the mating surfaces of the bottom wall member 2054 and the fourth divided body 2554, and then the insertion plates s2 to s4 are divided into the fourth divided body 2554 and the third divided body 2553. , The third divided body 2553 and the second divided body 2552, and the second divided body 2552 and the first divided body 2551.

即ち、上述した第15実施形態の場合と同様に、挿入板s1の挿入により、底壁部材2054から第4分割体2554が上方へ持ち上げられ、底壁部材2054の突起部2555bと第4分割体2554の規制溝2554cとの係合が解除される。また、挿入板s1が挿入され、第4分割体2554が上方へ持ち上げられることで、第4分割体2554と第3分割体2553との合せ面における受入部cが、治具Jの挿入板s2を受け入れ可能な位置まで上昇される。この動作が、残りの挿入板s2〜s4においても繰り返されることで、挿入板s2〜s4が第3分割体2553から第1分割体2551の間の各合せ面に順に挿入される。 That is, as in the case of the fifteenth embodiment described above, the insertion of the insertion plate s1 lifts the fourth divided body 2554 upward from the bottom wall member 2054, and the projection 2555b of the bottom wall member 2054 and the fourth divided body. The engagement of 2554 with the restriction groove 2554c is released. Further, the insertion plate s1 is inserted and the fourth divided body 2554 is lifted upward, so that the receiving portion c at the mating surface of the fourth divided body 2554 and the third divided body 2553 causes the insertion plate s2 of the jig J to be inserted. Is raised to an acceptable position. This operation is repeated for the remaining insertion plates s2 to s4, so that the insertion plates s2 to s4 are sequentially inserted into the mating surfaces between the third divided body 2553 and the first divided body 2551.

このように、治具J2の挿入板s1〜s4のそれぞれが各分割体2551〜2554の合せ面の間に挿入されることで、各分割体2551〜2554のそれぞれを独立して回転させることができる。なお、図107では、第4分割体2554のみが他の分割体2551〜2553に対して異なる位相位置に回転された状態が図示される。 In this way, by inserting the insertion plates s1 to s4 of the jig J2 between the mating surfaces of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554, the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 can be independently rotated. it can. Note that FIG. 107 illustrates a state in which only the fourth divided body 2554 is rotated to a different phase position with respect to the other divided bodies 2551 to 2553.

以上のように、本実施形態の下皿2050によれば、側壁部材2055を拡大位置を越えて開放させる動作に伴って、治具J2を各分割体2551〜2554の間に挿入して、図107に示すように、各分割体2551〜2554のそれぞれが独立して回転可能な状態を形成することができる。即ち、図107に示す状態を形成するための作業の簡素化を図ることができる。 As described above, according to the lower tray 2050 of the present embodiment, the jig J2 is inserted between the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 in accordance with the operation of opening the side wall member 2055 beyond the enlarged position, and As shown at 107, each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 can be independently rotatable. That is, the work for forming the state shown in FIG. 107 can be simplified.

以上、上記実施形態に基づき本発明を説明したが、本発明は上記形態に何ら限定されるものではなく、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲内で種々の変形改良が可能であることは容易に推察できるものである。 Although the present invention has been described based on the above embodiment, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications and improvements can be easily made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be guessed.

上記各実施形態において、1の実施形態の一部または全部を他の1又は複数の実施形態の一部または全部と入れ替えて又は組み合わせて、遊技機を構成しても良い。 In each of the above embodiments, part or all of one embodiment may be replaced with or combined with part or all of the other one or more embodiments to configure a gaming machine.

上記各実施形態では説明を省略したが、側壁部材55,2055に駆動力を付与する駆動手段(例えば、電動モータ)を設け、その駆動手段から付与される駆動力により側壁部52,2055を変位(回転)させることで、下皿50,2050の拡大および縮小を行うようにしても良い。 Although not described in each of the above-described embodiments, a driving unit (for example, an electric motor) that applies a driving force to the side wall members 55 and 2055 is provided, and the side walls 52 and 2055 are displaced by the driving force applied from the driving unit. By rotating (rotating), the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged and reduced.

この場合、例えば、下皿50に貯留される球の貯留量を検出するセンサ装置を設け、そのセンサ装置により検出される球の貯留量に応じた変位量(回転量)で、側壁部材55,2055を駆動手段により変位(回転)させることで(例えば、図22及び図23参照)、下皿50,2050の拡大および縮小を行っても良い。不必要に拡大され、前方へ突出された下皿50,2050が遊技者の邪魔になることを抑制しつつ、必要な場合には下皿50,2050を拡大できるので、遊技者による千両箱への排出頻度を抑制して、遊技に集中させることができる。 In this case, for example, a sensor device for detecting the storage amount of the spheres stored in the lower plate 50 is provided, and the side wall member 55, with a displacement amount (rotation amount) corresponding to the storage amount of the spheres detected by the sensor device. By displacing (rotating) 2055 by a driving means (see, for example, FIGS. 22 and 23), the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged or reduced. The lower plate 50, 2050, which is unnecessarily enlarged and protrudes forward, is prevented from interfering with the player, and the lower plate 50, 2050 can be enlarged if necessary, so that It is possible to suppress the discharge frequency and concentrate on the game.

或いは、遊技状態に応じて、下皿50,2050の拡大および縮小を行っても良い。例えば、当たりが発生したことを検出する手段を設け、その手段により当たりの発生が検出される場合に、側壁部材55,2055を駆動手段により拡大方向へ変位(回転)させ、下皿50,2050を事前に拡大しておくようにしても良い。また、例えば、所定の演出時に、下皿50,2050を拡大させても良い。下皿50,2050の拡大により、遊技者に期待感を持たせることができる。 Alternatively, the lower plates 50, 2050 may be enlarged or reduced depending on the game state. For example, a means for detecting the occurrence of the hit is provided, and when the occurrence of the hit is detected by the means, the side wall members 55, 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the expanding direction by the driving means, and the lower plates 50, 2050 are provided. May be expanded in advance. Further, for example, the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged at the time of a predetermined effect. By enlarging the lower plates 50 and 2050, it is possible to give the player a sense of expectation.

或いは、前面枠14の状態に応じて、下皿50,2050の拡大および縮小を行っても良い。例えば、前面枠14の状態を検出するセンサ装置を設け、そのセンサ装置により前面枠14を開放させる動作が検出された場合に、側壁部材55,2055を駆動手段により縮小方向へ変位(回転)させ、下皿50,2050を縮小させても良い。また、例えば、前面枠14を施錠するシリンダ錠20の状態を検出するセンサ装置を設け、そのセンサ装置によりシリンダ錠20の開錠が検出された場合に、側壁部材55,2055を駆動手段により縮小方向へ変位(回転)させ、下皿50,2050を縮小させても良い。下皿50が拡大された状態のままで前面枠14が不用意に開放された場合に、拡大された下皿50が隣のパチンコ機10に接触して破損することを抑制できる。 Alternatively, the lower plates 50 and 2050 may be enlarged or reduced depending on the state of the front frame 14. For example, a sensor device for detecting the state of the front frame 14 is provided, and when the sensor device detects an operation of opening the front frame 14, the side wall members 55, 2055 are displaced (rotated) in the reduction direction by the driving means. The lower plates 50 and 2050 may be reduced. Further, for example, a sensor device that detects the state of the cylinder lock 20 that locks the front frame 14 is provided, and when the sensor device detects that the cylinder lock 20 is unlocked, the side wall members 55 and 2055 are reduced by the drive means. The lower plates 50 and 2050 may be reduced by displacing (rotating) in the direction. When the front plate 14 is inadvertently opened while the lower plate 50 is still in the expanded state, it is possible to prevent the expanded lower plate 50 from coming into contact with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 and being damaged.

上記各実施形態では、貯留領域を拡大または縮小させる対象として、下皿50,2050を例に説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、これに代えて、或いは、これに加えて、上皿17を対象としても良い。 In each of the above-described embodiments, the lower plate 50, 2050 has been described as an example of the target for enlarging or reducing the storage area, but the present invention is not limited to this, and instead of or in addition to this, The plate 17 may be the target.

上記各実施形態では、側壁部材55,2055は、前面枠14が回転可能に軸支される側と同じ側の端部が、軸支ピン57,2057により底壁部材54,2054に回転可能に軸支される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、前面枠14が回転可能に軸支される側と反対側の端部が、軸支ピン57,2057により底壁部材54,2054に回転可能に軸支されるものであっても良い。 In each of the above-described embodiments, the side wall members 55 and 2055 have end portions on the same side as the side on which the front frame 14 is rotatably supported, so that the end portions can rotate to the bottom wall members 54 and 2054 by the shaft support pins 57 and 2057. Although the case where the front frame 14 is pivotally supported has been described, the end portion on the side opposite to the side on which the front frame 14 is rotatably pivotally supported is not limited to this, and the bottom wall member 54 is supported by the pivot pins 57 and 2057. , 2054 may be rotatably supported.

上記各実施形態では、重ね合わされた各分割体551〜557,2551〜2554どうしの相対移動を規定する規定手段として、係合片552n〜556n,2552n〜2554nの弾性変形を利用する場合を一例として説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、他の規定手段を採用しても良い。他の規定手段としては、例えば、各分割体551〜557,2551〜2554どうしの間の摩擦係数をそれぞれ異ならせて、摩擦係数の差に基づいて、各分割体551〜557,2551〜2554の回転が許容される順序を規定するものが例示される。或いは、各分割体551〜557,2551〜2554どうしの係合およびその係合の解除を行う複数のアクチュエータ(例えば、ソレノイド)を設け、各アクチュエータの駆動により、各分割体551〜557,2551〜2554の回転が許容される順序を規定するものが例示される。 In each of the above-described embodiments, the elastic deformation of the engaging pieces 552n to 556n and 2552n to 2554n is used as an example of the regulation means that regulates the relative movement of the overlapping divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554. Although described, the present invention is not limited to this, and other regulation means may be adopted. As another defining means, for example, the friction coefficients between the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 are made different from each other, and the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 are divided based on the difference in the friction coefficient. An example is one that defines the order in which rotation is allowed. Alternatively, a plurality of actuators (for example, solenoids) that engage and disengage the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 to 2554 are provided, and the divided bodies 551 to 557 and 2551 are driven by driving the actuators. An example is one that defines the order in which 2554 rotations are allowed.

上記各実施形態では説明を省略したが、下皿50,2050が拡大状態にある(又は、少なくとも縮小状態にない)ことを検出する第1のセンサ装置と、前面枠14が開放されたことを検出する第2のセンサ装置と、それら第1及び第2のセンサ装置により、下皿50,2050が拡大状態にあることが検出され、かつ、前面枠14の開放が検出された場合に、報知を行う報知手段(例えば、音声を発生させる手段)と、を設けても良い。報知手段の放置により、下皿50,2050が拡大状態とされたままで前面枠14が開放されることを抑制できる。その結果、下皿50,2050が隣のパチンコ機10等に衝突すて破損することを抑制できる。 Although not described in each of the above-described embodiments, the first sensor device that detects that the lower plates 50 and 2050 are in the expanded state (or at least not in the contracted state) and that the front frame 14 is opened are described. When the second sensor device for detecting and the first and second sensor devices detect that the lower plates 50, 2050 are in the expanded state and the opening of the front frame 14 is detected, the notification is given. And a notification means (for example, a means for generating a voice) for performing. By leaving the notification means, it is possible to prevent the front frame 14 from being opened while the lower plates 50 and 2050 are in the expanded state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lower plates 50 and 2050 from colliding with the adjacent pachinko machine 10 or the like and being damaged.

上記第4実施形態では、第1及び第2迂回路3300,3400と第3及び第4迂回路4500,4600とを上下方向に2段に設ける場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、迂回路を3段以上設けても良い。 In the fourth embodiment, the case where the first and second detours 3300 and 3400 and the third and fourth detours 4500 and 4600 are provided in two stages in the vertical direction has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. Alternatively, the detour may be provided in three or more stages.

上記第6実施形態では、第5迂回路6700の転動面6710の2箇所に流下部6711,6712が形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、3箇所以上に流下部を設けても良い。 In the sixth embodiment, the case where the flow-down portions 6711 and 6712 are formed at two points on the rolling surface 6710 of the fifth detour 6700 has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and the flow-down points are provided at three or more points. Parts may be provided.

上記第7実施形態では、2箇所に払出口(払出口23及び第2払出口7023)を設ける場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、3箇所以上に払出口を設けても良い。 In the seventh embodiment, the case where the payout openings (the payout opening 23 and the second payout opening 7023) are provided at two locations has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the payout openings may be provided at three or more locations. good.

上記第8実施形態では、張出壁8056hの他端(転動面8810の終端(下流端))が、側壁部材2055の第4分割体2554における第1片2554Xの上面と略同等の高さ位置に配置される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、かかる高さ位置を、第1片2554Xの上面よりも低く設定しても良く、或いは、第1片2554Xの上面よりも高く設定しても良い。 In the eighth embodiment, the other end of the overhang wall 8056h (the end (downstream end) of the rolling surface 8810) has a height substantially equal to the upper surface of the first piece 2554X of the fourth divided body 2554 of the side wall member 2055. Although the case of arranging in the position has been described, it is not necessarily limited to this, and the height position may be set lower than the upper surface of the first piece 2554X, or may be set higher than the upper surface of the first piece 2554X. May be set higher.

上記第10実施形態では、操作子10004が押し込み操作されることで、変位壁部10001の初期位置への復帰が行われる場合を説明したが、この場合、球抜きレバー2054aが操作された状態でなければ、操作子10004の押し込み操作ができないようにしても良い。これにより、下皿2050に球が貯留された状態で変位壁部10001が初期位置に復帰されることを抑制できる。 In the tenth embodiment described above, the case where the displacement element 10001 is returned to the initial position by pushing in the operation element 10004 has been described, but in this case, in the state in which the ball pulling lever 2054a is operated. Otherwise, the pushing operation of the operator 10004 may be disabled. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the displacement wall portion 10001 from returning to the initial position in a state where the balls are stored in the lower tray 2050.

上記第23実施形態では、凹溝23001が断面コ字状に形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、他の断面形状であっても良い。他の断面形状としては、例えば、断面V字状、断面円弧状などが例示される。 In the twenty-third embodiment, the case where the concave groove 23001 is formed to have a U-shaped cross section has been described. Other cross-sectional shapes include, for example, a V-shaped cross-section, an arc-shaped cross-section, and the like.

上記第23実施形態では、凹溝23001が、一対の稜線によって球を支持可能な断面形状(即ち、一対の稜線で支持された球が凹溝23001の溝底に接触されない形状)に形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、凹溝23001の始端から終端の一部または全部において、球が溝底に接触可能な形状であっても良い。 In the twenty-third embodiment, the concave groove 23001 is formed in a sectional shape capable of supporting the sphere by the pair of ridge lines (that is, a shape in which the sphere supported by the pair of ridge lines does not contact the groove bottom of the concave groove 23001). Although the case has been described, the shape is not necessarily limited to this, and the shape may be such that the sphere can contact the groove bottom at a part or the whole of the start end to the end of the concave groove 23001.

上記第23実施形態では、凹溝23001における一対の稜線の間隔を漸増させることで、各分割体2551〜2554を傾斜させることなく、球を自走可能とする場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、凹溝23001の断面形状を球が溝底に接触可能な形状とし、且つ、凹溝23001の溝底をその延設方向に沿って下降傾斜させても良い。これによっても、各分割体2551〜2554を傾斜させることを不要として、構造の簡素化を図りつつ、球を自走可能な構造とすることができる。 In the twenty-third embodiment, the case where the ball can be self-propelled without inclining each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554 by gradually increasing the interval between the pair of ridge lines in the concave groove 23001 has been described, but this is not always the case. The cross-sectional shape of the concave groove 23001 is not limited to this, and the groove may have a shape in which a sphere can contact the groove bottom, and the groove bottom of the concave groove 23001 may be inclined downward along the extending direction. Also by this, it is not necessary to incline each of the divided bodies 2551 to 2554, and the structure can be simplified, and the ball can be configured to be self-propelled.

上記第24及び第25実施形態では、変位壁部24001,25001と凹部24002,25002とがそれぞれ配設される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、変位壁部24001,25001の配設を省略し、凹部24002,25002のみを配設しても良い。この場合であっても、側壁部材2055や内枠24012,25012が破損すること、及び、球が貯留領域内から溢れ出してホールに飛散することを抑制できる。 In the twenty-fourth and twenty-fifth embodiments described above, the displacement wall portions 24001 and 25001 and the recessed portions 24002 and 25002 are provided, respectively, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the displacement wall portions 24001 and 25001 are not limited thereto. The disposition may be omitted and only the recesses 24002 and 25002 may be disposed. Even in this case, it is possible to prevent the side wall member 2055 and the inner frames 24012 and 25012 from being damaged and the spheres from overflowing from the storage region and scattering into the holes.

上記第24及び第25実施形態において、凹部24002,25002の底面壁24002a,25002aの上面に、傾倒可能に形成された板状の壁部を設けても良い。詳細には、壁部は、初期位置は立設状態とされ、凹部24002,25002内へ球が進入する方向へは傾倒不能とされ立設状態に維持される一方、凹部24002,25002内から外部(貯留領域側)へ球が流出する方向へは傾倒可能に形成される。これにより、底壁部材2054上でのみ山を形成させやすくでき、かかる球が凹部24002,35002内に流入することを抑制できる。また、球抜き時などに凹部24002,25002の内部空間内に球が残留することを抑制できる。 In the twenty-fourth and twenty-fifth embodiments described above, a tiltable plate-shaped wall portion may be provided on the upper surfaces of the bottom walls 24002a, 25002a of the recesses 24002, 25002. More specifically, the wall portion is initially set in an upright state, is not tilted in the direction in which the ball enters the recesses 24002 and 25002, and is maintained in the upright state, while the wall portion is in the recessed state from outside the recesses 24002 and 25002. It is formed so as to be tiltable in the direction in which the sphere flows out (to the storage area side). Thereby, it is possible to easily form the peak only on the bottom wall member 2054, and it is possible to prevent the sphere from flowing into the recesses 24002 and 35002. Further, it is possible to prevent the sphere from remaining in the internal space of the recesses 24002 and 25002 when the sphere is removed.

なお、壁部は、凹部24002,25002の開口近傍に設けることが好ましい。また、壁部の立設高さは、球の半径よりも小さくされることが好ましく、球の半径の1/2以下とされることが更に好ましい。 Note that the wall portion is preferably provided in the vicinity of the openings of the recesses 24002 and 25002. Further, the standing height of the wall portion is preferably smaller than the radius of the sphere, and more preferably ½ or less of the radius of the sphere.

上記第26実施形態では、第1分割体2551、第2分割体2552及び第3分割体2553の移動軌跡に重なる位置に保持孔16001a〜16001cが形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、第1分割体2251〜第4分割体2554のいずれの移動軌跡に重なる位置に形成しても良い。 In the twenty-sixth embodiment, the case where the holding holes 16001a to 16001c are formed at the positions overlapping the movement loci of the first divided body 2551, the second divided body 2552, and the third divided body 2553 has been described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. However, the first divided body 2251 to the fourth divided body 2554 may be formed at a position overlapping any movement locus.

上記第26実施形態では、1の分割体の移動軌跡に重なる位置に1の保持孔が形成される場合を説明したが、必ずしもこれに限られるものではなく、1の分割体の移動軌跡に重なる位置に2以上の保持孔が形成されていても良い。2以上の保持孔が形成される場合には、例えば、遊技者によって側壁部材2055が縮小方向へ強く押し込まれ、最初の保持孔に入り込んだ球を押し出して側壁部材2055(分割体)が縮小方向へ変位された場合でも、その縮小方向への側壁部材2055の変位を、残りの保持孔に入り込んでいる球により規制して、側壁部材2055が最少の縮小位置まで押し込まれ難くできる。 In the twenty-sixth embodiment, the case where one holding hole is formed at a position overlapping the movement locus of one divided body has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and it overlaps the movement locus of one divided body. Two or more holding holes may be formed at the position. When two or more holding holes are formed, for example, the player strongly pushes the side wall member 2055 in the shrinking direction, pushes out the sphere that has entered the first holding hole, and the side wall member 2055 (divided body) shrinks. Even if the side wall member 2055 is displaced to, the displacement of the side wall member 2055 in the contracting direction can be restricted by the sphere that is inserted into the remaining holding hole, so that the side wall member 2055 can be hardly pushed to the minimum contracted position.

本発明を上記各実施形態とは異なるタイプのパチンコ機等に実施してもよい。例えば、一度大当たりすると、それを含めて複数回(例えば2回、3回)大当たり状態が発生するまで、大当たり期待値が高められるようなパチンコ機(通称、2回権利物、3回権利物と称される)として実施してもよい。また、大当たり図柄が表示された後に、所定の領域に球を入賞させることを必要条件として遊技者に所定の遊技価値を付与する特別遊技を発生させるパチンコ機として実施してもよい。また、Vゾーン等の特別領域を有する入賞装置を有し、その特別領域に球を入賞させることを必要条件として特別遊技状態となるパチンコ機に実施してもよい。更に、パチンコ機以外にも、アレパチ、雀球、スロットマシン、いわゆるパチンコ機とスロットマシンとが融合した遊技機などの各種遊技機として実施するようにしても良い。 The present invention may be applied to a pachinko machine or the like of a type different from those of the above embodiments. For example, once a big hit occurs, a pachinko machine (commonly called a 2nd right property, a 3rd right property, etc.) that can increase the expectation value of the big hit until a big hit state occurs multiple times (for example, 2 or 3 times) including that. May be implemented as). Alternatively, after the jackpot pattern is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player on condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, it may be implemented in a pachinko machine which is in a special game state, having a winning device having a special area such as a V zone, and winning a ball in the special area is a necessary condition. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, it may be implemented as various game machines such as arepaches, sparrow balls, slot machines, and game machines in which so-called pachinko machines and slot machines are integrated.

なお、スロットマシンは、例えばコインを投入して図柄有効ラインを決定させた状態で操作レバーを操作することにより図柄が変動され、ストップボタンを操作することにより図柄が停止されて確定される周知のものである。従って、スロットマシンの基本概念としては、「複数の識別情報からなる識別情報列を変動表示した後に識別情報を確定表示する表示装置を備え、始動用操作手段(例えば操作レバー)の操作に起因して識別情報の変動表示が開始され、停止用操作手段(例えばストップボタン)の操作に起因して、或いは、所定時間経過することにより、識別情報の変動表示が停止して確定表示され、その停止時の識別情報の組合せが特定のものであることを必要条件として、遊技者に所定の遊技価値を付与する特別遊技を発生させるスロットマシン」となり、この場合、遊技媒体はコイン、メダル等が代表例として挙げられる。 In the slot machine, for example, a symbol is changed by operating a control lever with a coin inserted and a symbol effective line is determined, and a symbol is stopped and confirmed by operating a stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, the basic concept of the slot machine is that “a display device that variably displays an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and then confirms the identification information is provided, The variable display of the identification information is started by the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or when a predetermined time elapses, the variable display of the identification information is stopped and confirmed, and then stopped. It becomes a slot machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player, provided that the combination of identification information at the time is specific".In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. Take as an example.

また、パチンコ機とスロットマシンとが融合した遊技機の具体例としては、複数の図柄からなる図柄列を変動表示した後に図柄を確定表示する表示装置を備えており、球打出用のハンドルを備えていないものが挙げられる。この場合、所定の操作(ボタン操作)に基づく所定量の球の投入の後、例えば操作レバーの操作に起因して図柄の変動が開始され、例えばストップボタンの操作に起因して、或いは、所定時間経過することにより、図柄の変動が停止され、その停止時の確定図柄がいわゆる大当たり図柄であることを必要条件として遊技者に所定の遊技価値を付与する特別遊技が発生させられ、遊技者には、下部の受皿に多量の球が払い出されるものである。かかる遊技機をスロットマシンに代えて使用すれば、遊技ホールでは球のみを遊技価値として取り扱うことができるため、パチンコ機とスロットマシンとが混在している現在の遊技ホールにおいてみられる、遊技価値たるメダルと球との別個の取扱による設備上の負担や遊技機設置個所の制約といった問題を解消し得る。 Further, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device for fixedly displaying the symbols after variably displaying a symbol row composed of a plurality of symbols is provided, and a handle for ball launching is provided. Some are not. In this case, after throwing in a predetermined amount of balls based on a predetermined operation (button operation), the fluctuation of the symbol is started, for example, due to the operation of the operation lever, or due to, for example, the operation of the stop button or By the passage of time, the fluctuation of the symbols is stopped, and a special game that gives a predetermined game value to the player is generated as a necessary condition that the definite symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol, and the player is given a special game value. Is a large amount of balls dispensed to the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only balls can be treated as a gaming value in the gaming hall, which is the gaming value seen in the current gaming halls where pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed. It is possible to solve the problems such as the burden on the equipment and the restriction on the place where the game machine is installed due to the separate handling of medals and balls.

以下に、本発明の遊技機に加えて上述した実施形態に含まれる各種発明の概念を示す。 The concept of various inventions included in the above-described embodiment in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention will be shown below.

<下皿50を一例とする発明の概念について>
開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材とを備えた遊技機において、前記貯留部材は、遊技者の操作により、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小される方向へ変位可能に形成され、前記前面枠の開放に伴い外部から前記貯留部材へ押圧力が作用された場合には前記貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向へ前記貯留部材が変位可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A1。
<About the concept of the invention with the lower plate 50 as an example>
In a gaming machine provided with a front frame that can be opened and closed, and a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing balls, the storage member is a player's The size of the storage area is formed so as to be displaceable in a direction in which the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced by operation, and the size of the storage area is applied when a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside with opening of the front frame. The game machine A1 is characterized in that the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in a direction in which the size is reduced.

ここで、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠に配設され、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿と、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿とを備える遊技機が知られている。この場合、下皿の貯留領域を拡大するために、側壁部を高くすると、その分、上皿との間の隙間が少なくなる。そのため、例えば、下皿内に偏って貯留された球を均して平らにする際に、遊技者の手を下皿内へ入れづらくなる。そこで、特開2007−136095号公報には、下皿の底壁部および側壁部を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、遊技者の手を入れやすくしつつ、下皿の貯留領域を拡大または縮小する構造が開示される。しかしながら、上述の遊技機では、下皿が拡大されたまま前面枠が開放されると、拡大された下皿が隣の遊技機に接触して破損するという問題点があった。 Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is arranged in the front frame and that stores balls to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and cannot fit into the upper plate A gaming machine including a lower plate that receives a ball is known. In this case, if the side wall is raised to enlarge the storage area of the lower plate, the gap between the upper plate and the side wall becomes smaller accordingly. Therefore, for example, it becomes difficult to put the player's hand into the lower tray when the balls stored in the lower tray are evenly flattened. Therefore, in JP-A-2007-136095, the bottom wall portion and the side wall portion of the lower plate are slidably displaced back and forth by the player's operation, so that the player's hand can be easily put in and the storage region of the lower plate is stored. A structure for expanding or contracting is disclosed. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, if the front frame is opened while the lower plate is enlarged, the enlarged lower plate comes into contact with the adjacent gaming machine and is damaged.

これに対し、遊技機A1によれば、遊技者の操作により、貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小する方向へ貯留部材が変位可能に形成されるところ、前面枠の開放に伴い外部から貯留部材へ押圧力が作用された場合には貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向へ貯留部材が変位可能に形成されるので、その破損を抑制できる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A1, the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction of expanding or reducing the size of the storage region by the operation of the player. When a pressing force is applied, the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in a direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced, so that damage to the storage member can be suppressed.

なお、貯留部材としては、例えば、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿や、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿などが例示される。 The storage member may be, for example, an upper plate that stores balls to be launched into the game area or a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and that receives balls that cannot fit in the upper plate.

また、前面枠の開放に伴い外部から貯留部材へ押圧力が作用される場合とは、例えば、隣接する遊技機に貯留部材が接触してその隣接する遊技機から貯留部材へ押圧力が作用される場合、人が貯留部材を把持しつつ前面枠を開放することで人の手から貯留部材に押圧力が作用される場合などが例示される。 In addition, when the pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside with the opening of the front frame, for example, the storage member comes into contact with the adjacent gaming machine and the pressing force is applied to the storing member from the adjacent gaming machine. In this case, a case where a pressing force acts on the storage member from a person's hand by holding the storage member and opening the front frame is illustrated.

遊技機A1において、前記前面枠は、その幅方向一側の側部に設けられた回転軸を中心として回転することで開閉し、前記貯留部材は、前記前面枠の回転軸と正面視同じ側となる幅方向一側に設けられた回転軸を中心として回転することで前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されるように形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A2。 In the gaming machine A1, the front frame opens and closes by rotating around a rotation shaft provided on a side portion on one side in the width direction, and the storage member has the rotation shaft of the front frame on the same side in front view. The gaming machine A2 is formed such that the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced by rotating about a rotation axis provided on one side in the width direction.

遊技機A2によれば、遊技機A1の奏する効果に加え、貯留部材は、幅方向一側に設けられた回転軸を中心として回転することで貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されるものであり、その貯留部材の回転軸が前面枠の回転軸と正面視同じ側とされるので、前面枠の開放に伴い外部から貯留部材へ押圧力が作用された場合に、かかる貯留部材を、貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向へ変位させやすくすることができる。その結果、貯留部材の破損を抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A1, the storage member rotates about a rotation axis provided on one side in the width direction to expand or reduce the size of the storage area. Since the rotation axis of the storage member is on the same side as the rotation axis of the front frame in front view, when a pressing force is applied to the storage member from the outside with the opening of the front frame, the storage member is stored. It is possible to facilitate displacement in the direction in which the size of the area is reduced. As a result, damage to the storage member can be suppressed.

遊技機A2において、前記貯留部材は、底壁部と、その底壁部から立設する側壁部とを備え、前記側壁部が複数の分割体を上下に重ね合わせて形成され、それら複数の分割体がそれぞれ前記回転軸を中心として前記前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ回転されることで、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されることを特徴とする遊技機A3。 In the gaming machine A2, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by stacking a plurality of divided bodies vertically, and the plurality of divided bodies are formed. A game machine A3, wherein the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced by rotating the body around the rotation axis in a direction toward or away from the front frame.

遊技機A3によれば、遊技機A2の奏する効果に加え、貯留領域の大きさの拡大または縮小を可能としつつ、球抜き穴の配置の自由度を確保することができる。例えば、底壁部および側壁部を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、貯留領域を拡大または縮小する構造では、固定側の底壁部とスライド側の底壁部との重なり部分には球抜き穴を配置することができず、その配置の自由度が低下する。 According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A2, it is possible to increase or decrease the size of the storage area, and at the same time, it is possible to secure the degree of freedom in arranging the ball hole. For example, in a structure in which the bottom wall portion and the side wall portion are slidably displaced back and forth by a player's operation to expand or contract the storage area, the fixed side bottom wall portion and the slide side bottom wall portion overlap each other. Is unable to place a ball hole, and the degree of freedom of its placement is reduced.

これに対し、遊技機A3によれば、側壁部が上下に重ね合わせた複数の分割体から形成され、それら複数の分割体が前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ回転されることで、貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小することができるところ、貯留領域の拡大または縮小のために変位する部位(分割体)と底壁部との重なり代が形成されないので、底壁部の任意の位置に球抜き穴を配置することができ、その配置の自由度を確保できる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine A3, the side wall portion is formed of a plurality of divided bodies that are vertically overlapped with each other, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction toward or away from the front frame, so that the storage region Where the size of the storage area can be expanded or reduced, there is no overlap margin between the bottom wall part and the part (divided body) that is displaced due to the expansion or contraction of the storage area. Ball holes can be arranged, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement can be secured.

遊技機A3において、前記複数の分割体は、前記回転軸を中心として前記前面枠から離間する方向へ回転され、前記貯留領域が拡大されると、上側の前記分割体ほど外方へ張り出され、前記回転軸を中心として前記前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転され、前記貯留領域が縮小されると、前記回転軸の軸方向視において、各分割体が重なることを特徴とする遊技機A4。 In the gaming machine A3, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated about the rotation axis in a direction away from the front frame, and when the storage region is expanded, the divided bodies on the upper side are projected outward. The gaming machine A4 characterized in that when the storage area is rotated about the rotation axis in a direction approaching the front frame and the storage area is reduced, the divided bodies overlap each other in the axial direction view of the rotation axis.

遊技機A4によれば、遊技機A3の奏する効果に加え、複数の分割体は、前面枠から離間する方向へ回転されると、上側の分割体ほど外方へ張り出されるので、遊技者の手を入りやすくした形態で貯留領域を拡大できる。一方、前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転されると、回転軸の軸方向視において各分割体が重なるので、貯留領域を減少させた状態において、貯留部材の剛性を確保できる。 According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A3, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction away from the front frame, the upper divided bodies are projected outward, so that the player's The storage area can be expanded in a form that makes it easier to reach. On the other hand, when rotated in the direction approaching the front frame, the divided bodies overlap each other when viewed in the axial direction of the rotation shaft, so that the rigidity of the storage member can be ensured in the state where the storage region is reduced.

また、貯留領域を拡大した状態では、複数の分割体が外方へ張り出されるので、下皿が拡大状態にあることを遊技者に認識させやすくすることができる。 Further, in the state where the storage area is enlarged, the plurality of divided bodies are bulged outward, so that the player can easily recognize that the lower plate is in the enlarged state.

遊技機A3又はA4において、前記分割体は、前記回転軸に一端が軸支される第1片と、その第1片の他端から延設される第2片とから上面視略L字状に形成され、前記第2片が前記回転軸を中心とする円弧状に湾曲して形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A5。 In the gaming machine A3 or A4, the split body includes a first piece whose one end is axially supported by the rotation shaft and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece, and is substantially L-shaped in a top view. The gaming machine A5 is characterized in that the second piece is formed to be curved in an arc shape centered on the rotation axis.

遊技機A5によれば、遊技機A3又はA4の奏する効果に加え、分割体は、回転軸に一端が軸支される第1片と、その第1片の他端から延設される第2片とから上面視略L字状に形成され、第2片が回転軸を中心とする円弧状に湾曲して形成されるので、分割体が回転軸を中心に回転される際には、各分割体の第2片の軌跡を一致させることができる。即ち、各分割体の第2片が常に重なる状態を形成できるので、側壁部(複数の分割体)の剛性を確保できる。 According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A3 or A4, the split body has a first piece whose one end is rotatably supported by the rotation shaft and a second piece which is extended from the other end of the first piece. Since the second piece is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view from the one piece and the second piece is curved and formed in an arc shape around the rotation axis, when the divided body is rotated around the rotation axis, The loci of the second piece of the divided body can be matched. That is, since the second piece of each divided body can always be formed to overlap with each other, the rigidity of the side wall portion (a plurality of divided bodies) can be ensured.

遊技機A5において、前記分割体の第2片は、前記第1片に連なる水平部と、その水平部の端部から立設される立設部と、その立設部の立設端から前記水平部と反対側へ延設される延設部とを備え、各分割体は、前記水平部、立設部および延設部を、隣接する分割体の前記水平部、立設部および延設部と重ね合わせた状態で配設されることを特徴とする遊技機A6。 In the gaming machine A5, the second piece of the split body is a horizontal portion that is continuous with the first piece, a standing portion that is erected from an end portion of the horizontal portion, and the erection end of the standing portion. A horizontal part and an extending part extending to the opposite side, wherein each of the split bodies includes the horizontal part, the standing part and the extending part, and the horizontal part, the standing part and the extending part of an adjacent split body. A gaming machine A6, wherein the gaming machine A6 is arranged in a state of being overlapped with a part.

遊技機A6によれば、遊技機A5の奏する効果に加え、分割体の第2片が、第1片に連なる水平部と、その水平部の端部から立設される立設部と、その立設部の立設端から水平部と反対側へ延設される延設部とを備え、各分割体は、水平部、立設部および延設部を、隣接する分割体の水平部、立設部および延設部と重ね合わせた状態で配設されるので、貯留領域に多数の球が貯留された場合に、側壁部(各分割体)に作用する球の重量を、各分割体の間での水平部、立設部および延設部の重ね合わせによる相互作用により効果的に支えることができ、その結果、側壁部(各分割体)の撓みを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A5, the second piece of the divided body has a horizontal portion continuous with the first piece, and a standing portion that is erected from the end of the horizontal portion. An extending portion extending from the standing end of the standing portion to the opposite side of the horizontal portion, each split body, the horizontal portion, the standing portion and the extending portion, the horizontal portion of the adjacent split body, Since it is arranged in a state of being overlapped with the upright portion and the extended portion, when a large number of balls are stored in the storage area, the weight of the balls acting on the side wall portion (each divided body) is calculated by The horizontal portion, the upright portion, and the extended portion can be effectively supported by the interaction between them, and as a result, the bending of the side wall portion (each divided body) can be suppressed.

また、第2片が互いに重ね合わさっていることで、球の重量で側壁部が撓んでいる場合であっても、第2片がガイドとなって、側壁部を拡大状態から縮小状態へスムーズに移行させることができる。よって、球が貯留された下皿が拡大状態のままで、前面枠が不用意に開放された場合でも、下皿(側壁部)を縮小方向へ変位させることができるので、その破損を抑制できる。 Further, since the second pieces are overlapped with each other, even when the side wall portion is bent due to the weight of the sphere, the second piece serves as a guide and the side wall portion smoothly moves from the enlarged state to the contracted state. Can be migrated. Therefore, even when the lower tray in which the balls are stored is still in the expanded state and the front frame is inadvertently opened, the lower tray (side wall portion) can be displaced in the contracting direction, so that the damage can be suppressed. ..

遊技機A6において、前記複数の分割体は、上側の分割体ほど前記水平部または延設部のうちの一方の幅が小さくされると共に他方の幅が大きくされることを特徴とする遊技機A7。 In the gaming machine A6, the plurality of divided bodies are characterized in that the width of one of the horizontal portion or the extended portion is made smaller and the width of the other is made larger as the divided body is located on the upper side. ..

遊技機A7によれば、遊技機A6の奏する効果に加え、複数の分割体は、上側の分割体ほど水平部または延設部のうちの一方の幅が小さくされると共に他方の幅が大きくされるので、各分割体が第2片の水平部、立設部および延設部を隣接する分割体どうしで重ね合わせた場合でも、第2片の幅寸法を抑制することができる。即ち、重ね合わせによる第2片の剛性の向上を図りつつ、第2片の幅寸法の抑制により、貯留領域を確保することができる。また、第2片(側壁部)の外側への張り出しを抑制して、その分、他の部材の配設スペースを確保できる。 According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A6, one of the plurality of divided bodies has a smaller width in the horizontal portion or the extended portion and the other has a larger width in the upper divided body. Therefore, even when the horizontal portions, the standing portions, and the extended portions of the second pieces of each divided body are overlapped by the adjacent divided bodies, the width dimension of the second piece can be suppressed. That is, it is possible to secure the storage region by suppressing the width dimension of the second piece while improving the rigidity of the second piece by overlapping. Further, it is possible to suppress the outward protrusion of the second piece (side wall portion) and to secure the space for disposing other members by that amount.

遊技機A5からA7のいずれかにおいて、前記貯留領域の内壁の一部を形成する内壁部材を備え、前記複数の分割体が前記回転軸を中心として前記前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転され、前記貯留領域が縮小された状態では、前記第2片が前記内壁部材の背面側に配置され、前記複数の分割体が前記回転軸を中心として前記前面枠から離間する方向へ回転され、前記貯留領域が拡大された状態では、前記第2片が前記内壁部材の側方に並設され、前記第2片および内壁部材により前記貯留領域の内壁の一部が形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A8。 In any one of the gaming machines A5 to A7, an inner wall member forming a part of an inner wall of the storage area is provided, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated about the rotation axis in a direction approaching the front frame, In a state in which the storage area is reduced, the second piece is arranged on the back side of the inner wall member, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated about the rotation axis in a direction away from the front frame, In an expanded state, the second piece is juxtaposed laterally of the inner wall member, and the second piece and the inner wall member form part of the inner wall of the storage area. A8.

遊技機A8によれば、遊技機A5から遊技機A7のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、貯留領域の内壁の一部を形成する内壁部材を備え、貯留領域が縮小された状態では、第2片が内壁部材の背面側に配置され、貯留領域が拡大された状態では、第2片が内壁部材の側方に並設され、第2片および内壁部材により貯留領域の内壁の一部が形成されるので、第2片の長さ寸法を短縮化して、その分、第2片の移動のために必要なスペースを抑制することができる。 According to the gaming machine A8, in addition to the effect produced by any one of the gaming machines A5 to A7, the gaming machine A8 includes an inner wall member that forms a part of the inner wall of the storage area, and when the storage area is reduced, the second piece is provided. Is arranged on the back side of the inner wall member and the storage region is enlarged, the second piece is arranged side by side on the inner wall member, and a part of the inner wall of the storage region is formed by the second piece and the inner wall member. Therefore, the length dimension of the second piece can be shortened, and the space required for moving the second piece can be suppressed accordingly.

即ち、内壁部材を設けない場合には、貯留領域が縮小された状態においてのみでなく、貯留領域が拡大された状態においても、第2片が貯留領域の内壁となる必要があるため、第2片の長さ寸法として、内壁部材に相当する長さ寸法と拡大分に相当する長さ寸法とを加算した寸法が必要となる。そのため、第2片の移動のために必要なスペースが大きくなる(かかるスペースを、貯留領域が拡大する方向と反対側となる内壁部材の側方に確保する必要がある)。これに対し、内壁部材を設ける場合には、貯留領域が拡大された状態においてのみ、第2片が貯留領域の内壁となれば良いので、第2片の長さ寸法を拡大分に相当する長さ寸法とすることができる(内壁部材に相当する長さ寸法を不要とできる)。その結果、第2片の移動のために必要なスペースを抑制できる(かかるスペースが、内壁部材の背面側のみで足り、貯留領域が拡大する方向と反対側となる内壁部材の側方に確保する必要がない)。 That is, when the inner wall member is not provided, the second piece needs to be the inner wall of the storage area not only when the storage area is contracted but also when the storage area is expanded. As the length dimension of the piece, a dimension obtained by adding the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member and the length dimension corresponding to the enlarged portion is required. Therefore, the space required for the movement of the second piece becomes large (the space needs to be secured on the side of the inner wall member opposite to the direction in which the storage region expands). On the other hand, when the inner wall member is provided, the second piece may be the inner wall of the storage area only when the storage area is expanded. Therefore, the length dimension of the second piece corresponds to the length corresponding to the expansion. It is possible to make the length dimension (the length dimension corresponding to the inner wall member can be unnecessary). As a result, the space required for the movement of the second piece can be suppressed (the space is sufficient only on the back side of the inner wall member, and is secured on the side of the inner wall member opposite to the direction in which the storage region expands). No need).

遊技機A8において、前記複数の分割体は、上側の前記分割体ほど前記第2片の長さ寸法が大きくされ、前記回転軸を中心として前記前面枠から離間する方向へ回転され、前記貯留領域が拡大されると、上側の前記分割体ほど外方へ張り出されると共に、各分割体の第2片の端面が面一に配置されることを特徴とする遊技機A9。 In the gaming machine A8, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame about the rotation axis, with the length dimension of the second piece being larger toward the upper divided body, and the storage area. The game machine A9 is characterized in that, when is expanded, the upper divided bodies are projected outward and the end faces of the second pieces of the respective divided bodies are arranged flush with each other.

遊技機A9によれば、遊技機A8の奏する効果に加え、複数の分割体は、上側の分割体ほど第2片の長さ寸法が大きくされ、回転軸を中心として前面枠から離間する方向へ回転され、貯留領域が拡大されると、上側の分割体ほど外方へ張り出されると共に、各分割体の第2片の端面が面一に配置されるので、貯留領域の拡大時には、各分割体の第2片どうしの重なり代を確保して、球の重量に対する側壁部(第2片)の撓みを抑制しつつ、各分割体においてそれぞれ第2片の長さを抑制して、部品コストの抑制を図ることができる。即ち、貯留領域の拡大時には、上側の分割体よりも下側の分割体における第2片の端面が突出されていたとしても、その突出分は、上側の第2片を支持できず、撓みの抑制には寄与しない。一方、貯留領域の縮小時には、各分割体の第2片どうしの重なり代が減少されるが、球の重量は内壁部材に作用され、第2片には直接的には作用されない。よって、本構成が有効となる。 According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine A8, in the plurality of divided bodies, the length dimension of the second piece is made larger toward the upper divided body, and the second piece is separated from the front frame around the rotation axis. When the storage area is rotated and expanded, the upper divided body is projected outward and the end surface of the second piece of each divided body is arranged flush with each other. By ensuring the margin for overlapping the second pieces of the body and suppressing the bending of the side wall portion (second piece) with respect to the weight of the sphere, and suppressing the length of the second piece in each divided body, the component cost Can be suppressed. That is, when the storage region is expanded, even if the end surface of the second piece in the lower divided body is projected than the upper divided body, the protruding portion cannot support the upper second piece, and thus the bending of Does not contribute to suppression. On the other hand, when the storage area is reduced, the overlap margin between the second pieces of each divided body is reduced, but the weight of the sphere acts on the inner wall member and does not directly act on the second piece. Therefore, this configuration is effective.

遊技機A5からA9のいずれかにおいて、最も上側に位置する分割体の第2片の上面に当接可能に形成される当接部材を備え、その当接部材は、貯留領域の拡大時に、最も下側に位置する分割体の第2片に前記分割体の軸方向視において重なる位置に配置されることを特徴とする遊技機A10。 In any of the gaming machines A5 to A9, an abutting member formed so as to be able to abut on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body is provided, and the abutting member is the largest when the storage area is expanded. A gaming machine A10, wherein the second piece of the divided body located on the lower side is arranged at a position overlapping with the divided body when viewed in the axial direction.

遊技機A10によれば、遊技機A5からA9のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、最も上側に位置する分割体の第2片の上面に当接可能に形成される当接部材を備えるので、当接部材を支点として第2片の支持剛性を高めることができるので、球の重量を支える際に側壁部(各分割体)が撓むことを抑制できる。特に、当接部材は、貯留領域の拡大時に、最も下側に位置する分割体の第2片に前記分割体の軸方向視において重なる位置に配置されるので、貯留領域の拡大の程度(複数の分割体のいずれまでが拡大方向へ変位されているか)に関わらず、各分割体の第2片を最適な支点位置で支えることができ、側壁部(各分割体)が撓むことを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine A10, in addition to the effect produced by any one of the gaming machines A5 to A9, the gaming machine A10 is provided with the contact member formed so as to be capable of contacting the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body. Since the supporting rigidity of the second piece can be increased by using the contact member as a fulcrum, it is possible to suppress the side wall portion (each divided body) from bending when supporting the weight of the ball. In particular, since the contact member is arranged at a position that overlaps the second piece of the division body located at the lowermost side in the axial direction of the division body when the storage area is enlarged, the degree of expansion of the storage area Regardless of which one of the divided bodies is displaced in the expansion direction), the second piece of each divided body can be supported at the optimum fulcrum position, and the side wall portion (each divided body) is prevented from bending. it can.

遊技機A10において、前記最も上側に位置する分割体は、その第2片の上面に形成される係合部を備え、前記最も上側に位置する分割体が前記回転軸を中心として前記前面枠から離間する方向へ所定位置まで回転されると、前記当接部材に前記係合部が係合して前記回転が規制されることを特徴とする遊技機A11。 In the gaming machine A10, the uppermost divided body is provided with an engaging portion formed on the upper surface of the second piece thereof, and the uppermost divided body is centered on the rotation axis from the front frame. A gaming machine A11, characterized in that, when the contact portion is rotated to a predetermined position in a separating direction, the engaging portion engages with the contact member to restrict the rotation.

遊技機A11によれば、遊技機A10の奏する効果に加え、最も上側に位置する分割体の第2片の上面に係合部が形成され、その係合部が当接部材に当接することで、最も上側に位置する分割体の前面枠から離間する方向への回転を所定位置で規制することができる。即ち、当接部材が、分割体(第2片)の上面を支持して撓みを抑制する役割だけでなく、分割体の回転を規制するストッパとしての役割も兼用するので、その分、部品点数を削減して、製品コストの低減を図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine A11, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A10, the engaging portion is formed on the upper surface of the second piece of the uppermost divided body, and the engaging portion abuts the abutting member. The rotation of the uppermost divided body in the direction away from the front frame can be restricted at a predetermined position. That is, the abutting member not only plays a role of supporting the upper surface of the divided body (second piece) and suppressing the bending, but also serves as a stopper of restricting the rotation of the divided body. Can be reduced to reduce the product cost.

遊技機A3からA11のいずれかにおいて、前記分割体は、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の一方の合せ面に凸部が形成されると共に他方の合せ面に前記凸部を受け入れる凹部が形成され、前記貯留領域の拡大時には前記凸部が前記凹部の一側の内壁に当接されると共に前記貯留領域の縮小時には前記凸部が前記凹部の他側の内壁に当接されることで、前記上下に重ね合わされる分割体の相対変位を規制可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A12。 In any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, the divided body has a convex portion formed on one mating surface of the vertically stacked divided bodies and a concave portion that receives the convex portion on the other mating surface. When the storage area is expanded, the convex portion abuts on the inner wall on one side of the concave portion, and when the storage area is contracted, the convex portion abuts on the inner wall on the other side of the concave portion. A gaming machine A12, which is formed so as to be capable of restricting relative displacement of the divided bodies that are superposed on each other.

遊技機A12によれば、遊技機A3からA11のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、上下に重ね合わされる分割体には、一方の合せ面に凸部が形成されると共に他方の合せ面に凹部が形成され、貯留領域の拡大時には凸部が前記凹部の一側の内壁に当接されると共に貯留領域の縮小時には凸部が凹部の他側の内壁に当接されることで、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の相対変位を規制可能に形成されるので、各分割体どうしの相対位置を規定することができる。この場合、各分割体は、重なり合う分割体に対して、凸部と凹部の内壁とが係合されるので、貯留領域が拡大された状態および縮小された状態において、側壁部(重なり合わされた分割体)全体としての剛性を確保でき、球の重量により撓むことを抑制できる。この場合、凸部と凹部とは、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の合せ面にそれぞれ形成される。即ち、デッドスペースとなる合せ面を利用して凸部および凹部を配設するので、その分、側壁部(分割体)を小型化して、貯留領域の容量を確保できる。 According to the gaming machine A12, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A3 to A11, the divided bodies that are vertically stacked have a convex portion formed on one mating surface and a concave portion on the other mating surface. When the storage area is enlarged, the convex portion is brought into contact with the inner wall on one side of the concave portion, and when the storage area is reduced, the convex portion is brought into contact with the inner wall on the other side of the concave portion, so that they are vertically stacked. Since the relative displacement of the divided bodies is regulated, the relative positions of the divided bodies can be defined. In this case, since the projections and the inner walls of the recesses are engaged with the overlapping divisions in each division, the side wall portions (the overlapping divisions are divided) in the expanded state and the reduced state of the storage region. The rigidity of the body as a whole can be secured, and it is possible to suppress bending due to the weight of the sphere. In this case, the convex portion and the concave portion are respectively formed on the mating surfaces of the divided bodies which are vertically stacked. That is, since the convex portion and the concave portion are provided by utilizing the mating surface which becomes the dead space, the side wall portion (divided body) can be downsized by that amount and the capacity of the storage region can be secured.

遊技機A12において、前記分割体は、前記回転軸に一端が軸支される第1片と、その第1片の他端から延設される第2片とから上面視略L字状に形成され、前記凸部および凹部は、前記第1片どうしの合せ面に前記第1片の長手方向に沿って連続して延設される凸条および凹溝としてそれぞれ形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A13。 In the gaming machine A12, the split body is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view from a first piece whose one end is axially supported by the rotation shaft and a second piece extending from the other end of the first piece. The convex portion and the concave portion are respectively formed as a convex line and a concave groove that are continuously provided on the mating surfaces of the first pieces along the longitudinal direction of the first piece. Gaming machine A13.

遊技機A13によれば、遊技機A12の奏する効果に加え、分割体は、回転軸に一端が軸支される第1片と、その第1片の他端から延設される第2片とから上面視略L字状に形成され、凸部および凹部は、第1片どうしの合せ面に形成されるので、凸部および凹部を有効に機能させることができる。即ち、第1片は、貯留領域を拡大または縮小させる際に遊技者に操作される部位であるので、その操作力を凸部と凹部の内壁との係合により直接的に受け止めることができ、操作感の向上を図ることができる。また、第1片が重なり合わされた部分は、貯留領域の拡大時に、球の重量によって撓みやすいところ、かかる部分の剛性を集中的に向上させることができる。 According to the gaming machine A13, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A12, the split body includes a first piece whose one end is axially supported by the rotation shaft, and a second piece which extends from the other end of the first piece. Since it is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view and the convex portion and the concave portion are formed on the mating surfaces of the first pieces, the convex portion and the concave portion can effectively function. That is, since the first piece is a portion operated by the player when enlarging or reducing the storage area, the operation force can be directly received by the engagement of the inner wall of the convex portion and the concave portion, The feeling of operation can be improved. Further, the portion where the first pieces are overlapped easily bends due to the weight of the sphere when the storage region is expanded, and thus the rigidity of such a portion can be intensively improved.

この場合、凸部および凹部は、第1片の長手方向に沿って連続して延設される凸条および凹溝として形成されるので、凸部と凹部の内壁との係合面積を確保して、側壁部(重なり合わされた分割体)全体としての剛性の向上を図ることができる。特に、凸条および凹溝として形成される凸部および凹部を、一端が回転軸に軸支される第1片に沿って形成するので、遊技者の操作や球の重量による荷重の方向を、凸条および凹溝の係合領域に対して直交させることができるので、かかる荷重に対する側壁部(重なり合わされた第1片)の撓みを抑制できる。 In this case, since the convex portion and the concave portion are formed as the convex strip and the concave groove that are continuously extended along the longitudinal direction of the first piece, the engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion is ensured. As a result, the rigidity of the entire side wall portion (overlapping divided bodies) can be improved. Particularly, since the convex portion and the concave portion formed as the convex stripe and the concave groove are formed along the first piece whose one end is axially supported by the rotation shaft, the direction of the load by the operation of the player or the weight of the ball is changed. Since the protrusions and the groove can be made orthogonal to the engaging region, it is possible to suppress the bending of the side wall portion (the overlapped first piece) against the load.

遊技機A13において、前記第1片が前記回転軸の軸方向視において外方へ凸の円弧状に湾曲して形成されると共に、前記凸条と前記凹溝の内壁とが互いに同一の半径で前記第1片と同方向へ凸の円弧状に湾曲して形成されることを特徴とする遊技機A14。 In the gaming machine A13, the first piece is formed so as to be curved outward in an arcuate shape when viewed in the axial direction of the rotating shaft, and the convex line and the inner wall of the concave groove have the same radius. A gaming machine A14, which is curved in a convex arc shape in the same direction as the first piece.

遊技機A14によれば、遊技機A13の奏する効果に加え、第1片が回転軸の軸方向視において外方へ凸の円弧状に湾曲して形成されるので、貯留領域の容量を拡大することができる。この場合、凸条と凹溝の内壁とが互いに同一の半径で第1片と同方向へ凸の円弧状に湾曲して形成されるので、それらの延設長さを第1片の合せ面の範囲内において最大限大きくすることができる。よって、凸部と凹部の内壁との係合面積を最大として、側壁部(重なり合わされた第1片)全体としての剛性の向上を図ることができると共に、凸部および凹部の負担を低減して、耐久性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine A14, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine A13, the first piece is formed so as to be curved outward in an arcuate shape when viewed in the axial direction of the rotating shaft, so that the capacity of the storage region is expanded. be able to. In this case, since the ridge and the inner wall of the concave groove are formed by curving in an arc shape of a convex shape in the same direction as the first piece with the same radius as each other, the extension lengths thereof are set to the mating surface of the first piece. It can be maximized within the range. Therefore, by maximizing the engagement area between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion, it is possible to improve the rigidity of the side wall portion (the first overlapped piece) as a whole and reduce the burden on the convex portion and the concave portion. Therefore, the durability can be improved.

<第1迂回路3300を一例とする発明の概念について>
開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材と、その貯留部材の貯留領域へ球を流入させる流入口とを備えた遊技機において、前記流入口側の一端から他端へ向けて球を送球可能な通路として延設される迂回路を備えることを特徴とする遊技機B1。
<About the concept of the invention using the first detour 3300 as an example>
A front frame that can be opened and closed, a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing the sphere, and an inflow port that allows the sphere to flow into the storage region of the storage member. A gaming machine provided with a gaming machine B1 provided with a bypass route extending as a passage capable of sending a ball from one end on the inlet side to the other end.

ここで、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠に配設され、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿と、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿とを備える遊技機が知られている。特開2007−136095号公報には、下皿の底壁部および側壁部を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、下皿の貯留領域を拡大する構造が開示される。しかしながら、上述の遊技機では、下皿の貯留領域の一部(例えば、下皿へ球を流入させる流入口の近傍)に球が偏りやすく、拡大された下皿の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させることが困難であるという問題点があった。 Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is arranged in the front frame and that stores balls to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and cannot fit into the upper plate A gaming machine including a lower plate that receives a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the bottom wall portion and the side wall portion of the lower tray are slid forward and backward by a player's operation to enlarge the storage area of the lower tray. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the balls are likely to be biased in a part of the storage area of the lower plate (for example, in the vicinity of the inflow port where the balls flow into the lower plate), and the entire storage area of the expanded lower plate is evenly distributed. There is a problem that it is difficult to disperse the spheres.

これに対し、遊技機B1によれば、流入口側の一端から他端へ向けて球を送球可能な通路として延設される迂回路を備えるので、例えば、流入口から流入した球がその流入口の近傍に偏って貯留され山が形成される場合には、その山によって貯留領域への流入が阻害された球を、迂回路へ流入させ、その迂回路の一端から他端へ向けて転動させることで、球を迂回させることができる。これにより、流入口から離れた領域、即ち、山から離れた領域へ球を送ることができ、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。その結果、例えば、遊技者は、貯留領域の一部に偏って貯留された山を均して平らにする作業が不要となり、遊技に集中することができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine B1, since the detour is provided as a passage capable of sending the ball from one end to the other end on the inlet side, for example, a ball flowing from the inlet is the flow path. If the peaks are stored near the entrance and are unevenly stored, the spheres that are blocked from flowing into the storage area by the peaks are allowed to flow into the detour, and the balls are rolled from one end to the other of the detour. By moving it, the ball can be detoured. As a result, the sphere can be sent to a region away from the inflow port, that is, a region away from the mountain, and the sphere can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region. As a result, for example, the player does not need to evenly and flatten the mountains that are stored unevenly in a part of the storage area, and can concentrate on the game.

遊技機B1において、前記迂回路は、前記一端から他端へ向けて下降傾斜されることを特徴とする遊技機B2。 In the gaming machine B1, the detour is inclined downward from the one end to the other end.

遊技機B2によれば、遊技機B1の奏する効果に加え、迂回路は、一端から他端へ向けて下降傾斜されるので、迂回路の他端まで球を確実に送ることができる。特に、流入口の近傍に偏って貯留された山に球が衝突し、迂回路へ流入した時点で球の勢いが失われている場合でも、かかる球を迂回路の他端まで転動させることができる。また、迂回路の他端までの間に球に勢いを付けることができるので、迂回路の他端から貯留領域へ送り出す際の初速を速くできる。その結果、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1, the detour is inclined downward from one end to the other end, so that the ball can be reliably sent to the other end of the detour. In particular, even if a ball collides with a mountain accumulated near the inflow port and loses its momentum when flowing into the detour, roll the ball to the other end of the detour. You can Further, since the ball can be forced to reach the other end of the detour, the initial speed when the ball is sent from the other end of the detour to the storage region can be increased. As a result, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly in the entire storage area.

遊技機B1又はB2において、前記迂回路の一端は、前記流入口の下面に連なることを特徴とする遊技機B3。 In the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the detour is connected to the lower surface of the inlet, the gaming machine B3.

遊技機B3によれば、遊技機B1又はB2の奏する効果に加え、迂回路の一端は、流入口の下面に連なるので、流入口の近傍に貯留された球により山が形成されると共にその山の高さが流入口の下面を越えた場合に、迂回路へ球を確実に流入させることができる。即ち、流入口の近傍に一定の高さの山を形成した後に、球を迂回路によって山から離れた領域へ迂回させることができるので、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B1 or B2, one end of the detour is connected to the lower surface of the inflow port, so that a mountain is formed by the balls stored in the vicinity of the inflow port and the mountain is formed. When the height of the ball exceeds the lower surface of the inflow port, the sphere can be reliably flowed into the detour. That is, after forming a mountain of a certain height near the inlet, the sphere can be diverted to a region away from the mountain by a detour, so that it is easy to uniformly distribute the sphere throughout the storage region. You can

遊技機B1からB3のいずれかにおいて、前記迂回路が異なる高さ位置に複数形成されることを特徴とする遊技機B4。 In any of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of the detours are formed at different height positions, a gaming machine B4.

遊技機B4によれば、遊技機B1からB3のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、迂回路が異なる高さ位置に複数形成されるので、流入口の近傍に貯留された球により山が形成されると、まず、高さ位置が低い迂回路に球が流入され迂回されると共に、その迂回路が球に埋もれると、次に高さ位置が低い迂回路に球が流入され迂回される。即ち、流入口の近傍に形成される山の成長度合いに応じて、球を各迂回路によって山から離れた領域へ段階的に迂回させることができるので、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines B1 to B3, a plurality of detours are formed at different height positions, so a mountain is formed by the balls stored near the inflow port. Then, first, the sphere is flown into and bypassed by a bypass having a low height position, and when the bypass is buried in the ball, the ball is flown into and bypassed by another bypass having a low height position. That is, according to the growth degree of the mountain formed near the inflow port, the sphere can be detoured step by step to the area away from the mountain by each detour, so that the sphere is uniformly dispersed in the entire storage area. It can be made easier.

遊技機B4において、前記高さ位置が異なる複数の迂回路は、前記流入口から前記他端までの離間距離がそれぞれ異なる距離に設定されることを特徴とする遊技機B5。 In the gaming machine B4, the plurality of detours having different height positions are set to different distances from the inlet to the other end, respectively.

遊技機B5によれば、高さ位置が異なる複数の迂回路は、流入口から他端までの離間距離がそれぞれ異なる距離に設定されるので、流入口の近傍に形成される山の成長度合いに応じて、異なる迂回路によって段階的に球を迂回させる際に、各段階に応じた適切な領域(迂回先)へ球を迂回させることができる。その結果、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine B5, the plurality of detours having different height positions are set to have different separation distances from the inlet to the other end, so that the growth degree of the mountain formed near the inlet is increased. Accordingly, when the sphere is detoured in stages by different detours, the sphere can be detoured to an appropriate area (detour destination) corresponding to each stage. As a result, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly in the entire storage area.

遊技機B5において、前記高さ位置が高い迂回路ほど前記流入口から前記他端までの離間距離が長い距離に設定されることを特徴とする遊技機B6。 In the gaming machine B5, the detour having the higher height position is set such that the distance from the inlet to the other end is set to be longer.

遊技機B6によれば、遊技機B5の奏する効果に加え、高さ位置が高い迂回路ほど流入口から他端までの離間距離が長い距離に設定されるので、流入口の近傍に形成される山が成長するに従って、流入口から遠い領域(即ち、山から遠い領域)へ球を段階的に迂回させることができる。その結果、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine B5, the detour having a higher height position is set to have a longer separation distance from the inlet to the other end, so that it is formed near the inlet. As the mountain grows, the sphere can be diverted in steps to a region further from the inlet (ie, a region further from the mountain). As a result, it is possible to easily disperse the spheres uniformly in the entire storage area.

遊技機B1からB6のいずれかにおいて、前記迂回路は、前記貯留領域を区画する内壁に連設されると共にその連設部分と反対側が開放され球が転動可能な転動面として形成され、その転動面には、前記開放される側の縁に立壁が立設されることを特徴とする遊技機B7。 In any one of the gaming machines B1 to B6, the detour is formed as a rolling surface on which an inner wall that defines the storage area is continuously provided and the opposite side to the continuously connected portion is open, and a ball can roll. On the rolling surface, a standing wall is erected on the edge of the opening side, the gaming machine B7.

遊技機B7によれば、遊技機B1からB6のいずれかにおいて、貯留領域を区画する内壁に連設されると共にその連設部分と反対側が開放され球が転動可能な転動面として形成されるので、例えば、貯留部材の内部に迂回路を形成する場合と比較して、迂回路の構造を簡素化して、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。この場合、転動面には、開放される側の縁に立壁が立設されるので、貯留領域に貯留された球の一部が迂回路へ侵入して、転動面上の球の転動が阻害されることを抑制できる。その結果、迂回路を有効に機能させ、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine B7, in any one of the gaming machines B1 to B6, the gaming machine B1 is continuously provided on the inner wall defining the storage area, and the opposite side of the continuously operating portion is opened to form a ball rolling surface. Therefore, for example, as compared with the case where the bypass is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the bypass can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, since a standing wall is erected on the edge of the rolling surface on the open side, a part of the balls stored in the storage area enters the detour and rolls the balls on the rolling surface. Inhibition of movement can be suppressed. As a result, it is possible to make the detour function effectively and to easily disperse the spheres uniformly in the entire storage area.

なお、立壁は、迂回路の一端(流入口)の近傍のみに形成しても良い。また、立壁の高さは、流入口へ近い側(一端)を高くし、他端へ向かうに従って連続的または階段状に低くしても良い。流入口の近傍ほど山の高さが高くなり、迂回路へ球が侵入しやすいからである。また、迂回路の他端の近傍には、立壁は非形成とする。迂回路から貯留領域へ球を送出するためである。 The standing wall may be formed only near one end (inflow port) of the detour. Further, the height of the standing wall may be increased on the side close to the inflow port (one end) and may be lowered continuously or stepwise toward the other end. This is because the height of the mountain becomes higher near the inflow port, and the ball easily enters the detour. In addition, no standing wall is formed near the other end of the detour. This is because the sphere is sent from the detour to the storage area.

遊技機B1からB7のいずれかにおいて、前記迂回路は、前記貯留領域を区画する内壁に連設されると共にその連設部分と反対側が開放され球が転動可能な転動面として形成され、その転動面には、前記開放される側へ球を流下させる流下部が球の転動方向に所定間隔を隔てつつ複数形成されることを特徴とする遊技機B8。 In any of the gaming machines B1 to B7, the detour is formed as a rolling surface on which an inner wall that defines the storage area is continuously provided, and the opposite side of the detour is opened and a ball can roll. The gaming machine B8 is characterized in that a plurality of lower portions are formed on the rolling surface so that the balls flow down to the open side, with a predetermined interval in the rolling direction of the balls.

遊技機B8によれば、遊技機B1からB7のいずれかにおいて、貯留領域を区画する内壁に連設されると共にその連設部分と反対側が開放され球が転動可能な転動面として形成されるので、例えば、貯留部材の内部に迂回路を形成する場合と比較して、迂回路の構造を簡素化して、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。この場合、転動面には、開放される側へ球を流下させる流下部が球の転動方向に所定間隔を隔てつつ複数形成されるので、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。即ち、迂回路に流入された球は、複数の流下部のうちの最初の流下部から貯留領域へ流下され、その流下箇所に山が形成される。その山によって流下部から貯留領域への流下が阻害されると、迂回路に流入された球は、次の流下部まで転動され、その流下部から貯留領域へ流下されることで、流下箇所に山が形成される。これが繰り返されることで、貯留領域に形成される山の位置を迂回路に沿って順にずらして形成することができ、その結果、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine B8, in any one of the gaming machines B1 to B7, the gaming machine B8 is continuously provided on the inner wall that defines the storage area, and the opposite side to the continuously running portion is opened to form a ball rolling surface. Therefore, for example, as compared with the case where the bypass is formed inside the storage member, the structure of the bypass can be simplified and the product cost can be reduced. In this case, on the rolling surface, a plurality of lower flow portions that flow the sphere toward the open side are formed at predetermined intervals in the rolling direction of the sphere, so that it is easy to uniformly disperse the sphere in the entire storage region. can do. That is, the sphere that has flowed into the detour is flowed down from the first flow lower part of the plurality of flow lower parts to the storage area, and a mountain is formed at the flow-down position. If the mountain hinders the flow from the lower stream to the storage area, the sphere that has flowed into the detour is rolled to the next lower stream and flows down from the lower stream to the storage area. A mountain is formed at. By repeating this, the positions of the mountains formed in the storage area can be sequentially shifted and formed along the detour, and as a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

遊技機B1からB8のいずれかにおいて、前記流入口から前記貯留部材の貯留領域へ流入させる球を前記流入口へ送球する送球路と、前記第1流入口から離間して位置する第2流入口とを備え、前記迂回路は、前記送球路に一端が連通されると共に前記第2流入口に他端が連通されることを特徴とする遊技機B9。 In any of the gaming machines B1 to B8, a ball-sending path for sending a ball into the storage area of the storage member from the inlet to the inlet, and a second inlet located away from the first inlet. The gaming machine B9, wherein the detour has one end communicated with the ball-sending path and the other end communicated with the second inlet.

遊技機B9によれば、遊技機B1からB8のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、流入口から貯留領域へ流入させる球を流入口へ送球する送給路と、第1流入口から離間して位置する第2流入口とを備え、迂回路が、送球路に一端が連通されると共に第2流入口に他端が連通されるので、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines B1 to B8, a feeding path for feeding a ball into the storage area from the inflow port to the inflow port and a position separated from the first inflow port And a second inflow port, and the other end is in communication with the ball-sending path and the other end is in communication with the second inflow port, so that it is easy to uniformly disperse the spheres in the entire storage region. it can.

即ち、送球路から送球された球が流入口から貯留領域へ流入されると、その流入口から流入した球で山が形成される。この場合、その山によって流入口から貯留領域への球の流入が阻害されると、送球路から送球される球を、連通路を通じて第2流入口へ迂回させ、その第2流入口から貯留領域へ流入させることができる。これにより、流入口から流入された球により形成された山から離れた領域へ第2流入口から球を流入させることができ、その結果、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 That is, when the ball sent from the ball-sending path flows into the storage region from the inflow port, a mountain is formed by the ball flowing in from the inflow port. In this case, when the inflow of the balls from the inflow port to the storage region is obstructed by the mountain, the ball sent from the ball-sending path is diverted to the second inflow port through the communication passage, and the second inflow port to the storage region. Can be flowed to. As a result, the spheres can be made to flow from the second inlet to a region away from the mountain formed by the spheres introduced from the inlet, and as a result, the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region. You can

<係合片552nを一例とする発明の概念について>
開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材とを備えた遊技機において、前記貯留部材は、底壁部と、その底壁部から立設する側壁部とを備え、前記側壁部が複数の分割体を上下に重ね合わせて形成され、それら複数の分割体がそれぞれ前記前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ回転されることで、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されると共に、前記各分割体には、分割体どうしの相対移動を許容する順序を規定する規定手段が設けられることを特徴とする遊技機C1。
<About the concept of the invention with the engagement piece 552n as an example>
In a gaming machine provided with a front frame that can be opened and closed, and a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing balls, the storage member is a bottom wall portion. And a side wall portion standing upright from the bottom wall portion thereof, the side wall portion being formed by stacking a plurality of divided bodies vertically, in the direction in which the plurality of divided bodies approach or separate from the front frame, respectively. By rotating, the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced, and at the same time, each of the divided bodies is provided with defining means for defining an order in which relative movement of the divided bodies is allowed. Gaming machine C1.

ここで、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠に配設され、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿と、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿とを備える遊技機が知られている。特開2007−136095号公報には、下皿の底壁部および側壁部を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、下皿の貯留領域を拡大または縮小する構造が開示される。しかしながら、上述の遊技機では、固定側の底壁部とスライド側の底壁部との重なり部分には球抜き穴を配置することができず、その配置の自由度が低下する。 Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is arranged in the front frame and that stores balls to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and cannot fit into the upper plate A gaming machine including a lower plate that receives a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the bottom wall portion and the side wall portion of the lower tray are slid forward and backward by a player's operation to enlarge or reduce the storage area of the lower tray. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, it is not possible to arrange the ball-draining hole in the overlapping portion of the fixed-side bottom wall portion and the sliding-side bottom wall portion, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement decreases.

本願出願人は、鋭意検討した結果、側壁部を上下に重ね合わせた複数の分割体から形成し、それら複数の分割体を遊技者の操作により前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ回転させることで、貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小する構造に想到した(本出願時において未公知)。この構造によれば、貯留領域の拡大または縮小のために変位する部位(分割体)と底壁部との重なり代が形成されないので、底壁部の任意の位置に球抜き穴を配置することができ、その配置の自由度を確保できる。しかしながら、複数の分割体それぞれの回転の順序が定まらず、貯留領域の拡大または縮小が一意にならないという問題点が本願発明者によって見いだされた。 As a result of diligent study, the applicant of the present application forms the side wall portion from a plurality of divided bodies that are vertically overlapped with each other, and rotates the plurality of divided bodies in a direction of approaching or separating from the front frame by a player's operation. The present invention conceived a structure for enlarging or reducing the size of the storage area (not known at the time of the present application). According to this structure, since there is no overlap margin between the bottom wall portion and the portion (divided body) that is displaced due to the expansion or contraction of the storage area, it is necessary to arrange the ball hole at any position on the bottom wall portion. It is possible to secure the degree of freedom of the arrangement. However, the inventor of the present application has found a problem that the order of rotation of each of the plurality of divided bodies is not fixed and expansion or contraction of the storage area is not unique.

これに対し、遊技機C1によれば、各分割体には、重ね合わされる分割体どうしの相対移動を規定する規定手段が設けられるので、分割体が遊技者の操作により前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ回転される場合には、重ね合わされる分割体どうしの相対移動を許容する順序が規定手段により規定されることで、分割体それぞれの回転の順序が一定となり、その結果、貯留領域の拡大または縮小を一意とすることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine C1, each divisional body is provided with the regulation means for regulating the relative movement of the superposed divisional bodies, so that the divisional body approaches or separates from the front frame by the operation of the player. When rotating in the direction of rotation, the order of allowing the relative movement of the overlapping divided bodies is defined by the defining means, so that the order of rotation of each divided body becomes constant, and as a result, the storage area Enlargement or reduction can be unique.

遊技機C1において、前記規定手段は、前記複数の分割体が前記前面枠から離間する方向へ回転される場合には、前記上下に重ね合わされる分割体どうしの相対移動を下側の分割体から順に許容することを特徴とする遊技機C2。 In the gaming machine C1, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction in which the divided bodies are separated from the front frame, the defining means causes the relative movement of the vertically stacked divided bodies from the lower divided body. A gaming machine C2 characterized by allowing in order.

遊技機C2によれば、遊技機C1の奏する効果に加え、規定手段は、複数の分割体が前面枠から離間する方向へ回転される場合(即ち、貯留領域の大きさが拡大される場合)には、上下に重ね合わされる分割体どうしの相対移動を下側の分割体から順に許容するので、貯留領域の大きさの拡大を迅速に行うことができる。即ち、下側の分割体から順に相対移動が許容される形態では、相対移動が許容される分割体よりも上側に重ね合わされる分割体も一体となって移動(前面枠から離間する方向へ回転)されるので、側壁部全体を、貯留領域の大きさを拡大させる方向へ移動させることができる。よって、例えば、上側の分割体から順に相対移動を許容する形態と比較して、貯留領域の大きさの拡大を迅速に行うことができる。 According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine C1, the defining means is rotated in the direction in which the plurality of divided bodies are separated from the front frame (that is, when the size of the storage area is enlarged). In addition, since the relative movement of the vertically divided divided bodies is allowed in order from the lower divided body, the size of the storage region can be rapidly expanded. That is, in the form in which relative movement is allowed in order from the lower divisional body, the divisional bodies stacked above the divisional body in which relative movement is permitted also move integrally (rotate in a direction away from the front frame). Therefore, the entire side wall portion can be moved in a direction in which the size of the storage region is increased. Therefore, for example, the size of the storage region can be expanded more rapidly than in a configuration in which relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body.

遊技機C1又はC2において、前記規定手段は、前記複数の分割体が前記前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転される場合には、前記上下に重ね合わされる分割体どうしの相対移動を上側の分割体から順に許容することを特徴とする遊技機C3。 In the gaming machine C1 or C2, when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction in which they approach the front frame, the defining means moves the relative movement between the vertically stacked divided bodies to the upper divided body. A gaming machine C3 characterized by permitting in order from.

遊技機C3によれば、遊技機C1又はC2の奏する効果に加え、規定手段は、複数の分割体が前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転される場合(即ち、貯留領域の大きさが縮小される場合)には、上下に重ね合わされる分割体どうしの相対移動を上側の分割体から順に許容するので、貯留部材に貯留される球の状態に応じて分割体の回転(貯留領域の大きさの縮小)をスムーズに行うことができる。 According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C1 or C2, the defining means is rotated when the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in the direction approaching the front frame (that is, the size of the storage area is reduced. In this case, the relative movement of the divided bodies stacked vertically is allowed from the upper divided body in order, so that the divided bodies rotate (the size of the storage region depends on the state of the spheres stored in the storage member). (Reduction) can be performed smoothly.

即ち、例えば、下側の分割体から順に相対移動が許容される形態では、貯留部材に貯留されている球が比較的少なく、貯留領域の大きさを縮小した場合であっても、最も下側の分割体に干渉する程度に球が貯留されていると、その球を流動させつつ分割体を回転させる必要が生じ、分割体の操作が阻害される。 That is, for example, in the form in which relative movement is allowed in order from the lower divided body, even if the size of the storage area is reduced even if the number of balls stored in the storage member is relatively small, If the sphere is stored to such an extent that it interferes with the divided body, it becomes necessary to rotate the divided body while flowing the sphere, which hinders the operation of the divided body.

これに対し、上側の分割体から順に相対移動が許容される形態であれば、貯留部材に貯留されている球と干渉するまでは、球に阻害されることなく、分割体をスムーズに回転させる(貯留領域の大きさを減少させる)ことができる。また、球に干渉する位置まで分割体を回転させた(貯留領域の大きさを減少させた)際には、その回転が阻害されることで、干渉(即ち、必要な大きさまで貯留領域が減少されたこと)を認識できるので、操作を中断することができる。その結果、貯留部材に貯留される球の状態に応じて分割体の回転(貯留領域の大きさの縮小)をスムーズに行うことができる。 On the other hand, if the relative movement is allowed in order from the upper divided body, the divided body is smoothly rotated without being obstructed by the sphere until it interferes with the sphere stored in the storage member. (The size of the storage area can be reduced). Also, when the divided body is rotated to a position where it interferes with the sphere (the size of the storage area is reduced), the rotation is obstructed, which causes interference (that is, the storage area is reduced to the required size). It is possible to interrupt the operation. As a result, it is possible to smoothly rotate the divided body (reduce the size of the storage region) according to the state of the sphere stored in the storage member.

遊技機C1からC3のいずれかにおいて、前記規定手段は、前記分割体に弾性変形可能に形成される第1係合爪を備え、前記複数の分割体が前記前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転された状態では、前記上下に重ね合わされた分割体どうしは、上側に重ね合わされる分割体に前記第1係合爪が係合されており、下側に重ね合わされる分割体が相対移動されると、その下側に重ね合わされる分割体との間に前記第1係合爪の弾性変形を許容する空間が形成され、前記上側に重ね合わされる分割体と前記第1係合爪との係合が解除可能となることで、前記上側に重ね合わされる分割体に対する相対移動が許容されることを特徴とする遊技機C4。 In any of the gaming machines C1 to C3, the defining means includes a first engagement claw that is elastically deformable in the divided body, and the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction in which they approach the front frame. In this state, the first and second engaging claws are engaged with each other in the upper and lower divided bodies, and the divided bodies stacked in the lower side are relatively moved. , A space for allowing elastic deformation of the first engagement claw is formed between the division body overlapped on the lower side thereof, and engagement between the division body overlapped on the upper side and the first engagement claw The game machine C4 is characterized in that relative movement with respect to the above-mentioned divided bodies that are superposed on each other is permitted by the release.

遊技機C4によれば、遊技機C1からC3のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、規定手段は、上側に重ね合わされる分割体に第1係合爪が係合されており、下側に重ね合わされる分割体が相対移動されると、その下側に重ね合わされる分割体との間に第1係合爪の弾性変形を許容する空間が形成され、上側に重ね合わされる分割体と第1係合爪との係合が解除可能となることで、上側に重ね合わされる分割体に対する相対移動が許容されるので、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の前面枠から離間する方向への回転を下側の分割体から順に許容することができる。即ち、複数の分割体を前面枠から離間する方向へ回転させる遊技者の操作により、下側の分割体から順に一段ずつ相対移動を許容して、貯留領域の大きさが拡大された状態を形成することができる。 According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines C1 to C3, the defining means has the first engaging claw engaged with the split body stacked on the upper side, and is stacked on the lower side. When the divided body is relatively moved, a space that allows elastic deformation of the first engaging claw is formed between the divided body and the divided body that are superposed on the lower side, and the divided body and the first engagement body that are superposed on the upper side are formed. Since the engagement with the mating claws can be released, relative movement with respect to the divided bodies stacked on the upper side is allowed, so that the rotation of the divided bodies stacked on the upper and lower sides in the direction away from the front frame is lowered. The divided bodies can be sequentially accepted. That is, by the player's operation of rotating the plurality of divided bodies in a direction away from the front frame, relative movement is allowed one step at a time from the lower divided body to form a state in which the size of the storage region is enlarged. can do.

遊技機C4において、前記規定手段は、前記分割体に弾性変形可能に形成される第2係合爪を備え、前記複数の分割体が前記前面枠から離間する方向へ回転された状態では、前記上下に重ね合わされた分割体どうしは、下側に重ね合わされる分割体に前記第2係合爪が係合されており、上側に重ね合わされる分割体が相対移動されると、その上側に重ね合わされる分割体との間に前記第2係合爪の弾性変形を許容する空間が形成され、前記下側に重ね合わされる分割体と前記第2係合爪との係合が解除可能となることで、前記下側に重ね合わされる分割体に対する相対移動が許容されることを特徴とする遊技機C5。 In the gaming machine C4, the defining means includes a second engagement claw that is elastically deformable in the divided body, and in a state in which the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction of separating from the front frame, The divided bodies stacked vertically are such that the second engaging claws are engaged with the divided bodies stacked on the lower side, and when the divided bodies stacked on the upper side are relatively moved, the divided bodies are stacked on the upper side. A space that allows the elastic deformation of the second engaging claw is formed between the divided body and the divided body, and the engagement between the divided body stacked on the lower side and the second engaging claw can be released. As a result, the relative movement with respect to the divided bodies that are superposed on the lower side is allowed, and the gaming machine C5.

遊技機C5によれば、遊技機C4の奏する効果に加え、規定手段は、複数の分割体が前面枠から離間する方向へ回転された状態では、上下に重ね合わされた分割体どうしは、下側に重ね合わされる分割体に第2係合爪が係合されており、上側に重ね合わされる分割体が相対移動されると、その上側に重ね合わされる分割体との間に第2係合爪の弾性変形を許容する空間が形成され、下側に重ね合わされる分割体と第2係合爪との係合が解除可能となることで、下側に重ね合わされる分割体に対する相対移動が許容されるので、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の前面枠へ近接する方向への回転を上側の分割体から順に許容することができる。即ち、複数の分割体を前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転させる遊技者の操作により、上側の分割体から順に一段ずつ相対移動を許容して、貯留領域の大きさが縮小された状態を形成することができる。 According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C4, the defining means is such that, in a state where the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction in which they are separated from the front frame, the divided bodies that are vertically stacked are below each other. The second engaging claws are engaged with the divided bodies which are superposed on each other, and when the divided bodies which are superposed on the upper side are relatively moved, the second engaging pawls are formed between the divided bodies which are superposed on the upper side. Since a space that allows elastic deformation of the divided body is formed and the divided body that is overlapped on the lower side and the second engagement claw can be released, relative movement with respect to the divided body that is overlapped on the lower side is allowed. Therefore, it is possible to allow rotation of the vertically stacked divided bodies in the direction approaching the front frame in order from the upper divided body. That is, by the player's operation of rotating the plurality of divided bodies in the direction approaching the front frame, relative movement is allowed one step at a time from the upper divided body to form a state in which the size of the storage region is reduced. be able to.

遊技機C5において、前記第1係合爪および第2係合爪は、前記分割体に基端側が固定される板部と、その板部の先端に突設される突部とからなる形状に形成され、前記上側に重ねられる分割体または下側に重ね合わされる分割体の一方に対しては、前記突部が係合され、前記上側に重ねられる分割体または下側に重ね合わされる分割体の他方に対しては、前記突部が前記一方の分割体に当接されることで前記板部が弾性変形されることで係合されることを特徴とする遊技機C6。 In the gaming machine C5, the first engagement claw and the second engagement claw have a shape including a plate portion whose proximal end side is fixed to the split body and a protrusion protruding from the tip of the plate portion. The projection is engaged with one of the divided body that is formed and overlapped on the upper side or the divided body that is overlapped on the lower side, and the divided body that is overlapped on the upper side or the divided body that is overlapped on the lower side. The gaming machine C6 is characterized in that the plate portion is elastically deformed by being brought into contact with the one divided body, and is engaged with the other one.

遊技機C6によれば、遊技機C5の奏する効果に加え、第1係合爪および第2係合爪は、分割体に基端側が固定される板部と、その板部の先端に突設される突部とからなる形状に形成され、上側に重ねられる分割体または下側に重ね合わされる分割体の一方に対しては、突部が係合され、上側に重ねられる分割体または下側に重ね合わされる分割体の他方に対しては、突部が前記一方の分割体に当接されることで板部が弾性変形されるので、第1係合爪と第2係合爪とを共通化する(板部および突部からなる係合片に兼用させる)ことができる。よって、部品点数の削減により、構造を簡素化して、その分、製品コストの削減を図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine C5, the first engaging claw and the second engaging claw are provided at the plate portion whose base end side is fixed to the split body and at the tip of the plate portion. Formed into a shape composed of a protrusion and a divided body to be overlapped on the upper side or to a divided body to be overlapped on the lower side, the protrusion is engaged and the divided body to be overlapped on the upper side or the lower side. Since the plate portion is elastically deformed with respect to the other of the divided bodies that are overlapped with each other by the projection contacting the one divided body, the first engagement claw and the second engagement claw are formed. It can be shared (also used as an engaging piece composed of a plate and a protrusion). Therefore, by reducing the number of parts, the structure can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

遊技機C1からC6のいずれかにおいて、前記分割体は、前記回転軸に一端が軸支される第1片と、その第1片の他端から延設される共に前記回転軸を中心とする円弧状に湾曲する第2片とから上面視略L字状に形成され、前記規定手段が第2片に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機C7。 In any of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the split body has a first piece whose one end is axially supported by the rotation shaft, and extends from the other end of the first piece, and is centered on the rotation shaft. A gaming machine C7, which is formed in a substantially L shape in a top view from a second piece that is curved in an arc shape, and the defining means is formed on the second piece.

遊技機c7によれば、遊技機C1からC6のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、分割体は、回転軸に一端が軸支される第1片と、その第1片の他端から延設される共に回転軸を中心とする円弧状に湾曲する第2片とから上面視略L字状に形成され、規定手段が第2片に形成されるので、規定手段を大型化でき、その剛性を高められるので、相対変位の規制の確実化と耐久性の向上とを図ることができる。即ち、第2片が回転軸を中心とする円弧状に湾曲して形成され、各分割体の第2片が常に重なる状態を形成できるので、規定手段を配設するためのスペースを第2片の周方向に沿って確保することができ、その分、規定手段を大型化できる。 According to the gaming machine c7, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines C1 to C6, the split body is extended from the first piece whose one end is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft and the other end of the first piece. In addition, since the regulation means is formed in a substantially L-shape in a top view from the second piece that is curved in an arc shape around the rotation axis, and the regulation means is formed on the second piece, the regulation means can be increased in size and its rigidity can be improved. Since it is increased, it is possible to ensure the regulation of the relative displacement and improve the durability. That is, since the second piece is formed to be curved in an arc shape with the rotation axis as the center, and the second piece of each divided body can be always overlapped with each other, a space for disposing the regulating means is provided in the second piece. Can be secured along the circumferential direction, and the regulation means can be increased in size accordingly.

<ロック機構77を一例とする発明の概念について>
開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材とを備え、前記貯留部材が、遊技者の操作により、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小される方向へ変位可能に形成された遊技機において、少なくとも前記貯留部領域の大きさが拡大される方向への前記貯留部材の変位を禁止する禁止手段を備えることを特徴とする遊技機D1。
<About the concept of the invention using the lock mechanism 77 as an example>
A front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, and a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing a sphere, and the storage member is operated by a player to In a gaming machine formed so as to be displaceable in a direction in which the size of the storage area is expanded or contracted, at least a prohibition unit for prohibiting displacement of the storage member in a direction in which the size of the storage area is expanded is provided. A gaming machine D1 characterized by the above.

ここで、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠に配設され、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿と、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿とを備える遊技機が知られている。特開2007−136095号公報には、下皿の底壁部および側壁部を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、下皿の貯留領域を拡大または縮小する構造が開示される。しかしながら、上述の遊技機では、下皿が不用意に拡大されるという問題点があった。即ち、例えば、製品の搬送中や前面枠の開放動作時に、下皿が不用意に拡大されると、搬送時のがたつきや周囲の部材との衝突に起因して破損を招く。これに対し、遊技機D1によれば、少なくとも貯留部領域の大きさが拡大される方向への貯留部材の変位を禁止する禁止手段を備えるので、貯留部材が不用意に拡大されることを抑制することができる。その結果、例えば、製品の搬送中や前面枠の開放動作時の破損を抑制できる。 Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is arranged in the front frame and that stores balls to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and cannot fit into the upper plate A gaming machine including a lower plate that receives a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which the bottom wall portion and the side wall portion of the lower tray are slid forward and backward by a player's operation to enlarge or reduce the storage area of the lower tray. However, the above-mentioned gaming machine has a problem that the lower plate is inadvertently expanded. That is, for example, if the lower tray is inadvertently enlarged during the transportation of the product or the opening operation of the front frame, it may be damaged due to rattling during transportation or collision with surrounding members. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine D1, since at least the prohibition means for prohibiting the displacement of the storage member in the direction in which the size of the storage region is enlarged is provided, it is possible to prevent the storage member from being enlarged carelessly. can do. As a result, for example, it is possible to suppress damage during the transportation of the product or the opening operation of the front frame.

遊技機D1において、前記貯留部材は、底壁部と、その底壁部から立設する側壁部とを備え、前記側壁部が複数の分割体を上下に重ね合わせて形成され、前記貯留領域の大きさが縮小された状態から拡大される際には、前記複数の分割体が所定の順序で前記前面枠から離間する方向へ回転され、前記禁止手段は、前記所定の順序で回転される複数の分割体のうちの最初に前記前面枠から離間する方向へ回転される分割体の回転を禁止することを特徴とする遊技機D2。 In the gaming machine D1, the storage member includes a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion erected from the bottom wall portion, and the side wall portion is formed by stacking a plurality of divided bodies vertically, and When the size is expanded from the reduced state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in a direction away from the front frame, and the prohibiting unit is rotated in the predetermined order. A gaming machine D2 characterized by inhibiting rotation of a divided body that is rotated first in a direction away from the front frame among the divided bodies.

遊技機D2によれば、遊技機D1の奏する効果に加え、側壁部が複数の分割体を上下に重ね合わせて形成され、遊技者の操作により、貯留領域の大きさが縮小された状態から拡大される際には、複数の分割体が所定の順序で前面枠から離間する方向へ回転されるところ、禁止手段は、所定の順序で回転される複数の分割体のうちの最初に前面枠から離間する方向へ回転される分割体の回転を禁止するので、貯留部材が不用意に拡大されることを確実に抑制することができる一方で、その禁止手段を解除して最初に回転される分割体を回転させた後は、残りの分割体を任意に回転させることができるので、貯留領域の大きさを調整する操作性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine D1, the side wall portion is formed by stacking a plurality of divided bodies on top of each other, and the size of the storage area is expanded from a state in which the storage area is reduced by the player's operation. In doing so, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a direction away from the front frame in a predetermined order, and the prohibition means is the first of the plurality of divided bodies rotated in the predetermined order from the front frame. Since the rotation of the split body that is rotated in the direction of separating is prohibited, it is possible to reliably prevent the storage member from being enlarged accidentally, while the prohibition means is released and the split that is rotated first is released. After the body is rotated, the remaining divided bodies can be arbitrarily rotated, so that the operability for adjusting the size of the storage region can be improved.

遊技機D2において、前記禁止手段は、遊技者の操作により禁止位置および解除位置に配置可能に形成される操作子を備え、前記操作子が禁止位置に配置されることで、前記所定の順序で回転される複数の分割体のうちの最初に前記前面枠から離間する方向へ回転される分割体の回転が禁止されると共に、前記操作子が解除位置に配置されることで、前記所定の順序で回転される複数の分割体のうちの最初に前記前面枠から離間する方向へ回転される分割体の回転の禁止が解除されることを特徴とする遊技機D3。 In the gaming machine D2, the prohibiting means includes an operator that is arranged so as to be placed in a prohibited position and a released position by a player's operation, and the operator is arranged in the prohibited position so that the predetermined order is achieved. Of the plurality of rotated divided bodies, the rotation of the divided body that is rotated in the direction away from the front frame first is prohibited, and the operation element is arranged at the release position, so that the predetermined order is obtained. The gaming machine D3, wherein the prohibition of rotation of the divided body that is rotated in the direction away from the front frame first of the plurality of divided bodies that is rotated by is released.

遊技機D3によれば、遊技機D2の奏する効果に加え、操作子が遊技者により禁止位置に配置されると、最初に回転される分割体の回転が禁止されると共に、操作子が遊技者により解除位置に配置されると、最初に回転される分割体の回転の禁止が解除されるので、遊技者の意図と無関係に貯留部材が拡大されることを回避できると共に、貯留部材の拡大を任意に禁止することができる。 According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D2, when the operating element is placed in the prohibited position by the player, the rotation of the initially rotated divided body is prohibited and the operating element is moved by the player. When it is placed in the release position, the prohibition of the rotation of the divided body that is rotated first is released, so that it is possible to avoid expanding the storage member regardless of the intention of the player, and to expand the storage member. It can be prohibited.

遊技機D3において、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大された状態から縮小される際には、前記複数の分割体が所定の順序で前記前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転され、前記所定の順序で回転される複数の分割体のうちの最初に前記前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転される分割体の回転を、前記禁止手段の操作子が禁止可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機D4。 In the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage area is reduced from the expanded state, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order toward the front frame, and in the predetermined order. Of the plurality of rotated divided bodies, the operation unit of the prohibition unit is formed so as to inhibit the rotation of the divided body that is rotated in the direction closer to the front frame first. ..

遊技機D4によれば、遊技機D3の奏する効果に加え、貯留領域の大きさが縮小される際には、複数の分割体が所定の順序で前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転されるところ、所定の順序で回転される複数の分割体のうちの最初に前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転される分割体の回転を、禁止手段の操作子が禁止可能に形成されるので、貯留部材が不用意に縮小されることを抑制することができる。また、禁止手段の操作子が、貯留部材の拡大を禁止する手段と、貯留部材の縮小を禁止する手段とを兼用するので、その分、部品点数を削減して、製品コストの低減を図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine D3, when the size of the storage region is reduced, the plurality of divided bodies are rotated in a predetermined order in the direction approaching the front frame, Of the plurality of divided bodies rotated in a predetermined order, the rotation of the divided body rotated first in the direction approaching the front frame is formed so that the operator of the prohibition means can inhibit the rotation of the divided body. It is possible to prevent the size from being reduced easily. Further, since the operator of the prohibition means serves both as a means for prohibiting the expansion of the storage member and a means for prohibiting the reduction of the storage member, it is possible to reduce the number of parts and reduce the product cost accordingly. You can

遊技機D4において、前記禁止手段の操作子による禁止は、前記最初に前記前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転される分割体が遊技者の操作により前記前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転されることで解除可能とされることを特徴とする遊技機D5。 In the gaming machine D4, the prohibition by the operator of the prohibiting means is that the divided body which is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame is rotated in the direction approaching the front frame by the player's operation. A gaming machine D5 characterized by being releasable.

遊技機D5によれば、遊技機D4の奏する効果に加え、禁止手段の操作子による禁止は、最初に前記前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転される分割体が遊技者の操作により前面枠へ近接する方向へ回転されることで解除可能とされるので、貯留部材が不用意に縮小されることを抑制可能としつつ、分割体を前面枠へ近接する方向へ押し込めば(回転させれば)、貯留部材を縮小することができるので、遊技者の操作性の向上を図ることができる。また、前面枠の開放に伴い、貯留部材が隣接する遊技機に当接された場合でも、貯留部材を縮小させることができ、その破損を抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine D4, the prohibition by the operator of the prohibiting means is such that the divided body which is first rotated in the direction approaching the front frame approaches the front frame by the player's operation. Since it can be released by rotating it in the direction to rotate, it is possible to suppress the storage member from being inadvertently reduced, and if the divided body is pushed in the direction close to the front frame (if rotated), Since the storage member can be reduced, the operability of the player can be improved. Further, with the opening of the front frame, even when the storage member is brought into contact with the adjacent gaming machine, the storage member can be reduced in size and the damage thereof can be suppressed.

<連動機構(固定歯車9001、歯車9002〜9004、回転アーム9005及び連結アーム9006)を一例とする発明の概念について>
開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材とを備えた遊技機において、前記貯留部材は、遊技者の操作により、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小される方向へ変位可能に形成されると共に、前記貯留部材が拡大された状態で前記前面枠が開放された場合には、前記貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向へ前記貯留部材が変位されることを特徴とする遊技機E1。
<About the concept of the invention with the interlocking mechanism (fixed gear 9001, gears 9002 to 9004, rotating arm 9005, and connecting arm 9006) as an example>
In a gaming machine provided with a front frame that can be opened and closed, and a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing balls, the storage member is a player's When the storage region is formed to be displaceable in a direction in which the size of the storage region is enlarged or reduced by operation, and when the front frame is opened in the state where the storage member is enlarged, the size of the storage region is increased. A gaming machine E1 characterized in that the storage member is displaced in a direction in which the size is reduced.

ここで、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠に配設され、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿と、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿とを備える遊技機が知られている。この場合、下皿の貯留領域を拡大するために、側壁部材を高くすると、その分、上皿との間の隙間が少なくなる。そのため、例えば、下皿内に偏って貯留された球を均して平らにする際に、遊技者の手を下皿内へ入れづらくなる。そこで、特開2007−136095号公報には、下皿の底壁部材および側壁部材を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、遊技者の手を入れやすくしつつ、下皿の貯留領域を拡大または縮小する構造が開示される。しかしながら、上述の遊技機では、下皿が拡大されたまま前面枠が開放されると、隣の台の遊技者に衝突する(例えば、移動してきた下皿と操作しているハンドルとの間に手を挟む)おそがあるという問題があった。また、遊技者が不在の場合であっても、拡大された下皿が隣の遊技機に接触して破損するおそれがあるという問題点があった。 Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is arranged in the front frame and that stores balls to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and cannot fit into the upper plate A gaming machine including a lower plate that receives a ball is known. In this case, if the side wall member is raised in order to enlarge the storage area of the lower plate, the gap between the side plate and the upper plate becomes smaller accordingly. Therefore, for example, it becomes difficult to put the player's hand into the lower tray when the balls stored in the lower tray are evenly flattened. Therefore, in JP-A-2007-136095, the bottom wall member and the side wall member of the lower plate are slidably displaced back and forth by the player's operation, so that the player's hand can be easily put in and the storage region of the lower plate is stored. A structure for expanding or contracting is disclosed. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, when the front frame is opened while the lower plate is enlarged, it collides with the player on the adjacent table (for example, between the moving lower plate and the operating handle). There was a problem that there was a lie. Further, even when the player is absent, there is a problem that the enlarged lower plate may come into contact with an adjacent gaming machine and be damaged.

これに対し、遊技機E1によれば、遊技者の操作により、貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小する方向へ貯留部材が変位可能に形成されるところ、貯留部材が拡大された状態で前面枠が開放された場合には、その前面枠の開放に連動して貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向へ貯留部材が変位されるので、貯留部材が人間(例えば、隣の台で遊技する遊技者)や他の部材(例えば、隣接する遊技機)に衝突することを抑制できる。その結果、遊技者の怪我や、貯留部材または他の部材が破損することを抑制できる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E1, when the storage member is formed so as to be displaceable in a direction of expanding or contracting the size of the storage region by the operation of the player, the front frame in the expanded state of the storage member. When the storage member is opened, the storage member is displaced in the direction in which the size of the storage area is reduced in conjunction with the opening of the front frame, so that the storage member is a human (for example, a game where a game is played on an adjacent table). It is possible to suppress a collision with another person) or another member (for example, an adjacent gaming machine). As a result, it is possible to prevent the player from being injured and damaging the storage member or other members.

なお、貯留部材としては、例えば、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿や、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿などが例示される。 The storage member may be, for example, an upper plate that stores balls to be launched into the game area or a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and that receives balls that cannot fit in the upper plate.

また、貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向への貯留部材の変位は、例えば、前面枠を開放させるための作業者の操作力を直接的または間接的に受けて行われるものであっても良く、電動モータやソレノイドなどのアクチュエータから付与される力を利用して行われるものであっても良く、或いは、弾性ばねの弾性回復力を利用して行われるものであっても良い。この場合、貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向への貯留部材の変位が開始されるタイミングは、前面枠の開放が開始されたのと同時であっても、前面枠の開放が開始されてから所定の時間が経過した後あるいは前面枠の開放が所定の開放角に達した後であっても良い。また、貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向への貯留部材の変位は、前面枠の開放量に連動するものであっても良く、前面枠の開放量に連動しない(独立した)ものであっても良い。 Further, the displacement of the storage member in the direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced may be performed, for example, directly or indirectly by receiving an operating force of an operator for opening the front frame. Alternatively, it may be performed by using the force applied from an actuator such as an electric motor or a solenoid, or may be performed by using the elastic recovery force of an elastic spring. In this case, the opening of the front frame is started at the same timing as the opening of the front frame is started at the timing when the displacement of the storage member is started in the direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced. It may be after a predetermined time has passed or after the opening of the front frame reaches a predetermined opening angle. Further, the displacement of the storage member in the direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced may be linked to the opening amount of the front frame, and is not linked to the opening amount of the front frame (independent). May be.

遊技機E1において、前記貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向への前記貯留部材の変位量は、前記前面枠の開放量に連動されることを特徴とする遊技機E2。 In the gaming machine E1, a displacement amount of the storage member in a direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced is linked to an opening amount of the front frame, and the gaming machine E2.

遊技機E2によれば、遊技機E1の奏する効果に加え、貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向への貯留部材の変位量は、前面枠の開放量に連動されるので、前面枠の開放量が少ないために貯留部材が他の部材に衝突する恐れが低い場合に、貯留部材をその貯留領域が縮小する方向へ無駄に縮小させることを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine E1, the displacement amount of the storage member in the direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced is linked to the opening amount of the front frame, so that the front frame is opened. When the storage member is less likely to collide with another member due to the small amount, it is possible to prevent the storage member from being unnecessarily reduced in the direction in which the storage region is reduced.

遊技機E2において、前記貯留部材は、前記前面枠が最大開放位置まで開放される前に、前記貯留領域の大きさが最少となる位置まで縮小されることを特徴とする遊技機E3。 In the gaming machine E2, the storage member is reduced to a position where the size of the storage region is the minimum before the front frame is opened to the maximum open position.

遊技機E3によれば、遊技機E2の奏する効果に加え、貯留部材は、前面枠が最大開放位置まで開放される前に、貯留領域の大きさが最少となる位置まで縮小されるので、他の部材に到達する前に貯留部材を縮小させておくことができる。よって、前面枠の開放に伴って貯留部材が他の部材に衝突することを抑制しやすくできる。 According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine E2, the storage member is reduced to a position where the size of the storage region is minimized before the front frame is opened to the maximum open position. The storage member can be contracted before reaching the member. Therefore, it is possible to easily prevent the storage member from colliding with other members when the front frame is opened.

遊技機E3において、前記貯留部材は、少なくとも前記前面枠の開放角が略90度に達する前に、前記貯留領域の大きさが最少となる位置まで縮小されることを特徴とする遊技機E4。 In the gaming machine E3, the storage member is reduced to a position where the size of the storage area is minimized at least before the opening angle of the front frame reaches approximately 90 degrees.

遊技機E4によれば、遊技機E3の奏する効果に加え、貯留部材は、少なくとも前面枠の開放角が略90度に達する前に、貯留領域の大きさが最少となる位置まで縮小されるので、他の部材に到達する前に貯留部材を確実に縮小させておくことができる。よって、前面枠の開放に伴って貯留部材が他の部材に衝突することを抑制しやすくできる。 According to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effect exhibited by the gaming machine E3, the storage member is reduced to a position where the size of the storage area is at least the minimum before the opening angle of the front frame reaches approximately 90 degrees. The storage member can be surely contracted before it reaches the other members. Therefore, it is possible to easily prevent the storage member from colliding with other members when the front frame is opened.

遊技機E1からE4のいずれかにおいて、当接部を有し前記前面枠の開放または閉鎖に伴って変位される変位部材を備え、前記貯留部材は、前記当接部が当接可能とされる被当接部を備え、前記前面枠の開放に伴って前記変位部材が第1の方向へ変位される際には、前記変位部材の当接部が前記貯留部材の被当接部に当接して、前記貯留部材をその貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向へ変位させることを特徴とする遊技機E5。 In any of the gaming machines E1 to E4, a displacement member having an abutting portion and displaced along with opening or closing of the front frame is provided, and the aforesaid abutting portion of the storage member can abut. When the displacement member is displaced in the first direction as the front frame is opened, the contact portion of the displacement member contacts the contact portion of the storage member. A gaming machine E5, wherein the storage member is displaced in a direction in which the size of the storage area is reduced.

遊技機E5によれば、遊技機E1からE4のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、前面枠の開放または閉鎖に伴って変位される変位部材を備え、前面枠の開放に伴って変位部材が第1の方向へ変位される際には、変位部材の当接部が貯留部材の被当接部に当接して、貯留部材をその貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向へ変位させるので、前面枠の開放に伴って貯留部材をその貯留領域の大きさが縮小される方向へ変位させるための構造を簡素化でき、その分、製品コストの削減と動作の信頼性とを図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine E5, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines E1 to E4, the gaming machine E5 includes a displacement member that is displaced when the front frame is opened or closed, and the displacement member is the first when the front frame is opened. When the displacement member is displaced in the direction of, the contact portion of the displacement member contacts the contacted portion of the storage member and displaces the storage member in the direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced. The structure for displacing the storage member in the direction in which the size of the storage area is reduced with the opening of the storage device can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced and the operation reliability can be increased accordingly.

遊技機E5において、前記前面枠の閉鎖に伴って前記変位部材が第2の方向へ変位される際には、前記変位部材の当接部が前記貯留部材の被当接部に当接せず、前記前面枠が閉鎖された状態では、前記変位部材の当接部と前記貯留部材の被当接部との間に、前記貯留領域の大きさが最大となる位置までの貯留部材の拡大を許容する間隔が形成されることを特徴とする遊技機E6。 In the gaming machine E5, when the displacement member is displaced in the second direction due to the closing of the front frame, the contact portion of the displacement member does not contact the contacted portion of the storage member. In the state where the front frame is closed, the expansion of the storage member up to the position where the size of the storage region is maximized is between the contact portion of the displacement member and the contacted portion of the storage member. A gaming machine E6 characterized in that an allowable interval is formed.

遊技機E6によれば、遊技機E5の奏する効果に加え、前面枠が閉鎖された状態において遊技者が貯留部材を拡大または縮小する操作を可能とするための構造を簡素化でき、その分、製品コストの削減と動作の信頼性とを図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine E6, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine E5, the structure for allowing the player to perform the operation of enlarging or reducing the storage member in the state in which the front frame is closed can be simplified. Product cost reduction and operational reliability can be achieved.

即ち、前面枠の閉鎖に伴って変位部材が第2の方向へ変位される際に、変位部材の当接部が貯留部材の被当接部に当接して、貯留部材をその貯留領域の大きさが拡大される方向へ変位させる場合には、変位部材の当接部と貯留部材の被当接部とが第1の方向および第2の方向のいずれの方向においても当接されるため、前面枠が閉鎖された状態で、遊技者が貯留部材を拡大または縮小する操作を可能とするためには、変位部材の当接部と貯留部材の被当接部との当接を解除する機構が必要となり、構造が複雑化する。 That is, when the displacement member is displaced in the second direction as the front frame is closed, the contact portion of the displacement member abuts the contacted portion of the storage member, and the storage member has a larger storage area. In the case of displacing in the direction in which the width is increased, the contact portion of the displacement member and the contacted portion of the storage member are contacted in both the first direction and the second direction, A mechanism for releasing the contact between the contact portion of the displacement member and the contacted portion of the storage member in order to enable the player to enlarge or reduce the storage member with the front frame closed. Is required, and the structure becomes complicated.

これに対し、遊技機E6によれば、前面枠の閉鎖に伴って変位部材が第2の方向へ変位される際には、変位部材が前記貯留部材に当接せず、前面枠が閉鎖された状態では、変位部材の当接部と貯留部材の被当接部との間に、貯留領域の大きさが最大となる位置までの貯留部材の拡大を許容する間隔が形成されるので、変位部材の当接部と貯留部材の被当接部との当接を解除する機構を必要とすることなく、前面枠が閉鎖された状態で、遊技者が貯留部材を拡大または縮小する操作を可能とできる。その結果、遊技者が貯留部材を拡大または縮小する操作を可能とするための構造を簡素化でき、その分、製品コストの削減と動作の信頼性とを図ることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine E6, when the displacement member is displaced in the second direction as the front frame is closed, the displacement member does not contact the storage member and the front frame is closed. In this state, a gap is formed between the abutting portion of the displacement member and the abutted portion of the storage member to allow expansion of the storage member to the position where the size of the storage region is maximum. Allows the player to enlarge or reduce the storage member with the front frame closed, without the need for a mechanism to release the contact between the contact portion of the member and the contacted portion of the storage member. Can be As a result, the structure for allowing the player to perform the operation of enlarging or reducing the storage member can be simplified, and the product cost can be reduced and the operation reliability can be increased accordingly.

<変位壁部1001を一例とする発明の概念について>
開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材とを備えた遊技機において、前記貯留部材は、底壁部材と、その底壁部材から立設される側壁部材とを備え、前記側壁部材が前記前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ変位されることで、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されるものであり、前記前面枠は、前記貯留部材の側壁部材に対面する領域の少なくとも一部の領域をなすと共に前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位可能に形成される変位壁部を備えることを特徴とする遊技機F1。
<About the concept of the invention with the displacement wall portion 1001 as an example>
In a gaming machine provided with a front frame that can be opened and closed, and a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing balls, the storage member is a bottom wall member. And a side wall member provided upright from the bottom wall member, and the size of the storage region is expanded or reduced by displacing the side wall member in a direction of approaching or separating from the front frame. The front frame includes a displacement wall portion that forms at least a part of a region of the storage member facing the side wall member and that is displaceable in a direction away from the side wall member of the storage member. A gaming machine F1 characterized by.

ここで、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠に配設され、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿と、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿とを備える遊技機が知られている。この場合、下皿の貯留領域を拡大するために、側壁部材を高くすると、その分、上皿との間の隙間が少なくなる。そのため、例えば、下皿内に偏って貯留された球を均して平らにする際に、遊技者の手を下皿内へ入れづらくなる。そこで、特開2007−136095号公報には、下皿の底壁部材および側壁部材を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、遊技者の手を入れやすくしつつ、下皿の貯留領域を拡大または縮小する構造が開示される。しかしながら、上述の遊技機では、下皿内に球が貯留された状態で、例えば、遊技者の操作によって、或いは、前面枠を開放した際に隣の台に衝突することによって、下皿の側壁部材が縮小方向(前面枠へ近接する方向)へ強く押し込まれると、側壁部材と前面枠との間に球が挟み込まれて、側壁部材や前面枠の破損を招くという問題点があった。また、破損しない場合であっても、挟み込まれた球が下皿内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散するという問題点があった。 Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is arranged in the front frame and that stores balls to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and cannot fit into the upper plate A gaming machine including a lower plate that receives a ball is known. In this case, if the side wall member is raised in order to enlarge the storage area of the lower plate, the gap between the side plate and the upper plate becomes smaller accordingly. Therefore, for example, it becomes difficult to put the player's hand into the lower tray when the balls stored in the lower tray are evenly flattened. Therefore, in JP-A-2007-136095, the bottom wall member and the side wall member of the lower plate are slidably displaced back and forth by the player's operation, so that the player's hand can be easily put in and the storage region of the lower plate is stored. A structure for expanding or contracting is disclosed. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, with the balls stored in the lower plate, for example, by the operation of the player, or by colliding with the adjacent base when the front frame is opened, the side wall of the lower plate. When the member is strongly pushed in the contracting direction (the direction approaching the front frame), the sphere is sandwiched between the side wall member and the front frame, and the side wall member and the front frame are damaged. Further, even if the ball is not damaged, there is a problem that the ball that is caught overflows from the lower plate and scatters in the game hall.

これに対し、遊技機F1によれば、前面枠は、側壁部材に対面する領域のうちの少なくとも一部の領域をなすと共に貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位可能に形成される変位壁部を備えるので、貯留領域に球が貯留された状態で、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小する方向(前面枠へ近接する方向)へ変位された場合には、その側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位壁部が変位されることで、その分、側壁部材と前面枠との間に球が挟み込まれ難くできる。その結果、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine F1, the front face frame forms at least a part of the region facing the side wall member and is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member. Since the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in a direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced (a direction closer to the front frame) while the sphere is stored in the storage region, the side wall member is provided. By displacing the displacement wall portion in the direction away from, the sphere can be made less likely to be caught between the side wall member and the front frame. As a result, it is possible to prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged and the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

なお、貯留部材としては、例えば、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿や、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿などが例示される。 The storage member may be, for example, an upper plate that stores balls to be launched into the game area or a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and that receives balls that cannot fit in the upper plate.

遊技機F1において、少なくとも前記変位壁部が前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位される場合に、その変位壁部を前記貯留部材の側壁部材に近接する方向へ付勢する付勢手段を備えることを特徴とする遊技機F2。 In the gaming machine F1, at least when the displacement wall portion is displaced in a direction away from the side wall member of the storage member, a biasing means that biases the displacement wall portion in a direction close to the side wall member of the storage member. A gaming machine F2 comprising:

遊技機F2によれば、遊技機F1の奏する効果に加え、少なくとも変位壁部が貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位される場合に、その変位壁部を貯留部材の側壁部材に近接する方向へ付勢する付勢手段を備えるので、貯留領域に球が貯留された状態で、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小する方向(前面枠へ近接する方向)へ変位され、その側壁部材から離間する方向へ側壁部材が変位される際には、その側壁部材の変位を付勢手段の付勢力により緩衝することができる。よって、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。 According to the gaming machine F2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F1, at least when the displacement wall portion is displaced in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member, the displacement wall portion is brought close to the side wall member of the storage member. Since the urging means for urging in the direction is provided, the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in the direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced in the state where the sphere is stored in the storage region (direction closer to the front frame), When the side wall member is displaced in the direction away from the side wall member, the displacement of the side wall member can be buffered by the biasing force of the biasing means. Therefore, it is possible to easily prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged and the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

遊技機F2において、前記付勢手段は、初期位置にある前記側壁部材を前記貯留部材の側壁部材に近接する方向へ付勢し、前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ前記変位壁部を変位させる力が所定の力を超えた場合に、前記変位壁部が前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位することを許容可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機F3。 In the gaming machine F2, the urging means urges the side wall member at the initial position in a direction of approaching the side wall member of the storage member, and moves the displacement wall portion in a direction of separating from the side wall member of the storage member. A game machine F3, wherein the displacement wall portion is formed so as to be allowed to displace in a direction away from the side wall member of the storage member when the displacement force exceeds a predetermined force.

遊技機F3によれば、遊技機F2の奏する効果に加え、付勢手段は、初期位置にある側壁部材を貯留部材の側壁部材に近接する方向へ付勢し、貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位壁部を変位させる力が所定の力を超えた場合に、変位壁部が貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位することを許容可能に形成されるので、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小させる方向(変位壁部へ近接する方向)へ比較的大きな力で変位される(即ち、側壁部材と変位壁部との間に球が挟まれて、破損や球の飛散を招くおそれがある)場合のみ変位壁部を変位させることができる。よって、例えば、遊技者が貯留部材の側壁部材を操作して貯留領域を縮小させた際に、変位壁部が貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位されることを抑制できる。その結果、側壁部材が不必要に変位することを抑制して、貯留部材の側壁部材を操作して貯留領域を縮小させる際の遊技者の操作感の向上を図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine F3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F2, the urging means urges the side wall member at the initial position toward the side wall member of the storage member and separates it from the side wall member of the storage member. When the force for displacing the displacement wall portion in the direction exceeds a predetermined force, the displacement wall portion is formed to be allowed to displace in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member. Is displaced by a relatively large force in the direction of reducing the size of the storage area (direction closer to the displacement wall portion) (that is, the sphere is sandwiched between the side wall member and the displacement wall portion, and the damage or the sphere is lost). However, the displacement wall portion can be displaced only when there is a possibility of causing scattering. Therefore, for example, when the player operates the side wall member of the storage member to reduce the storage region, it is possible to suppress the displacement wall portion from being displaced in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member. As a result, it is possible to suppress the displacement of the side wall member unnecessarily, and to improve the operational feeling of the player when the side wall member of the storage member is operated to reduce the storage area.

遊技機F2又はF3において、前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位された前記変位壁部を保持する保持手段を備えることを特徴とする遊技機F4。 In the gaming machine F2 or F3, a gaming machine F4 is provided with holding means for holding the displacement wall portion displaced in a direction of separating from the side wall member of the storage member.

遊技機F4によれば、遊技機F2又はF3の奏する効果に加え、貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位された変位壁部を保持する保持手段を備えるので、変位壁部が貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位された後に、付勢手段の弾性回復力により変位壁部が初期位置へ復帰(即ち、貯留部材の側壁部材へ近接する方向へ変位)して、側壁部材と前面枠との間に球が挟み込まれることを回避できる。よって、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine F4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F2 or F3, since the holding means for holding the displacement wall portion displaced in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member is provided, the displacement wall portion serves as the storage member. After being displaced in the direction away from the side wall member, the displacement wall portion returns to the initial position by the elastic recovery force of the biasing means (that is, displaced toward the side wall member of the storage member) and the side wall member and the front surface. It is possible to prevent the ball from being caught between the frame and the frame. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged and the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

遊技機F4において、前記保持手段による前記変位壁部の保持は、前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向への前記変位壁部の変位が所定量を超えた場合に行われることを特徴とする遊技機F5。 In the gaming machine F4, the holding of the displacement wall portion by the holding means is performed when the displacement of the displacement wall portion in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member exceeds a predetermined amount. Amusement machine F5.

遊技機F5によれば、遊技機F4の奏する効果に加え、保持手段による変位壁部の保持は、貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向への変位壁部の変位が所定量を超えた場合に行われるので、貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向への変位壁部の変位が比較的大きい(即ち、変位壁部が付勢手段の弾性回復力で復帰することが破損や球の飛散を招くおそれがある)場合のみ変位壁部を保持することができる。よって、貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向への変位壁部の変位が比較的小さい場合には、変位壁部を保持せず、付勢手段の弾性回復力により変位壁部を初期位置へ復帰させることができる。これにより、例えば、遊技者が貯留部材の側壁部材を操作して貯留領域を縮小させる場合に、変位壁部が保持手段により保持されることを回避して、かかる変位壁部を初期位置へ復帰させる操作を遊技者に行わせることを不要とできる。 According to the gaming machine F5, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine F4, the holding of the displacement wall portion by the holding means is performed when the displacement of the displacement wall portion in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member exceeds a predetermined amount. Since the displacement wall portion is relatively displaced in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member (i.e., the displacement wall portion is restored by the elastic recovery force of the urging means, it causes damage or scattering of balls). The displacement wall can be held only if Therefore, when the displacement of the displacement wall in the direction away from the side wall of the storage member is relatively small, the displacement wall is not held and the displacement wall is returned to the initial position by the elastic recovery force of the biasing means. Can be made. Thereby, for example, when the player operates the side wall member of the storage member to reduce the storage area, the displacement wall is prevented from being held by the holding means, and the displacement wall is returned to the initial position. It is not necessary to allow the player to perform the operation.

遊技機F4又はF5において、前記保持手段による前記変位壁部の保持は、前記貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを拡大する方向へ変位されることで解除されることを特徴とする遊技機F6。 In the gaming machine F4 or F5, the holding of the displacement wall portion by the holding means is released by displacing the side wall member of the storage member in a direction of increasing the size of the storage region. Machine F6.

遊技機F6によれば、遊技機F4又はF5の奏する効果に加え、保持手段による変位壁部の保持は、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを拡大する方向へ変位されることで解除されるので、付勢手段の弾性回復力により変位壁部が初期位置へ復帰(即ち、貯留部材の側壁部材へ近接する方向へ変位)される場合に、その変位壁部の復帰に伴い押し出された球が側壁部材と前面枠との間に挟み込まれ難くできる。よって、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine F6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F4 or F5, the holding of the displacement wall portion by the holding means is canceled by displacing the side wall member of the storage member in a direction in which the size of the storage region is enlarged. Therefore, when the displacement wall portion is returned to the initial position (that is, displaced in the direction of approaching the side wall member of the storage member) by the elastic recovery force of the biasing means, the displacement wall portion is pushed out along with the return of the displacement wall portion. It is possible to make it difficult for the ball to be caught between the side wall member and the front frame. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged and the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

なお、保持手段による変位壁部の保持が解除されるとは、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを拡大する方向へ変位される操作に連動して保持手段による保持が解除されて変位壁部が初期位置へ復帰する(即ち、貯留部材の側壁部材の操作のみを要し、変位壁部の操作を要しない)ものであっても良く、或いは、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを拡大する方向へ変位されると、保持手段による保持が解除可能な状態となり、その保持手段の保持を解除する操作を別途行うことで変位壁部が初期位置へ復帰する(即ち、貯留部材の側壁部材の操作とは別に保持手段の保持の解除のための操作を要する)ものであっても良い。 The release of the displacement wall portion by the holding means means that the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in the direction in which the size of the storage region is expanded, and the holding portion releases the displacement of the side wall member. The wall portion may be returned to the initial position (that is, only the operation of the side wall member of the storage member is required and the operation of the displacement wall portion is not required), or the side wall member of the storage member may be the storage region. When it is displaced in the direction of increasing the size, the holding by the holding means becomes releasable, and the displacement wall portion returns to the initial position by separately performing the operation of releasing the holding of the holding means (that is, storage). In addition to the operation of the side wall member of the member, an operation for releasing the holding of the holding means is required).

遊技機F1において、前記前面枠の開放に伴い前記変位壁部を前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位させる変位手段を備えることを特徴とする遊技機F7。 The gaming machine F1 is provided with a displacing means for displacing the displacement wall portion in a direction of separating from the side wall member of the storage member when the front frame is opened.

遊技機F7によれば、遊技機F1の奏する効果に加え、前面枠の開放に伴い変位壁部を貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位させる変位手段を備えるので、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。即ち、前面枠が開放されると、貯留部材の側壁部材が隣の台に衝突して貯留領域の大きさを縮小させる方向(変位壁部へ近接する方向)へ変位され、側壁部材と前面枠との間に球が挟み込まれることで、側壁部材や前面枠の破損を招いたり球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散するおそれがある。これに対し、遊技機F7によれば、貯留部材の側壁部材が他の部材への衝突により変位壁部へ近接する方向へ変位されたとしても、貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位壁部を変位手段により変位させておくことができるので、側壁部材と前面枠との間に球が挟み込まれ難くすることができ、その結果、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine F7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F1, since the displacement means is arranged to displace the displacement wall portion in the direction of separating from the side wall member of the storage member when the front frame is opened, the side wall member and the front frame are It is possible to prevent the damage and the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall. That is, when the front frame is opened, the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in a direction in which the side wall member collides with an adjacent table and reduces the size of the storage region (a direction closer to the displacement wall portion), and the side wall member and the front frame are displaced. If the sphere is sandwiched between and, the side wall member or the front frame may be damaged, or the sphere may overflow from the storage member and fly to the game hall. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine F7, even if the side wall member of the storage member is displaced toward the displacement wall portion due to the collision with another member, the displacement wall is displaced in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member. Since the portion can be displaced by the displacement means, it is possible to make it difficult for the sphere to be sandwiched between the side wall member and the front frame, and as a result, the side wall member and the front frame can be damaged and the sphere can be stored. It is possible to prevent it from overflowing from inside and scattering to the game hall.

遊技機F7において、前記変位手段による前記変位壁部の変位は、少なくとも前記貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを最少とする位置に縮小されている場合には行われないことを特徴とする遊技機F8。 In the gaming machine F7, the displacement of the displacement wall portion by the displacement means is not performed at least when the side wall member of the storage member is reduced to a position that minimizes the size of the storage region. A gaming machine F8.

遊技機F8によれば、遊技機F7の奏する効果に加え、変位手段による前記変位壁部の変位は、少なくとも貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを最少とする位置に縮小されている場合には行われないので、前面枠が開放されても、貯留部材の側壁部材が他の部材に衝突するおそれ(即ち、側壁部材と変位壁部との間に球が挟まれて、破損や球の飛散を招くおそれ)がない場合には、変位壁部を変位させずに初期位置に維持できる。よって、前面枠が開放される際に側壁部材が不必要に変位することを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine F8, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F7, the displacement of the displacement wall portion by the displacement means is such that at least the side wall member of the storage member is reduced to a position where the size of the storage region is minimized. Therefore, even if the front frame is opened, the side wall member of the storage member may collide with another member (that is, the sphere is sandwiched between the side wall member and the displacement wall portion, and the damage or the sphere is lost). If there is no possibility of causing the scattering of), the displacement wall can be maintained at the initial position without being displaced. Therefore, it is possible to suppress unnecessary displacement of the side wall member when the front frame is opened.

遊技機F7又はF8において、前記変位手段による前記変位壁部の変位は、少なくとも前記貯留部材の貯留領域に球が貯留されていない場合には行われないことを特徴とする遊技機F9。 In the gaming machine F7 or F8, the displacement of the displacement wall portion by the displacement means is not performed at least when the sphere is not stored in the storage area of the storage member.

遊技機F9によれば、遊技機F7又はF8の奏する効果に加え、変位手段による前記変位壁部の変位は、少なくとも貯留部材の貯留領域に球が貯留されていない場合には行われないので、前面枠が開放された際に貯留部材の側壁部材が他の部材に衝突しても、側壁部材と変位壁部との間に球が挟まれず、破損や球の飛散を招くおそれがない場合には、変位壁部を変位させずに初期位置に維持できる。よって、前面枠が開放される際に側壁部材が不必要に変位することを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine F9, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine F7 or F8, the displacement of the displacement wall portion by the displacement means is not performed at least when the sphere is not stored in the storage area of the storage member. When the side wall member of the storage member collides with another member when the front frame is opened, the sphere is not sandwiched between the side wall member and the displacement wall part, and there is no risk of damage or scattering of the sphere. Can be maintained in the initial position without displacing the displacement wall. Therefore, it is possible to suppress unnecessary displacement of the side wall member when the front frame is opened.

遊技機F7からF9のいずれかにおいて、前記前面枠が閉鎖される場合には、前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位された前記変位規制部材を前記前面枠の閉鎖と非連動として保持する保持手段を備えることを特徴とする遊技機F10。 In any of the gaming machines F7 to F9, when the front frame is closed, the displacement restricting member displaced in the direction of separating from the side wall member of the storage member is held in a non-interlocking state with the closing of the front frame. A gaming machine F10, which is provided with holding means for

遊技機F10によれば、遊技機F7からF9のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位された変位壁部を前面枠の閉鎖と非連動として保持する保持手段を備えるので、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。例えば、前面枠の開放に伴い変位壁部が貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向に変位されたとしても、前面枠の閉鎖に伴い変位壁部が貯留部材の側壁部材に近接する方向に変位されると、その変位壁部の変位により、側壁部材と変位壁部との間に球が挟み込まれ、側壁部材や前面枠の破損を招いたり球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散するおそれがある。これに対し、遊技機F10によれば、前面枠が閉鎖されても、変位壁部を、前面枠の閉鎖とは非連動として貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位された位置に保持することができる。その結果、側壁部材と前面枠との間に球が挟み込まれることを回避でき、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine F10, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines F7 to F9, a holding means for holding the displacement wall portion displaced in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member in a non-interlocking manner with the closing of the front frame. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged and the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall. For example, even if the displacement wall is displaced in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member as the front frame is opened, the displacement wall is displaced in the direction close to the side wall member of the storage member as the front frame is closed. Then, due to the displacement of the displacement wall portion, a sphere is sandwiched between the side wall member and the displacement wall portion, causing damage to the side wall member or the front frame, or the sphere overflows from the storage member and scatters in the game hall. There is a risk. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine F10, even if the front frame is closed, the displacement wall portion is held at a position displaced in the direction of separating from the side wall member of the storage member, not interlocking with the closing of the front frame. be able to. As a result, it is possible to prevent the sphere from being sandwiched between the side wall member and the front frame, and it is possible to prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged or the sphere from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

遊技機F10において、前記保持手段による前記変位壁部の保持は、前記貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを拡大する方向へ変位されることで解除されることを特徴とする遊技機F11。 In the gaming machine F10, the holding of the displacement wall portion by the holding means is released by displacing the side wall member of the storage member in a direction of enlarging the size of the storage area. ..

遊技機F11によれば、遊技機F10の奏する効果に加え、保持手段による変位壁部の保持は、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを拡大する方向へ変位されることで解除されるので、変位壁部が初期位置へ復帰(即ち、貯留部材の側壁部材へ近接する方向へ変位)される場合に、その変位壁部の復帰に伴い押し出された球が側壁部材と前面枠との間に挟み込まれ難くできる。よって、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine F11, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine F10, the holding of the displacement wall portion by the holding means is canceled by displacing the side wall member of the storage member in a direction in which the size of the storage region is enlarged. Therefore, when the displacement wall portion is returned to the initial position (that is, displaced in the direction of approaching the side wall member of the storage member), the sphere pushed out along with the return of the displacement wall portion causes the side wall member and the front frame to move. It can be hard to be sandwiched between them. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged and the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

なお、保持手段による変位壁部の保持が解除されるとは、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを拡大する方向へ変位される操作に連動して保持手段による保持が解除されて変位壁部が初期位置へ復帰する(即ち、貯留部材の側壁部材の操作のみを要し、変位壁部の操作を要しない)ものであっても良く、或いは、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを拡大する方向へ変位されると、保持手段による保持が解除可能な状態となり、その保持手段の保持を解除する操作を別途行うことで変位壁部が初期位置へ復帰する(即ち、貯留部材の側壁部材の操作とは別に保持手段の保持の解除のための操作を要する)ものであっても良い。 The release of the displacement wall portion by the holding means means that the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in the direction in which the size of the storage region is expanded, and the holding portion releases the displacement of the side wall member. The wall portion may be returned to the initial position (that is, only the operation of the side wall member of the storage member is required and the operation of the displacement wall portion is not required), or the side wall member of the storage member may be the storage region. When it is displaced in the direction of increasing the size, the holding by the holding means becomes releasable, and the displacement wall portion returns to the initial position by separately performing the operation of releasing the holding of the holding means (that is, storage). In addition to the operation of the side wall member of the member, an operation for releasing the holding of the holding means is required).

遊技機F1からF11のいずれかにおいて、前記貯留部材の側壁部材は、幅方向一側の側部に回転軸が設けられ、その回転軸を中心として回転することで前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されるように形成され、前記変位壁部は、前記貯留部材の側壁部材に対面する領域であって払出口を挟んで前記側壁部材の回転軸と反対側となる領域に配設されることを特徴とする遊技機F12。 In any of the gaming machines F1 to F11, the side wall member of the storage member is provided with a rotation shaft on one side in the width direction, and the size of the storage region is expanded by rotating about the rotation shaft. Alternatively, the displacement wall portion is formed so as to be reduced, and the displacement wall portion is disposed in a region facing the side wall member of the storage member, the region being opposite to the rotation axis of the side wall member with the payout opening interposed therebetween. A gaming machine F12 characterized by the above.

遊技機F12によれば、遊技機F1からF11のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、変位壁部を変位可能とするための構造の簡素化を図りつつ、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制する効果を確保できる。 According to the gaming machine F12, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines F1 to F11, while simplifying the structure for allowing the displacement wall portion to be displaced, damage to the side wall member and the front frame and the ball It is possible to secure an effect of suppressing the overflow of the storage member from the storage member and the scattering of the storage member into the game hall.

ここで、変位壁部を、前面枠の貯留部材の側壁部材に対面する領域の全域にわたって形成する場合には、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小させる方向へ変位される際に押し込まれる球を受け入れる容積を確保できるので、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制しやすくできる。しかしながら、前面枠の貯留部材の側壁部材に対面する領域の全域に変位壁部を設けるためには、その領域内に配設される払出口およびその払出口へ球を流通させる通路との干渉を避ける必要があり、変位壁部を変位可能とするための構造が複雑化する。 Here, when the displacement wall portion is formed over the entire region of the front frame facing the side wall member of the storage member, when the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in the direction of reducing the size of the storage region. Since it is possible to secure a volume for receiving the ball to be pushed in, it is possible to easily prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged and the ball from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall. However, in order to provide the displacement wall portion in the entire region of the front frame facing the side wall member of the storage member, interference with the payout port arranged in the region and the passage for circulating the ball to the payout port is provided. It must be avoided, and the structure for allowing the displacement wall portion to be displaced becomes complicated.

これに対し、遊技機F12によれば、変位壁部は、貯留部材の側壁部材に対面する領域であって払出口を挟んで側壁部材の回転軸と反対側となる領域に配設されるので、払出口およびその払出口へ球を流通させる通路との干渉を避ける必要がない。よって、変位壁部を変位可能とするための構造を簡素化することができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine F12, the displacement wall portion is arranged in a region facing the side wall member of the storage member and in a region opposite to the rotation axis of the side wall member with the payout opening interposed therebetween. It is not necessary to avoid interference with the payout opening and the passage through which the balls flow. Therefore, the structure for allowing the displacement wall portion to be displaced can be simplified.

一方、この場合には、変位壁部を上記領域の全域にわたって形成する場合と比較して、変位壁部の面積が小さくなるが、かかる変位壁部が側壁部材の回転軸と反対側に配設されるので、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小させる方向へ変位される際に押し込まれる球を効率的に受け入れることができる。 On the other hand, in this case, the area of the displacement wall portion is smaller than that in the case where the displacement wall portion is formed over the entire area, but the displacement wall portion is disposed on the side opposite to the rotation axis of the side wall member. Therefore, the sphere pushed in when the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in the direction of reducing the size of the storage region can be efficiently received.

即ち、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小させる方向へ変位(回転)される場合、回転軸に近い側では前面枠に対する側壁部材の傾斜が比較的大きく、球を回転軸と反対側へ押し出す態様となる一方、回転軸から遠い側では前面枠に対する側壁部材の傾斜が比較的小さく、前面枠と側壁部材との間に球を挟み込みやすい。よって、変位壁部を払出口を挟んで側壁部材の回転軸と反対側となる領域に配設することが、変位壁部の面積を抑制しつつ、側壁部材により押し込まれた球をより多く受け入れることに特に有効となる。その結果、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制する効果を確保できる。 That is, when the side wall member of the storage member is displaced (rotated) in the direction of reducing the size of the storage region, the side wall member is relatively inclined with respect to the front frame on the side close to the rotation axis, and the sphere is opposite to the rotation axis. On the other hand, the side wall member has a relatively small inclination with respect to the front frame on the side far from the rotation axis, and the sphere is likely to be sandwiched between the front frame and the side wall member. Therefore, disposing the displacement wall portion in a region on the opposite side of the rotation axis of the side wall member with the payout opening interposed therebetween suppresses the area of the displacement wall portion and receives more balls pushed by the side wall member. Especially effective. As a result, it is possible to secure the effect of suppressing damage to the side wall member and the front frame and preventing the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

遊技機F1からF12のいずれかにおいて、前記変位壁部は、上辺側が回転可能に軸支され、その回転により下辺側が前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機F13。 In any one of the gaming machines F1 to F12, the displacement wall portion is rotatably supported on its upper side, and its lower side is displaceable in a direction away from the side wall member of the storage member by the rotation. A gaming machine F13.

遊技機F13によれば、遊技機F1からF12のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、変位壁部は、上辺側が回転可能に軸支され、その回転により下辺側が貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位可能に形成されるので、下辺側ほど変位壁部の変位量を大きくできる。よって、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小する方向(前面枠へ近接する方向)へ変位され、その側壁部材の変位により押し込まれた球を変位壁部の変位で受け入れる際には、球の重みを利用しつつ、下方の球ほどより多く受け入れることができるので、貯留領域に貯留される球に全体として下方への流れを形成することができる。その結果、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することを抑制できるだけでなく、球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することをより確実に抑制しやすくできる。 According to the gaming machine F13, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines F1 to F12, the displacement wall portion is rotatably supported on the upper side, and the rotation causes the lower side to move away from the side wall member of the storage member. Since it is formed to be displaceable, the displacement amount of the displacement wall portion can be increased toward the lower side. Therefore, when the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in the direction of reducing the size of the storage region (direction closer to the front frame) and the sphere pushed by the displacement of the side wall member is received by the displacement of the displacement wall portion, Since the weight of the sphere can be used and more spheres can be received in the lower sphere, it is possible to form a downward flow as a whole in the sphere stored in the storage region. As a result, not only can the side wall member and the front frame be prevented from being damaged, but it is also possible to more reliably prevent the ball from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

遊技機F1からF12のいずれかにおいて、前記変位壁部は、下辺側が回転可能に軸支され、その回転により上辺側が前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機F14。 In any one of the gaming machines F1 to F12, the displacement wall portion is rotatably supported at its lower side, and its upper side is displaceable in a direction away from the side wall member of the storage member by the rotation. A gaming machine F14.

遊技機F14によれば、遊技機F1からF12のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、変位壁部は、下辺側が回転可能に軸支され、その回転により上辺側が貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位可能に形成されるので、上辺側ほど変位壁部の変位量を大きくできる。よって、貯留部材の側壁部材が上下に重ね合わされた複数の分割体からなり、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小する方向(前面枠へ近接する方向)へ変位される際に、上側の分割体ほど変位量が大きく且つ上側の分割体から順に縮小方向へ変位される構造に対して特に有効となる。即ち、側壁部材の各分割体の変位により押し込まれた球を変位壁部の変位で受け入れる際には、縮小方向(押し込み方向)への変位が大きい分割体に対応する位置ほど変位壁部の変位量を大きくできると共に、先に押し込まれる球を先に受け入れることができる。その結果、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することをより確実に抑制しやすくできる。 According to the gaming machine F14, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines F1 to F12, the displacement wall portion is rotatably supported at the lower side, and the rotation causes the upper side to move away from the side wall member of the storage member. Since it is formed to be displaceable, the displacement amount of the displacement wall portion can be increased toward the upper side. Therefore, when the side wall member of the storage member is composed of a plurality of divided bodies that are vertically stacked, when the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in the direction of reducing the size of the storage region (direction of approaching the front frame), This is particularly effective for a structure in which the upper divided body has a larger displacement amount and the upper divided body is sequentially displaced in the contraction direction. That is, when the sphere pushed by the displacement of each divided body of the side wall member is received by the displacement of the displacement wall portion, the displacement of the displacement wall portion increases as the position corresponding to the divided body having a larger displacement in the contraction direction (pushing direction). The amount can be increased and the ball that is pushed in first can be received first. As a result, it is possible to more surely prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged or the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

遊技機F1からF12のいずれかにおいて、前記貯留部材の側壁部材は、幅方向一側の側部に回転軸が設けられ、その回転軸を中心として回転することで前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されるように形成され、前記変位壁部は、前記貯留部材の側壁部材の回転軸と同じ側となる一側が回転可能に軸支され、その回転により前記一側と反対側となる他側が前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機F15。 In any of the gaming machines F1 to F12, the side wall member of the storage member is provided with a rotation shaft on one side in the width direction, and the size of the storage region is expanded by rotating about the rotation shaft. Alternatively, the displacement wall portion is rotatably supported on one side, which is the same side as the rotation axis of the side wall member of the storage member, and is rotatably supported on the displacement wall portion, and the displacement wall portion is opposite to the one side. A gaming machine F15, wherein a side is formed so as to be displaceable in a direction away from the side wall member of the storage member.

遊技機F15によれば、遊技機F1からF12のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、変位壁部は、貯留部材の側壁部材の回転軸と同じ側となる一側が回転可能に軸支され、その回転により一側と反対側となる他側が貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位可能に形成されるので、貯留部材の側壁部材の回転軸から遠い側ほど、貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向への変位壁部の変位量を大きくできる。即ち、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小する方向(前面枠へ近接する方向)へ変位(回転)される際には、その側壁部材の変位(回転)に対応した変位壁部の変位(回転)により球を受け入れることができる。その結果、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することをより確実に抑制しやすくできる。 According to the gaming machine F15, in addition to the effect produced by any one of the gaming machines F1 to F12, the displacement wall portion is rotatably supported on one side that is the same side as the rotation axis of the side wall member of the storage member. Since the other side, which is the opposite side to the one side, is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member, the side farther from the rotation axis of the side wall member of the storage member is separated from the side wall member of the storage member. The displacement amount of the displacement wall portion can be increased. That is, when the side wall member of the storage member is displaced (rotated) in the direction in which the size of the storage region is reduced (direction closer to the front frame), the displacement wall portion corresponding to the displacement (rotation) of the side wall member. The sphere can be received by the displacement (rotation) of. As a result, it is possible to more surely prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged or the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

遊技機F1からF15のいずれかにおいて、前記貯留部材の側壁部材は、複数の分割体を上下に重ね合わせて形成され、それら複数の分割体がそれぞれ前記前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ変位されることで、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小され、前記分割体のそれぞれの高さ寸法が前記球の半径よりも小さくされることを特徴とする遊技機F16。 In any one of the gaming machines F1 to F15, the side wall member of the storage member is formed by vertically stacking a plurality of divided bodies, and the plurality of divided bodies are respectively displaced in a direction of approaching or separating from the front frame. By doing so, the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and the height dimension of each of the divided bodies is made smaller than the radius of the sphere, the gaming machine F16.

遊技機F16によれば、遊技機F1からF15のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、貯留部材の側壁部材が複数の分割体を上下に重ね合わせて形成され、それら複数の分割体がそれぞれ前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ変位されることで、貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小される場合に、分割体のそれぞれの高さ寸法が球の半径よりも小さくされるので、貯留領域に球が貯留された状態で、貯留部材の側壁部材が貯留領域の大きさを縮小する方向(前面枠へ近接する方向)へ変位された場合には、各分割体を球の下面側に潜り込ませやすくでき、側壁部材(分割体)と前面枠との間に球を挟み込み難くできる。その結果、側壁部材や前面枠が破損することや球が貯留部材内から溢れ出して遊技場に飛散することを抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine F16, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines F1 to F15, the side wall member of the storage member is formed by vertically stacking a plurality of divided bodies, and the plurality of divided bodies are respectively formed on the front frame. When the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced by being displaced toward or away from each other, the height dimension of each of the divided bodies is made smaller than the radius of the sphere. When the side wall member of the storage member is displaced in a direction in which the size of the storage area is reduced (a direction closer to the front frame) in the stored state, it is possible to easily make each divided body slip into the lower surface side of the sphere. It is possible to make it difficult to insert a sphere between the side wall member (divided body) and the front frame. As a result, it is possible to prevent the side wall member and the front frame from being damaged and the balls from overflowing from the storage member and scattering to the game hall.

<開放機構(操作子15001、アーム体15002、付勢ばね15003及び締結ねじ15004))を一例とする発明の概念について>
開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材とを備えた遊技機において、前記貯留部材は、底壁部材と、その底壁部材から立設される側壁部材とを備え、前記側壁部材が複数の分割体を上下に重ね合わせて形成され、それら複数の分割体がそれぞれ前記前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ回転されることで、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されると共に、前記貯留領域の大きさが最大とされた状態から前記側壁部材が開放可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機G1。
<Regarding the Concept of the Invention Taking the Opening Mechanism (Operator 15001, Arm 15002, Biasing Spring 15003, and Fastening Screw 15004) as an Example>
In a gaming machine provided with a front frame that can be opened and closed, and a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing balls, the storage member is a bottom wall member. And a side wall member standing upright from the bottom wall member, wherein the side wall member is formed by vertically stacking a plurality of divided bodies, and the plurality of divided bodies approach or separate from the front frame, respectively. By being rotated to, the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced, and the side wall member is formed to be openable from the state in which the size of the storage area is maximized. Machine G1.

ここで、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠に配設され、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿と、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿とを備える遊技機が知られている。この場合、下皿の貯留領域を拡大するために、側壁部材を高くすると、その分、上皿との間の隙間が少なくなる。そのため、例えば、下皿内に偏って貯留された球を均して平らにする際に、遊技者の手を下皿内へ入れづらくなる。そこで、特開2007−136095号公報には、下皿の底壁部材および側壁部材を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、遊技者の手を入れやすくしつつ、下皿の貯留領域を拡大または縮小する構造が開示される。しかしながら、上述の遊技機では、固定側の底壁部材とスライド側の底壁部材との重なり部分には球抜き穴を配置することができず、その配置の自由度が低下する。 Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is arranged in the front frame and that stores balls to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and cannot fit into the upper plate A gaming machine including a lower plate that receives a ball is known. In this case, if the side wall member is raised in order to enlarge the storage area of the lower plate, the gap between the side plate and the upper plate becomes smaller accordingly. Therefore, for example, it becomes difficult to put the player's hand into the lower tray when the balls stored in the lower tray are evenly flattened. Therefore, in JP-A-2007-136095, the bottom wall member and the side wall member of the lower plate are slidably displaced back and forth by the player's operation, so that the player's hand can be easily put in and the storage region of the lower plate is stored. A structure for expanding or contracting is disclosed. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, it is not possible to arrange the ball hole in the overlapping portion of the bottom wall member on the fixed side and the bottom wall member on the slide side, and the degree of freedom of the arrangement is reduced.

本願出願人は、鋭意検討した結果、側壁部材を上下に重ね合わせた複数の分割体から形成し、それら複数の分割体を遊技者の操作により前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ回転させることで、貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小する構造に想到した(本出願時において未公知)。この構造によれば、貯留領域の拡大または縮小のために変位する部位(分割体)と底壁部材との重なり代が形成されないので、底壁部材の任意の位置に球抜き穴を配置することができ、その配置の自由度を確保できる。しかしながら、上下に重ね合わせた複数の分割体から側壁部材を形成する構造では、分割体どうしの重ね合わせ部分に埃や異物などが溜まりやすい一方で、掃除を行う際の作業スペースを十分に確保することができず、衛生管理が困難であるという問題点が本願発明者によって見いだされた。 As a result of diligent study, the applicant of the present application forms the side wall member from a plurality of divided bodies that are vertically overlapped with each other, and rotates the plurality of divided bodies toward or away from the front frame by the player's operation. The present invention conceived a structure for enlarging or reducing the size of the storage area (not known at the time of the present application). According to this structure, since the overlap margin between the portion (divided body) that is displaced due to the expansion or contraction of the storage area and the bottom wall member is not formed, it is necessary to arrange the ball hole at any position of the bottom wall member. It is possible to secure the degree of freedom of the arrangement. However, in the structure in which the side wall member is formed of a plurality of vertically divided overlapping bodies, dust and foreign matter are likely to accumulate in the overlapping portions of the divided bodies, while a sufficient working space for cleaning is secured. However, the inventor of the present invention has found a problem that the hygiene control is difficult.

これに対し、遊技機G1によれば、貯留領域の大きさが最大とされた状態から側壁部材が開放可能に形成されるので、かかる開放により形成される空間を、掃除を行う際の作業スペースとして利用することができ、その分、衛生管理を行いやすくすることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G1, since the side wall member is formed to be openable from the state where the size of the storage area is maximized, the space formed by the opening is a work space for cleaning. As a result, it is possible to facilitate hygiene management.

遊技機G1において、前記側壁部材は、前記複数の分割体のそれぞれが独立して開放可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機G2。 In the gaming machine G1, the gaming machine G2, wherein the side wall member is formed so that each of the plurality of divided bodies can be independently opened.

遊技機G2によれば、遊技機G1の奏する効果に加え、側壁部材は、複数の分割体のそれぞれが独立して開放可能に形成されるので、衛生管理をより行いやすくすることができる。即ち、上下に重ね合わせた複数の分割体から側壁部材を形成する構造では、分割体どうしの重ね合わせ部分に埃や異物などが溜まりやすいところ、側壁部材の開放により掃除を行う際の作業スペースが確保されとしても、分割体どうしの合せ面の間を掃除することは困難である。これに対し、遊技機G2によれば、複数の分割体のそれぞれが独立して開放可能に形成されるので、各分割体をそれぞれ1個ずつ掃除することができ、その分割体の合せ面となる部分を容易に掃除できる。 According to the gaming machine G2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine G1, the side wall member is formed so that each of the plurality of divided bodies can be opened independently, so that hygiene management can be more easily performed. That is, in the structure in which the side wall member is formed from a plurality of divided bodies that are vertically overlapped with each other, dust and foreign matter are likely to accumulate in the overlapping portions of the divided bodies, and the work space for cleaning by opening the side wall member is reduced. Even if secured, it is difficult to clean between the mating surfaces of the split bodies. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G2, since each of the plurality of divided bodies is formed so as to be independently openable, it is possible to clean each of the divided bodies one by one and Can be easily cleaned.

遊技機G2において、前記分割体は、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の一方の合せ面に凸部が形成されると共に他方の合せ面に前記凸部を受け入れる凹部が形成され、前記貯留領域の拡大時には前記凸部が前記凹部の一側の内壁に当接されると共に前記貯留領域の縮小時には前記凸部が前記凹部の他側の内壁に当接されることで、前記上下に重ね合わされる分割体の相対変位を規制可能に形成され、前記側壁部材が開放される際には、前記上下に重ね合わされる分割体の前記凸部および凹部の当接による相対変位の規制を解除可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機G3。 In the gaming machine G2, the divided body has a convex portion formed on one mating surface of the vertically stacked divided bodies and a concave portion for receiving the convex portion on the other mating surface, thereby expanding the storage area. Occasionally, the convex portion abuts on the inner wall on one side of the concave portion and the convex portion abuts on the inner wall on the other side of the concave portion when the storage region is reduced, so that the upper and lower parts are overlapped. When the side wall member is opened, the relative displacement of the body is regulated, and the regulation of the relative displacement due to the contact between the convex portion and the concave portion of the vertically stacked divided bodies is released. A gaming machine G3 characterized by the following.

遊技機G3によれば、遊技機G2の奏する効果に加え、上下に重ね合わされる分割体には、一方の合せ面に凸部が形成されると共に他方の合せ面に凹部が形成され、貯留領域の拡大時には凸部が前記凹部の一側の内壁に当接されると共に貯留領域の縮小時には凸部が凹部の他側の内壁に当接されることで、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の相対変位を規制可能に形成されるので、各分割体どうしの相対位置を規定することができる。各分割体は、重なり合う分割体に対して、凸部と凹部の内壁とが係合されるので、貯留領域が拡大された状態および縮小された状態において、側壁部材(重なり合わされた分割体)全体としての剛性を確保でき、球の重量により撓むことを抑制できる。また、凸部と凹部とは、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の合せ面にそれぞれ形成される。即ち、デッドスペースとなる合せ面を利用して凸部および凹部を配設するので、その分、側壁部材(分割体)を小型化して、貯留領域の容量を確保できる。 According to the gaming machine G3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G2, the divided bodies that are vertically stacked have a convex portion formed on one mating surface and a concave portion on the other mating surface, thereby forming a storage region. When the storage area is reduced, the convex portion abuts on the inner wall on one side of the concave portion while the convex portion abuts on the inner wall on the other side of the concave portion when the expansion of Since the displacement can be regulated, the relative positions of the divided bodies can be regulated. In each divided body, since the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion are engaged with the overlapping divided bodies, the entire side wall member (overlapping divided bodies) in the state in which the storage region is expanded and reduced. As a result, the rigidity can be secured, and the bending of the ball due to its weight can be suppressed. Further, the convex portion and the concave portion are respectively formed on the mating surfaces of the divided bodies which are vertically stacked. That is, since the convex portion and the concave portion are arranged by utilizing the mating surface which becomes the dead space, the side wall member (divided body) can be downsized by that amount and the capacity of the storage region can be secured.

この場合、側壁部材が開放される際には、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の凸部および凹部の当接による相対変位の規制を解除可能に形成されるので、各分割体をそれぞれ1個ずつ掃除することを容易とすることができる。 In this case, when the side wall member is opened, the regulation of the relative displacement due to the abutment of the convex portion and the concave portion of the vertically overlapped divided bodies is formed so that the divided bodies can be released one by one. It can be easy to clean.

遊技機G3において、前記側壁部材は、上下に重ね合わされた複数の分割体どうしの合せ面の間に治具が挿入可能に形成され、前記治具の挿入により、前記凸部および凹部の当接による相対変位の規制が解除され、前記複数の分割体のそれぞれが独立して開放可能とされることを特徴とする遊技機G4。 In the gaming machine G3, the side wall member is formed so that a jig can be inserted between the mating surfaces of a plurality of vertically stacked divided bodies, and the insertion of the jig causes the projection and the depression to come into contact with each other. The restriction of relative displacement due to is released, and each of the plurality of divided bodies can be opened independently, the gaming machine G4.

遊技機G4によれば、遊技機G3の奏する効果に加え、側壁部材は、上下に重ね合わされた複数の分割体どうしの合せ面の間に治具が挿入可能に形成され、かかる治具の挿入により、凸部および凹部の当接による相対変位の規制が解除され、複数の分割体のそれぞれが独立して開放可能とされるので、各分割体をそれぞれ1個ずつ掃除可能な状態を容易に形成することができる。 According to the gaming machine G4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G3, the side wall member is formed so that a jig can be inserted between the mating surfaces of the plurality of vertically-divided divided bodies, and the jig is inserted. As a result, the restriction of relative displacement due to the contact of the convex portion and the concave portion is released, and each of the plurality of divided bodies can be independently opened. Therefore, it is easy to clean each divided body one by one. Can be formed.

遊技機G4において、前記側壁部材は、上下に重ね合わされた複数の分割体の側面に形成されて治具を受け入れる受入部を備え、その受入部は、受け入れた治具を前記複数の分割体どうしの合せ面の間に案内可能に形成されることを特徴とする遊技機G5。 In the gaming machine G4, the side wall member includes a receiving portion that is formed on a side surface of the plurality of divided bodies that are vertically overlapped with each other and that receives the jig, and the receiving portion has the receiving jig between the plurality of divided bodies. A gaming machine G5 characterized by being formed so as to be guided between the mating surfaces of.

遊技機G5によれば、遊技機G4の奏する効果に加え、側壁部材は、上下に重ね合わされた複数の分割体の側面に形成されて治具を受け入れる受入部を備え、その受入部は、受け入れた治具を複数の分割体どうしの合せ面の間に案内可能に形成されるので、治具を挿入する作業の作業性の向上を図ることができる。その結果、各分割体をそれぞれ1個ずつ掃除可能な状態を容易に形成することができる。 According to the gaming machine G5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G4, the side wall member includes a receiving portion that is formed on the side surfaces of the plurality of divided bodies that are vertically stacked and receives the jig, and the receiving portion receives the receiving portion. Since the jig is formed so as to be guided between the mating surfaces of the plurality of divided bodies, the workability of inserting the jig can be improved. As a result, it is possible to easily form a state in which each of the divided bodies can be cleaned one by one.

遊技機G3において、前記側壁部材は、上下に重ね合わされた複数の分割体どうしの合せ面の間に弾性的に変形された状態で配設される弾性体を備え、前記側壁部材が開放された場合には、前記弾性体の弾性回復力により前記凸部および凹部の当接による相対変位の規制が解除され、前記複数の分割体のそれぞれが独立して開放可能とされることを特徴とする遊技機G6。 In the gaming machine G3, the side wall member is provided with an elastic body that is disposed in an elastically deformed state between the mating surfaces of the plurality of vertically stacked divided bodies, and the side wall member is opened. In this case, the elastic recovery force of the elastic body releases the restriction of relative displacement due to the contact between the convex portion and the concave portion, and each of the plurality of divided bodies can be independently opened. Gaming machine G6.

遊技機G6によれば、遊技機G3の奏する効果に加え、側壁部材は、上下に重ね合わされた複数の分割体どうしの合せ面の間に弾性体が弾性的に変形された状態で配設され、側壁部材が開放された場合には、弾性体の弾性回復力により凸部および凹部の当接による相対変位の規制が解除され、複数の分割体のそれぞれが独立して開放可能とされるので、各分割体をそれぞれ1個ずつ掃除可能な状態を容易に形成することができる。 According to the gaming machine G6, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G3, the side wall member is disposed in a state where the elastic body is elastically deformed between the mating surfaces of the plurality of divided bodies which are vertically stacked. When the side wall member is opened, the elastic recovery force of the elastic body releases the regulation of the relative displacement due to the contact between the convex portion and the concave portion, and thus each of the plurality of divided bodies can be independently opened. It is possible to easily form a state in which each of the divided bodies can be cleaned one by one.

なお、弾性体としては、例えば、コイルスプリングや板ばねに代表される弾性ばねやゴムやウレタンに代表される弾性エラストマーなどが例示される。 Examples of the elastic body include elastic springs typified by coil springs and leaf springs, and elastic elastomers typified by rubber and urethane.

遊技機G6において、前記側壁部材は、上下に重ね合わされた複数の分割体どうしの合せ面の間に弾性的に変形された状態で配設される第2弾性体を備え、前記側壁部材が開放された場合には、前記第2弾性体の弾性回復力により前記複数の分割体どうしが相対回転されることを特徴とする遊技機G7。 In the gaming machine G6, the side wall member is provided with a second elastic body that is disposed in an elastically deformed state between the mating surfaces of a plurality of vertically stacked divided bodies, and the side wall member is open. In this case, the plurality of divided bodies are relatively rotated by the elastic recovery force of the second elastic body, the gaming machine G7.

遊技機G7によれば、遊技機G6の奏する効果に加え、前記側壁部材は、上下に重ね合わされた複数の分割体どうしの合せ面の間に弾性的に変形された状態で配設される第2弾性体を備え、側壁部材が開放された場合には、第2弾性体の弾性回復力により複数の分割体どうしが相対回転されるので、独立して開放された各分割体の位相(回転位置)をそれぞれ異ならせることができる。その結果、各分割体をそれぞれ1個ずつ掃除可能な状態をより容易に形成することができる。 According to the gaming machine G7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G6, the side wall member is arranged in an elastically deformed state between the mating surfaces of the plurality of vertically stacked divided bodies. When two side walls are provided and the side wall member is opened, the elastic recovery force of the second elastic body causes the plurality of divided bodies to rotate relative to each other. The position) can be different. As a result, it is possible to more easily form a state in which each of the divided bodies can be cleaned one by one.

なお、遊技機G6記載の弾性体と遊技機G7記載の第2弾性体とは、別部品であっても良く、或いは、1の部品が両者(弾性体および第2弾性体)を兼用するものであっても良い。例えば、後者の例としては、軸方向に弾性変形可能なねじりばねや弾性エラストマーを分割体どうしの合せ面の間に軸方向および回転方向のそれぞれに弾性的に変形させた状態で配設するものが例示される。 The elastic body described in the gaming machine G6 and the second elastic body described in the gaming machine G7 may be separate components, or one component may serve as both (elastic body and second elastic body). May be For example, as the latter example, a torsion spring or an elastic elastomer that is elastically deformable in the axial direction is disposed between the mating surfaces of the divided bodies while being elastically deformed in the axial direction and the rotational direction, respectively. Is exemplified.

遊技機G1からG7のいずれかにおいて、前記貯留領域の大きさが最大とされた状態から前記側壁部材が開放されることを規制する規制手段を備えることを特徴とする遊技機G8。 The gaming machine G8 according to any one of the gaming machines G1 to G7, further including a regulation unit that regulates opening of the side wall member from a state where the size of the storage region is maximized.

遊技機G8によれば、遊技機G1からG7のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、貯留領域の大きさが最大とされた状態から側壁部材が開放されることを規制する規制手段を備えるので、側壁部材が遊技者によって不用意に開放されることを抑制できる。その結果、例えば、貯留部材に球が貯留された状態で、側壁部材が開放されて球が遊技場に散乱することを回避できる。 According to the gaming machine G8, in addition to the effect produced by any one of the gaming machines G1 to G7, the gaming machine G8 is provided with the regulation means for regulating the opening of the sidewall member from the state where the size of the storage region is maximized. It is possible to prevent the player from accidentally opening the member. As a result, for example, in a state where the balls are stored in the storage member, it is possible to avoid the side wall member being opened and the balls being scattered in the game hall.

遊技機G8において、前記規制手段は、前記前面枠を開放した場合に操作可能な位置に配設されることを特徴とする遊技機G9。 In the gaming machine G8, the restricting means is arranged at a position operable when the front frame is opened, and the gaming machine G9 is characterized.

遊技機G9によれば、遊技機G8の奏する効果に加え、規制手段は、前面枠を開放した場合に操作可能な位置に配設されるので、側壁部材が遊技者によって不用意に開放されることをより確実に抑制できる。 According to the gaming machine G9, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine G8, the regulation means is arranged at a position operable when the front frame is opened, so that the side wall member is inadvertently opened by the player. This can be suppressed more reliably.

遊技機G8において、前記規制手段による前記側壁部材の開放の規制は、前記前面枠の開放に伴い解除されることを特徴とする遊技機G10。 In the gaming machine G8, the restriction on the opening of the side wall member by the restricting means is canceled with the opening of the front frame, the gaming machine G10.

遊技機G10によれば、遊技機G8の奏する効果に加え、規制手段による側壁部材の開放の規制は、前面枠の開放に伴い解除されるので、遊技者による不用意な側壁部材の開放を抑制しつつ、側壁部材を開放する作業者の作業性の向上を図ることができる。即ち、遊技者が不用意に側壁部材を開放できない構造が必要とされる一方で、例えば、前面枠を開放する操作を行った上で、更に、規制手段を解除する操作を行う構造では、作業者に二段階の操作を要求することとなりその負担が増大する。これに対し、遊技機G10によれば、前面枠を開放する操作に、規制手段の規制を解除する操作も兼用させることができ、規制手段を解除する操作を別途行うことを不要とできる。その結果、遊技者による不用意な側壁部材の開放を抑制しつつ、側壁部材を開放する作業者の作業性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine G10, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine G8, the restriction on the opening of the side wall member by the restricting means is canceled with the opening of the front frame, so that the player is prevented from inadvertently opening the side wall member. At the same time, it is possible to improve the workability of the worker who opens the side wall member. That is, while a structure in which the player cannot inadvertently open the side wall member is required, for example, in a structure in which the operation of opening the front frame is performed and then the operation of releasing the restricting means is further performed, This requires a person to perform a two-step operation, which increases the burden. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G10, the operation of opening the front frame can be combined with the operation of releasing the restriction of the restricting means, and it is not necessary to separately perform the operation of releasing the restricting means. As a result, it is possible to improve the workability of the operator who opens the side wall member while suppressing the careless opening of the side wall member by the player.

遊技機G8において、前記前面枠を施錠する施錠手段を備え、前記規制手段による前記側壁部材の開放の規制は、前記施錠手段を開錠することに伴い解除されることを特徴とする遊技機G11。 In the gaming machine G8, a locking means for locking the front frame is provided, and the restriction on the opening of the side wall member by the restricting means is released when the locking means is unlocked. ..

遊技機G11によれば、遊技機G8の奏する効果に加え、前面枠を施錠する施錠手段を備え、規制手段による側壁部材の開放の規制は、施錠手段を開錠することに伴い解除されるので、遊技者による不用意な側壁部材の開放を抑制しつつ、側壁部材を開放する作業者の作業性の向上を図ることができる。即ち、遊技者が不用意に側壁部材を開放できない構造が必要とされる一方で、例えば、前面枠を開放する操作を行った上で、更に、規制手段を解除する操作を行う構造では、作業者に二段階の操作を要求することとなりその負担が増大する。これに対し、遊技機G11によれば、施錠手段を開錠する操作に、規制手段の規制を解除する操作も兼用させることができ、規制手段を解除する操作を別途行うことを不要とできる。その結果、遊技者による不用意な側壁部材の開放を抑制しつつ、側壁部材を開放する作業者の作業性の向上を図ることができる。 According to the gaming machine G11, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine G8, a locking means for locking the front frame is provided, and the restriction on the opening of the side wall member by the restriction means is canceled as the locking means is unlocked. It is possible to improve the workability of the operator who opens the side wall member while suppressing the careless opening of the side wall member by the player. That is, while a structure in which the player cannot inadvertently open the side wall member is required, for example, in a structure in which the operation of opening the front frame is performed and then the operation of releasing the restricting means is further performed, This requires a person to perform a two-step operation, which increases the burden. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G11, the operation of unlocking the locking means can be combined with the operation of releasing the restriction of the restricting means, and it is not necessary to separately perform the operation of releasing the restricting means. As a result, it is possible to improve the workability of the operator who opens the side wall member while suppressing the careless opening of the side wall member by the player.

ここで、前面枠を開放する操作に、規制手段の規制を解除する操作も兼用させる場合には、規制手段を解除する操作を別途行うことを不要とできるが、一方で、前面枠を開放した上で、側壁部材を更に開放すると、かかる側壁部材が他の部材(例えば、隣の遊技機)に当たったり、或いは、開放した側壁部材が通路側に張り出して、作業者の立ち位置が限定されることで、作業性が悪くなるおそれがある。 Here, when the operation of releasing the front frame is also used to release the restriction of the restricting means, it is not necessary to separately perform the operation of releasing the restricting means, but the front frame is opened. When the side wall member is further opened above, the side wall member hits another member (for example, the adjacent gaming machine), or the opened side wall member projects to the passage side, and the standing position of the worker is limited. Therefore, workability may be deteriorated.

これに対し、遊技機G11によれば、規制手段の規制を解除するために必要な操作として、施錠手段を開錠すれば良く、前面枠を開放する操作を不要とできるという点で作業性の向上を図ることができるだけでなく、側壁部材を開放する際にかかる側壁部材が他の部材(例えば、隣の遊技機)に当たらないように、一端開放した前面枠を閉じる操作を行う必要がないので、その点においても、作業性の向上を図ることができる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine G11, as the operation required to release the restriction of the restriction means, the locking means may be unlocked, and the operation of opening the front frame is unnecessary, which is workability. Not only can the improvement be achieved, but it is not necessary to perform the operation of closing the front frame once opened so that the side wall member when opening the side wall member does not hit another member (for example, the adjacent gaming machine). Therefore, also in that respect, workability can be improved.

遊技機G8からG11のいずれかにおいて、開放された前記側壁部材が少なくとも前記貯留領域の大きさが最大とされる位置まで復帰されることで、前記規制手段による規制が行われることを特徴とする遊技機G12。 In any one of the gaming machines G8 to G11, the opened side wall member is returned to a position where at least the size of the storage area is maximized, whereby the restriction is performed by the restriction means. Gaming machine G12.

遊技機G12によれば、遊技機G8からG11の奏する効果に加え、開放された側壁部材が少なくとも前記貯留領域の大きさが最大とされる位置まで復帰されることで、規制手段による規制が行われる、即ち、側壁部材の掃除を終えた後は、側壁部材を押し戻す操作を行うだけで良く、例えば、規制手段を規制状態とするための操作を別途行う必要がないので、側壁部材の開放が規制された状態への復帰の操作を簡素化することができる。 According to the gaming machine G12, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines G8 to G11, the opened side wall member is returned to at least a position where the size of the storage area is maximized, whereby the regulation by the regulation means is performed. That is, after cleaning the side wall member, it is only necessary to push back the side wall member. For example, since it is not necessary to separately perform an operation for bringing the restricting means into the restricted state, the side wall member can be opened. The operation of returning to the regulated state can be simplified.

遊技機G1からG12のいずれかにおいて、前記側壁部材は、前記上下に重ね合わされる分割体の合せ面の一方に配設され前記貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小させる方向に前記分割体が変位される際に前記合せ面の他方に対して摺動する摺動体を備えることを特徴とする遊技機G13。 In any one of the gaming machines G1 to G12, the side wall member is disposed on one of the mating surfaces of the vertically overlapping divided bodies, and the divided bodies are displaced in a direction of enlarging or reducing the size of the storage region. A gaming machine G13, comprising a sliding body that slides against the other of the mating surfaces when being played.

遊技機G13によれば、遊技機G1からG12のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、側壁部材は、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の合せ面の一方に配設され貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小する方向に分割体が変位される際に合せ面の他方に対して摺動する摺動体を備えるので、側壁部材(各分割体)を変位させて貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小する遊技者による操作を利用して、合せ面の他方を摺動体の摺動により掃除することができる。その結果、作業者による掃除の頻度を低減することができる。 According to the gaming machine G13, in addition to the effect produced by any one of the gaming machines G1 to G12, the side wall member is arranged on one of the mating surfaces of the vertically stacked split bodies, and the size of the storage region is enlarged or reduced. A player is provided with a sliding body that slides against the other mating surface when the divided body is displaced in the direction to move, so that the side wall member (each divided body) is displaced to enlarge or reduce the size of the storage region. The other of the mating surfaces can be cleaned by sliding the sliding body by using the operation of. As a result, the frequency of cleaning by the operator can be reduced.

なお、摺動体が配設される上記合せ面の一方は分割体の下面に、摺動体が摺動される上記合せ面の他方は分割体の上面に、それぞれ設定されることが好ましい。これにより、摺動体を遊技者から視認され難くしつつ、合せ面のうちの遊技者から視認される面を摺動体の摺動により掃除できるからである。また、摺動体としては、例えば、布やスポンジ、或いは、複数の細線体からなるブラシなどが例示される。 It is preferable that one of the mating surfaces on which the sliding body is arranged is set on the lower surface of the split body, and the other of the mating surfaces on which the sliding body slides is set on the upper surface of the split body. This makes it possible to make the sliding member less visible to the player, and to clean the surface of the mating surfaces that is visible to the player by sliding the sliding member. Examples of the sliding body include cloth, sponge, and brushes composed of a plurality of fine wire bodies.

遊技機G1からG13のいずれかにおいて、前記側壁部材は、前記貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小させる方向に前記分割体が変位されることで前記分割体どうしの合せ面の間から異物を排出する排出手段を備えることを特徴とする遊技機G14。 In any of the gaming machines G1 to G13, the side wall member discharges foreign matter from between the mating surfaces of the divided bodies by displacing the divided body in a direction of expanding or contracting the size of the storage region. A gaming machine G14, characterized in that the gaming machine G14 is provided with an ejecting means.

遊技機G14によれば、遊技機G1からG13のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、側壁部材は、貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小させる方向に分割体が変位されることで分割体どうしの合せ面の間から異物を排出する排出手段を備えるので、側壁部材(各分割体)を変位させて貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小する遊技者による操作を利用して、各分割体どうしの合せ面の掃除を行うことができる。その結果、作業者による掃除の頻度を低減することができる。 According to the gaming machine G14, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines G1 to G13, the side wall member is displaced in the direction in which the size of the storage region is expanded or reduced, so that the divided bodies are aligned with each other. Since the ejecting means for ejecting the foreign matter from between the surfaces is provided, the side wall members (each divided body) are displaced, and the operation of the player for enlarging or reducing the size of the storage area is used to align the respective division bodies. The surface can be cleaned. As a result, the frequency of cleaning by the operator can be reduced.

特に、遊技機G14によれば、分割体どうしの合せ面の間から異物を排出手段により排出できるので、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の一方の合せ面に凸部が形成されると共に他方の合せ面に凸部を受け入れる凹部が形成され、貯留領域の拡大時には凸部が凹部の一側の内壁に当接されると共に貯留領域の縮小時には凸部が凹部の他側の内壁に当接されることで、上下に重ね合わされる分割体の相対変位を規制可能に形成される場合には、これら凸部と凹部の内壁との間に異物が噛み込まれることを抑制できる。即ち、凸部と凹部の内壁とを直接当接させて、適切な拡大または縮小の状態を形成できる。 In particular, according to the gaming machine G14, foreign matter can be discharged from between the mating surfaces of the divided bodies by the discharging means, so that a convex portion is formed on one mating surface of the vertically stacked division bodies and the other mating surface is formed. A concave portion for receiving the convex portion is formed on the surface, and the convex portion abuts on the inner wall on one side of the concave portion when the storage area is enlarged, and the convex portion abuts on the inner wall on the other side of the concave portion when the storage area is reduced. Thus, in the case where the relative displacement of the vertically stacked division bodies can be regulated, it is possible to prevent foreign matter from being caught between the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion. That is, the convex portion and the inner wall of the concave portion can be directly brought into contact with each other to form an appropriately enlarged or reduced state.

<延長迂回路21100を一例とする発明の概念について>
開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材と、その貯留部材の貯留領域へ球を流入させる流入口とを備えた遊技機において、前記前面枠の前面に形成されると共に前記流入口側の一端から他端へ向けて球を送球可能な通路として延設される迂回路を備え、前記貯留部材は、底壁部材と、その底壁部材から立設される側壁部材とを備えると共に、前記側壁部材は、前記球を送球可能な通路として形成される第2迂回路を備えることを特徴とする遊技機H1。
<About the concept of the invention using the extension detour 21100 as an example>
A front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing the sphere, and an inflow port that allows the sphere to flow into the storage region of the storage member. In a gaming machine equipped with, a detour path is formed on the front surface of the front frame and extends as a passage capable of sending a ball from one end on the inlet side to the other end, and the storage member, A gaming machine comprising a bottom wall member and a side wall member standing upright from the bottom wall member, and the side wall member includes a second detour formed as a passage capable of sending the ball. H1.

ここで、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠に配設され、遊技領域へ発射する球を貯留する上皿と、その上皿の下方に配設され、上皿に入りきらない球を受け入れる下皿とを備える遊技機が知られている。特開2007−136095号公報には、下皿の底壁部材および側壁部材を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、下皿の貯留領域を拡大する構造が開示される。しかしながら、上述の遊技機では、下皿の貯留領域の一部(例えば、下皿へ球を流入させる流入口の近傍)に球が偏りやすく、拡大された下皿の貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させることが困難であった。 Here, a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, an upper plate that is arranged in the front frame and that stores balls to be launched into the game area, and a lower plate that is arranged below the upper plate and cannot fit into the upper plate A gaming machine including a lower plate that receives a ball is known. Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2007-136095 discloses a structure in which a bottom wall member and a side wall member of a lower tray are slid forward and backward by a player's operation to enlarge a storage area of the lower tray. However, in the above-mentioned gaming machine, the balls are likely to be biased in a part of the storage area of the lower plate (for example, in the vicinity of the inflow port where the balls flow into the lower plate), and the entire storage area of the expanded lower plate is evenly distributed. It was difficult to disperse the spheres.

本願出願人は、鋭意検討した結果、流入口側の一端から他端へ向けて球を送球可能な通路として延設される迂回路を前面枠の前面に設けることで、例えば、流入口から流入した球がその流入口の近傍に偏って貯留されて山が形成される場合には、迂回路を利用して山から離れた領域へ球を迂回させ、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくする構造に想到した(本出願時において未公知)。しかしながら、かかる迂回路は、前面枠の前面側において球を迂回させるものであるため、貯留領域における一方(前面枠の前面側)の空間に球が集中しやすく、貯留領域における他方(前面枠の前面と反対側、即ち、側壁部材側)の空間が有効に活用されていないという問題点があった。 As a result of diligent studies, the applicant of the present application provided a detour that extends as a passage capable of sending a ball from one end on the inlet side to the other end on the front surface of the front frame, so that, for example, the inflow from the inlet If the spheres are stored unevenly near the inlet and a mountain is formed, the sphere is detoured to a region away from the mountain by using a detour, and the spheres are evenly distributed throughout the storage region. A structure for facilitating the operation has been conceived (not known at the time of the present application). However, since such a detour bypasses the sphere on the front side of the front frame, the sphere is likely to concentrate in one space (the front side of the front frame) in the storage region, and the other in the storage region (of the front frame). There is a problem that the space on the side opposite to the front surface, that is, the side wall member side) is not effectively utilized.

これに対し、遊技機H1によれば、側壁部材が球を送球可能な通路として形成される第2迂回路を備えるので、例えば、流入口から貯留領域へ流入した球がその流入口の近傍に偏って貯留され山が形成される場合に、第2迂回路によって山から離れた領域へ球を送る(迂回させる)ことができ、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。即ち、側壁部材が第2迂回路を備えることで、貯留領域における他方(前面枠の前面と反対側、即ち、側壁部材側)の空間を有効に活用できる。 On the other hand, according to the gaming machine H1, since the side wall member includes the second detour formed as a passage through which the ball can be sent, for example, the ball that has flowed into the storage area from the inlet is near the inlet. When unevenly stored and mountains are formed, the sphere can be sent (bypassed) to a region away from the mountains by the second detour, and the spheres can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage region. .. That is, since the side wall member is provided with the second detour, the other space (the side opposite to the front surface of the front frame, that is, the side wall member side) in the storage region can be effectively utilized.

遊技機H1において、前記貯留部材は、前記側壁部材が複数の分割体を上下に重ね合わせて形成され、それら複数の分割体がそれぞれ位相を異ならせつつ前記前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ変位されることで、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されると共に、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大された状態では、前記複数の分割体が位相を異ならせて配設され、それら複数の分割体のうちの少なくとも1の分割体の上面が前記第2迂回路とされることを特徴とする遊技機H2。 In the gaming machine H1, the storage member is formed such that the side wall member is formed by stacking a plurality of divided bodies on top of each other, and the plurality of divided bodies are displaced in a direction of approaching or separating from the front frame while each having a different phase. By doing so, the size of the storage area is expanded or reduced, and in the state where the size of the storage area is expanded, the plurality of divided bodies are arranged with different phases, and the plurality of divided bodies are arranged. The gaming machine H2, wherein an upper surface of at least one of the divided bodies is the second detour.

ここで、例えば、底壁部材および側壁部材を遊技者の操作により前後にスライド変位させることで、貯留領域を拡大または縮小する構造では、固定側の底壁部材とスライド側の底壁部材との重なり部分には球抜き穴を配置することができず、その配置の自由度が低下する。これに対し、遊技機H2によれば、遊技機H1の奏する効果に加え、側壁部材が上下に重ね合わせた複数の分割体から形成され、それら複数の分割体がそれぞれ位相を異ならせつつ前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ変位されることで、貯留領域の大きさを拡大または縮小することができる。即ち、貯留領域の拡大または縮小のために変位する部位(分割体)と底壁部材との重なり代が形成されないので、底壁部材の任意の位置に球抜き穴を配置することができ、その配置の自由度を確保できる。 Here, for example, in a structure in which the storage region is expanded or contracted by slidingly displacing the bottom wall member and the side wall member back and forth by a player's operation, the bottom wall member on the fixed side and the bottom wall member on the slide side are Since it is not possible to place a ball hole in the overlapping portion, the degree of freedom in the arrangement is reduced. On the other hand, according to the gaming machine H2, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H1, the side wall member is formed of a plurality of divided bodies that are vertically stacked, and the plurality of divided bodies have different phases, respectively, and the front frame. The size of the storage region can be expanded or reduced by being displaced in the direction of approaching or separating from. That is, since a margin for overlapping the bottom wall member with the portion (divided body) that is displaced due to the expansion or contraction of the storage region is not formed, the ball hole can be arranged at any position of the bottom wall member. The degree of freedom of arrangement can be secured.

この場合、遊技機H2によれば、貯留領域の大きさが拡大された状態では、複数の分割体が位相を異ならせて配設され(即ち、階段形状を形成し)、それら複数の分割体のうちの少なくとも1の分割体の上面が第2迂回路とされる(階段形状の少なくとも1の段の上面が第2迂回路を形成する)ので、側壁部材自体の形状を利用して第2迂回路を形成することができ、他の部材を別途設けることを不要とできる。よって、その分、製品コストを削減できる。 In this case, according to the gaming machine H2, in the state where the size of the storage area is enlarged, the plurality of divided bodies are arranged with different phases (that is, form a staircase shape), and the plurality of divided bodies are arranged. Since the upper surface of at least one of the divided bodies is the second detour (the upper surface of at least one step having a staircase shape forms the second detour), the shape of the side wall member itself is used for the second detour. A detour can be formed, and it is not necessary to separately provide another member. Therefore, the product cost can be reduced accordingly.

遊技機H2において、前記複数の分割体は、その上面が前記前面枠の正面視における幅方向一側または他側へ向けて下降傾斜されることを特徴とする遊技機H3。 In the gaming machine H2, an upper surface of each of the plurality of divided bodies is inclined downward toward one side or the other side in the width direction of the front frame in a front view.

遊技機H3によれば、遊技機H2の奏する効果に加え、複数の分割体は、その上面が前面枠の正面視における幅方向一側または他側へ向けて下降傾斜されるので、例えば、前面枠の前面に形成される迂回路から送球され或いは貯留領域に形成された山から流入されて、分割体の上面に載った球をその上面の下降傾斜に沿って転動させることができ、その結果、第2迂回路としての機能を確実に発揮させることができる。 According to the gaming machine H3, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H2, the upper surfaces of the plurality of divided bodies are inclined downward toward one side or the other side in the front view of the front frame in the width direction. Balls sent from a detour formed on the front surface of the frame or flown in from a mountain formed in the storage area can roll the balls placed on the upper surface of the divided body along the descending inclination of the upper surface. As a result, the function as the second bypass can be surely exhibited.

なお、分割体は、その上面の全体が下降傾斜されている必要はなく、上面の一部のみであっても良い。また、下降傾斜の方向は一方向のみである必要はなく、例えば、上面の所定の一カ所から正面視一側および他側へ向けてそれぞれ下降傾斜されていても良く(即ち、所定の一カ所が高くされる)、或いは、上面の一カ所へ向けて正面視一側または他側から下降傾斜されていても良い(即ち、所定の一カ所が低くされる)。 The entire upper surface of the split body does not need to be inclined downward, and only a part of the upper surface may be used. Further, the direction of descending inclination does not have to be only one direction, and for example, it may be descending inclined from one predetermined position on the upper surface toward one side and the other side in front view (that is, one predetermined position). May be increased) or may be inclined downward from one side or the other side in a front view toward one place on the upper surface (that is, one predetermined place is lowered).

遊技機H3において、前記前面枠の前面に配設されると共に遊技者が球の発射状態を変更するために操作するハンドル装置を備え、前記複数の分割体は、前記ハンドル装置から離間する側となる前記幅方向一側へ向けて上面が下降傾斜されることを特徴とする遊技機H4。 In the gaming machine H3, a handle device is provided which is arranged on the front surface of the front frame and which is operated by the player to change the firing state of the ball, and the plurality of divided bodies are separated from the handle device. The gaming machine H4, wherein the upper surface is inclined downward toward the one side in the width direction.

遊技機H4によれば、遊技機H3の奏する効果に加え、複数の分割体は、ハンドル装置から離間する側となる正面視一側へ向けて上面が下降傾斜されるので、その下降傾斜により第2迂回路としての機能を確保しつつ、正面視一側(即ち、ハンドル装置と反対側)から貯留部材の貯留領域内へ遊技者の手(例えば、右手でハンドル装置を操作する場合に左手)を入れやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine H4, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H3, the upper surfaces of the plurality of divided bodies are inclined downward toward one side in front view, which is the side away from the handle device. 2 While ensuring the function as a detour, the player's hand enters the storage area of the storage member from one side in front view (that is, the side opposite to the handle device) (for example, the left hand when operating the handle device with the right hand). Can be put in easily.

遊技機H3において、前記流入口が前記幅方向一側へ偏って配設され、前記複数の分割体は、前記幅方向他側へ向けて上面が下降傾斜されることを特徴とする遊技機H5。 In the gaming machine H3, the inflow ports are arranged so as to be biased toward the one side in the width direction, and the upper surfaces of the plurality of divided bodies are inclined downward toward the other side in the width direction. ..

遊技機H5によれば、遊技機H3の奏する効果に加え、流入口が幅方向一側へ偏って配設され、複数の分割体は、幅方向他側(即ち、流入口から離間する側)へ向けて上面が下降傾斜されるので、、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。即ち、流入口から貯留領域へ流入されると、その流入口の近傍に偏って球が貯留され山が形成されるところ、第2迂回路となる分割体の上面が幅方向他側に下降傾斜されていることで、山(即ち、流入口)から離れた領域へ球を第2迂回路によって送る(迂回させる)ことができ、その結果、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine H5, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H3, the inflow port is arranged so as to be biased to one side in the width direction, and the plurality of divided bodies are on the other side in the width direction (that is, the side separated from the inflow port). Since the upper surface is inclined downward toward, it is possible to easily uniformly disperse the spheres in the entire storage region. That is, when flowing into the storage area from the inflow port, spheres are biasedly stored near the inflow port to form a mountain, and the upper surface of the divided body serving as the second detour dips downward to the other side in the width direction. By doing so, the sphere can be sent (bypassed) to the area away from the mountain (that is, the inlet) by the second detour, and as a result, it is easy to uniformly disperse the sphere in the entire storage area. be able to.

遊技機H2からH5のいずれかにおいて、前記複数の分割体は、その上面が前記前面枠から離間する方向へ向けて下降傾斜されることを特徴とする遊技機H6。 The gaming machine H6 according to any one of the gaming machines H2 to H5, wherein the plurality of divided bodies are inclined downward in a direction in which an upper surface thereof is separated from the front frame.

遊技機H6によれば、遊技機H2からH5のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、複数の分割体は、その上面が前面枠から離間する方向へ向けて下降傾斜されるので、貯留領域の大きさが拡大され、複数の分割体が位相を異ならせて配設される(即ち、階段形状が形成される)と共に、それら複数の分割体のうちの少なくとも1の分割体の上面が第2迂回路とされ(階段形状の少なくとも1の段の上面が第2迂回路とされ)、その上面を球が転動される場合に、かかる球を階段形状の側面に当接させつつ転動させることができる。よって、第2迂回路から球が脱落することを抑制でき、所望の位置まで確実に送る(迂回させる)ことができる。 According to the gaming machine H6, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines H2 to H5, the plurality of divided bodies are inclined downward in the direction in which the upper surfaces of the divided bodies are separated from the front frame. Is enlarged, a plurality of divided bodies are arranged with different phases (that is, a staircase shape is formed), and at least one divided body among the plurality of divided bodies has a second detour. (When the upper surface of at least one step of the staircase shape is the second detour) and the ball rolls on the upper surface, it is possible to roll the ball while contacting the side surface of the staircase shape. it can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the ball from dropping from the second detour and reliably send (detour) it to a desired position.

遊技機H6において、前記複数の分割体は、その上面のうちの前記第2経路の終端側となる一部が前記貯留領域へ向けて下降傾斜されることを特徴とする遊技機H7。 In the gaming machine H6, a part of the upper surfaces of the plurality of divided bodies, which is the terminal side of the second path, is inclined downward toward the storage area.

遊技機H7によれば、遊技機H6の奏する効果に加え、複数の分割体は、その上面のうちの第2経路の終端側となる一部が貯留領域へ向けて下降傾斜されるので、第2迂回路の終端側から貯留領域へスムーズに球を送り出すことができる。その結果、貯留領域へ送り出す際の球の初速を速くできるので、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。 According to the gaming machine H7, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H6, a part of the upper surfaces of the plurality of divided bodies, which is the terminal end side of the second path, is inclined downward toward the storage area. The sphere can be smoothly sent from the terminal side of the 2 detour to the storage area. As a result, the initial velocity of the sphere when it is sent to the storage area can be increased, and the sphere can be easily dispersed uniformly throughout the storage area.

遊技機H2からH5のいずれかにおいて、前記複数の分割体は、その上面に凹設されると共に前記第2迂回路の迂回方向に沿って延設される凹溝を備えることを特徴とする遊技機H8。 In any one of the gaming machines H2 to H5, the plurality of divided bodies is provided with a recessed groove that is recessed on the upper surface thereof and that extends along the bypass direction of the second bypass path. Machine H8.

遊技機H8によれば、遊技機H2からH5のいずれかの奏する効果に加え、複数の分割体は、その上面に凹設されると共に第2迂回路の迂回方向に沿って延設される凹溝を備えるので、かかる凹溝に沿って球が転動することで、第2迂回路から球が脱落することを抑制でき、所望の位置まで確実に送る(迂回させる)ことができる。 According to the gaming machine H8, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines H2 to H5, the plurality of divided bodies are provided in the upper surface of the concave body and are also provided along the detour direction of the second detour. Since the ball is provided with the groove, it is possible to prevent the ball from dropping from the second detour by rolling the ball along the groove, and to reliably send (detour) to a desired position.

特に、球の脱落を防止する機構が凹溝として形成されるので、複数の分割体の上下方向(厚み方向)のデッドスペースを利用して設けることができる。よって、側壁部材(分割体)を小型化して、その分、貯留領域の容量を確保できる。また、球の脱落を防止する機構を設けた場合であっても、かかる機構が凹溝であれば、分割体どうしの合せ面から凹む形状であるので、複数の分割体をそれぞれ位相を異ならせつつ前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ変位可能とする構造が複雑化することを回避できる。 In particular, since the mechanism for preventing the balls from coming off is formed as the concave groove, it can be provided by utilizing the dead space in the vertical direction (thickness direction) of the plurality of divided bodies. Therefore, the side wall member (divided body) can be downsized, and the capacity of the storage region can be secured accordingly. Even if a mechanism for preventing the balls from falling is provided, if such a mechanism is a concave groove, it is a shape that is recessed from the mating surface of the divided bodies, so that the plurality of divided bodies have different phases. At the same time, it is possible to avoid complication of the structure that can be displaced in the direction approaching or separating from the front frame.

なお、凹溝の断面形状は限定されず、例えば、断面コ字状、断面V字状、断面円弧状などが例示される。また、いずれの断面形状においても、溝の幅寸法は限定されず、球の直径より大きくても良く、球の直径より小さくても良い。 The cross-sectional shape of the groove is not limited, and examples thereof include a U-shaped cross section, a V-shaped cross section, and an arc cross section. Further, in any cross-sectional shape, the width dimension of the groove is not limited, and may be larger than the diameter of the sphere or smaller than the diameter of the sphere.

遊技機H8において、前記凹溝は、前記分割体の上面と交わる部分である一対の稜線で球を支持可能な深さに形成されると共に前記一対の稜線の間隔が前記第2迂回路の迂回方向に進行するに従って漸増されることを特徴とする遊技機H9。 In the gaming machine H8, the concave groove is formed to a depth capable of supporting a sphere with a pair of ridge lines that intersect with the upper surface of the divided body, and the distance between the pair of ridge lines is a detour of the second detour. A gaming machine H9 characterized by being gradually increased as it progresses in the direction.

遊技機H9によれば、遊技機H8の奏する効果に加え、凹溝は、分割体の上面と交わる一対の稜線で球を支持可能な深さに形成されると共に一対の稜線の間隔が第2迂回路の迂回方向に進行するに従って漸増されるので、一対の稜線で支持された球を第2迂回路の迂回方向へ向けて転動させることができる。その結果、前面枠の正面視における幅方向一側または他側へ向けて分割体の上面を下降傾斜させることを不要とできる、或いは、下降傾斜の角度を緩やかとできるので、複数の分割体をそれぞれ位相を異ならせつつ前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ変位可能とする構造が複雑化することを回避できる。 According to the gaming machine H9, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine H8, the concave groove is formed to a depth capable of supporting a sphere with a pair of ridge lines intersecting the upper surface of the divided body, and the distance between the pair of ridge lines is the second. Since the ball is gradually increased as it advances in the detour direction of the detour, the ball supported by the pair of ridge lines can be rolled in the detour direction of the second detour. As a result, it is not necessary to tilt the upper surface of the divided body downwardly toward one side or the other side in the width direction in the front view of the front frame, or the angle of the downward inclination can be made gentle, so that a plurality of divided bodies can be formed. It is possible to avoid complication of the structure that can be displaced in the direction toward or away from the front frame while making the phases different from each other.

遊技機H1からH9において、前記迂回路から第2迂回路へ球を送球する送球手段を備えることを特徴とする遊技機H10。 In the gaming machines H1 to H9, there is provided a ball sending means for sending a ball from the detour to the second detour, the gaming machine H10.

遊技機H10によれば、遊技機H1からH9の奏する効果に加え、前記迂回路から第2迂回路へ球を送球する送球手段を備えるので、例えば、貯留領域に貯留された球を第2迂回路により迂回させるのみの場合と比較して、第2迂回路をより有効に活用することができ、貯留領域の全体に均一に球を分散させやすくすることができる。即ち、第2迂回路の活用により、貯留領域における他方(前面枠の前面と反対側、即ち、側壁部材側)の空間をより有効に活用できる。 According to the gaming machine H10, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines H1 to H9, the gaming machine H10 is provided with a ball sending means for sending a ball from the detour to the second detour. The second bypass can be used more effectively as compared with the case of only detouring by the road, and the balls can be easily dispersed uniformly in the entire storage area. That is, by utilizing the second bypass, the other space (the side opposite to the front surface of the front frame, that is, the side wall member side) in the storage region can be more effectively utilized.

遊技機A1からA14,B1からB9,C1からC7、D1からD5、E1〜E6、F1からF16、G1からG16及びH1からH10のいずれかにおいて、前記遊技機はスロットマシンであることを特徴とする遊技機K1。中でも、スロットマシンの基本構成としては、「複数の識別情報からなる識別情報列を動的表示した後に識別情報を確定表示する可変表示手段を備え、始動用操作手段(例えば操作レバー)の操作に起因して識別情報の動的表示が開始され、停止用操作手段(ストップボタン)の操作に起因して、或いは、所定時間経過することにより、識別情報の動的表示が停止され、その停止時の確定識別情報が特定識別情報であることを必要条件として、遊技者に有利な特別遊技状態を発生させる特別遊技状態発生手段とを備えた遊技機」となる。この場合、遊技媒体はコイン、メダル等が代表例として挙げられる。 In any one of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7, D1 to D5, E1 to E6, F1 to F16, G1 to G16 and H1 to H10, the gaming machine is a slot machine. A gaming machine K1. Among them, as a basic configuration of the slot machine, "a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information and then fixedly displaying the identification information is provided to operate a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). Due to the start of the dynamic display of the identification information, the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time elapses. It becomes a gaming machine provided with special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player, on condition that the final identification information is specific identification information. In this case, coins, medals, etc. are typical examples of the game medium.

遊技機A1からA14,B1からB9,C1からC7、D1からD5、E1〜E6、F1からF16、G1からG16及びH1からH10のいずれかにおいて、前記遊技機はパチンコ遊技機であることを特徴とする遊技機K2。中でも、パチンコ遊技機の基本構成としては操作ハンドルを備え、その操作ハンドルの操作に応じて球を所定の遊技領域へ発射し、球が遊技領域内の所定の位置に配設された作動口に入賞(又は作動口を通過)することを必要条件として、表示手段において動的表示されている識別情報が所定時間後に確定停止されるものが挙げられる。また、特別遊技状態の発生時には、遊技領域内の所定の位置に配設された可変入賞装置(特定入賞口)が所定の態様で開放されて球を入賞可能とし、その入賞個数に応じた有価価値(景品球のみならず、磁気カードへ書き込まれるデータ等も含む)が付与されるものが挙げられる。 Any one of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7, D1 to D5, E1 to E6, F1 to F16, G1 to G16 and H1 to H10, wherein the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Game machine K2. Among them, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, which shoots a ball to a predetermined game area in response to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is actuated to a working opening arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning (or passing through the operating port), there is one in which the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is fixedly stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special game state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning port) arranged at a predetermined position in the game area is opened in a predetermined manner to make it possible to win a ball, and the value depending on the number of winning prizes. The value (including not only the gift sphere but also the data written to the magnetic card, etc.) is given.

遊技機A1からA14,B1からB9,C1からC7、D1からD5、E1〜E6、F1からF16、G1からG16及びH1からH10のいずれかにおいて、前記遊技機はパチンコ遊技機とスロットマシンとを融合させたものであることを特徴とする遊技機K3。中でも、融合させた遊技機の基本構成としては、「複数の識別情報からなる識別情報列を動的表示した後に識別情報を確定表示する可変表示手段を備え、始動用操作手段(例えば操作レバー)の操作に起因して識別情報の変動が開始され、停止用操作手段(例えばストップボタン)の操作に起因して、或いは、所定時間経過することにより、識別情報の動的表示が停止され、その停止時の確定識別情報が特定識別情報であることを必要条件として、遊技者に有利な特別遊技状態を発生させる特別遊技状態発生手段とを備え、遊技媒体として球を使用すると共に、前記識別情報の動的表示の開始に際しては所定数の球を必要とし、特別遊技状態の発生に際しては多くの球が払い出されるように構成されている遊技機」となる。
<その他>
パチンコ機等の遊技機において、下皿の底壁部および側壁部が前後にスライド変位可能とされる構造が開示される(例えば、特許文献1:特開2007−136095号公報)。
しかしながら、上述した従来の遊技機では、球が貯留された状態で下皿が縮小方向へ変位されると破損するおそれがあるという問題点があった。
本技術的思想は、上記例示した問題点を解決するためになされたものであり、球が貯留された状態で縮小方向へ変位された下皿が破損することを抑制できる遊技機を提供することを目的とする。
<手段>
この目的を達成するために技術的思想1記載の遊技機は、開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材とを備えるものであり、前記貯留部材は、底壁部材と、その底壁部材から立設される側壁部材とを備え、前記側壁部材が前記前面枠へ近接または離間する方向へ変位されることで、前記貯留領域の大きさが拡大または縮小されるものであり、前記前面枠は、前記貯留部材の側壁部材に対面する領域の少なくとも一部の領域をなすと共に前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位可能に形成される変位壁部を備える。
技術的思想2記載の遊技機は、技術的思想1記載の遊技機において、少なくとも前記変位壁部が前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位される場合に、その変位壁部を前記貯留部材の側壁部材に近接する方向へ付勢する付勢手段を備える。
技術的思想3記載の遊技機は、技術的思想2記載の遊技機において、前記付勢手段は、初期位置にある前記側壁部材を前記貯留部材の側壁部材に近接する方向へ付勢し、前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ前記変位壁部を変位させる力が所定の力を超えた場合に、前記変位壁部が前記貯留部材の側壁部材から離間する方向へ変位することを許容可能に形成される。
<効果>
技術的思想1記載の遊技機によれば、球が貯留された状態で縮小方向へ変位された下皿が破損することを抑制できる。
技術的思想2記載の遊技機によれば、技術的思想1記載の遊技機の奏する効果に加え、側壁部材の変位を付勢手段の付勢力により緩衝することができる。
技術的思想3記載の遊技機によれば、技術的思想2記載の遊技機の奏する効果に加え、側壁部材が不必要に変位することを抑制できる。
<その他>
10 パチンコ機(遊技機)
12,3012 内枠(前面枠)
14 前面枠
20 シリンダ錠(施錠手段)
23 払出口(流入口、第1流入口)
23a 下面
50,2050 下皿(貯留部材)
54,2054 底壁部材(底壁部)
55,2055 側壁部材(側壁部)
551,2551 第1分割体(分割体)
552,2552 第2分割体(分割体、第2迂回路)
553,2553 第3分割体(分割体、第2迂回路)
554,2554 第4分割体(分割体、第2迂回路)
555 第5分割体(分割体)
556 第6分割体(分割体)
557 第7分割体(分割体)
551X〜557X 第1片
2551X〜2554X 第1片
551Y〜557Y 第2片
2551Y〜2554Y 第2片
552b〜557b 突起部(凸部)
551c〜556c 規制溝(凹部)
2552b〜2554b 突起部(凸部)
2551c〜2554c 規制溝(凹部)
552e〜557e 第1水平部(水平部)
552f〜557f 立設部
552g〜555g 第2水平部(延設部)
552m〜556m 開口部(規定手段)
2551m〜2554m 開口部(規定手段)
552n〜556n 係合片(規定手段、第1係合爪、第2係合爪)
552n1〜556n1 突部
2552n〜2554n 係合片(規定手段、第1係合爪、第2係合爪)
2552n1〜2554n1 突部
556r,557r 規制突部(規定手段)
551S2,2551S2 ストッパ部(係合部、被当接部、規制手段の一部)
554t,555t 係合凹部(規定手段)
56,2056 内壁部材
56a 規制部(当接部材)
57,2057 軸支ピン(回転軸)
77 ロック機構(規定手段、禁止手段)
3300 第1迂回路(連通路)
3400 第2迂回路(連通路)
4500 第3迂回路(連通路)
4600 第4迂回路(連通路)
3310〜4610 転動面
3311,3411 立壁
6700 第5迂回路(連通路)
6710 転動面
6711,6712 流下部
7025 第6迂回路(連通路)
8400 第7迂回路(連通路)
8400 転動面
8800 延長迂回路(連通路)
8810 転動面
7023 第2払出口(第2流入口)
7024 送球路
9001 固定歯車(変位手段の一部)
9002〜9004 歯車(変位手段の一部)
9005 回転アーム(変位手段の一部)
9006 連結アーム(変位部材)
9006b 係合片(当接部)
10001,13001,14001 変位壁部
10002 付勢ばね(付勢手段)
10003 保持部材(保持手段)
12007 張出部(変位手段の一部)
12008 連結ピン(変位手段の一部)
12009 摺動連動壁(変位手段の一部)
15001 操作子(規制手段の一部)
15002 アーム体(規制手段の一部)
15002b 係合片(規制手段の一部)
15003 付勢ばね(規制手段の一部)
16001a〜16001d 付勢ばね(弾性体、第2弾性体)
19001 摺動体
20001 凹欠部(排出手段)
20002 開口部(排出手段)
21001 張出壁(送球手段)
22001 第1張出壁(送球手段)
22002 第2張出壁(送球手段)
23001 凹溝(第2迂回路)
J,J2 治具
受入部
In any of the gaming machines A1 to A14, B1 to B9, C1 to C7, D1 to D5, E1 to E6, F1 to F16, G1 to G16 and H1 to H10, the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. A gaming machine K3 characterized by being fused. Among them, the basic configuration of the fused game machine is "provided with a variable display means for confirming and displaying the identification information after dynamically displaying the identification information sequence consisting of a plurality of identification information, and a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). The fluctuation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time elapses. It is provided with special game state generation means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player, provided that the fixed identification information at the time of stop is the specific identification information, and a ball is used as a game medium, and the identification information is provided. The game machine is configured such that a predetermined number of balls are required to start the dynamic display of, and a large number of balls are paid out when the special game state occurs.
<Other>
In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a structure is disclosed in which a bottom wall portion and a side wall portion of a lower plate can be slidably displaced back and forth (for example, Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-136095).
However, the above-described conventional gaming machine has a problem that the lower plate may be damaged if the lower plate is displaced in the contracting direction while the balls are stored.
The present technical idea is made in order to solve the above-mentioned problems, and to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing damage to the lower plate displaced in the contraction direction while the balls are stored. With the goal.
<Means>
In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine described in the technical concept 1 is a front frame that is formed to be openable and closable, and a storage that is arranged on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage area for storing balls. The storage member includes a bottom wall member and a side wall member provided upright from the bottom wall member, and the side wall member is displaced in a direction of approaching or separating from the front frame. By doing so, the size of the storage area is enlarged or reduced, and the front frame forms at least a part of the area facing the side wall member of the storage member, and from the side wall member of the storage member. A displacement wall portion is formed so as to be displaceable in the direction of separating.
The gaming machine according to the technical idea 2, in the gaming machine according to the technical idea 1, stores the displacement wall portion at least when the displacement wall portion is displaced in a direction of separating from the side wall member of the storage member. A biasing means is provided for biasing the member toward the side wall member.
The gaming machine according to technical idea 3 is the gaming machine according to technical idea 2, wherein the urging means urges the side wall member in the initial position in a direction of approaching the side wall member of the storage member, When the force that displaces the displacement wall portion in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member exceeds a predetermined force, the displacement wall portion can be allowed to displace in the direction away from the side wall member of the storage member. Formed in.
<Effect>
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, it is possible to suppress the damage of the lower plate displaced in the contraction direction while the balls are stored.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1, the displacement of the side wall member can be buffered by the urging force of the urging means.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 3, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, the side wall member can be prevented from being unnecessarily displaced.
<Other>
10 Pachinko machines (gaming machines)
12,3012 inner frame (front frame)
14 front frame
20 cylinder lock (locking means)
23 outlets (inlet, first inlet)
23a lower surface
50, 2050 Lower plate (storage member)
54, 2054 Bottom wall member (bottom wall part)
55, 2055 Side wall member (side wall part)
551,551 First division body (division body)
552, 2552 second divided body (divided body, second detour)
553, 2553 Third division body (division body, second detour)
554, 2554 Fourth divided body (divided body, second detour)
555 5th division (division)
556 6th division (division)
557 7th division (division)
551X ~ 557X 1st piece
2551X ~ 2554X 1st piece
551Y to 557Y Second piece
2551Y to 2554Y Second piece
552b to 557b Projection (convex)
551c to 556c restriction groove (recess)
2552b to 2554b protrusion (convex portion)
2551c-2554c Regulating groove (recess)
552e to 557e First horizontal portion (horizontal portion)
552f to 557f standing portion
552g-555g 2nd horizontal part (extension part)
552m-556m opening (regulating means)
2551m ~ 2554m opening (regulating means)
552n to 556n engaging pieces (defining means, first engaging claws, second engaging claws)
552n1 to 556n1 protrusion
2552n to 2554n engaging pieces (defining means, first engaging claws, second engaging claws)
2552n1 to 2554n1 protrusion
556r, 557r restriction projection (regulating means)
551S2, 2551S2 stopper part (engagement part, contacted part, part of regulating means)
554t, 555t engaging recess (defining means)
56,2056 Inner wall member
56a restriction part (contact member)
57,2057 Shaft support pin (rotating shaft)
77 Lock mechanism (regulating means, prohibiting means)
3300 First detour (communication path)
3400 2nd detour (communication passage)
4500 Third detour (communication passage)
4600 4th detour (communication passage)
3310-4610 Rolling surface
3311, 3411 standing wall
6700 5th detour (communication passage)
6710 rolling surface
6711, 6712 lower stream
7025 6th detour (communication passage)
8400 7th detour (communication passage)
8400 rolling surface
8800 extended detour (communication passage)
8810 rolling surface
7023 2nd outlet (2nd inlet)
7024 Ballway
9001 fixed gear (a part of displacement means)
9002 to 9004 gears (a part of displacement means)
9005 rotating arm (a part of displacement means)
9006 connecting arm (displacement member)
9006b Engagement piece (contact part)
10001, 13001, 14001 Displacement wall part
10002 biasing spring (biasing means)
10003 holding member (holding means)
12007 Overhang (part of displacement means)
12008 connection pin (a part of displacement means)
12009 Sliding interlocking wall (part of displacement means)
15001 operator (a part of regulation means)
15002 arm body (a part of regulation means)
15002b engagement piece (a part of regulating means)
15003 biasing spring (a part of regulating means)
16001a to 16001d biasing spring (elastic body, second elastic body)
19001 sliding body
20001 recessed portion (discharging means)
20002 opening (discharging means)
21001 Overhanging wall (ball sending means)
22001 First overhanging wall (ball feeding means)
22002 Second overhanging wall (ball sending means)
23001 concave groove (second detour)
J, J2 jig
c receiving department

10 パチンコ機(遊技機)
12,3012 内枠(前面枠
3 払出口(流入口)
0,2050 下皿(貯留部材
300 第1迂回路(連通路)
3400 第2迂回路(連通路
10 Pachinko machines (gaming machines)
12,3012 Inner frame (front frame )
2 3 payment outlet (inlet )
5 0,2050 lower tray (storage member)
3 300 First detour (communication passage)
3400 Second detour (communication passage )

Claims (2)

開閉可能に形成される前面枠と、その前面枠の前面に配設されると共に球を貯留するための貯留領域を形成する貯留部材と、その貯留部材の貯留領域へ球を流入させる流入口とを備えた遊技機において、
前記流入口側の一端から他端へ向けて球を送球し前記貯留領域へ球が流入可能な通路として前記貯留領域の前記流入口が形成される側の側面に形成され、前記一端が前記流入口の下面の側方に連なる連通路を備え、
前記貯留領域の底面が前記流入口の下面よりも下方に位置し、
前記連通路は、前記貯留領域の前記流入口側の側面を凹設した凹溝として形成され、
前記流入口の下面の前方側は、前記貯留領域の前記流入口が形成される側の側面を介して前記貯留領域の底面に連なり、前記流入口の下面の前方側から流下された球が前記貯留領域へ流下されるように形成され
前記連通路の一端側における前記貯留領域と反対側の側面は、前記流入口に向かうに従い前記貯留領域から離間されることを特徴とする遊技機。
A front frame that can be opened and closed, a storage member that is disposed on the front surface of the front frame and that forms a storage region for storing the sphere, and an inflow port that allows the sphere to flow into the storage region of the storage member. In a gaming machine equipped with
It is formed on a side surface of the storage area on the side where the inlet is formed as a passage through which a sphere is sent from one end on the inlet side toward the other end and the sphere can flow into the storage area. Equipped with a communication passage that connects to the side of the lower surface of the entrance,
The bottom surface of the storage area is located below the lower surface of the inlet,
The communication passage is formed as a recessed groove in which a side surface of the storage region on the inlet side is recessed,
The front side of the lower surface of the inflow port is connected to the bottom surface of the storage region via the side surface of the storage region on the side where the inflow port is formed, and the sphere flowed down from the front side of the lower surface of the inflow port is the It is formed to flow down to the storage area ,
Said opposite side surface and the reservoir region at one end of the communication path, the game machine according to claim Rukoto spaced from the reservoir region toward the said inlet.
基板ボックスを備えることを特徴とする請求項1記載の遊技機。The gaming machine according to claim 1, further comprising a board box.
JP2019087300A 2019-05-07 2019-05-07 Amusement machine Active JP6741116B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019087300A JP6741116B2 (en) 2019-05-07 2019-05-07 Amusement machine

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019087300A JP6741116B2 (en) 2019-05-07 2019-05-07 Amusement machine

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2014222093A Division JP2016086929A (en) 2014-10-30 2014-10-30 Game machine

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2020126084A Division JP2020168578A (en) 2020-07-27 2020-07-27 Game machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2019115854A JP2019115854A (en) 2019-07-18
JP6741116B2 true JP6741116B2 (en) 2020-08-19

Family

ID=67304880

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2019087300A Active JP6741116B2 (en) 2019-05-07 2019-05-07 Amusement machine

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6741116B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6741115B2 (en) * 2019-05-07 2020-08-19 株式会社三洋物産 Amusement machine

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6308984B2 (en) * 2015-08-10 2018-04-11 株式会社三洋物産 Game machine
JP6741115B2 (en) * 2019-05-07 2020-08-19 株式会社三洋物産 Amusement machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2019115854A (en) 2019-07-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6308984B2 (en) Game machine
JP6696555B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP7298723B2 (en) game machine
JP6442900B2 (en) Game machine
JP7298721B2 (en) game machine
JP7298722B2 (en) game machine
JP2020151608A (en) Game machine
JP2020151607A (en) Game machine
JP6741116B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6741115B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP6451130B2 (en) Game machine
JP2017064523A (en) Game machine
JP2017064523A5 (en)
JP2016032509A5 (en)
JP7298724B2 (en) game machine
JP6562017B2 (en) Game machine
JP2020185496A (en) Game machine
JP2017124278A5 (en)
JP2017124278A (en) Game machine
JP6102999B2 (en) Game machine
JP2018126623A (en) Game machine
JP6451131B2 (en) Game machine
JP6131932B2 (en) Game machine
JP6079747B2 (en) Game machine
JP2020168578A (en) Game machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20190510

A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20190606

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A132

Effective date: 20200310

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20200511

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20200623

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20200706

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 6741116

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250